diff options
Diffstat (limited to '75863-0.txt')
| -rw-r--r-- | 75863-0.txt | 22111 |
1 files changed, 22111 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/75863-0.txt b/75863-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24d0b33 --- /dev/null +++ b/75863-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22111 @@ + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 75863 *** + + + + MEMOIRS + + OF THE + + RIGHT REV. DANIEL CORRIE, LL.D. + + + + + [Illustration: + _Woodman, Sc._ + _Daniel Corrie, LLD._ + _First Bishop of Madras._ + London, Published by Seeley & Cᵒ. Fleet Street Janʸ. 1847.] + + + + + MEMOIRS + + OF THE + + RIGHT REV. DANIEL CORRIE, LL.D. + + FIRST BISHOP OF MADRAS. + + + COMPILED CHIEFLY FROM HIS OWN LETTERS AND JOURNALS, + + BY HIS BROTHERS. + + + SEELEY, BURNSIDE, AND SEELEY, + FLEET STREET, LONDON + MDCCCXLVII. + + + + + LEONARD SEELEY, PRINTER, + THAMES DITTON. + + + + + PREFACE. + + +As the greater portion of these Memoirs of a loved and honoured +brother, have been derived from his own papers, it is hoped that the +risk of representing him other than he really was has, in a great +measure, been avoided. In making use, however, of such materials +as were in the possession of the Editors, they judged it to be +desirable to give somewhat copious details of their brother’s earlier +ministerial labours, because they conceived that it was then that +the principles and motives by which throughout life he desired to be +actuated were most severely tested. The Editors were of opinion, too, +that whilst many of the particulars connected with their brother’s +earlier labours in Northern India, would be new to the great +proportion of the present generation, these records of “the day of +small things” could not be without interest and use to all who may be +engaged in the work of Missions. + +To account for the delay attending the appearance of this Volume, +it may be proper to state, that, independently of the time consumed +in the transmission of some papers from India, many unforeseen +circumstances prevented the brother who had undertaken the task, +from preparing any portion of these Memoirs for the press until +August, 1845. At that time it pleased God to visit him with a serious +illness, which ultimately brought him to the grave; and thus the +responsibility of completing what an abler hand had commenced, +devolved on the only surviving brother, who, in his turn, has not +been altogether free from those interruptions which arise out of the +duties and afflictions of ordinary life. + +It remains to acknowledge, with thanks, the obligation of the Editors +to the Lord Bishop of Oxford, for the Letters which the subject of +these Memoirs addressed to the Rev. D. Brown, the Rev. H. Martyn, and +the Rev. J. Sargent; to the Lord Bishop of Calcutta, for the account +of the Visitation of the Upper Provinces, which appears in pp. 529 +and seq; to the widow of the late Rev. J. Buckworth, for letters +addressed to her husband; and to the Archdeacon Harper for letters +and information connected with the Diocese of Madras. It will be seen +also, that the Editors of these Memoirs have been much indebted to +the correspondence of their brother with Mr. Sherer, of the Bengal +Civil Service,--himself recently numbered with the dead who are +waiting for the resurrection to eternal life. + + _January 28, 1847._ + + + + + CONTENTS. + + + CHAPTER I. + + HIS EARLY LIFE--AND MINISTRATIONS. _page 1_ + + CHAPTER II. + + DEPARTURE FOR INDIA--VOYAGE--ARRIVAL AT CALCUTTA. _page 23_ + + CHAPTER III. + + AT ALDEEN--APPOINTED TO CHUNAR. _page 47_ + + CHAPTER IV. + + SETTLEMENT AT CHUNAR. _page 65_ + + CHAPTER V. + + RESIDENCE AT CHUNAR. _page 88_ + + CHAPTER VI. + + VISIT TO CALCUTTA--ARRIVAL OF HIS SISTER. _page 118_ + + CHAPTER VII. + + REMOVES FROM CHUNAR--ARRIVES AT CAWNPORE--ILLNESS OF + MRS. MARTYN. _page 140_ + + CHAPTER VIII. + + RESIDENCE AT CAWNPORE. _page 178_ + + CHAPTER IX. + + CAWNPORE--COEL--RETURN TO CALCUTTA. _page 201_ + + CHAPTER X. + + CALCUTTA. _page 227_ + + CHAPTER XI. + + AGRA. _page 245_ + + CHAPTER XII. + + VOYAGE TO ENGLAND. _page 280_ + + CHAPTER XIII. + + RETURN TO CALCUTTA. _page 295_ + + CHAPTER XIV. + + REMOVAL TO CALCUTTA. _page 320_ + + CHAPTER XV. + + CAWNPORE--CALCUTTA--RETURN OF MR. THOMASON--DEATH OF + BISHOP HEBER. _page 371_ + + CHAPTER XVI. + + ARRIVAL OF BISHOP JAMES--CONSECRATION OF THE BISHOP’S + COLLEGE--DEATH OF BISHOP JAMES--VISIT TO THE UPPER + PROVINCES. _page 415_ + + CHAPTER XVII. + + GOVERNMENT RETRENCHMENTS--PLAN FOR A COLLEGE--DEATH OF + MR. THOMASON--ABOLITION OF SUTTEE--ARRIVAL OF BISHOP + TURNER. _page 446_ + + CHAPTER XVIII. + + DISQUIETUDE CONCERNING THE ANGLO-HINDOO COLLEGE--DEATH + OF BISHOP TURNER. _page 481_ + + CHAPTER XIX. + + ARRIVAL OF BISHOP WILSON--BAPTISM OF NATIVES-- + ORDINATIONS--VISITATION OF THE UPPER PROVINCES. _page 519_ + + CHAPTER XX. + + DELAY IN HIS NOMINATION TO THE BISHOPRIC--NARROW ESCAPE + FROM DEATH--SUMMONED TO ENGLAND--VISITS THE CAPE AND + ST. HELENA--HIS CONSECRATION--INTERVIEW WITH THE + KING--ARRIVAL IN MADRAS--VISIT TO TANJORE AND + TINNEVELLY. _page 563_ + + CHAPTER XXI. + + CHURCH-BUILDING FUND--SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR THE IRISH + CLERGY--THE MADRAS GRAMMAR SCHOOL--MEMORIAL TO + GOVERNMENT--PRIMARY VISITATION--DEATH OF MRS. + CORRIE--ORDINATION--DEATH OF BISHOP CORRIE. _page 603_ + + + + + MEMOIRS, + + ETC. + + + + + MEMOIRS, + + ETC. ETC. + + + + + CHAPTER I. + + HIS EARLY LIFE--AND MINISTRATIONS. + + +Daniel Corrie, the subject of this Memoir, was born on the 10th of +April 1777, and was the eldest surviving son of the late Rev. John +Corrie, for many years Curate of Colsterworth, in the county of +Lincoln, and Vicar of Osbournby in the same county, and afterwards +Rector of Morcott, in the county of Rutland. The history of the early +part of Mr. Corrie’s life will be best told by the following extract +from his private Journal, dated on his twenty-seventh birthday:-- + + “Alas, when I look back, what a dreary waste appears! + Seventeen years spent at home without a thought of God or + salvation, though I had the benefit of family worship, + and abundance of good advice. The succeeding four years + I spent with Mr. E.,[1] principally in London, and its + neighbourhood, exposed to every temptation. The first + serious resolution I made of reformation was on the night + of February 10, 1798, on which I heard of my mother’s + death, which, occurring suddenly, was a great shock to + me. I loved her most dearly, and had much reason to do + so. Being totally ignorant, however, of my own depravity, + and in darkness as it regarded the work of the Redeemer, + I soon broke all my resolutions. In May 1798, I returned + to my father: and, being removed from my temptations, I + was in hope of effectually reforming myself; but, alas! + on every convenient occasion, I became the prey of my + former temptations. In the October of that year, we removed + from Colsterworth to Grantham, where I became still more + strict, attending every month at the Lord’s Table; but + I was still ignorant of the way of salvation. In the + summer of 1799, I was entered of Clare Hall, Cambridge; + and before going into residence, I met frequently with + Mr. G. N., who took much pains to direct my views aright; + but I obstinately withstood him, and succeeded too + fatally, I fear, in hardening C. against his admonitions. + Still, I was destitute of true peace, and determined on + greater strictness, such as fasting and penance, &c. &c. + I went into residence at Cambridge, October 1799; but + instead of further reformation, I spent my first year + in a round of dissipation. Still, however, I maintained + appearances, being seldom out of gates after ten o’clock, + or being absent from chapel. I went occasionally to + Trinity Church,[2] though I was much disgusted with what + I heard there. During the summer of 1800, I had time for + reflection, and returned to college in the autumn, with + some faint desires of doing better. At Christmas of that + year, I was appointed to an exhibition at Trinity Hall, + and removed thither in the January of 1801. I now began + to feel a growing attachment to Mr. Simeon’s ministry, + although I seldom ventured to take a seat. Returning home + in June 1801, reformed in a great degree in my outward + conduct, and with desires the world could not satisfy, + it was my happiness to find John Buckworth,[3] at his + father’s; who, taking me to visit some religious people, + I insensibly began to love their society, and to perceive + that it was the way of life I desired to follow. I reflect + with much gratitude on the kindness and forbearance of my + friend Buckworth, who led me on by degrees, till I ventured + to speak to him of my state; and from that time I have + experienced a pleasure in the ways of God before unknown. + Yet, alas! I began to be proud; and returned to college + in October 1801 full of self-conceit. I now attended + Trinity Church regularly; but my walk was very uneven. + About Christmas I fell grievously, and continued for + about a fortnight full of terror, and without resolution + to proceed. It pleased the Lord, however, to raise me up + again; and since that period I have had no distressing + apprehensions respecting God’s willingness, and the + Saviour’s sufficiency, to save to the uttermost.” + +With reference to what Mr. Corrie terms in the foregoing extract, a +grievous fall, he expressed himself to his friend Buckworth, in a +letter dated Dec. 25, 1801, as follows:-- + + “I was too forward and presumptuous in my notions of + acceptance with God, and of an interest in the Saviour; and + God has thus left me to myself, to prove to me the pride + and deceit of my heart. I have been ashamed of my Saviour, + and he has withdrawn from me the sense of His presence; and + dismay and a fearful looking for of judgment has taken + possession of my soul. Yet the anxiety and longing after + His presence, which I feel, leads me to hope that He will + not cast me off for ever. God, Thou knowest my heart: Thou + knowest that I trust not in my own self for strength to + serve Thee. O shut not Thy merciful ears to my prayers!” + +After keeping the usual number of Terms in Cambridge, Mr. Corrie was +ordained Deacon on Trinity Sunday, June 13, 1802, by Dr. Tomline, +Bishop of Lincoln, to the curacy of Buckminster, in the county of +Leicester. His views and feelings with respect to the christian +ministry, are expressed in the following extract from a letter +written about the time of ordination to Mr. Buckworth:-- + + “The ministry appears to be indeed an awful undertaking: + the nearer the time approaches, the more difficult do the + duties of it appear. At C. the obstacles seem to be greater + than elsewhere. O for a firm reliance on that grace that + can overcome all obstacles, and make even a bed of thorns + easy!” + +Shortly after Mr. Corrie had been ordained to the curacy of +Buckminster, he received an appointment to that of Stoke Rochford +also. On this latter curacy he resided, until in 1806 he accepted a +chaplaincy to the East India Company; and his correspondence with Mr. +Buckworth, affords us some notices of his early ministerial life. In +a letter dated November 10, 1802, he writes, + + “I yesterday met a large party from Skillington at N.’s. + You know I never was among them before. I felt little + edification: their manner of expression, and many passages + in their hymns, were not in unison with my frame. I felt + not that ‘Nature’s last agony was o’er;’ or that ‘all was + torn from my bleeding heart;’ but thought that ‘would to + God this were my experience!’ O that I might love Him + supremely--that I might burn with love in return for His + matchless goodness! But, what I most objected to was a + hymn, beginning, ‘Abraham when _severely_ tried,’ and in + the third line, ‘He with the _harsh_ command complied.’ + I may not be correct in any except the _marked_ words; + but surely nothing can be ‘severe,’ or ‘harsh,’ which + proceeds from a God of love, who is engaged to make all + things work together for our good. Send me word, dear B. + what you think of these things: whether these remarks + are not the offspring of a captious and weak head; or + whether it is an artifice of Satan to prevent me from + profiting by their company; for, certain it is, I feel + little of that elevation I have often felt after religious + conversation. I spent the evening of Sunday at Mrs. B.’s, + I trust profitably. Some of their relations were there, + and went away seemingly impressed. May God fix what was + said on their hearts! I spoke to them from my favourite + subject, 2 Cor. viii. 9. The subject of our poverty, and + the way in which we were made rich in Christ, were the + principal topics I dwelt on. O that He would be pleased + to own the labours of the very least of his servants, who + am not worthy to be called a servant! Blessed be He who + has ‘laid help on one that is mighty;’ and blessed be He + who knows how to pity our infirmities, and will send his + Spirit to teach us what to ask for. How my praise for ever + flows, to the adorable Trinity for that grand scheme of + redemption! While I write, I feel the efficacy of Christ’s + atoning blood to purify souls polluted as mine. O when + shall redemption in its fullest import appear! When shall + we begin the triumphant song of the redeemed, ‘To Him who + loved us and washed us from our sins in his own blood!’” + + + “March 7, 1803. + + “My time, sorry am I to say, has passed heavily of late. + Such backwardness to communion with God, such slothfulness + in His service: so many painful apprehensions with regard + to temporal inconveniences: so many distressing doubts with + regard to retaining Stoke! You, perhaps, will not wonder + when I tell you that, what with inward conflict and outward + service, I am brought very low; or that these unbelieving + fears have provoked the Holy Spirit of God to leave me, + in some measure, to wrestle with those inward and hidden + corruptions of my heart, which, like a troubled sea, throw + up mire and dirt in abundance. Yet by this, if by nothing + else, do I know that the Lord favours me, since my enemies, + who have assaulted me so continually, have not prevailed + against me. And though my soul is cast down; yet do I not + doubt but that, when the Lord sees fit, I shall praise Him, + and again rejoice in the God of my salvation. + + “You desire to know how I go on, that is, I suppose, how + the work of the Lord prospers. O that I had more to tell + you on this head! At Sewstern, I have reason to fear + that my hopes were too sanguine. Miss N. was last week + attacked very suddenly with a fainting fit. It happened + to be the day I was to drink tea with them. I found them + much alarmed; and, it gave me an opportunity of speaking + on the necessity of a speedy application to Christ.... May + the Spirit of God apply it to their hearts! At Easton, I + was called to visit a woman who has been long confined, + though till lately unknown to me. I trust that the Lord + has indeed visited her in mercy. I found her at first in + a very contented state, supposing, (in her own words), + that she had ‘a good repenting heart.’ I endeavoured to + convince her that by nature no one has a repenting heart, + but on the contrary that it is only evil, yea ‘desperately + wicked.’ On my return a few days after, I found her in much + anxiety, saying that she had been deceived in her opinion + of herself, &c.; and though her doubts are not yet removed, + I trust she disclaimed all other ground of confidence but + the Redeemer’s merits. This is matter of much comfort to + me; and O what comfort that I have myself been taught + these things! Might I not have been ‘a blind leader of the + blind.’ Might I not still have been the slave of Satan, and + been his instrument in destroying souls? ‘O to grace how + great a debtor!’” + + + “April 25, 1803. + + “Soon after my last letter to you, peace began to dawn + upon my soul; and by imperceptible advances gradually to + increase. I have since then enjoyed in general a settled + calm; though of late I have been severely exercised by + the revival of corruptions which I had hoped were in a + great measure subdued. The Lord has let me plainly see + that the seeds of these evils still remain. At the same + time I have reason to bless His name, who has made me more + than conqueror. Mr. Newton’s letter on Temptation suits my + experience on that subject; and it has been the instrument + of much comfort and strength to me. + + “You perhaps have learned from the newspapers the sudden + death of Mr. Cholmeley.[4] He was riding with some friends + near his own house, and fell from his horse in a fit, and + expired in a few minutes, without speaking a word: he was + buried last Saturday. How loudly do such providences call + upon us to be in continual readiness; not only to awake + from sin, but to be diligent in the improvement of our + talent, that when our Lord cometh, He may receive His own + with usury.” + + + “Colsterworth, June 8, 1803. + + “Your letter directed to High Street, followed me hither. I + should have answered it sooner, but have been much engaged + in catechising, attending visitations, &c., besides my + usual avocations. With yourself, I have to complain of much + deadness of soul; though I enjoy now and then a passing + glimpse of the Divine goodness, for which I have much + reason to be thankful, and which keeps my soul athirst for + God, and leads me to long for brighter manifestations of + His love. I cannot but adore the condescension of Jehovah, + who, I trust, smiles upon my labours, and owns His own work + in the most worthless of His creatures.” + + + “Stoke, October 31, 1803. + + “What obligations am I under to you for the part you have + taken, in leading my feet into the ways of peace! But, + what infinitely greater obligations do I owe to the Friend + of Sinners! That name, the ‘Friend of Sinners,’ endears + the adorable Saviour to my soul; and gladly would I leave + all things here below to see Him as he is, and love Him + as I ought. But His time is best: and it is infinite + condescension that He grants us here some visits of His + love, and gives us to taste a blessedness begun. When + I read your letter, I was almost ready to envy you the + pleasure you must have enjoyed during your stay in London; + but a little reflection reconciled me to my confined + situation. Though you were feasted with spiritual dainties, + yet unless your spiritual appetite was good you would pine + in the midst of plenty; and, blessed be His name, where He + creates an appetite, He will surely satisfy it, were it in + a desert. ‘If Elijah wants food, ravens shall feed him.’... + I have in general enjoyed much comfort in private, but my + public duties have not brought me so much consolation. So + much of self mixes with all I do, that it mars my peace; + and, I fear, hinders the success of my labours; though it + seems the highest presumption to limit the Almighty, or to + suppose that a ‘potsherd of the earth’ should obstruct His + designs. The Sunday preceding the Fast-day, I endeavoured + to prepare the minds of the people for that occasion; and + was happy to find that it was not without effect. The three + churches were crowded. I took my text from Psalm lix. 1, + 2. I have read lately two of the Homilies, ‘the Homily on + the Misery of Man,’ and ‘the Homily on Salvation.’ By the + advice of my father, I reserve the others for the festivals + for which they are appointed. I hope this may have the + effect of removing prejudice--the Lord grant it may! I + can appeal to Him that my desires are to be useful in His + vineyard. May that sovereign grace be magnified which has + inspired the desire! Yesterday my father administered the + Sacrament for me at Buckminster; the number of communicants + was unusually large, though it is a time of the year in + which the people do not usually attend in numbers. I hope + this is a token for good, and an encouragement to persevere + and wait the Lord’s time.... + + “My dear friend, forget me not at the throne of grace: + thither I always bear you in my mind, and I have much + need of your prayers, that I may have utterance given me + to declare the mysteries of the Gospel. This is all that + is worth living for, to make known the riches of Divine + grace, and to be instrumental in winning souls to Christ. + Yet, O what coldness and backwardness I feel even in this + delightful service!... + + “Did you, my friend, partial as you are, but know the + thoughts that haunt my soul, and pursue me even into the + pulpit, your good opinion would, I fear, be turned into + disgust. But ‘this is a saying worthy of all acceptation, + that Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners.’ + This is all my salvation, and all my desire; and this shall + be all my theme, ‘Worthy is the Lamb that was slain. From + this hold, Satan has not prevailed to drive me of late. To + this hold will I cling, for He that is my righteousness is + also my strength, and in His strength I shall be more than + conqueror. May the soul of my friend ‘blossom as the rose; + and be as the garden of the Lord, well watered every where + and fruitful!’” + + + “London, December 20, 1803. + + “I rejoice that you seem to expect no further hinderance to + your ordination at Easter. I hope you will be abundantly + blessed in your labours, for truly nothing else can satisfy + a soul thirsting after the honour that comes of God. We + need much patience, dear B., that after having done the + will of God we may inherit the promises-- + + ‘God moves in a mysterious way, + His wonders to perform,’ + + and, when our finite capacities can discover no good working, + He is bringing about the purposes of His own will. Often has + he given my impatient soul to see this: in a moment hushed + the storm of raging and impetuous passions; and made, even + when all in prospect seemed gloomy, a great calm. This + experience has been of great service to me, in enabling me + to impart consolation to others, and to comfort them with + the same comfort wherewith I myself have been comforted of + God. O the heights and depths, and lengths and breadths, + of the love and condescension of God, to submit, as it were, + to the caprices of the creatures of His hand, yea, of the + rebels against His government! ‘Is this the manner of men, + O Lord?’ I feel, indeed, according to your expression, + that ‘without all-sufficient grace, quickly would my heart + return to the indulgence of those things which my judgment + tells me, are nothing but vanity and sin.’ In the review + of my experience since I came hither, much cause of praise + appears. That promise has been very abundantly realized, + ‘He will not suffer you to be tempted above what ye are + able, but will with the temptation make a way to escape.’ + And having this experience I would gladly ‘cast all my care + upon Him,’ who, I trust, ‘careth for me,’ in expectation + that He will ‘keep me by His mighty power through faith + unto salvation.’” + + + “Stoke, February 14, 1804. + + “I anticipate much pleasure in your company and from + hearing you preach in some of my churches. I have, however, + I trust, learned in some poor measure to ‘cease from man;’ + nor do I expect either pleasure or comfort further than as + a Divine blessing shall attend our communications. The work + of the ministry seems to be followed with little effect + in this place: for my own part, however, I have felt much + freedom from slavish fear; and have delivered my message + with boldness. If it were the will of God, I should rejoice + in some visible effects; but I desire to resign myself to + His pleasure. + + “The Methodists have at length established preaching at + Sewstern; and, I understand, some have been brought under + convictions by their means. If the work be of God, I would + gladly bid it God speed; and if it be of man, it will + come to nothing. The ministers of the Established Church + labour under some disadvantages, from the necessity of + having so many parishes to attend to, &c.... Every day + convinces me more of the necessity of subordination in + religious, as well as civil affairs. The want of this is + the cause of that mania, if I may so speak, which prevails + among the Methodists, and bids fair in time to turn them + all into preachers and no hearers. They seem to look + upon preaching as the only instrument of conversion, and + overlook other means, such as reflection, self-examination, + &c.; hence their various backslidings, falling from grace, + &c., with the many reproaches that are brought upon the + gospel thereby. These things make me lament sincerely, + the defection which, I fear, daily takes place from the + Establishment. Pure in her doctrines, and apostolic in her + constitution, our Church seems, indeed, ‘the pillar and + ground of truth;’ and the best means, under the great Head, + of keeping men in the simplicity of the gospel. I would + not, however, say with Mr. D. that there is no salvation + out of her pale. I would rather pray, earnestly pray, + for a revival of vital godliness in her sons.... O that + it would ‘please God to illuminate all Bishops, Priests, + and Deacons, with true knowledge and understanding of His + word;’ and enable them to shew its real power both in their + preaching and living....” + + + “April 4, 1804. + + “I should have answered your letter sooner, but have been + both very unwell and very much engaged. Mrs. B. left this + life for a better, in the night of the 26th ultimo. I was + in the house at the time of her departure, and I trust + profited by the awful event. She was sensible at the last, + though for some days she had been wandering. Frequently + during her illness, she confessed that she had no hope + but in the blood and righteousness of Christ, and wished + to receive Him as her King to make her holy, as well as + her Prophet to teach her, and her Priest to atone for her + transgressions. It was matter of surprise to me to hear + her express herself with a correctness on the work of the + Redeemer, which had been unusual to her; and did not seem + to be expected from one who had become so late in life + acquainted with the way of salvation. I have felt more than + I had expected to feel from the departure of one of my most + constant and attentive hearers. May the effect be lasting! + + “I have of late had reason to bless God for some visible + testimony of His acceptance of my labours. Soon after you + left us, I went to visit an old person and his wife at + Sewstern, and trust that the man is in a hopeful way. + Some persons at Easton, too, have been awakened, and now + meet for the purpose of social worship. The multitude, + alas! continue inattentive: but, one soul saved, and that + the meanest or weakest of God’s creation, is abundant + recompense for a life of toil and labour. + + “Last Sunday, I exchanged duty with Mr. G. at W. It is + grievous to observe so small an attendance at public + worship. It seems a beacon to warn us of the ill + consequences of irregularity. When a man shews a contempt + for the institutions of the church to which he belongs, + the _profanum vulgus_, though dull enough in general, can + easily see the motive that keeps him in the church, and + they learn to despise the person who, for the sake of + emolument, will continue a member of the church.” + +To the foregoing notices of Mr. Corrie’s early ministerial labours, +may be added an extract from his Journal, dated April 10, 1804. + + “On Trinity Sunday, June 13, 1802, I was ordained Deacon. + I trust I had a desire to do good to the souls of men; but + it was, as I now perceive, very faint, though I hope my + labours have not been in vain. And now, O Lord, I desire + to adore that sovereign grace, which plucked me as a + brand from the mouth of the devouring flame! I would pour + out my soul in gratitude, to that dear Redeemer, whose + intercession has delivered me from so great a death; and + would bless the Holy and Eternal Spirit who has enlightened + my dark understanding, so that though I know not the + hour, nor the day, nor the month, nor even the year, when + He graciously wrought savingly upon me, yet I can say, + ‘Whereas I was blind, now I see.’ O Holy, Blessed, and + glorious Trinity, let thy choicest blessings descend on + Mr. Simeon, who, regardless of the frowns he might incur, + faithfully warned me of my danger; and let thy watchful + Providence ever protect my friend Buckworth, dearer than + a brother; and, O, pardon my manifold sins! This is all my + hope, that the blood of Jesus Christ cleanseth from all + sin, and that His Spirit is powerful to subdue the most + inveterate corruptions. + + ‘On thee alone my hope relies, + At thy dear cross I fall, + My Lord, my Life, my Righteousness, + My Saviour, and my all.’ + + Impart to me from thy fulness, and let me evermore be + abounding in thy work. I trust thou hast given me to + desire the furtherance of thy glory. Enable me to act + accordingly, and to live to Him who loved me and gave + himself for me. Let nothing ever prevail to allure me + from Thee, neither the hope of preferment, nor the fear + of opposition. I have a deceitful and desperately wicked + heart, but I trust thou wilt never leave me nor forsake me, + seeing thou hast given me to hope in thy word.” + +During the Easter Term 1804, Mr. Corrie returned to Cambridge for the +purpose of keeping his Law Exercises;[5] and on Sunday, June 10th, +of that year, was ordained Priest at Buckden, an event which he thus +notices:-- + + “This day I have been admitted to the sacred Order of + Priests. I have much, O Lord, to be grateful to Thee for! + I was kept calm and collected during the examination; + and, (glory be to Thy name!) I have been given to feel, + in some measure, my insufficiency for these things. Make + me, I beseech thee, more sensible of this, and grant that + the solemn transactions of this day may never rise up in + judgment against me! Let me be a light in the world, + showing forth thy praise; and make me, both in life and + doctrine, an example to Thy flock. Lord, excite in my heart + strong desires after the welfare of immortal souls; and + grant that those to whom, I trust, thou hast sent me, may + be ‘turned from darkness to light, and from the power of + Satan unto God.’ To thee I look: on thee I would depend. + Blessed Jesus! be thou my righteousness and my strength. + Fulfil all the good pleasure of thy will in me.” + +In answer to a letter received from Mr. Buckworth, who, the Easter +previously, had been ordained to the curacy of Dewsbury, he writes, +August 24th, 1804:-- + + “I rejoice to hear of the success of your ministerial + efforts. O that the Lord would hasten the time when Satan’s + kingdom shall be finally demolished, and the kingdom + of the Messiah established on its ruins! You will now + have another snare to contend with; the Lord having been + pleased to own you for his servant, Satan will now seek + to exalt you beyond measure. We tread in a narrow path: + dangers stand thick around: a single false step may lead + to consequences most ruinous. O what need of watchfulness! + May the ‘Watchman of Israel’ guard you; then will you be + secure indeed! For myself, I can but just discern the pulse + of spiritual life to beat, and that chiefly by the struggle + between sin and grace. Alas! I have no active exertions to + reflect on. That I am not the willing captive of natural + inclination is all that I can say. Since you were here, I + have been obliged to apply for medical aid, and have found + considerable relief (thanks be to the chief Physician!) so + that I am now in usual health, except that I am oppressed + with a languor which distresses me exceedingly, and + leaves me only able to sigh and cry. How cheering the + consideration that ‘our life is hid with Christ in God!’ + There it is secure. How animating the thought that ‘when + Christ who is our life shall appear, then shall we also + appear with him in glory!’ O the wonders of redeeming + love, that worms, rebellious worms, may not only hope, + but confidently expect such transcendent blessedness! For + Christ our Head having endured the cross, to deny Him the + rewards of His sufferings would be an injustice incapable + of entering the Eternal mind. What shall I render [to the + Lord] that amidst all my deadness, this hope is not taken + from me? My help it standeth only with the Lord; and though + I am destitute of sensible comfort, yet I am enabled to + rest upon the unchangeable word of promise, that those + whom He has justified, and to whom He has given the love + of holiness, the inseparable companion of justification, + He will infallibly glorify. With respect to the work of + the Lord, I hope it prospers among us. I hear of good + being done, and that is some comfort to me. Amongst your + numerous friends, let me beg of you to remember me at the + throne of grace: none more stands in need of your earnest + supplications. Whilst I can keep hold of the promise, I + am encouraged: but I assure you, it is indeed a warfare, + a struggle, a race. You are often, _often_ present to my + mind; and while I have any apprehension of the inestimable + value of spiritual blessings, I will not cease to pray that + you may be enriched with the choicest of them; and that we + may be permitted to join in the songs of the redeemed.” + + + “Stoke, November 12, 1804. + + “It is some time since I heard of you, but hope you are + well: if so, the less matter whether I hear of you or not. + However, pray snatch some passing hour to let us know how + the work of the Lord goes on at D.; for, let matters go + how they may with ourselves, still will we say respecting + the success of the Gospel, ‘Good luck have thou!’ There is + in man a desire to be _something, somewhere_; and this + desire is, beyond a doubt, the moving spring of much of + that forwardness we see in many touching the promotion of + religion. Howbeit, the Gospel is furthered. + + “You will be surprised to hear of the death of James P. He + was buried at Colsterworth about a fortnight since. With my + father’s permission, I preached at his funeral to a crowded + church. The effect I know not, but my own heart seemed hard + and insensible as a rock; and, indeed, though I have proof + that my labours are owned by my gracious Lord, yet I seem + like Gideon’s fleece, dry in the midst of divine dew. My + hope, however, and my confidence, is kept immoveably fixed + on the rock of ages; and I have to bless God for a growing + devotedness to his service, an increasing determination to + be the world’s fool for the sake of Christ, and to count + His reproach my highest honour.” + +An entry in his private Journal, dated January 27th, 1805, manifests +the same distrust of self, and the same earnestness for the good of +his people. + + “At Skillington, this morning, I felt an earnest desire, + had it been God’s will, that I were able to preach + extempore. I had so strong a desire to communicate to the + people what I felt of God’s goodness, that it seemed a + restraint to confine myself to my paper. But, Lord, thou + knowest what a proud creature I am. Thou seest how I covet + the praise of man, and in mercy to my soul hast made me + ‘slow of speech.’ O make me of quick understanding in the + ways of godliness! At Stoke, I felt something of the same + spirit remaining, some longings after God in prayer, and + some breathings for his blessing on the people during + the sermon; but at Buckminster, how changed! Wandering + thoughts and imaginations. How manifold are the mercies, + how infinite the patience of God! O when will it be that + my heart shall be immoveably fixed on God: when shall my + soul become as a weaned child? Blessed Saviour! thou art + my Friend, my Advocate, my Head of influence: visit me + with thy salvation: smile upon my poor, imperfect, defiled + labours, and glorify thy name in my weakness!” + +April 10th, being his 28th birth-day, is thus noticed: + + “Yesterday, I was twenty-eight years of age: but, my heart + ever prone to forget the Lord’s mercies, I forgot to make + any reflections on the Divine goodness in bringing me thus + far. Lord, I would remember, to the glory of thy rich and + free grace, that thou forgivest my transgressions, and + coverest all mine iniquities. I have to praise thee that + thou hidest me from the strife of tongues: thou makest my + way very pleasant: thou strewest my path with flowers: + thou hast also given me some tokens that I have not run + unsent, by blessing my poor attempts to the consciences + of my people, and awakening some of them, I trust, from + the sleep of sin, making them to hear thy sweet voice + speaking peace to their souls. If a worm may be permitted + to plead with his Maker, O let my cry enter into thy ears, + and awaken many sinners amongst us to come to Christ that + they perish not! Yea, Lord, give me to see Jerusalem in + prosperity: nor would I cease to plead with thee till thou + hast answered my prayer. I would praise thy holy name for + a growing determination to glory in nothing save in the + cross of our Lord Jesus Christ. I would bless thee for a + disposition to count reproach for his sake as my highest + glory. I plainly perceive that ‘all who will live godly + must suffer persecution.’ I cannot hope to enter into + heaven but ‘through much tribulation,’ even as thy choicest + servants have done. O enable me to keep my eye ever fixed + on Jesus, that I may not be weary, or faint in my mind! + When I look back, the brightness of thy favour makes my + unprofitableness dark indeed; and I should have just cause + to fear, that the avenging sword of thy justice would cut + me down as a cumberer of the ground; but Jesus liveth, + making intercession, and therefore I am not consumed. Nor + shall I ever be consumed, seeing, ‘He is able to save + to the uttermost.’ To all thy other favours, O Lord, add + a heart to trust thy word; and henceforth let the love + of Christ constrain me to a more constant and uniform + obedience. Thou knowest that I love thy law; and though I + come far short of its requirements, yet there is not one + jot or tittle that I desire to have altered. I consent to + it that it is ‘holy, just, and good,’ and desire to conform + my whole spirit, soul and body, to its divine precepts. Let + thy Holy Spirit, then, carry on the work thou hast begun! + Write thy law upon my heart; put it into my mind; and let + me be changed from glory to glory, till I become ‘meet for + the inheritance of the saints in light:’ whither, in thine + own good time and way, bring me of thine infinite mercy, + for Christ’s sake. Amen.” + +In the Easter term of 1805, Mr. Corrie was admitted to his L.L.B. +degree. It was during this visit to Cambridge that the subject of a +chaplaincy to the East India Company was strongly urged upon him by +the late Mr. Simeon. After much and serious consideration, it seemed +to Mr. C. to be his duty to devote himself to the spread of the +Gospel amongst the heathen. An appointment to India was accordingly +obtained for him, through the influence of the late Mr. William +Hoare; and the following extracts from Mr. C.’s journal and letters +will exhibit the state of his mind, in the prospect of quitting his +curacy, for the purpose of exercising his ministry in a distant land. + + “July 25th, 1805. I have for a long time neglected to note + down the workings of my soul; but I would now remark, that + when I have been in my best frames, my mind has been most + resigned to the work of the Lord in India. Yet I feel much + cleaving to creatures, and a want of resignation. Lord, + teach me to know, and do thy will! + + “Oct. 6th. As the time approaches for leaving England, more + anxiety of mind arises; though blessed be God, no desire + to draw back from the work. O may I be found but faithful! + Lord, strengthen and support me in the work. ‘Give what + thou commandest,--and then command what thou wilt:’ let thy + will be done _in_ me, and _by_ me; and in life and death + let me be thine, through Jesus Christ, thy dear Son, and my + beloved Saviour. Amen!” + + + TO THE REV. J. BUCKWORTH. + + “November 12, 1805. + + “From my last you would, perhaps, expect to hear from me + before this; which might have been the case, but that + I received information, when in London, that the fleet + does not sail for India before January next. It is not + likely, therefore, that I shall leave this place [Stoke] + before that time; unless, indeed, Mr. D. should meet with + a curate to supply my place. He is now in London; and, as + my engagement with him ceases at Martinmas, should he meet + with any person at liberty to enter on the curacy, I cannot + expect, nor do I desire, to continue longer. He returns + this week, when it will be determined. On my way from + London, I stopped at Cambridge, and read prayers for Mr. + Simeon on the Thursday evening. It was highly gratifying + to see very many gownsmen attentive hearers of God’s word. + One might compare it to so many messengers waiting for + instructions, with which they were about to post off in + all directions. The Lord increase their number, and long + continue Mr. Simeon at Cambridge, an invaluable blessing + to the church and nation!--I feel some degree of regret + at leaving [this place]; and, especially on account of + some who manifest an attachment to the cause [of God], + whilst yet they are far from being what I could wish them. + I experience something of what the Apostle expressed + towards his people, when he declared he ‘travailed in + birth of them till Christ were formed in them.’ O that the + Lord would ‘cut short his work in righteousness,’ that I + might leave them with a prospect of rendering an account + of them with joy! I reflect with much dissatisfaction on + my conduct whilst among them: so little of the example of + Christ, so little of warmth in public, so little of zeal + in private, so much ignorance, and inexperience in stating + the truths of God, that I fear lest their blood should be + required at my hands: almost involuntarily my soul cries + out, ‘Deliver me from blood-guiltiness, O Lord, and my + mouth shall sing aloud of thy righteousness!’ O the horrid + wickedness of soul-murder! How infinitely valuable must + that blood be, that can wash out so foul a stain! O may + I ever experience its healing and cleansing power; and + may the consideration of the richness and the fulness of + redeeming love animate me to greater exertions, and fill + my mouth with more exalted praises! Lord Jesus, let thy + power rest upon me, and thy strength be perfected in my + weakness! Out of the mouth of a babe and suckling in Divine + knowledge, ordain praise and glory to Thyself! Let my dear + friend say, ‘Amen,’ to these unconnected petitions; whilst, + through grace, my prayers shall continue to ascend, that + every needful gift and grace may be bestowed upon you, + that you may be enriched with all spiritual knowledge and + understanding; and that you may have utterance given ‘to + declare the whole counsel of God.’” + + + “January 13th, 1806. + + “I have not heard further respecting the time of sailing + for India, but am getting ready for a removal on the + shortest notice. With much thankfulness I inform you, + that my mind is quite tranquil in the prospect of + leaving everything dear to human nature. I have, indeed, + sometimes, painful convictions of my insufficiency for the + great work before me; but am in general enabled to believe, + that ‘as my day is, so shall my strength be.’ The affection + my people express for me fills me with shame, that I do not + more deserve it, and with fear lest I should be tempted to + think of myself more highly than I ought to think. It has + pleased my gracious Lord, however, to give me of late a + deep experience of my own depravity, and of my unworthiness + of the least of his mercies. My dear friends seem entirely + reconciled to a separation. I trust that we shall be able + to part without the sorrow of those ‘who have no hope.’ O + how great the condescension of our Redeemer God, who stoops + to so close an union with sinful worms: who allows the sons + and daughters of corruption to address Him as their Husband + and their head; and salutes them as His spouse and His + beloved! Methinks such honour, so undeserved, might well + engage our every thought, and make our every inquiry only, + ‘What shall I render, &c.?’” + + + [1] A friend who had expressed an intention of providing + in life for Mr. C. + + [2] The church of which the late Rev. Charles Simeon was + then Incumbent. + + [3] The late Rev. John Buckworth, Vicar of Dewsbury, + whose father was an inhabitant of Colsterworth. + + [4] Montague Cholmeley, Esq. of Easton Hall, near + Grantham, one of Mr. Corrie’s parishioners, + and grandfather of the present Sir Montague J. + Cholmeley, Bart. + + [5] It was now that Mr. Corrie became more intimately + acquainted with Henry Martyn than he had before been. + + + + + CHAPTER II. + + DEPARTURE FOR INDIA--VOYAGE--ARRIVAL AT CALCUTTA. + + +Early in the year 1806, Mr. Corrie took leave of his relatives and +parishioners to embark for India. At that time, a voyage to India +was looked upon as a much greater undertaking than it is considered +at the present day. Accordingly on Mr. Corrie’s departure from his +father’s house, the parishioners pressed round to take their leave of +him; many of them deeply affected, believing “that they should see +his face no more.” + +After a prosperous journey to London and Portsmouth, he embarked +(March 30, 1806) on board the _Asia_ East Indiaman, bound to +Calcutta. Mr. C. was accompanied by a brother-Chaplain, the Rev. +Joseph Parson, one of his most attached College friends. Among the +passengers were many cadets, to several of whom Mr. C. was made +useful, and became in after life their friend and counsellor. Some +particulars of the voyage are subjoined from Mr. Corrie’s Journal and +Letters, which shew the lively interest he took in the welfare of all +around him, and indicate the steady purpose with which he kept in +view the great work before him. + +In his journal, Mr. C. writes under date of + + “April 10th. This day I have completed my twenty-ninth + year. In the review of the past year, O what reason have + I to adore the divine mercy. Soon after I had determined + on going to India, which was in June last, it pleased God + to work by his word, and to raise a general attention to + eternal things, amongst my people at Buckminster and Stoke, + giving me real favour in their sight, for which I desire to + praise Him, confessing that I am not worthy to be ranked + amongst the meanest of His ministers. Some amongst them, + I hope, were brought to God. O that they may continue + to walk in the truth; and may each amongst them become + Christians, not in name only, but in deed and in truth! + Since I have been on the point of departing from England, + every objection to the undertaking has been removed from + my mind. My heart is set on the work of the Lord in India; + and I would not draw back, as far as I know myself, to + be made Archbishop of Canterbury. I have taken leave of + my dear friends, most likely for ever in this world. I + would dedicate every faculty of my soul and body to my + redeeming God. Lord, accept me, working in me that which + is well-pleasing in thy sight, through Jesus Christ my + Lord and Saviour; to whom with Thy blessed self, and Holy + Spirit, Three persons in one Jehovah, be all glory, and + honour, and praise, now and for evermore. Amen! + + “April 14th. On Saturday afternoon, and yesterday morning, + the wind blew quite a hurricane. In the night of Saturday, + I could not sleep for the tossing of the ship: I lay + meditating on death, and found my mind calm and resigned; + but saw nothing in whatever I had done on which I could + rely for a moment; saw nothing, in fact, but what was + deficient and defiled with sin. Yet, in the consideration + of the atonement, and intercession of Jesus, I could look + _without dismay_, though not with any sensible joy, to a + judgment-seat. + + “Yesterday the wind was too high to admit of divine + service. Much consideration about our danger during the + preceding night; but, alas, little disposition to praise + the Lord for his goodness! Some few of the passengers + listened with attention, whilst I read a sermon on the + poop. I had much conversation at intervals with several of + them, on the subject of religion; and found some disposed + to attend. Yesterday, passed one of the Salvage islands: + to-day one of the Canaries (Palma.) No one who has not been + for some time out of sight of land can conceive the delight + which the view of these created; or the refreshment they + afforded the eye. As stupendous monuments of the divine + power, they ought to have raised more adoration in my heart + to the great Supreme. But, alas! I find the more I get + familiarized to the wonders with which I am surrounded, the + less sensibly I feel my dependence on Him in whom I live + and move. Blessed Saviour, O let me be accepted, and ever + preserved through thy intercession, and kept by thy power + through faith unto salvation. Amen.” + +Whilst off the coast of Africa, Mr. Corrie relates that the Lady +Burgess, one of the Indiamen in company with the Asia, struck upon a +rock: + + “The masts were cut away: the pinnace, contrary to + expectation, floated, (for she filled with water,) and + soon after was driven clear of the breakers, with about + forty persons. As many as could swim plunged in, and about + seventy at length got into her. The boat also was manned, + and, by the exertions of the chief mate, the ladies, (six + in number,) were put into her, and none allowed to go + with them, lest, being crowded by too many, she should be + swamped. The captain and some others who could not swim, + were saved by laying themselves on planks; and, being + drifted by the waves, were afterwards picked up by the + boats. The Leopard’s boats saved about twenty-five. The + ladies were received on board the Nelson; the greater part + [of the crew] were taken up by the Melville, and some by + the Sovereign and Alexander. About fifty perished; amongst + whom were the first and sixth mates, the purser, and + twenty-four cadets; the greater part of the others were + Asiatics, with some soldiers.” + +With reference to this melancholy occurrence, Mr. C. writes: + + “Sunday, April 20. This morning has been spent in great + anxiety. About two o’clock, I heard guns firing as signals + of distress. When day broke, the wreck of a vessel was + seen on the rocks, off the island Benevento. About eight + boats were observed at a distance, and at ten o’clock + we perceived one making towards the Asia. Soon after, + a passenger of the Nelson, and one of the mates of the + Lady Burgess, came on board, from whom we learnt that the + unfortunate ship was the Lady Burgess, which was gone down + with every part of the cargo. Six ladies, passengers, + reached the Nelson in safety. The mate, after putting the + ladies on board the Nelson, returned to the wreck, when + her poop remained above water sufficiently to preserve + life: on returning a second time, nothing was seen but part + of the bowsprit, every creature had disappeared; but the + Commodore, having sent several boats to their assistance, + suggests a hope that all are saved. What reason have we of + this ship to adore a kind Providence for being directed + a different course! Alas, that such indifference, nay + base rebellion [against God] should still appear! O let + me not be as those who know not God, but grant me such a + due sense of all thy mercies, O Lord, that my heart may be + unfeignedly thankful, and that I may show forth thy praise + not only with my lips, but in my life! Amen.” + +The Journal proceeds: + + “April 23rd, St. Iago.--Went on shore with the purser. On + landing was struck by the scenery, which was quite new + to me, and highly picturesque. Within the beach there + is a low valley, having the appearance of a marsh, with + shrubs growing in the shape of a pine-apple; it had a very + pleasing effect. Water was here procured for the fleet. + The town stands on a hill, on the right of the valley; and + within the fortifications. At the foot of the ascent, and + on the beach, were three officers riding on small lean + ponies. Their clothes, ragged and much worn, were such a + contrast to an Englishman’s idea of the word ‘officer,’ + as to excite a smile. Further on were some slaves, in a + state of nature, employed in breaking cocoa-nuts. At the + entrance of the garrison stood a sentinel, without shoes or + stockings, his other clothes hanging in rags, and having no + lock to his musket; altogether, he reminded me of one of + Sancho Panza’s guards. In the town, which consisted of two + rows of huts, we found poultry, pine-apples, cocoa-nuts, + &c. &c. for sale. The natives perfectly understood what are + called ‘the tricks of trade.’ I am told they sell a kind of + Port wine of inferior quality, mixed with rum to keep it + from going sour; they have also a kind of gin, extracted + from the sugar-cane. Their women are the most disgusting + figures that can be conceived; many of them having only a + covering round the waist; the men too like men in general; + but one, a Caffre slave, was about seven feet high. The + country presents a most barren appearance, being very + hilly, and seldom visited with rain. After staying about + three hours, I returned to the Asia, most thankful that my + lot had been cast in Britain, and admiring the kindness of + providence to that happy isle. Long may a gracious God + exercise the same fatherly care over it! Long may England + flourish, as the place which God hath chosen to put his + name there! + + “Sunday, April 27th. I had service on deck to-day, the + sailors being very attentive; was much affected with + languor, so that the day has passed in an unprofitable + manner. I had a long conversation with G., and hope well of + him again. Thought much of my dear relations; and had an + affecting sense of the value of former privileges, ‘when + I went to the house of God, with the voice of joy and + gladness.’ O for the happy time when I shall be privileged + to draw near to God without restraint! Blessed be His name + for some sweet seasons in private. O may the impression of + them remain, and be productive of holiness in heart and + life! + + “May 3rd. Yesterday the wind sprung up, a light breeze, and + continues to drive us two knots an hour, after a calm of + three days. In the night, we had a very narrow escape from + running foul of the Alexander; the boats were about to be + lowered from the idea that the ship might go down by the + concussion. What reason to be thankful for preservation! O + for a due sense of all thy mercies, my God and Saviour! + + “Friday, May 11th. This day had divine service on deck: in + the evening had a conversation with V. on the doctrine of + the Atonement. He seemed much impressed, and said he had + never before considered it; but hoped he should now make it + the study of his life. Lord, work in him both to will and + to do for Jesus Christ’s sake! Amen. I would record, to my + shame, how feeble my efforts are for the eternal welfare of + those around me; and, when I think of the shame I feel, I + desire to be roused to greater exertions, lest Jesus Christ + should profess himself ashamed of me at the last day. O the + piercing thought of being excluded from thy blessed vision! + Prevent it by thy grace! let me not fall, I pray. + + “May 18th. Service on deck. Found much sweetness in + private devotion, with a disposition to pray for my dear + relatives and friends by name. My mind tolerably fixed on + divine things, with boldness to speak to any that came + in my way, on the subject of religion. I have of late + observed with pleasure a great change in P.’s views and + sentiments respecting scriptural truths; and a practice + more correspondent thereto than formerly. This morning, he + spoke with much feeling, on several experimental truths + of Christianity; and I humbly hope, is no stranger to the + power of them. O that I may be enabled to walk in wisdom + towards him, and that he may be an honoured instrument in + turning many to righteousness! + + “Sunday, June 1st. I have neglected to make memoranda + during the past week, and fear it is a symptom of spiritual + decay: yet, I find, in general, much fixedness of mind in + private prayer; and sometimes much tenderness of spirit. + The Bible is my delight and daily counsellor; and I think + I watch every opportunity of calling the attention of + those around me to the things of eternity. Yet, I would + confess to my shame, that these attempts are feeble, + generally very unskilfully conducted, and little calculated + to produce a good effect, and chiefly confined to more + intimate associates. I plainly perceive that without a + great exercise of divine power, I am totally unfit for + the work of introducing the Gospel amongst the heathen; + and much fear lest the objects of time and sense should + divert me from that pursuit. Yet, Lord, thou knowest that + to be instrumental in turning many unto righteousness is my + highest ambition. This is the determination of my judgment; + though, alas! my affections draw me powerfully to court + the favour of man, and to covet ease. I perceive myself + poor and blind, and miserable, and wretched, and lost, and + undone; but O the joyful sound of wisdom, righteousness, + sanctification, and redemption in Christ Jesus for ruined + sinners! Blessed Lord, grant me a spirit of faith, that I + may apprehend this dear Redeemer; and by virtue of union + with Him may obtain acquittal from all condemnation, and + daily become more like Him, in righteousness and true + holiness!” + +To the Rev. J. Buckworth he wrote as follows:-- + + “We are in hopes of reaching Madras in nine weeks from this + time; so that before you receive this, which comes by way + of St. Helena, I shall, by the divine permission, be in + India. Indeed, on this element, in a peculiar manner is + the apostle’s limitation to be attended to, ‘If the Lord + will, we shall do this or that.’ My dear friend will be + ready to fear that an account of our spiritual voyage is + to be excluded from this paper. Would that I could gladden + your heart with tidings of a large fleet steering for the + haven of everlasting blessedness; but on this subject my + materials are scanty, though, blessed be God, some news of + this kind I can send you.... We have twenty-two youths on + board, going as cadets to India: of these a few allow me + to talk freely and familiarly on the best subjects; the + others treat me with civility, though sometimes they are + shy of my company. One I sincerely hope is pious, though + very volatile in his disposition: another attaches himself + very much to me, and is much separated from his companions. + These are the most promising among us, ‘the gleaning + grapes, one or two, on the top of the uppermost boughs.’ I + have distributed several Testaments, and other books; but + observe no increase at present.... + + “My thoughts lead me now to Dewsbury, where I fancy I + behold my dear friend and his dear partner, happy in each + other, and happy in the love of Jesus; but not without + some thorn, to remind them that their God has a more + complete happiness in store for them. You will not need + assurances that my daily prayers ascend on your behalf; nor + need I ask you to believe that words cannot express the + interest I feel in your welfare. May the richest blessings + of Providence and of grace descend upon you both; and + may you bring much honour to the ways of truth, by your + lives and conversation, till, full of days, and full of + grace, like shocks of corn in harvest, you be gathered + into the heavenly garner! I long to be publishing glad + tidings of salvation to poor Indians, and am daily studying + their language for this purpose: an Asiatic on board + helps me in acquiring the pronunciation, and in return, + receives instruction in the New Testament: he evidences a + teachable disposition; laments the folly and idolatry of + his countrymen, and I trust will one day become a witness + against their abominations.” + +But to return to the Journal:-- + + “June 8th, 1806. On a review of this week, I feel + much cause for humiliation, and much for praise; for + humiliation, that I gather no more boldness in the + cause of God and of his Son. Yet, I am thankful that my + silent refusal to conform to the vanities around me is + not unobserved; and that a sneer about saintship is not + unfrequently indulged in, when I am present. I rejoice in + these tokens of my separation from the temper and practices + of the world; yet I would look to more certain evidence of + my love to Jesus than this, even in the devotedness of my + heart to His service and glory; and in the love I feel for + perishing souls around me. Alas, my evidences are very few: + yet I think I would rather be a door-keeper in the house of + God where I might see His face, than live in the richest + palace on earth; and to be instrumental in turning sinners + ‘from the power of Satan unto God,’ is more desired by me + than to be Emperor of the world. These are my sentiments + and desires: O Lord, let them not evaporate in empty + speculations for Jesus Christ’s sake! + + “Thursday night. I would record to the honour of Divine + grace, the goodness of God to my soul. Rose this morning at + half-past five, found much earnestness in prayer, and my + mind much disposed to that duty, but little if any sensible + comfort. Prayed particularly for a believing, waiting + spirit, which has been graciously vouchsafed. I have + observed two or three instances of answers to prayer, in + the waiting frame of my mind; in the attention I have been + able to give to study, and in some other particulars. Lord, + keep me humble and thankful for Jesus Christ’s sake, Amen! + + “June 29th. I have neglected to make memoranda of my + state. Abstained from dinner, with a view to afflict + my soul before God, on account of my own sins, and the + sins of those around me. O Lord, without thy divine + influence I fast and pray in vain. The sins in myself I + would particularly note are, a backwardness to think on + divine subjects; a general deadness in religious duties; + a coldness of affection towards the Lord Jesus Christ; a + want of zeal for God, and of love for souls; and a fear + of censure and reproach, which leads me to suffer sin on + my neighbour unreproved. With respect to those around + me, their profane swearing, their neglect of God and His + worship. O will not God be avenged on such a people as + this? Will not this floating city be sunk in the mighty + waters, for the wickedness of its inhabitants? O Lord, let + my cry come before Thee, in behalf of this ship’s company, + through the mediation of Jesus Christ! + + “Sunday, July 6th. This morning a most tremendous gale came + on. Went on deck at five o’clock. The vessel rolling so as + once to ship a sea on the lee-side; every person seemed + apprehensive of danger. For my own part, I do not recollect + to have been afraid, but I felt much awe and seriousness, + in the thought of appearing before God. In the afternoon + (two o’clock), a man fell overboard from the foremost + main-yard. By the uncommon exertions of Mr. Walker, the + third mate, and four of the men, he was taken up alive, and + gives hopes of recovery. Mr. W.’s conduct on this occasion + merits the greatest praise, and has much endeared him to + every one on board. + + “July 20th. Read Church History and Persian. The Commodore + spoke an American, which left Calcutta on May 28, and + which on June 22nd, spoke a ship at sea, and received + information that a frigate, supposed to be detached by + Jerome Buonaparte,[6] put into the Cape and was captured + by Admiral Popham; from whence it is concluded that Jerome + Buonaparte either followed the frigate into the Cape and + was taken, or proceeded to India. Two country ships had + been captured in the straits of Malacca. + + “Thursday, July 24th. In addition to the news heard on + Tuesday, learned from the Commodore, that the American told + him a general peace had been brought about in India. O that + ‘the Prince of Peace’ would establish His dominion among + those perishing heathens! Every day brings me acquainted + with some new proof of that wretched slavery which they are + under to the powers of darkness. My mind is bent on the + work of the ministry amongst them. I think with delight + on the time when I shall be able to address them, in + their own language, on the glorious truths of the gospel; + and am thankful that I find diligence and ardour in the + acquirement of Hindoostanee. Yet, when I reflect on the + backwardness and timidity that possesses my mind in this + matter, among my present associates, I am ready to fear + lest I should be diverted from my purpose. Lord, hold me + up, and bring me through, more than conqueror, for His sake + who, I believe and feel, ‘loved _me_, and gave himself _for + me_!’ + + “Thursday, August 21st. This morning heard that Ceylon + was in sight; went on deck soon after, and saw land, but + very indistinctly. At half-past one the shore presented + a beautiful object; a great variety of trees, hills, and + plains. My mind more affected than I can express, with + a sense of the goodness of God, in bringing me thus far + in health and safety. I feel no inconvenience from the + climate, and very little of that listlessness I so much + feared. O for a heart to praise the Lord! Surely, surely, + I am more ungrateful than any of God’s children; for His + child I feel I am! O write thy law on my heart; and let my + obedient life bring glory to Thee, through Jesus Christ! + O how I long to be declaring the way of salvation to + perishing souls! O let me have that faith which overcomes + the world; set me free from every entanglement; keep + through thy word those on board whom thou hast disposed to + consideration; fortify their minds, and keep them from the + tempter’s power, to the glory of thy grace, Amen, Amen! + + “Sunday, August 24th. Rose this morning at five o’clock. + After prayer--in which I found earnestness, and tolerable + fixedness of mind, though no stirring of affection--went on + deck. Read in the epistle to the Hebrews, and found much + light flash on my mind in reading. Saw more clearly than + ever the _distinction_, yet _consistency_, between the old + and new covenant. At eleven, read a sermon from Walker; + afterwards joined in prayer with W, P, G, and V.[7] I found + much enlargement of heart, and much freedom of expression + in prayer. Lord, keep me humble; and, O bless these my + associates! Convince them of sin; lead them to Jesus; + make them strong in the Lord; and be a spirit of adoption + in their hearts, for Jesus Christ’s sake! Lord, bless my + dear relatives. O give them grace to walk before thee + with perfect hearts; and supply them with every needful + earthly blessing. Feed them ‘with food convenient’ for + their station, and finally crown grace with glory. Amen! No + prayers on deck, or in the cuddy. + + “Monday. Yesterday afternoon, a strange sail came in sight + to the northward. Cleared for action, and lay at quarters + all night. Expect to reach Madras to-morrow morning by six + o’clock. Every one seems unsettled in prospect of going + ashore; my own mind has caught the contagion. Nothing to + advantage has been done to-day. ‘Lord, save or I perish.’ + + “Wednesday. Were disappointed in our expectation, by a + strong current which set us so far to the westward that we + were obliged to tack, and wait for the sea-breeze, which to + our great joy sprang up about three o’clock; and brought + us into Madras roads, where we cast anchor exactly at ten + at night. Yesterday morning the air was much impregnated + with the flavour of the productions of Asia, having a smell + like the sickly smell arising from sweetmeats. The entrance + into the roads was very delightful: the light-house before + us, the European residents’ houses on the left, showing + lights from various quarters; the Nabob of Arcot’s palace + lighted so as to appear brilliantly illuminated. All these + were pleasing objects to eyes accustomed to look only upon + the wide extended ocean for four months past. The striking + of clocks, too, was most gratifying to the ear. My mind + was much affected with a sense of the Divine goodness, + in bringing us thus far in safety and peace. As soon as + we were anchored, two boats came from Admiral Trowbridge + for despatches; and a _Catamaran_,[8] with three natives + charged with letters from the Town-major to the Commanding + Officer. These natives presented a most disgusting + appearance to a stranger, especially an European stranger. + They have no covering, save a small piece of cotton round + their waists; and a cap, like a fool’s cap, of fine + basketwork, in which they carry their letters: and, being + entire strangers to our language, my mind was affected with + dismay and horror. Retiring to my cabin, despondency almost + overcame me. My native country, with its healthy climate, + and hospitable inhabitants, came forcibly to my mind. Those + loved objects seemed for ever gone: dear relatives for + ever fled! In exchange, a sickly climate, a burning soil, + a heathen population, were to be my associates. Alas! how + these considerations depress my spirits, while a sense + of my own unfitness to encounter any of these obstacles, + leads me to consider this as a place of banishment, and an + untimely burial-ground! Yet have I not freely chosen this + undertaking? And, has not God power to bring me through? + And, is He not sovereign of Asia, as well as of Europe? + And, is He not ready to save here, as there? O my foolish, + unbelieving heart! I see the truth of these suggestions; + yet unbelief prevents me from taking the comfort of them. O + Lord, work faith in my heart; and enable me to glorify thee + by a firm reliance on thy promise, that thou wilt not leave + me, but wilt make me ‘more than conqueror through Him that + loved me,’ even Jesus thy Son: to whom with Thee and the + Holy Ghost be glory for ever! + + “This morning several boats filled with natives came off: + the rowers, like the Catamaran Jacks in appearance and + dress: the masters or duboshes,[9] having white muslin + coats and petticoats. These duboshes are very obsequious, + very pressing of their services; and have written + characters, as from former masters; but many of these are + evidently forgeries. Many of our Bengal passengers are + gone on shore. I felt too depressed to go; and too much + interested in V. and Y. to leave them on board. Y. I hope, + seems in some measure, established in sound principles and + practice. V. alas, discovers a backwardness to converse on + religious subjects; and I fear, shuns me, lest I should + trouble him with them: he is, however, very regular in his + conduct; and much respected by his associates. But, Oh! + what avails a mere name to live?--He is now gone on shore. + Y. remains on board, with the other Madras cadets, until an + order for their disembarkation arrives. O Lord, keep them + by thy power! O let not Satan triumph over them, for Jesus + Christ’s sake. Amen. + + “MADRAS, Wednesday evening, Aug. 27th, 1806. Went on shore, + and was much annoyed by the clamorous importunity of the + natives, who were waiting in hundreds on the beach to carry + the luggage, or otherwise serve the new comers: their + harsh language, and their almost naked bodies, their eager + and obtrusive offers of service disgusted and wearied me + exceedingly. With some difficulty, I got through the crowd; + and, on arriving at the New Navy Tavern, found some of my + old shipmates. Here we were again importuned by duboshes + who were eager to serve us. We made choice of one who + proved a notorious cheat: he made off with six rupees given + him to hire a _bandy_;[10] and I know not yet how much + linen he may have stolen. The profusion of silver or gold + rings which the natives wear on their arms, their ancles, + their ears, and their toes, appeared odd to me; their + offers of service and their whole conduct, whilst I was on + shore, have impressed my mind with an opinion of their deep + depravity, and their entire want of principle.... + + “On Thursday, August 28th. Parson and I went to call on + the London Society’s missionary. Though unknown to him, + and though carrying no letter of introduction, yet I was + certain that if he were a real missionary, we should be + welcome; and I was not disappointed in this expectation. + We received a cordial reception: Martyn having mentioned + my name, we soon became cordial. He appears a humble pious + man, not destitute of ability, with a degree of zeal: his + education appears to have been confined. Here we learned + that Dr. Ker, the Senior Chaplain, had a letter for me from + Martyn; and that, being obliged to go to Seringapatam for + the recovery of his health, he had left it at the house + of Mr. Torriano. Thither Mr. L. drove me in his bandy, + leaving Mr. Parson to walk back to the inn. On arriving + at Mr. T.’s, I found the letter, enclosed in one from + Dr. Ker, recommending me to accept Mr. T.’s invitation to + take up our abode with him; which we did, and experienced + much hospitality and kindness. Mr. T. is a self-taught + Christian indeed: his son is a sensible and very pious + youth, and showed us much brotherly love; and from the + Lieutenant we received great regard. Next day Mr. P. and + myself called on Mr. V. and found him very reserved: he + afterwards, on further intercourse, became more sociable; + and engaged me to preach for him on Sunday the 31st; which + I did, and took for a subject the character of Josiah. The + Governor, &c., were present; and the church was pretty + full: the congregation was very attentive; though some, I + hear scoffed; but others expressed their approbation. In + the evening P. officiated at the chapel, Black Town, and + expounded the first chapter of the Epistle to the Romans. + I went to hear Mr. L. who preached from Psalm xxxvii. 40. + During our stay on shore, I went often to the cadets’ + tents, and have reason to be thankful. Found V. and Y. kept + free from the vices of the place. + + “Friday evening, Sept. 5th. I read a portion of the church + prayers, and addressed an exhortation to the boys at + the Asylum. There are about two hundred half-caste boys + educated there, and maintained by public subscription. + Dr. Ker is Superintendent; and Mr. L. is acting Master. + During our stay at Mr. Torriano’s, our apartment was a tent + comfortably fitted up, where Mr. T. generally (his son V. + always), comes morning and evening to join in worship. The + fort is a most complete structure, seemingly defying the + power of man to take it: the buildings within it are very + sumptuous. The Black Town far exceeds my expectation, in + the commodiousness of its houses, and in their structure; + but the streets are narrow; and the dust and filth in + them render the town exceedingly unwholesome. I do not + find the heat by any means so oppressive as I expected: + morning and evening it is as cool as summer in England. + I frequently walked several miles. The Europeans are, + in general, very averse to the idea of evangelizing the + natives. The chaplains consider it as a hopeless case; and + others look upon it as needless and impolitic. I lament + that my mind was not more affected with the stupid idolatry + of these depraved people. Their pagodas abound; and their + attention to them might shame people of purer principles; + whilst their depraved morals show that their religion is + confined wholly to externals; and that they are incapable + of communion with a holy God. These considerations ought + to impress me more. O the unconquerable hardness of this + stupid heart! Yet, blessed be God, who has reconciled + my mind more to the work of the ministry here; and has + influenced me to prefer the honour which cometh of God, + more than the favour of men. I think I am more determined + than ever on publishing salvation to these ignorant + heathen. I have to lament that my mind seldom experienced + any sensible comfort in God, whilst on shore: deadness and + oppression overspread my soul for the most part; yet, I do + not recollect, except on one occasion, that I attempted + to shun the reproach of the cross; and, in general I was + enable to introduce serious subjects. + + “Sunday, Sept. 7th. Came on board the Alexander, in + consequence of the Asia being ordered round by Penang, to + take troops to Bengal: much heaviness of mind on account of + the state of those around me.... + + “Saturday, Sept. 13th. On Tuesday evening last, we came + to anchor off Masulipatam. During that day, in making + in to the shore, the ship was found in three and a half + fathoms (she draws three fathoms;) consequently great + alarm prevailed, every one expecting that she would strike + instantly. The wind being brisk, the ship answered the + helm; and, by the Divine favour, we got clear of the + danger. In the afternoon, a ship which had been in sight + for some days, hauled her wind and stood our course: this + raised a suspicion of her being an enemy; the drum beat to + quarters and every preparation was made to prevent her + boarding us. After some time, she hoisted Danish colours, + and came to anchor near us off Masulipatam. During these + two times of alarm, I recollect to have been much more + anxious as to the event, than on former times of danger + during the voyage; and have reason to fear I have suffered + damage, especially since we left Madras. This I know has + been the case, and I bless God who has given me to feel it, + and to lament it, and to strive and pray against it; and + (blessed be His name) not in vain. + + “On Wednesday, Parson and myself went off together with two + officers of the king’s regiment: after a most unpleasant + passage of twenty-four hours, we arrived at Masulipatam, a + distance of not more than six miles in a straight line. Our + delay was owing to the land wind, which, blowing directly + opposite, drove us far to leeward, and obliged the men to + push the boat along shore with long poles; a tedious and + laborious operation. On entering the fort, we found that + Colonel Norris (to whom we had a letter of introduction + from his father-in law, Mr. Torriano,) was in the fort. We + went to his house, and on being introduced to his lady, + presented our letter, which she opened, and sent to the + Colonel, who was on a committee at the barracks. Breakfast + was got for us immediately, and every attention shown + us; after breakfast, the Colonel came in, and ordered us + change of clothes; after we had dressed, he came and shook + us very kindly by the hand, and said, he had an order in + his pocket, which obliged him to be particularly kind to + us. This order he punctually obeyed, shewing us every mark + of attention possible, and even regard.... The propriety + of conduct necessary in ministers, the characters of + many eminently pious missionaries, and of Christ and His + Apostles, were the principal subjects of conversation. May + God give a blessing to our poor attempts to spread the + savour of Jesus’ name; and may the Colonel’s kindnesses to + us be abundantly repaid out of the fulness of Christ! After + passing twenty-four hours very agreeably, and I trust not + unprofitably, we left Masulipatam yesterday about three + o’clock, with the purser; and though detained a short time + at the entrance of the river, from want of water, we got + on board the Alexander by five o’clock: the anchor was + weighed, and we set sail as soon as possible. + + “Tuesday. Yesterday I was very unwell in consequence of + drinking too much water: the day passed in a restless, + unprofitable manner to myself. In the evening, I was + enabled to speak to the surgeon on the utility of prayer; + which I did because of some sarcastic remarks made, as + to the uselessness of the Bible and Prayer-book in time + of action; we being suspicious that there was an enemy’s + ship in view. He was silenced, and afterwards showed me + more than usual attention. We were looking out all the + afternoon of yesterday for a pilot; and came to anchor + at ten in the evening in Saugor roads, amidst a fleet + of Indiamen homeward-bound--two ships of war, with many + country ships--a most gratifying sight; though, I confess, + I felt little pleasure. The remembrance of dear relatives + filled me with deep regret, whilst the prospect of being + instrumental in furthering the Lord’s work in India filled + me with joy; and I felt I could forsake all for Christ’s + sake. + + “Thursday. We came to anchor in Diamond harbour. The + sailing up the river was delightful; the green herbage + and foliage most refreshing to the eye; and the numerous + population raised wonder how provision could be found for + so many persons. The whole shore, as far as the eye could + reach, appeared one continued village on each side. The + sight of a burying-ground for Europeans at Diamond harbour, + with several monuments erected therein, tended to lessen + my joy; as did the death of Captain ---- of the 77th, for + whom the colours were hoisted half-mast high, and who was + buried in the sea the evening we lay at anchor, in Saugor + roads. Captain C----, Ensign W., Parson, and myself, left + the Alexander in a budgerow,[11] about nine o’clock, and + sailed from Diamond harbour about half past ten in the + evening. + + “Friday, Sept. 19th. I went on shore in the morning at + Fulta, and sending some provisions on board to my chums, + remained till flood-tide, which was not till two o’clock. + My mind was much gratified with the scene; the green fields + appearing here and there between the groves, were very + much like scenes I remembered in England; many birds were + singing much like the nightingale; herds of cattle, of the + buffalo breed, with herdsmen tending them here and there on + the bank. A dead body floating on the river created much + horror in my mind; and the bird called the adjutant excited + much surprise. At Fulta I found a very elegant inn, and + accommodations very reasonable. Having placed a chair at + the gate-way on the elevated situation on the bank of the + river, the opposite bank appeared covered with villages, + and the surface of the river with boats. I took out my + bible, and read the 60th chapter of Isaiah. The precious + promises of the enlargement of Christ’s Church came with + much power to my mind; the last verse was very encouraging, + and raised much joy, from the hope that I might be honoured + to be one of ‘the little ones’ who should ‘become a + thousand, and a strong nation.’ The prospect of all these + swarms of people bowing to the sceptre and dominion of + Jesus, filled my soul with exultation. I found much freedom + in prayer, and spent some time in joy and rejoicing. The + budgerow being much longer in coming up than was expected, + occasioned great anxiety; and, to my shame be it spoken, + impatience. O how fickle is my mind: but Jesus liveth, and + He changeth not! Blessed be God for Jesus Christ! I came on + board about two o’clock this afternoon; and we are now at + anchor about ten miles below Calcutta. + + “Sept. 21st, 1806. Yesterday morning, being tired of + waiting any longer for a fair wind, I left the budgerow + about five o’clock, and came up in the tow-boat to + Calcutta. The scene on each side of the river was much + the same as during the preceding day; but being indisposed + from want of food, and by exposure to the sun, I felt but + little lively joy. Read in the Bible, and Newton’s Hymns; + and found much desire to be grateful for preservation + during the voyage, for meeting with kind friends, and for + the abundant supply of every temporal want; above all, that + notwithstanding my manifold failings, some sense of my + obligations to God in Christ still remains. The sight of + Calcutta afforded me great satisfaction: the approach to it + was tedious; and I felt some impatience at the perversity + of the boatmen. Alas, the depravity of my nature is but + little subdued! I walked up to the church, and inquired + in vain for Martyn: went to Doughty’s hotel, where I met + V. at the door, who, I feared, was oppressed in spirit + and suffering from the effects of climate. I took some + refreshment, and was about to go forth in quest of Martyn, + when a note arrived from him, desiring me to go to him in + the college.[12] I set off immediately, and was received + by him with the most lively demonstrations of joy. Here I + was desired to take up my abode; and here I am fixed for + the present. Mr. Brown,[13] to whom I am indebted for my + present entertainment, appears a sensible, determined, + pious man; very different from the descriptions I heard of + him during the voyage.” + +On the same day, in which these particulars are noticed in his +journal, Mr. C. sent a letter to his sister; written, as it appears, +at intervals during his voyage, and communicating information up to +the period of his arrival at Calcutta. The letter itself is not less +remarkable for its plain good sense, than as manifesting that strong +natural affection and love of country, which entered so largely into +the character of the writer: + + “From the date of this letter, (Sep. 21st.) you will + perceive how much longer our voyage has proved than at + the beginning of it we hoped it would. Twenty weeks are + completed since we left Portsmouth: the usual time a voyage + of the kind occupies is about fifteen weeks. The chief + part of our delay was between St. Iago, and the Cape of + Good Hope. Before we arrived at St. Iago, we had fair and + strong winds; and since we got round the Cape, the weather + has proved most agreeable. A thousand anxious thoughts + daily fill my mind on your account: separation from you has + only tended to show how much my comfort depended on you: + scarcely for two successive waking hours has your image + been out of my remembrance. I am very anxious that you + should come out to me; and I am very anxious respecting + your voyage. You have little, humanly speaking, to fear + from dangers of the sea. Your greatest inconvenience + will arise from not having a person with whom you can + communicate freely: to be under a restraint of this kind, + for five months, is a greater evil than you can at present + suppose. You will, no doubt, hear of some lady coming + out, with whom you can take half of a cabin; and if such + an opportunity offers, you need not hesitate to embrace + it. But you will need to use great caution how you trust + strangers; and by no means be too familiar with any of + the passengers, till you have had time to observe their + dispositions: the evil of a contrary conduct has appeared + very strikingly with us; and still more so in some other + of the ships of our fleet. It is very easy to assume an + appearance of gaiety and good-humour, when people only + meet occasionally, and for a short time; but when they + come to live together, and are obliged to meet each other + at every turn, without Divine grace, few tempers are found + sufficiently accommodating to maintain that forbearance, + and to make those concessions, which are absolutely + necessary to peace and comfort. Hence, when by an unguarded + confidence, persons of contrary dispositions and habits + have committed themselves to each other, they soon become + mutually disgusted; family circumstances are exposed; + weaknesses ridiculed; and contempt and hatred follows. You + see I write under the idea that you will not leave England + till you hear of my arrival in India. I have only to add, + that my health is much improved since I left you. + + “Since I began this letter, a variety of events have taken + place, and crowd so fast on my mind, that I know not + where or how to relate them. On entering Madras roads in + the evening, the lights reflected from the houses built + on the shore, with the sound of the sentinels’ voices + passing the word, and the striking of the clocks, formed + altogether the most remarkable impression I recollect in + life. After having for five months been separated from the + civilized world in a great measure, and having seen only + the boundless ocean, and occasionally hailing some of our + consorts, you may suppose the entrance into society was + highly gratifying. My joy was silent, and chiefly expressed + in ejaculations of praise to Him who had so graciously + preserved us through the great deep; nor were wanting + prayers for my native land, and for the many dear objects + left behind. This pleasant temper of mind was, however, + of short continuance, as soon as we came to anchor, some + of the natives came off in catamarans; they were almost + naked, and very savage in appearance. The consideration of + being, in all probability, to spend the remainder of my + life among such wretched beings, filled me with melancholy; + and rendered me sleepless during the greater part of the + night; and the whole of the next day, I was very unhappy. + But you will perceive my sin and unbelief in this matter; + as their wretchedness should rather have excited compassion + and anxiety for bettering their condition: the idea of no + further comfort remaining for me, certainly arose from the + absence of the proper influence of that precious truth, ‘If + He give peace, who then can cause trouble?’ I perceive this + clearly now; and I am thankful that I am able to take the + comfort of it to myself. During the whole of our stay, the + anniversary festival of one of their idols was celebrating + at a pagoda or temple, in sight of the house where we were. + Their chief solemnities were celebrated during the night; + and consisted in most wretchedly bad music, something like + bad bag-pipes, accompanied with a tom-tom, or small drum + unbraced, and incapable of music; with these, at intervals, + loud shouts were set up by the people, and something of a + song in praise of their idol sung in alternate strains, + which were responded by the people to each other in a + sing-song tone of voice. O what a blessing is the Gospel + to mankind! Well might the angels sing at Messiah’s birth, + ‘goodwill towards men,’ no less than ‘glory to God!’ How + lovely does Christianity appear, contrasted with the + absurdities of these pitiable heathen! O, how privileged + is Britain, where Divine truth shines forth in all its + purity! May my happy native land know the value of her + privileges, and improve them: O that, to latest ages, her + rulers may continue nursing fathers, and nursing mothers + to the Church; and use their widely-extended influence in + rendering their colonies happy as themselves!” + + + [6] In 1806, Napoleon placed his brother, Jerome + Buonaparte, in command of a squadron of eight ships + of the line, which were ostensibly destined for the + West Indies. + + [7] Cadets. + + [8] A species of raft used by the natives of Madras. + + [9] A kind of general Agent. + + [10] A kind of gig. + + [11] A native travelling boat. + + [12] The College of Fort William. + + [13] The late Rev. David Brown, at that time Chaplain at + the Presidency, and Provost of the College of Fort + William. + + + + + CHAPTER III. + + AT ALDEEN--APPOINTED TO CHUNAR. + + +On Mr. Corrie’s arrival in Bengal both he and Mr. Parson took up +their abode with Mr. Brown at Aldeen, a short distance from Calcutta, +and remained under the same hospitable roof until they proceeded +to the stations that had been assigned to them respectively by the +government. Henry Martyn was their fellow-guest for a time, and with +that honoured servant of God Mr. Corrie’s intimacy was close and +brotherly. Mr. C. was also in the habit of preaching regularly during +his residence with Mr. Brown, and of maintaining constant intercourse +with the whole body of Christian Missionaries in Calcutta and +Serampore. In his Journal, too, occur many intimations of the anxious +affection with which he regarded such of the Cadets as remained +within reach of his visits, or were willing to correspond with him. +A peculiar regard for the welfare of young persons was, in fact, a +distinguishing feature of Mr. Corrie’s character. + +Early in December 1806, Mr. Corrie and Mr. Parson left Aldeen, the +one having been appointed at Chunar, the other at Berhampore. As +respects Mr. C. it will be seen, that during the whole of his journey +to the place of his destination, the subject of the conversion of the +heathen occupied a large portion of his thoughts. + + + FIRST IMPRESSIONS OF CALCUTTA. + + “Calcutta strikes me as the most magnificent city in + the world; and I am made most happy by the hope of + being instrumental to the eternal good of many. A great + opposition, I find, is raised against Martyn, and the + principles he preaches; this gives me no uneasiness--by + the help of God, I will stand fast in the doctrine of + Christ crucified, and maintain it against all opposition. + But, Lord, grant me the wisdom that is from above, that I + may act with discretion, and in nothing give unnecessary + offence! + + “At three o’clock,[14] Martyn preached from Rom. iii. + 21-23, the most impressive and best composition I ever + heard. The disposition of love and good will which appeared + in him must have had great effect; and the calmness and + firmness with which he spoke raised in me great wonder. + May God grant a blessing to the word. O may it silence + opposition, and promote religion for Jesus Christ’s sake, + Amen. + + “Tuesday, Sept. 30th. I have neglected for some time to + make a memorandum of occurrences; but remember, that in + general, my mind has been without any lively sense of + divine things; though my heart has been going out much + after God. The joy expressed by the few serious people here + is very great; and were not those comforts withheld which + I have been some time favoured with, their kindness would + have a tendency to make me proud: for, Oh! I feel an evil + heart cleaving to the world, though not under its former + shape. I am not without a secret uneasiness, that I have + not talents to render me equally acceptable with others. + This is not to be content with God’s appointments; though, + I think, I would not have others brought to my standard, + but would rise to their’s, that God may be more glorified. + I have received great kindness from Mr. Brown, and much + benefit from his conversation. Blessed be God, I feel no + disposition to shrink from the shame of the cross, but + hope, with boldness, to declare myself a fellow-labourer + with Martyn, in the controversy excited by his preaching. + + “I preached on Sunday [Sept. 28,] evening, at the Mission + Church, from 2 Thess. i. 7-10: my mind was somewhat + impressed with the importance of my office, both before + and during the service. I trust the furtherance of God’s + glory, and the good of souls, was, and is, my prevailing + desire. Went up to Serampore yesterday, and in the evening + was present at the marriage of Mr. Desgranges.[15] Mr. + Brown entered into their concerns with much interest. The + pagoda[16] was fixed on, and lighted up for the celebration + of the wedding; at eight o’clock the parties came from + the Mission house, [at Serampore] attended by most of + the family. Mr. Brown commenced with the hymn, ‘Come, + gracious Spirit, heavenly dove!’ A divine influence seemed + to attend us, and most delightful were my sensations. The + circumstance of so many being engaged in spreading the + glad tidings of salvation,--the temple of an idol converted + to the purpose of Christian worship, and the Divine + presence felt among us,--filled me with joy unspeakable. + After the marriage service of the Church of England, Mr. + Brown gave out ‘the Wedding hymn;’ and after signing + certificates of the marriage, we adjourned to the house, + where Mr. Brown had provided supper. Two hymns given out by + Mr. Marshman[17] were felt very powerfully. He is a most + lively, sanguine missionary; his conversation made my heart + burn within me, and I find desires of spreading the Gospel + growing stronger daily, and my zeal in the cause more + ardent. But O ‘my leanness’ in comparison of these ‘burning + and shining lights’ around me. Yet, in the strength of + Jehovah will I go forward, and will tread in their steps, + and pursue them at a distance, though I may not hope to + come near their attainments. + + “Oct. 10th. I have for some time past been oppressed with + a sense of the want of spiritual affections: my heart as + cold as ice, no mouth to speak of, or for God: deadness in + prayer, and languor in every spiritual duty. I perceive + my great insufficiency for the work of the ministry; and + lament exceedingly my small opportunities of education,[18] + and my sinful negligence in not better improving those I + had. ‘God be merciful to me a sinner,’ and perfect praise + to Himself out of my weak and unskilful mouth! Last night + I went to the Mission-house, [at Serampore] and supped + at the same table with about fifty native converts. The + triumph of the cross was most evident in breaking down + their prejudices, and uniting them with those who formerly + were an abomination in their eyes. After supper, they sang + a Bengalee hymn, many of them with tears of joy; and they + concluded with prayer in Bengalee, with evident earnestness + and emotion. My own feelings were too big for utterance. + O may the time be hastened when every tongue shall confess + Jesus Christ, to the glory of God the Father! + + “On Friday evening, [Oct. 10th.] we had a meeting in the + pagoda, at which almost all the missionaries, some of their + wives, and Captain W. attended: with a view to commend + Martyn to the favour and protection of God in his work. The + Divine presence was with us. I felt more than it would have + been proper to express. Mr. Brown commenced with a hymn and + prayer, Mr. Desgranges succeeded him, with much devotion + and sweetness of expression: Mr. Marshman followed, and + dwelt particularly on the promising appearance of things; + and, with much humility, pleaded God’s promises for the + enlargement of Zion; with many petitions for Mr. Brown and + his family. The service was concluded by Mr. Carey,[19] + who was earnest in prayer for Mr. Brown: the petition that + ‘having laboured for many years without encouragement or + support, in the evening it might be light,’ seemed much + to affect his own mind, and greatly impressed us all. + Afterwards we supped together at Mr. Brown’s. The influence + of this association remained on my mind, and shed a divine + peace and composure through my soul. + + “Sunday 12th. This day I preached at the New Church from + Gal. vi. 14. The Governor General, &c., attended. I felt a + good deal of palpitation before I ascended the pulpit, but + afterwards experienced great composure of mind; and had no + idea that any one would be offended, being conscious that I + was speaking the truth. I found much earnestness in prayer + before, and after, divine service. God grant an increase to + His own word for Jesus Christ’s sake! + + “Oct. 13th. I came to Serampore to dinner. Had a + pleasant sail up the river: the time passed agreeably in + conversation. In the evening a fire was kindled on the + opposite bank; and we soon perceived that it was a funeral + pile, on which the wife was burning with the dead body of + her husband. It was too dark to distinguish the miserable + victim of superstition; but by the light of the flames + we could discover a great crowd of people: their horrid + noise, and senseless music, joined with the testimony of + some of the servants, convinced us that our apprehensions + were founded on fact. The noise continued till ten o’clock, + and the fire was kept burning till that time. My mind was + struck with horror and pity. On going out to walk with + Martyn to the pagoda, the noise so unnatural, and so little + calculated to excite joy, raised in my mind an awful sense + of the presence and influence of evil spirits. O that + the Lord would command his word to run and be glorified, + in casting them out, and placing in their stead the mild + influence of his Gospel! + + “Oct. 18th, 1806. On Wednesday last, Mr. Brown, Parson + and myself proceeded up the river with Martyn, to set him + on his way to Dinapore. We landed at Ghyretee, and walked + through a most delightful avenue; afterwards through a neat + village (for this country), and arrived at Chandernagore + about seven o’clock: we took tea at a tavern, and went + on board our budgerow, about nine o’clock. After joining + in prayer, we retired to rest. On Thursday morning, + we proceeded to Chinsurah, on foot, through groves of + fruit trees; we arrived at Chinsurah soon after seven + o’clock, and received a most hospitable reception from + Mr. Forsyth:[20] after dinner, we went with Mr. F. above + Bandell; and after worship, returned to Chinsurah in & + _paunchway_.[21] Yesterday morning, the weather having + commenced rainy, we determined to return to Aldeen, on + account of Mr. Brown’s boat becoming uninhabitable. We + first engaged, according to arrangement, in alternate + prayer. Mr. Brown commenced with reading a portion of + Scripture, singing a hymn, and prayer, which order was + observed by P., myself, and Martyn. A sense of the Divine + presence was experienced by each of us, and our consolation + in Christ Jesus abounded; so that we left our friend + without regret, and he parted with us cheerfully; each + persuaded that God was with us, and would be our ‘shield + and exceeding great reward.’ + + “Oct. 22nd. On coming down the river, I saw the figures + of Doorga[22] paraded on the river, and the indecencies + of idol-worship. My mind was inexpressibly grieved; and + most earnestly did I desire to be able to address the poor + deluded heathen. + + “Nov. 3rd. For some time past I have made no memoranda + of the state of my mind. Alas, my wretched backwardness + to any really good thing! In general my heart has been + hard and insensible, though my desire has been to the + contrary; and I have had but little inclination to pray, + though no disposition to give up prayer; and sometimes have + experienced enlargement of heart, and melting of soul in + prayer. I have preached several times at the Old Church, + and once at the New. My purposes of labouring among the + heathen are, I bless God, more fixed; and a desire to be at + my station, and about my proper work, grows upon me. + + “When I hear of a spirit of covetousness which has affected + many, I fear and tremble; and I think something of that + disposition was working within me this morning. Oh! how + often have I said that I desire not to leave one shilling + behind me at death. I would record my own declaration, + beseeching thee, O Lord, that I may be enabled to trust + thee for future supplies, and to live by faith upon thee + for daily bread! + + “24th, For some days past my mind has enjoyed quiet and + peace with God; my indisposition has been in a great + measure removed, and I can speak and act as usual. ‘Praise + God from whom all blessings flow.’ My mind has been calm + and resigned to the will of God, in the prospect of my + destination, and in my preparation to set out for Chunar; + but little, alas! of lively affection, with much wandering + of heart in prayer. The youths who came out with me have + been much on my mind. My dear relatives have not had so + particular an interest in my prayers as at some other + times; but their welfare is exceedingly dear to me, and the + prospect of having my sister with me very cheering. + + “Nov. 29th. This morning Mr. Brown, Parson, Mr. + Thompson[23] (of Madras), and myself, met in the pagoda + at Aldeen, to consult in what way we may most effectually + promote the glory of our redeeming God in the earth. After + prayer by Mr. Brown, and after some conversation, we + agreed, 1st. To join in the views, and aid to the utmost of + our power, the purposes of the British and Foreign Bible + Society: 2ndly. To help forward the translation of the + Scriptures into the languages of the East, as much as in + us lies; and to take the expense of the Sanscrit and Greek + Testaments upon ourselves: and 3rdly. To make a quarterly + report of our prospects, our plans, and actual situation in + our various stations, as far as the Church is concerned, to + Mr. Brown; who will add his own, and cause a copy of the + whole to be transmitted to each individual. After prayer we + separated. + + “Dec. 8. To-day set off for Chunar. In the strength of the + Lord God I go forth. O, prepare a people for Thyself, and + make me the instrument of gathering them into thy fold! + Keep me by thy mighty power in body and soul; and enlarge + my heart that I may delight in Thy will, and lay out all my + time and labour in Thy service! Amen, Lord Jesus. Amen! + + “Dec. 13th. On Monday last Parson and myself left Aldeen, + to proceed to our stations; Mr. Brown and Mr. Thompson + accompanying us. We arrived at Chinsurah about three + o’clock, after a quick sail up the river, the tide being + in our favour: we called on Mr. Forsyth, with whom we + spent the evening. Mr. F. conducted family worship, and + was excellent in the application, and very fervent for + the fulfilment of many precious promises. The presence of + God was with us. Mr. F. gave me favourable intelligence + respecting General M. at Chunar, to which place Mr. L. + had sent tracts, which had been noticed with approbation + by the General. I hope the Lord has prepared my way. + Yesterday morning, after breakfast and family worship, we + set forward, Mr. Forsyth accompanying us. In the evening + we walked on the bank, whilst the boatmen hauled our boat + along. The encouragement and comfort his conversation + raised in my mind will, I hope, never be forgotten: much + lively and spiritual conversation passed, chiefly on + the means most suitable for us to employ under present + circumstances. We concluded by commissioning Messrs. Brown + and T. to buy Bibles, Testaments, and Common Prayer-books, + to be sent to us from time to time for distribution. Our + friends left us to return to Calcutta. A sweet composure + fills my heart: and, without regret, I leave all that earth + and sense hold dear, to do thy will, O my God! Let me find + strength according to my day; and call Thou me to any + thing in which I may most glorify Thee. Leave me not for a + moment; for though now, ‘by thy goodness, thou hast made + my mountain strong,’ yet if thou hide thy face I shall be + ‘troubled!’ + + “Dec. 14th. Yesterday morning we left Sook Saugur: in the + afternoon our attention was arrested by loud lamentations: + we observed a dying man put into the river to expire; this, + in the opinion of the Hindoos, insuring Paradise. We were + much shocked at the spectacle. Lord, how long, how long + shall Satan triumph? Four out of six are killed in this + way, and hurried out of life.” + +On the 16th of December, Mr. Corrie writes to his father:-- + + “I am now on my way to my station at Chunar, five days’ + journey from Calcutta, and three from Berhampore. To this + last place Parson is appointed, and we are together in + the same boat; after which I have eight weeks’ journey + alone. I have, however, several introductions to christian + friends on the way, and Martyn’s station is before me, + where I intend to stay a few days with him. My mind is at + perfect ease, and my soul happy in the love of God, and + overflowing with gratitude to the Giver of all good. Much + and unexpected kindness has been shewn me in this strange + land; and I have found that whosoever forsaketh aught for + Christ shall reap an hundred-fold ‘in the present life:’ + how, then, can I doubt the fulfilment of that part of the + promise which relates to the life to come? In the house + of Mr. Brown, every attention that affection could think + of has been shewn me.... The country through which we + have come, is, in general, very pleasant, though flat. We + walk on the bank morning and evening; and amuse ourselves + with finding out resemblances, or fancied resemblances to + scenes we remember in Britain. We have every comfort we can + wish for; and our morning and evening worship, consisting + of singing, prayer, and reading the Scriptures, tends to + revive our souls; whilst we walk as friends, and take sweet + counsel together on the ends and means we purpose in our + ministry. I have written so often that I forget what I + may have said to you; but you who know how much I am the + creature of impulse in every thing--except my expressions + of affection for you all, and in matters of fact,--will + not judge of the state of my mind from one single letter. + I allude especially to what I have written respecting the + conversion of the heathen. _You_ know, what _I_ now know, + how sanguine I am in schemes that my soul enters into; and + oft have I made calculations and statements which have + afterwards made me blush.--The state of society among our + own countrymen here is much altered for the better within + these few years. The Marquis Wellesley openly patronized + religion; whether from motives of state policy or not, it + is not ours to judge. He on every possible opportunity, + made moral character a _sine quâ non_ to his patronage, + and sought for men of character from every quarter to fill + offices of trust. He avowedly encouraged, and contributed + to, the translation of the Scriptures into the native + languages; and wherever he went, paid a strict regard to + divine worship on the Sunday. Before his time, all causes + were tried in the courts of justice, through the medium of + interpreters; but by the College which he instituted, he + furnished the natives with judges capable of determining + from their own knowledge of the language, and judgment on + the evidence; and has thus laid the foundation of peace + and justice, such as Asia before knew not. _He has been + the saviour of India to Britain._ The state of the natives + in a moral point of view is deplorable; the most shocking + indecencies form a part of their worship; and lying, + cheating, &c., are not considered crimes. Two youths who + were seriously impressed during the voyage, and one who + was our fellow-passenger, and has since been brought to + consideration, are going on consistently in the ways of + wisdom. These first-fruits of our Indian engagement afford + me the most lively encouragement, and the strongest hope + that God is with me of a truth. O may He be a spirit of + power in my own heart, and a word of power in my mouth, + that many may be turned unto righteousness: then I am sure + that you will bless the day that took me from you, and we + shall rejoice together in the loving-kindness of our God!” + +But to return to the Journal: + + “December 18th. This evening we are at Plassy. Walking on + the bank of the river, we passed an old man brought down to + die by the river-side: he exhibited signs of considerable + vitality; and certainly no symptoms of immediate + dissolution. My spirit was stirred within me; and a Brahmin + coming past, I began to talk to him on the wickedness of + killing men in this way. He said his shasters[24] commanded + it, and that the doctor had pronounced the man dying. I + told him that God did no injury to man; that He was good; + and, therefore, the shasters were not God’s word; and that + God was displeased at such proceedings; he understood me, + and pleaded their customs. I answered, that the custom, + the shasters, and the people, were all bad; and that + when he died he would go down and lie in fire for ever. + He evidently understood me and seemed confounded. I then + told him that at Cutwa, a Sahib lived, who would give him + the true word of God, and recommended him to go there. It + appeared, however, that he came from Moorshedebad, and + showed no disposition to return to Cutwa. Passing on, we + found a party going to Juggernauth. I asked one of them, + Why he went there? What use it would be to him, and what + good it would do to him? He seemed confounded, and made no + reply. I told him also of the anger of God, and of the fire + after death. A Birajee[25] came running after us to beg; he + was an old man. On being told by him what he was, I said + to him, that he was a lazy man that would do no work, but + only eat, and that God was angry with him, and that when he + died he would go down to fire for ever. He was surprised at + this reception, and could only plead his age. I recommended + him to Cutwa. This is my first effort at missionary work: + but O, how I blush, and abhor myself, for the imperfect + manner I speak for God. I know enough of the language to + have conveyed different ideas, and more of them, but I + am nothing, and know nothing. Lord, grant me wisdom and + utterance; and, O, smile on my feeble attempts for the + furtherance of thine own glory, through Christ Jesus! + + “Dec. 21st. We are now by the kind providence of God at + Berhampore. On Friday Mr. Grant and Mr. Ellerton stopped + our boat, about one o’clock, and we stayed at that place + all night. We met, also, with Messrs. B. and their + friends; one a youth from England, by the Nelson. They + also stayed with us; and in the evening, we were joined by + two officers, going down to Calcutta. We made a party of + eight, and sat up till twelve, talking to little profit, + chiefly about the siege of Bhurtpore. Yesterday morning + we separated, and were accompanied the whole of the day by + the Messrs. B., who joined with us in morning and evening + worship. + + “Dec. 23rd, 1806. (Bogwongola). Yesterday morning we waited + on General P. and afterwards visited the place appointed + for public worship, a large upper room. In the afternoon, + we visited the hospital. I drew near the bed of a man + apparently in the last stage of disease, who received the + word with tears, and requested me to pray with him. Having + made this known, P. invited the others to draw near: a + large party collected from all parts of the hospital. I + expounded the third chapter of St. John’s Gospel, and + prayed. Much attention in the poor men. + + “I left Berhampore this morning at seven o’clock; and, + after passing through a well-cultivated and fertile + country, arrived here at twelve. I am now on the great + river, proceeding to Mr. Creighton[26] at Gomalty. I am + much pained at heart on account of separation from dear + Parson, and disheartened at the prospect of being so long + on the way to Chunar; and tired with the importunity of the + natives. Never, never have I felt so keenly the separation + from dear relatives; but I have no wish to draw back, but + would pray and hope that “God will be the strength of my + heart, and my portion for ever,” in and through Jesus + Christ. + + “Dec. 26th. Last night I arrived at Gomalty, and found + a very kind reception from Mr. Creighton. In the course + of conversation, I have learned that he, with Messrs. + Ellerton and Grant, have instituted about twelve schools + in the villages, in this neighbourhood, in which many + children of the poor natives are taught to read and write; + and christian tracts, and the New Testament in Bengalee + are read to them, and by them. One Brahmin objected to + the reading the Holy Scirptures; but, some parts of them + being read to him, his objections were removed, and he + considered that they were very good. In one of the schools + the master is a Brahmin, who teaches these tracts, &c.; + though he says, that if the sentiments contained in them + prevail, the Brahmin’s power will soon be at an end. + The salary allowed the teachers is five rupees[27] per + month; for which they teach as many children as choose + to come. In one school about seventy or eighty children + attended at first; and about forty still continue to + come. In this school thirty have been taught, and are + gone off to different employments. Many of the boys have + made considerable proficiency in reading and writing; and + through them, the knowledge of the Scriptures is diffused + to a considerable extent; the consequence is, that much + less dissension is found in the neighbourhood; so that when + the native missionaries come amongst them, the people are + much more ready to hear them than in other districts. They + hear, also, with much attention, and in general approve of + Christian truth. + + “Dec. 27th. To-day Mr. Creighton sent for the schoolmaster + of the place with his little charge, about fourteen: some + others were in the habit of attending, but were at this + time absent. The method of teaching is by writing the + character in the sand, and then pronouncing the letter; + thus they learn both to read and write at the same time: + some of the children have made considerable advancement. + The manners of the children are much the same as those + of children at home; and much gratification did their + contented faces and their little tricks afford me. + + “Dec. 29th. Yesterday morning Messrs. W. the two B’s and + A. came over to attend Divine worship. At ten o’clock we + went and heard the Bengalee missionaries preach to their + countrymen: the three appear to be humble and sincere + Christians. Those who understood them say, that the + preaching was very energetic and eloquent. + + “Gomalty, Jan. 1st. 1807. I would begin the new year by + reviewing the old. The mercies of the past year are + many and great; and, for these mercies, I am bound to be + exceedingly thankful. During the voyage, my attempts were + not without some good effects on the minds of V. and Y. + especially: the Lord made my presence a restraint on some + who would otherwise have been more profane, and gave me + favour in the sight of many: kind friends have been raised + up for me in India, wherever I have come, and all my wants + have been abundantly supplied. These mercies call for the + loudest praise to Him who rules on high; but especially do + spiritual mercies call for gratitude: that I have been kept + from gross sins before men; that I have not been permitted + wholly to restrain prayer before God, or to cast off His + fear; that I have been enabled in public preaching to + declare what I believe to be the whole counsel of God; and + that some tokens of Divine approbation have been granted + to His word. I feel a growing boldness to speak for God in + private, and something more of a power to cast off the fear + of man. These are subjects which may well furnish matter + for everlasting songs. I would record what I feel still + wrong, that I may be disposed to live more simply on Christ + for strength as well as righteousness. I find a disposition + to seek the applause of men, which sometimes leads me into + words and actions which grieve the Holy Spirit, and wound + my own soul. There is a sinful nature; a disposition to + rest in the form of godliness; and a spirit of indolence + which causes me to waste hours and days to no profit. + These things grieve and bow down my soul. I would, also, + record my purposes, that I may be bound to perform them. I + intend to keep aloof from visiting parties at Chunar, as + much as I can; to establish worship as often as possible; + and to teach and preach Jesus Christ, ‘publicly and from + house to house,’ both to professed Christians, and to the + heathen. But, when I reflect how most of my resolutions + have hitherto come to nothing, O Lord, let thy power rest + upon me! I would record my most earnest desires, to mark + the Lord’s dealings with me, and His answers to prayer. My + first desire is, that a ‘door may be opened’ at Chunar, + and that I may have power to enter in thereat, that so + ‘the word of God may have free course and be glorified’ + in the conversion of souls. Secondly, that my dear family + may be the special objects of the favour of Jehovah; and + that my dear sister may come out to me, _if it be the will + of God, otherwise not_. Thirdly, that V., Y., and B., may + be kept from the power of the devil, the world, and the + flesh; and that they may be redeemed and preserved from + all iniquity, and have liberty to serve God without fear. + Fourthly, that the choicest mercies both of Providence and + Grace, may descend on all whose hearts have been disposed + to favour me; and that the Government of India may be + disposed to _permit_, at least, attempts for the conversion + of the natives; and that the kingdom of Christ may come. + And, O Lord, I would devote my life, my strength, my every + faculty, and every gift of grace, nature, or providence, + wholly to thy service and glory! I offer myself to Thee. + O pardon, accept, and bless me, through Jesus Christ; and + bring these purposes to good effect, for thy name’s sake! + + “Jan. 6th. Left Mr. Creighton at Gomalty yesterday morning. + In travelling, found my mind somewhat stayed on God. I + welcomed the budgerow, and the dreary river, as old though + inconvenient friends, who would put me in the way of active + usefulness. I was much pleased with the school in Mr. C.’s + bungalow; and, from the pleasure the Brahmin showed, in + making the scholars read the Bengalee New Testament, I have + a hopeful presentiment that the kingdom of Satan, thus + divided against itself, cannot stand long. + + “Jan. 16th. This morning, I visited the wells near + Monghyr.[28] One of the wells is cold; but close to it, + another bubbles up water, like the bubbles that rise from + the bottom of a caldron as the water grows hot. I found + this water so hot, that I was scarcely able to bear my + hand in it. Here, they say, Ram’s wife bathed, after she + had been stolen away, and recovered again by her husband. + Many Brahmins and Faqueers were staying there; and were + very importunate for money. With a _buckshish_[29] I + offered tracts, and was immediately told that a Sahib, a + short time since, had left many. A very interesting boy, + about fifteen years of age, read in one of the tracts, and + told me that it meant, There is only one God, and that all + their poojahs, &c., are vain. I spoke to him, and an old + man, with several around; the boy seemed to understand + perfectly what I meant; and said, that when he understood + the matter thoroughly, he should leave off poojah; and, + as I spake of hell as the portion of wicked men, several + behind showed symptoms of scorn. The old man discovered + much impatience, but, for the _buckshish_, stayed till I + had said all that I thought necessary. The boy’s father + manifested uneasiness, and evidently wished his son away; + but for the same reason permitted him to stay. The father + said, that Adam was first created, and that all men are his + children: that the world was drowned, and then Noah became + the parent of us all. I replied that it was true; and that + Adam and Noah worshipped God, and paid no regard to poojahs + and the river. Why, then, did they pay that regard to the + creature, which was due only to God? He answered, that when + God should give all the world to be of the same opinion, it + would be so. To which I replied, That it was true; and that + in England we worshipped God as Adam and Noah did; and that + now the word was sent to him. + + “Jan. 26th. On Friday, I left the budgerow, and came + through a most fertile country to Dinapore. I observed some + of the customs of the natives which explained passages of + Scripture. In the evening, the conversation of dear Martyn + seemed to drive away all pain; but weakness soon made me + wish for rest. Yesterday, I preached here to an attentive + people, from Matt. vii. 21-23. Some of the officers + scoffed. Oh! what cause for thankfulness in the sweet + communion I am favoured with in Martyn, and in the kindness + I meet with on all hands! O for a heart to praise the Lord + for his goodness! O for power to do His will, to love His + work; and for a spirit of compassion for perishing souls! + + “Jan. 29th. Just leaving Dinapore to proceed to Chunar, in + tolerable health and spirits. I have found but little of + spiritual comfort; though much pleasure in communion with + dear Martyn. My purposes of labouring amongst the heathen + are much revived, encouraged and strengthened, by the + conversation of this dear friend: we agreed to exchange + letters every other Monday. I found the vanity of worldly + pursuits in the society I went into; and perceive afresh + that God is alone the fit and satisfying portion of the + soul. O may I live under this impression, and may my life + and conduct testify that it is a divine impression! + + “Feb. 15th. On approaching Chunar, the appearance of + the fort struck me as beautiful; but, from the reports + of its unhealthiness, I was ready to consider it as my + grave, and approached it with a heavy heart. I have found + some earnestness and liberty in praying for a blessing + on my entrance in amongst them. I trust the Lord will be + entreated.” + + + [14] On Sunday, Sept. 21. + + [15] One of the London Society’s Missionaries. + + [16] The Hindoo temple of the idol Bullub, which the + Brahmins had deserted. Mr. Brown had repaired, + and fitted it up as a family chapel and study. + The pagoda was, also, sometimes appropriated + to the accommodation of Mr. Brown’s particular + friends.--MEMORIAL SKETCHES OF REV. D. BROWN, p. 137. + + [17] Baptist Missionary. + + [18] During the four years that Mr. Corrie resided in the + neighbourhood of London, little or no attention was + paid to his education. + + [19] Baptist Missionary. + + [20] One of the London Society’s Missionaries. + + [21] A small covered boat. + + [22] One of the principal Hindoo female deities. + + [23] The Rev. Marmaduke Thompson, late Chaplain at Madras. + + [24] Holy books. + + [25] A kind of religious mendicant. + + [26] Superintendent of Indigo works. + + [27] About ten shillings sterling. + + [28] The celebrated hot-well named “Seetacoom,”--the + fountain of Seeta.--BISHOP HEBER’S JOURNAL. + + [29] Present. + + + + + CHAPTER IV. + + SETTLEMENT AT CHUNAR. + + +Chunar, the first scene of Mr. Corrie’s stated ministry in India, +used to be a place of greater importance than it is now that the +frontier of the British Empire has been so much extended in all +directions. The fortress is spread over the sides of a high rock +which is washed by the Ganges; and although the place is not +considered unhealthy, yet during some months in the year, the heat +at Chunar is intense. The Europeans stationed there, when Mr. C. +was chaplain, were all military, and for the most part invalids, +who, though unfit for active service, were equal to garrison-duty. +Besides those Europeans and some Sepoys, there were a few half-castes +of Portuguese extraction, and some native women who followed the +army. Without the cantonments was a Hindoo and Mahomedan population +amounting to 10,000 or 12,000 souls. The Europeans, also, at Secrole +(about twelve miles from Chunar) became afterwards part of Mr. +Corrie’s charge; whilst the vast heathen population of Benares, with +its cruel and senseless superstitions, opened out a large field for +the exercise of missionary zeal and christian philanthropy. + +The extracts given below from Mr. Corrie’s journal and Letters, +will explain the nature of his official duties, and missionary +operations. It will be seen that he had many obstacles to encounter +in his efforts to impart the knowledge of Christ to those “who lay +in darkness and in the shadow of death.”[30] Among the many trials, +too, which his faith had to sustain, not the least will appear to +have arisen from the determined hostility to all missionary labours, +manifested by the Government of India; in forgetfulness, it may be +presumed, of the great truth, that as “the kingdoms of this world +are” destined to “become the kingdoms of our Lord and of His Christ,” +all opposition to the spread of Christianity is hostility to the +“King of kings.”[31] + + “Sunday, Feb. 22nd. This day I begin my labours at Chunar, + and have much reason to adore him who heareth prayer, for + smoothing my way, and opening a door of hope that good will + be done. I arose at five o’clock this morning and prepared + for divine service. At seven o’clock, I went to the place + of worship, and found there the effective artillery-men, + the garrison invalids, and several of the others, with the + Colonel, Captain P., Lieut. A., and the invalid officers + D. and H. with some other officers of the Fort. Observed + several very attentive. At half past nine o’clock I went to + the hospital, and found a table set, and the people very + ready to hear, and attentive. Now, O Lord, + + “Do thou the gracious harvest raise, + And thine alone shall be the praise.” + + “Feb. 25th. This evening I went to see the Roman Catholic + chapel, a small place of about eight feet square, + surrounded with a veranda. A dish with spices, and another + with flour, were placed on the altar. A Padre comes + occasionally, but he has not been here for the last two + years; he has baptized several native women connected with + Europeans; but I cannot find that any other natives have + been baptized by him. + + “Feb. 27th. Yesterday and to-day, I had an opportunity of + talking with some poor women, Portuguese Roman Catholics, + about Jesus Christ; and found some relief to my own mind in + recommending Him to their regard. From one I learned (what + indeed I had heard before) that at Bettiah, situate in what + used to be the old kingdom of Nepaul, eight days’ journey + inland from Chuprah, all the inhabitants are Roman Catholic + christians: a padre resides amongst them, and they have a + church. + + “March 8th. The week has passed with little profit. I + received a letter from dear Martyn,[32] which comforted + me not a little. On returning from public service, I + found some earnestness in prayer to God for my flock; + for the Church in India; and her ministers; for my dear + relatives; for my former flock, and all who pray for me; + but especially for my dear country, her government, her + ministers, her people; and for all christians. After dinner + I called in the Bettiah-christian,[33] and found him + intelligent, and very attentive to his padre. He gave me + the history of the creation and fall of man, with a mixture + of fable, and some confusion in the connexion. He seems to + know nothing experimentally of Christ; and, if I understood + him rightly, considers that the sin of Adam, which fell + upon his posterity, is removed by Christ; and that now by + attending to the sacraments we obtain pardon of sin. God + grant me wisdom to deal prudently with him: he appears + sincere, but not very humble. + + “March 9th. This morning I went to the hospital, in + consequence of a message from a native woman, who is + desirous of baptism: she appeared anxious to go in God’s + way, as she expressed it; and with tears said, that from + her heart she desired baptism. On my asking her whether she + was a sinner? She replied, That before, or towards God, she + was a sinner: but on being further questioned, confessed + she did not know wherein she had done amiss, except it were + in living in an unmarried state; looking wistfully at the + man. I took occasion, from this confession, to speak of the + evil of this circumstance, and of the only way of obtaining + forgiveness, through the blood of Christ. She promised to + keep this word in her heart, and to pray according to my + directions. The man appears sensible of the evil of his + present habits; and promises that, if the woman lives, he + will marry her. I am at a loss how to proceed: to refuse + her baptism will evidently be a grief to her; and I hope + she is awakened to a sense of her sin. May the Lord direct + me! + + “March 15th. I went yesterday evening to the barracks; and + if circumstances had been favourable, should have married + the persons above-mentioned; but find I should have broken + military regulations if I had done so. To-day, the man + seems unwilling; but the woman expressed dread at the + thought of continuing in sin. I have observed, on several + occasions, when explaining christian subjects through a + native who understands English, that they [the natives] + have a great reluctance to speak of Jesus Christ, and never + do it till I urge it again. + + “March 17th. A letter from dear Martyn dispirits me;[34] + as, from the dislike manifested to his schools, I may see + how little is to be hoped for: yet we expect opposition; + why then should I be dismayed? O my soul! hope in God! + Notwithstanding, I have engaged a schoolmaster, and am + waiting to see the result. I have employed myself to-day in + translating the ten commandments into Hindoostanee, with + the assistance of a moonshee. He could not, for a long + time, understand why God is called a ‘jealous God.’ + + “March 18th. A native woman has been with me, expressing + her desire for baptism. I made the moonshee read to her + the ten commandments; and could not help smiling to hear + one Hindoo explain the law of God to another: she exhibits + no humility. The Bettiah-christian pleased me much this + evening: he mentioned four good works which God approved + of; three of which I understood to be faith, love, and + obedience to the law. I replied, that if faith was in the + heart, all the other good works would follow; if we really + believed the love of Christ to sinners, we must love Him + in return. He answered, that it was true; and said, If + faith is not in the heart, none of the other graces would + be there. All this was said with a seriousness and gravity + which looked very like sincerity, if it was not really so. + A female attending the woman who has applied for baptism, + interfering very improperly, was desired to hold her peace. + She left the room with marks of great anger, having before + exhibited symptoms of uneasiness; especially when the + seventh commandment was repeated. So does Satan rage when + his strongholds are attacked! + + “March 22nd. In conversation with Mooney Lol and Moonshee, + on the necessity of making inquiry for ourselves in matters + of the soul, I remarked an expression which has dwelt + much on my mind: ‘When we have a king of our own to order + us in the right way, we will then walk in it.’ This, with + other circumstances, convinces me of the impolicy of the + Government, in withholding Christianity from the natives. + They are tasting of British liberty; but, having no + principles to guide them, when they feel their strength, + they will expel the British; whereas now, if missionaries + were permitted, they would, in two generations, probably + all embrace Christianity. + + “March 26th. This evening, after conversation with the + native woman, I baptized her, with earnest warning not to + trust to the outward sign. She said, She had been a sinner, + but that she would pray to Jesus, night and day, to make + her free from sin, and would be His slave, and serve Him + for ever. After the service she cast her eyes up to heaven, + and kept them fixed for some time, with an appearance of + most ardent supplication. Afterwards I went home with + Sergeant M’D., whose wife, though a Roman Catholic, wishes + to communicate. + + “April 2nd. Yesterday morning I went to the barracks. I + asked the native woman whom I lately baptized, whether she + prayed? She answered, ‘Yes.’ ‘What do you pray to God for?’ + ‘To make me well in this world if He pleases; and if not, + to take me to Himself.’ I endeavoured to impress on her + the necessity of asking all in Christ’s name; which she + seemed to attend to very diligently. The man was impressed. + In the evening I went to bury a child; and spoke to three + invalids, plainly and at length, on the necessity of + winning Christ. + + “April 6th. I learned from the Moonshee that the old + schoolmaster, in order to keep his scholars from the free + school, circulated a report that I should send the children + to Calcutta; which, it seems, keeps many back; but this + notion, however, is now done away with. + + “April 8th. Yesterday the Bettiah-walla came again after an + absence of a fortnight. He said he had been unwell; and + his appearance bespoke it. He told me that he was poor and + helpless without Jesus Christ. To-day he came again, and + read, with evident interest, the fourteenth and fifteenth + chapters of St. John; especially the promise of being one + with God and Christ. The account of the fruitless branches + also impressed him; and he confessed that his heart was + backward towards God. This morning the children of the + school came to me: I was much struck with their appearance, + and artless manners. The Bettiah-walla received the ten + commandments with reluctance: the second is not in his + number. I took several occasions of pointing out to him the + name of Jesus, as the only medium of access to God; and + observed that we must not pray to saints. At hearing this, + his countenance fell. O that the Lord may lead him into all + truth! + + “April 10th, 1807. This day I have completed my thirtieth + year. I have been reviewing my birth-day memoranda, and + I feel quite abased. Alas! where is the blessedness I + experienced some time back; or was I then under a mistake + as to my real state? I suspect that much of animal feeling + mixed with my former experience, for I think my soul is as + fixed as ever, in knowing nothing upon earth but ‘Jesus + Christ and him crucified.’ Yet, O my God (for mine thou + art) search me! The Lord’s mercies to me are innumerable: + if I should attempt to number them, they exceed the minutes + of my existence; but alas! my heart is insensible; my + affections are as cold as ice: I am become a stone to the + fear of death; and the terror of the Lord, rather than + the sweet love of Jesus Christ, seems to constrain all + my doings. There is not a desire, I think, to keep back + a tittle of God’s word. I even feel the time long till + the Lord’s day returns, that I may have an opportunity of + warning poor sinners: yet when it comes my heart is heavy; + and I go with a kind of sullenness and desponding tardiness + to God’s work. O that it were with me as in months past! + The Lord has marvellously hid me from the strife of + tongues, has wonderfully supported my feeble mind, has + enabled me to seek the salvation of souls with a boldness + unusual to my nature; and has given testimony to the word + of His grace in this place. He supports me in solitude, and + enables me to spend days alone without weariness: praised + be His name! The undivided and glorious Trinity are worthy + of my adoration and love. O rather let me go mourning thy + absence to the grave than attempt to satisfy my soul with + contemptible trash! Yet, in thy manifold mercies, let me + taste thy love, and praise thee in the use of all that thou + bestowest! The prosperity of Zion is my earnest desire: + the conversion of the British and the heathen, the success + of my preaching, schools, and private attempts [to do + good] are the subjects of my daily prayer. O that the Lord + would bless these feeble efforts, would perfect that which + belongeth unto me! Into thy hands, O Lord, I commend my + soul and body: and look with humble hope to be kept by thy + power through faith unto salvation. + + “Martyn alarms me by expressing a wish for my removal.[35] + I feel very reluctant to it; and am enabled to resign + myself to God in prayer, even to die here; if, in this way, + He will be more glorified. + + “April 12th. This evening, I buried the native woman whom + I lately baptized; and spoke to the people from 1 Cor. xv. + 33. ‘Evil communications corrupt good manners.’ O Lord, + grant thy blessing! Let thy promise come, and then shall + sinners in great numbers be converted unto thee!” + +The following Letter to Mr. Buckworth dated May 22nd, 1807, contains +some interesting particulars of which there is no record in the +Journal:-- + + “From the first of January till the beginning of this + month, I was much affected by this climate; and did + not begin to recover till April. Thanks to a kind + Providence, I am now quite well; and have escaped that + first attack on arrival, which has carried off four of my + fellow-passengers. The effect of this climate was felt as + severely by my mind as my body: a listlessness and languor + rendered any little exertion a burden: even my devotion was + for the most without life or activity; and, alas! little + of that lively spirit I, in some poor measure, enjoyed + in England, remains with me. I bless God who enables me + to live on Christ as my ‘All in All’ and keeps alive in + my heart a sense of the value of His favour, and the + excellency of the ‘purchased possession.’ The absence of + lively feeling I conceive to be occasioned by the want + of ‘the communion of saints;’ and I remember, with tears + sometimes, those days ‘when I went to the house of God with + the multitude of those that kept holy day.’ I am very far, + however, from being without marks of the Divine favour: I + am enabled to spend weeks alone without weariness; and to + find pleasure in those studies which may qualify me for + extensive usefulness. We have here about three hundred + Europeans, invalids, and officers; of the latter I see + little, although we exchange mutual civilities: perhaps, I + am not three hours in a week, on the average, in civilized + society; though I might be much more if I chose, but find + it my duty and privilege to avoid much visiting. + + “One Sergeant has embraced the truth in love, I trust; and + some others are hopeful. A native, descended from Roman + Catholic parents, has been daily with me; and we read + the gospel in Hindoostanee together: he is a man of good + understanding. When I found him here (February) he had + not seen the Scriptures: he now understands much of the + general sense of the gospels; and evidences a pleasing + spirit of enquiry. I am not at present, however, without + fears respecting his real conversion. Should it please + God to work effectually in him, the blessing to his poor + countrymen might prove incalculable. You will wonder, + perhaps, that I do not speak with rapture on the subject + of the conversion of the natives; be assured, dearest B., + no subject is nearer my heart; and this I feel assured of, + that whilst health and strength remain, my life shall be + devoted to the furtherance of this work, as well as the + more immediate objects of my present appointment. The works + of the devil are here manifest, and excite an abhorrence + in my soul, which, by the grace of God, will to the last + make me labour to destroy them: but the effects of my + labours are not, according to human appearance, likely to + be immediate. The rising generation seem to be the most + likely subjects; and some favoured servant of Christ may, + probably, lay my head in the dust, and enter on his labour + here among ‘a people prepared for the Lord.’ But ‘they who + sow and they who reap shall rejoice together’ in the day of + our Lord’s appearing. + + “The superstition of this country is of such a complicated + kind, that I can say nothing with certainty about it, at + present. Almost every person has a different idol; or a + different account of the same idol; and the objects of + their worship are innumerable. A circumstance that took + place yesterday morning, may help to shew you the folly of + their worship: its wickedness, in some respects, cannot be + named. The fort of Chunar (in which I live) is a fortified + hill of about two miles in circumference; the ramparts + command an extensive view on all sides, and most mornings + I take a walk upon them before sun-rise. It seems, that + the first founder of this fort and his tutor are both + canonized, and are supposed to preside here still, and are + worshipped as tutelar deities. Yesterday morning, at the + south end, most remote from the guard-house, I found the + firelock, turban, and sacred drinking-vessel of one of the + sentinels: a brahmin was placed by the sentry-box, and was + observed by me below. I passed on. As I returned, he spoke; + but I did not stop. Thinking afterwards that he might be + ill, I called a servant, and sent him to see. Now observe. + He said that, at three in the morning, he had seen two + figures of men approaching, that he challenged them, and + that they immediately flew upon him, beat him unmercifully, + and, after he was stripped, kicked him off the rampart, + ten feet at least (the ramparts were certainly seven feet + high). The Jemadar (a native officer) who, with others, was + come to his assistance, was very angry with him, and said + these figures were the identical founder of the fort and + his tutor, who dwell in this part of the fort, and have + thrown two sentinels over the parapet for interrupting + them: this the brahmin before mentioned believed, and this + opinion was current. I asked how this god came to beat him, + a brahmin, so sacred a man? He readily answered, That the + tutor is not a good, but a bad spirit; and they worship him + to keep him from doing them injury. I said to some others, + that it was quite plain that even a brahmin himself was + not beyond the power of these demons; how then could they + expect the brahmins to defend them? They were silent; but + evidently not convinced, as they offer goats in sacrifice, + and pour out wine in libations, which they fancy the demon + eats and drinks. I told them not to be so profuse in their + offerings, lest Bhyzoonát should become so wanton as to + destroy them all. + + “A rich Brahmin told me yesterday that if any one died in + Benares, or within ten miles of it, he would undoubtedly + go to heaven, though he were ever so great an offender. I + told him I would come some night and plunder his house, + and then go to Benares, and so secure both present and + future riches. He saw my meaning, and said with a smile, + ‘there is no need for Sahib to take any money by force; + my wealth is all at his feet,’ and so evaded my argument. + I could fill volumes with conversations of this kind, but + they have no more seeming effect than words spoken to the + air; so deeply-rooted is error in their minds, and so + congenial are their lying idols to the corrupt nature of + man. I should not, however, forget the power of God, nor + limit its operation. This I feel sure of, that the young, + with means of instruction, will grow up ashamed of their + idolatry; and means of instruction are not now entirely + wanting. My three dear sons in the faith (young officers + who were fellow-passengers) continue to walk in the truth. + O, were the British all true Christians, the conversion of + the heathen world, humanly speaking, would be comparatively + an easy work! The appointment of Chaplain is, in this point + of view, important.” + +It will be recollected (p. 62), that a short time before Mr. Corrie +left Calcutta to proceed to Chunar, he had consulted with Mr. Brown +and other friends, as to the means by which they “might best promote +the glory of God in the earth,” and that among other means that were +deemed likely to contribute towards so noble an object, one was, that +each of the parties then present should forward a quarterly report of +his ministerial plans and prospects, to Mr. Brown in Calcutta; who, +having appended his own observations, should transmit a copy of the +combined reports to each individual.[36] + +It was considered that a mutual knowledge of the facts and +observations which might be accumulated in the course of each other’s +labours and experience, would tend greatly to encourage and direct +them as individuals, amid the difficulties which the Missionary +and Chaplain had then to contend with. The first of these Reports +seems to have been made on the 6th of April 1807, but no copy of Mr. +Corrie’s communications is met with among his papers, of an earlier +date than the Report which is here subjoined. + + “Chunar, July 6, 1807. + + “The same routine of engagements and employments offers + little of variety, either to amuse or profit my honoured + brethren; but the idea of being under an engagement to + communicate something on this day, has been no little spur + to activity, that I might have something to relate to them. + The motive I feel to be an unworthy one; but those among + whom I am placed may have been benefited from it, and our + plan will redound to their benefit at least. + + “My mind has at times, been sorely exercised with + temptations to give up all exertion in the cause of Christ, + and take my ease like those around me; more especially, + about a fortnight since, the improbability of success, + the sneers of the world, the dread of singularity, were + the chief engines the enemy attacked me with, respecting + the Europeans; respecting the Heathen, his suggestions + were chiefly, the opposition of government, the extreme + ignorance of the natives, the fear of commotions in the + country, should I attempt their conversion. These, like + fiery darts, were at different times, and in divers ways, + cast into my soul, and grievously wounded me. I bless God, + whose love is everlasting, that He has rebuked the tempter. + I look back as one who has escaped shipwreck, barely with + life; and I feel determined, through the grace of Christ, + to count not even life dear unto myself, so that I may + finish my course with joy, and the ministry which I have + received of the Lord Jesus, to testify the gospel of the + grace of God. + + “We have had divine service regularly every Sunday morning, + at sun-rise, in the fort. Our commanding officer has for + some time left off attending, though he continues very + civil and obliging. He makes ill health an excuse; although + he has occasionally been in the fort soon after the time + of worship, and without any cause but his own pleasure. + Another officer has also left off attending, although + for some time after my first arrival, he was regularly + among us. Some others have all along been irregular in + their attendance, and continue to come occasionally. The + gentleman and his wife, I alluded to in my last report, + do not go on as I had hoped, though they are very kind, + and my only intimate associates. Although he does not + enter into my views, he yet talks familiarly with me on + the subject of religion, and tells me his own views and + feelings respecting it; which, together with their regular + attendance on public worship, made me to hope they were + under a divine influence. But, oh, the love of this present + evil world, is a clog which weighs down the souls even of + those who know more of its vanity, than these [persons] at + present do. + + “Among the common men, I trust some good has been done, + although little to lasting benefit, as yet. I mentioned a + sergeant of Invalids, who joined himself to me soon after + my arrival. He is now in the hospital, and seemingly in the + last stage of sickness. He made a profession of godliness + in his youth, in England, it seems. He is now greatly + alive to the consequences of death. He is become extremely + communicative, and in comparison of what he used to be, + eloquent. His experience is such a lesson to backsliders, + as makes me anxious to communicate it separately, when the + final scene may be closed; and, therefore, I shall say + nothing more of him here. + + “A Serjeant on the pension-list, has, since my last, + evinced considerable concern for salvation; and is, I + trust, in a fair way. Another Serjeant also reads, and + assents to the books I lend him, and I am told, is somewhat + reformed in conduct; but still is by no means a hopeful + character. + + “The native woman whom I baptized, died and was buried, + April 12th. The man with whom she lived, is since married, + having expressed great concern for his former conduct, + and thanks for my admonitions; declaring, at the same + time, that he never before was told he was doing wrong, + in this respect; and that, for the fifteen years he has + been in this country, he had not seen a clergyman, to his + knowledge, till I arrived here. Another has put away his + native woman; and another is now desiring to be married, + but his commanding officer refuses to give permission, on + the score of the woman’s character. + + “No public worship as yet has been established at the + barracks, chiefly in consequence of my health having been + very unsettled. I am anxiously hoping to be able soon to + have opportunity of speaking to them publicly the word of + life. It oppresses me with grief, when I can feel as I + ought, that many, perhaps 150, of the number of Invalids, + seldom, or never join the public worship. The man who + for some time has read prayers in his dwelling on Sunday + mornings, continues to do so, being lame, and so unable + to come up to the Fort; I fear, however, he is without + experience of the love and grace of Christ. On Whitsunday I + administered the Lord’s Supper to four. Thus far respecting + the Europeans here, whom I consider myself, in a peculiar + manner, called to attend to. + + “At Secrole, which I visited last week, I found a merchant + of real piety, though from his relating of a vision, he is, + in my opinion, something enthusiastic. He devotes much time + to the relief of poor and sick natives. He, for some time, + read prayers on Sunday mornings and evenings, to the few + artillery-men in their barracks; till, on his imprudently + administering medicine to a sick man, he was forbidden all + communication with them. He, however, still reads prayers + and a sermon, in his own house, on Sundays, and some join + him. One artillery-man, he speaks of, as a true christian. + He had not before met with any who could understand him, + and had frequent thoughts of writing to Mr. Brown; but + feared that his letter would not be welcome. He is a stiff + churchman; and when I asked him whether he had read the + Missionary Magazine, which I saw in his shop, he started + at the idea, and said ‘He never had any connection with + Dissenters.’ + + “Respecting the heathen, I have instituted four schools for + the instruction of children; two on each side the Fort. On + either side, one for Hindoos, and one for Mussulmans. In + one Hindoo school are thirty-seven: in the other thirteen. + In one Mussulman school, are twenty-two; in the other + sixteen. In all eighty-eight children. Of these a few + now know their letters, and I am much exercised in mind + respecting the introduction of the Scriptures among them. + The Gooroos are quite averse to any books; it has never + been the custom, they say, for them to read books; and the + Mahomedans have books. I trust the Lord will guide me, + and not suffer me to mar his work by my extreme ignorance + of the best mode of proceeding. The nearer I approach the + work, the greater appears its difficulty, the more I feel + my own insufficiency. If any good is done among us, how + evidently will it appear to be of God. + + “Not having a copy of my last report, I know not whether + I mentioned some native Roman Catholic Christians who + daily attended me for reading the Scriptures. Only + one of four continues to come, and he seems to be in + earnest. He has with great reluctance been brought to + confess, that at least the purgatory of the Papists, + their transubstantiation, and prayer to saints, have no + foundation in Scripture. He has read the Gospels through; + St. John twice, and we are now going through St. Matthew a + second time. He has brought his wife and family to Chunar; + and has expressed a wish to instruct his native brethren, + if I will find him subsistence. After many expressions + of this kind, I told him, that he must consider that the + Company give no authority for this; that he must expect no + more favour than others, from the British; that I would + only support him with necessaries, but should expect + his children would be taught to earn their bread; and + desired him to reflect seriously on the subject, and make + it matter of prayer to God. He has not expressed so much + eagerness since this, as before. He, however, has much + conversation with the native baptized persons; tells them + faithfully of their sin and heathen practices; and I think + is himself a true Christian. He yesterday explained to me + the Parable of the Sower very exactly, without reference to + our Lord’s explanation. It may not be amiss to transcribe + a few remarks I have noted down respecting this man’s + knowledge of divine truth. I understand him better than he + understands me, but I enquire of him the meaning of what + I have said, till I find he has caught the idea I wish to + convey. + + “Saturday, May 16th. The Bettiah-walla remembered very + exactly what I explained to him yesterday of our Lord’s + discourse with Nicodemus; he, also, remembered very + correctly the explanation of the allusion to the brazen + serpent, repeating what I had told him of that transaction. + On asking him, in what sense must we look to Christ; he + answered, Jesus Christ is not now on the cross: but, as He + said to Thomas, who seeing the prints of the nails in his + hands, cried out ‘My Lord and my God,’--‘Blessed is he that + hath not seen, and yet hath believed,’ so it is with our + hearts that we must look to Him; and believing that He hath + given his blood for us, and having our hearts made clean + by His Spirit, we shall not perish, but have everlasting + life. He explained John iii. 17. (without being asked) very + scripturally, and evidently with a sense of its value. + + “May 18th. In the afternoon, I had pleasure in acquiring + the Hindoostanee. On asking the Bettiah-walla what was + meant by the declaration, ‘No man can come to me except the + Father which hath sent me draw him;’ he answered, ‘No one + desires to come to Christ unless God enlighten his mind, + and dispose his heart.’ On asking him, What is meant by the + expression, in John vi. 40. ‘Seeing the Son;’ he replied, + ‘Seeing Him in his word, and with our hearts.’ He has + had a conversation with a Mahomedan, who concluded with + saying that Mahomet was the last prophet. The Bettiah-walla + answered, ‘According to their own book Jesus is Noor-Ullah, + i. e. the Son of God, that He died, and rose, and went + up to heaven, and will come to judgment:’ The Mahomedan + consented. Bettiah-walla: ‘Your prophet is sleeping, as + you allow; whether is greatest, a sleeping or a living + prophet?’ He allowed that the living one was the greatest, + and promised to come again to-morrow. The Bettiah-walla + answered to my question, ‘How it is that if any man will + do His will he shall know of the doctrine whether it be of + God.’ (John vii. 17.) ‘The Holy Ghost will come upon him + and make his heart glad and holy.’” + + “On one occasion I discovered him in a fault, which he + confessed with tears, making no attempt to conceal it, and + I believe has not fallen into it again. It was at a time I + perceived him to be much puffed up with his attainments, + and would gladly have made him feel the force of the + apostle’s words, ‘Let him that thinketh &c.’ + + “My chief employment has been the study of Hindoostanee, + in which however I have made but little progress, from + frequent indisposition. My experience has in general been + of a very painful kind. Accustomed to enjoy the communion + of saints, and the comfort of their faith and love, I know + but little, I perceive, how to live by faith. That passage + has been the food of my soul for some time past. 2 Cor. + i. 22. The name of Jesus has been refreshing ‘as ointment + poured forth;’ and in this name, I doubt not finally to + triumph.” + +It may not, perhaps, be considered foreign to the purpose of these +Memoirs to relate, that the sergeant of invalids referred to in +the foregoing Report of Mr. Corrie’s proceedings, was the son of a +dissenting minister at St. Albans, and had been religiously brought +up; but that, having cast off the fear of God, he had run a sad +career of sin and intemperance, until arrested in his course by the +sickness which proved fatal to him. Many short notices occur, in +Mr. Corrie’s journal, of the sergeant’s last illness; and a fuller +account of him appeared at the time, in the Cottage Magazine. It may +suffice, therefore, to state that after the unhappy man had passed +through many alternations of terror and despair, in the fearful +expectation of a judgment to come, there was reason to believe that +he went down to the grave in hope. Respecting the Bettiah-christian +and the Mahomedan who are noticed in the Report, some further account +occurs in a letter to the Rev. J. Buckworth. + + “August 2nd. 1807. + + “By a letter received this day, from my sister, I learn + the very agreeable tidings of your presentation to the + vicarage of Dewsbury. This event takes away indeed, every + latent hope that your lot might have been cast in India; + but the souls of the people of Dewsbury are of equal value + with those of Asia; and I earnestly pray that you may reap + a rich harvest of souls as a reward of your labours among + them.... + + “But whilst I am taken up with those whose faces I have + seen in the flesh, you are wanting to know how the work + of the Lord prospers in India. I can only say that the + general aspect of spiritual affairs is pleasing. Were you + to ask particulars, I could not, perhaps, satisfactorily + tell you why I say so; yet the progress of translation of + the holy Scriptures, with the increased numbers of faithful + enquirers, is surely matter of hope. I could dwell much + on the labours of that dear servant of Christ, Martyn, + in translating, and in exerting himself to propagate + the knowledge of salvation among Europeans and heathen; + but, without an intimate acquaintance with this country + and people, much explanation would be necessary. For + myself, the climate has so much affected me as to make the + retrospect of my life nearly a blank: some fruit, however, + has already appeared. Praised be He who ‘giveth the + increase!’... + + “The native Christian I formerly mentioned, has renounced + the errors of Popery, of his own accord, after a good deal + of argument in favour of his old opinions. I believe him to + be sincere, and that his heart is right with God. Sometimes + he seems amused rather than grieved with the opposition of + the Jews to our Lord; but this, though it gives me pain, + is not so much to be wondered at, from the extreme want + of reflection manifested by all the natives. I now allow + him support for himself, wife, and two children. He is + very ready in reproving and exhorting a class of people, + descendants of the Portuguese, who are very numerous in + India, and are nominal Christians. He warns them faithfully + of the sin and folly of people called Christians, living as + do the heathen; and, at my instance, he reads to them the + Scriptures very frequently: so that I hope he may be made + an instrument of good. By his means, also, a Mahomedan has + been brought at least to doubt the divine commission of + the lying prophet. This man now frequently comes to me. He + has read the Sermon on the Mount (which I happily had by + me, translated into Persian, by a Mr. Chambers, now dead) + and manifests a very pleasing earnestness in search of + truth. Nearly one hundred and twenty children are learning + to read, at my expence: the circumstance of being able to + read the Scriptures when put into their hands will be of + no small advantage; as the custom of the son’s persisting + in the business and steps of the father, precludes the + multitude from ever thinking the knowledge of letters + desirable. Indeed the character in which their sacred books + are written is not allowed to be read by any but Brahmins. + The written and printed characters are the same; as they + have had no printed books till of late; so that in learning + they have an advantage over us, as they learn to read + and write at the same time, first making the letter with + chalk, or in the dust, and then pronouncing it. I have had + much pleasure at times in exercising the proficiency of + the children. Some of them have countenances expressive + of every good quality: the difference of the complexion + is forgotten under the impression that ‘of one blood hath + God made all the families of the earth.’ A small present + delights the little fellows; and they sometimes come up to + me with smiling faces, as I pass; and make _salaam_ with + great appearance of attachment. + + “I have said that appearances are pleasing: you will + conclude that I speak comparatively. Alas! I ought to weep + day and night at the reflection, that in this small place + there are about 10,000, souls ‘sitting in darkness and the + shadow of death!’ O that the Lord may speedily open a door + for the entrance of Divine light among them! I am learning + the native language as fast as my slothful nature, and + the unsettled state of my affairs, calling me continually + here and there, will let me. My Moonshee can now perfectly + understand me: and when I tell him my meaning, he points + out the proper word. In this way, besides my reading for + instruction, I have translated the history of Joseph; and + also to the sixth chapter of Genesis; and have got to the + seventh of Acts. These will soon be useless, as better + translations will be to be had; but they are of use to the + above-mentioned native Christian for himself, and those who + listen to his conversation; and these exercises improve + myself. I shall begin Persian soon (D. V.) The Hebrew + is a key to the Arabic; and Arabic and Persian are so + blended with the Hindoostanee, the popular language of this + country, that without the knowledge of Arabic and Persian, + Hindoostanee cannot be perfectly understood. + + “In order, too, to translate accurately, you know, the + knowledge of Hebrew and Greek is necessary. You would + be astonished at the subtilty with which the Hindoos (I + mean learned Hindoos) argue on religious points. A rich + man of this place one day visiting me, we entered into a + discussion respecting one of their incarnations of the + deity. The incarnate God, from their account, married many + wives, had many children, &c. and when I observed that + these things could not be the actions of God, assigning my + reasons, &c. he readily answered, that the deity having + taken to himself a human body, these actions were the + actions of the man, and the godhead residing in him had + no part in them; that I acknowledged Messiah ate, drank, + slept &c., which were as little the actions of God, as + those related of Krishnoo. I answered, that the body being + the instrument of the soul, needs refreshment to support + it in its labours; but that the body cannot accomplish + any of its desires without the concurrence of the spirit + that actuates it; so that this multiplying of wives, and + other acknowledged sinful actions, would not have been + accomplished by Krishnoo without the animating spirit. He + at length left me, something in anger. + + “I have written this at different intervals, which may + apologize for its blots and inaccuracies: but why should I + make apologies to you? With what inexpressible tenderness + does the remembrance of the sweet counsel I have taken with + you, return at times! I can now, in my mind’s eye, view + the roads we walked together, the houses we visited, the + companies we frequented;--the hymns we sang together, the + petitions we joined in at the throne of grace, are many + of them fresh in mind; and, when I am in tolerably good + spirits, they delight me exceedingly. + + “But, my general experience is of a more painful nature: + doubts and temptations press hard upon me. The enervating + effects of the climate make all my graces wither; and I go + on rather in the spirit of sullen obstinacy than under the + influence of the constraining love of Jesus. + + “I hope you have written to me. Think of a solitary being, + on the top of a hill ninety feet above the level of the + water, without a creature near to speak a word of comfort, + or to suggest a word of advice; and you will not think an + hour thrown away that may support and animate his soul in + the pursuit of ‘a kingdom that cannot be moved.’” + +The anniversary of the day on which Mr. Corrie arrived in Calcutta, +is marked by the following entry made in his journal, + + “September 20th, 1807. On this day of the month last year, + I arrived in Calcutta from England. I have determined, + through grace, to keep new-year’s-day, my birth-day, + days of ordination, and of my arrival in India, as days + of examination into my state and views. On reviewing the + memoranda connected with this day, I find great cause + for thankfulness and praise. What I proposed, in the + first place, in coming to India, was the propagation of + Christianity amongst the heathen. I had little idea of the + difficulties attending this work; yet, blessed be God! I + have not lost sight of it. Four schools will, I trust, + prepare many for reading the word of life, when it is + ready for distribution. The native Christian has profited + greatly by the New Testament: he appears truly pious; and + his desire to instruct others, whilst, I hope, it proves + his own sincerity, will, no doubt, be beneficial to many. + My prayers, also, have been answered as it regards this + place. One is departed in peace: one or two others are, I + hope, impressed; most are attentive; and favour is shewed + me by all. I have experienced much mercy in restoration to + health; and especially in the restoring to me the joy of + God’s salvation; and the Lord continues to ‘defend me with + His favour as with a shield.’ I feel in danger from the + love of the world; yet, I hope, I shall be able to overcome + it. I have often dedicated my all to God; and I do again + now devote my all, especially _myself_ do I give up. I + ought to have made greater proficiency in the Hindoostanee; + but I trust, through the power of Christ, to be more + assiduous for the future.” + + + [30] Luke i. 79. + + [31] Rev. xi. 15; xix. 16. + + [32] See the Journals and Letters of Henry Martyn, vol. + ii, p. 21. + + [33] Mr. Corrie relates (below, p. 73.) in what way, his + acquaintance with this Bettiah-christian commenced. + + [34] See Journals and Letters of Henry Martyn, vol. ii. + p. 28, 29. + + [35] On account of the effect which the heat of the + climate seemed to be producing on Mr. Corrie’s + health. See JOURNALS AND LETTERS OF HENRY MARTYN, + vol. ii. p. 42. + + [36] Journals and Letters of Henry Martyn, vol. ii. p. + 41. See some of the like quarterly communications + from Mr. Brown, printed in Wilkinson’s Sketches of + Christianity in North India, pp. 145 and 169. + + + + + CHAPTER V. + + RESIDENCE AT CHUNAR. + + +Although Mr. Corrie had been but a short time at Chunar, yet it +was evident that his ministerial labours there had begun to excite +attention both among Hindoos and Mahomedans. He had not, indeed, +acquired such a knowledge of the language of the country as satisfied +his earnest desire to make known among the heathen the glad tidings +of salvation, yet he had made progress in Hindoostanee sufficient to +enable him to hold important communications with the people of the +country. We accordingly find in his Journal and Letters more frequent +notices of his personal intercourse with the native population. + + “Sep. 21st. An Old Brahmin came from Benares, whom Wheatly + told me of. He knows most of our church-catechism. He told + me that the [answers to] two questions, those respecting + our duty towards God, and our duty towards our neighbour, + contained the sum of all good. For a long time he had a + very bad opinion of the English. The Mahomedans, he said, + do abstain from _one_ kind of meat; but the English eat + every thing. This bad opinion was confirmed by hearing a + gentleman, whom every person praised as a good man, in a + great rage, using many abusive expressions to a servant + for killing a rabbit which should not have been killed. + But when he read the holy Scriptures, he found them pure, + and that our practices were not consistent with them. This + led him to ask whether I thought all the English would + be saved? I answered, No: which startled him very much. + ‘I greatly fear,’ said he, ‘on that account.’ ‘If I lose + caste, and afterwards come short of heaven, I shall fail + in both worlds.’ This he said with tears. ‘But,’ said he, + ‘I thought it must be so, because the tenth commandment + says, Thou shalt not covet, &c.’ and then he told me a + story of an English collector, who took by force a little + spot of ground that he had devoted to the reception and + entertainment of sick travellers, when he would not sell + it to him: which stumbled him greatly. Baptism, and the + eating of meat, which, he says, disagrees with him, are + the rock he appears likely to split upon. I told him the + _truth_, and pointed it out to him from the Scriptures. The + Lord render it effectual to his salvation! I gave him a New + Testament, at which he expressed great surprise, saying, he + supposed it would cost several rupees; nor did he think my + reason (viz.) the love of God, in giving his Son for me, + sufficiently constraining to induce me to _give away_ a + thing of such value. + + “Sep. 27th. The Brahmin came on Tuesday; and, after many + endeavours to evade the force of God’s word, agreed, with + much weeping, to be baptized. I have some doubt of his + sincerity on this point. He is gone to Calcutta. + + “Dec. 11th. Yesterday, an old Mahomedan called on me: we + had a long conversation on religion. After some previous + talking, he said ‘The deity is above our comprehension; we + are blind, and speak of Him as blind men do from handling + an elephant; each one according to his apprehension of + the part he handles.’ I answered, ‘True; but if a man + possessing sight were to behold the elephant, he would + describe it properly; and we might believe his report.’ + He answered, ‘Yes.’ ‘Such,’ I replied, ‘were the prophets + and apostles,’ &c. This led him to speak of the various + prophets in whom, he said, we trusted. ‘Our services [said + he] are confessedly unworthy of God, therefore there is + need that a worthy Mediator be found, &c. one who wants + nothing for himself, but can merit for us.’” + +Agreeably to the resolution which Mr. Corrie had formed, to observe +New-year’s-day as one of several days for self-examination, we find +him observing in his journal: + + “Chunar, January 1st. 1808. I praise God who has brought + me thus far in mercy; and I perceive a good monument of + praise on the review of the past. My first desire, on + last New-year’s-day, was to be enabled to be useful here; + and I mark an answer to prayer in that I am heard with + attention, and have evidently obtained some influence + amongst the people. One, I believe, is gone home to Christ; + whilst I trust, three others have entered on the narrow + way. The Government yet prohibits attempts at conversion; + and the kingdom of Christ, to outward appearance, has + made but little progress in this land; but there is mercy + vouchsafed sufficient to encourage me to pray; and there is + still cause for prayer. The Bettiah-walla and two others + have been raised up to me; with other hopeful appearances + amongst the native women. I bless God for renewed health + of body and vigour of mind; and for somewhat of increasing + patience and diligence in the work of the ministry. With + respect to my resolutions, I find I have visited more than + I wished to do; but less than I might have done, and more + than I hope to do for the future. I praise God that I am + not so much ashamed of the Gospel of Christ as I have been; + and that I have been enabled to preach Jesus Christ from + house to house, in some small degree; but, I have done far + less than I might have done: Yet, O Lord; I ought to praise + Thee for thy mercy: Thou hast wrought all my works in me! + I know I am a sinner; but thy grace is sufficient for me, + and by thy grace I am what I am. The native schools have + refused books; but I hope to establish a Christian school, + and desire that my whole life, spirit, soul, and body, may + be occupied in the work of the Lord.” + +The quarterly report transmitted by Mr. Corrie to Mr. Brown, on the +4th of January, 1808, supplies us with an outline of the progress +of religion at Chunar up to that date; and touches upon the great +practical difficulty, inseparable from that loss of the means of +subsistence, which converts from heathenism usually have to endure. + + “Let us begin our correspondence with erecting an Ebenezer + to our gracious Lord, who continues us in the land of the + living, and gives us opportunities of obtaining a great + nearness to His blissful presence, and a more exalted + station among those who turn many to righteousness. I might + well, in the review of the past year, dread the imputation + of unprofitableness, but yet I perceive it a dishonour + to the grace of our Redeemer, to disparage the smallest + appearance of His grace in myself, or in others; and though + I am sure I must say, ‘Lord, when saw I thee a stranger, + &c.,’ I consider it my duty to credit the precious + declaration spoken by our great Bishop, respecting himself + and his διάκονοι, ‘Though Israel be not gathered, &c.’ Is. + xliii. + + “Pursuing the plan suggested with so much propriety by our + senior brother, I have to observe that since my last, some + changes have taken place in our society, which seem upon + the whole to have been for the better, as we have gained + a captain of artillery, of great decorum of manners, both + in public and private. Of our old members, I am persuaded + that the seed of the word has put forth the ‘tender blade’ + in the lady and gentleman I have before alluded to; whilst + considerable alteration in the outward conduct of another + gentleman is noticed; but I fear, ‘one thing’ at least is + lacking in him. By four out of the six families here, I am + asked to say grace at dinner, which when I first arrived + was unusual. I know not what I ought to think of this, + knowing well that in Christ, nothing availeth but ‘faith + that worketh by love;’ yet perhaps something is gained. The + Lord help me to be more devoted to his glory, that I may + not seem to countenance them in stopping short of the ‘new + creation!’ One person is often very contemptuous towards + me, but finds no one to join him at present. Among the + common Europeans little but discouragement appears: only + one seems entirely from under the dominion of outward sin. + He is the sergeant I have mentioned, and appears a subject + of divine grace. Several are approvers, and attendants on + public worship, but the sad abuse of the late holy festival + has damped my hopes respecting them. + + “The first Sunday in November, having prepared a moveable + tabernacle, it was erected at the barracks, and divine + service has been performed there every Sunday evening + since. On the first few occasions forty or fifty attended, + yesterday there were about twenty-five. These are, for the + most part, very attentive, and a good deal of devotion + appears among them in making the responses, &c. About + six, perhaps, attend divine service twice a day. At the + hospital one man seems piously affected, another humble + and resigned; both these have been long ill and seem + daily decaying. One, the first time I spoke expressly to + him, declared with much earnestness, that he believed he + had never offended his Maker; he now speaks a different + language. One man, who was greatly alarmed during a fit of + sickness, is, I fear, resting in a “form of godliness,” + though his outward conduct is decent, and he comes every + Sunday evening to join in worship with me. + + “At Benares, where I occasionally go, the pious merchant + I have mentioned, appears much grown in ‘grace and in the + knowledge of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, &c.’ He + reads the service of the Church of England and a sermon + from some author, twice every Sunday and every Wednesday + evening, in a tent erected for that purpose. One Wednesday + evening I officiated there among twenty-seven, who heard + the word with much attention. One artillery-man of the + lately arrived party, the merchant speaks of as hopeful. + But I find that last week a restraint was laid upon the + artillerymen from attending: I trust it will soon be + removed. + + “Among the Company’s servants there, one known as a + proficient in Hindoo literature, has discovered himself + well acquainted with evangelical principles. Another + Company’s servant seems to me one of the Lord’s secret + ones. I trust there is among us ‘as the gleaning grapes + when the vintage is done,’ one or two. + + “But what I have to say on personal experience will cast + further light on the religious state of our society, + or rather, it will cast a shade on the prospect. + Notwithstanding these agreeable particulars already + presented, there is little farther outward acknowledgment + of God among us; there appears as yet no disposition to + speak and act openly as the dependent creatures and avowed + subjects of the Most High; so that, except now and then + in private, I cannot give vent to those feelings which I + find it my duty and happiness to cherish. On this account + much of my religious exercises pass without that delight in + God which His love and mercy demand; and my experience in + general is that of the Psalmist, when he said, ‘my heart + breaketh for the longing &.’ yet our state before God + depends in no respect on frames and feelings; and though + miserably defective still in every point, some greater + degree of boldness for Christ in public, and something + of resignation to labour in his vineyard though no fruit + should appear, I acknowledge as the work of his free + Spirit, by whom I trust to be upheld unto the end. My + preaching since my last, has been on the following among + other subjects, ‘God is not a man, &c.’ (Numb. xxiii. 19.) + ‘In this was manifested, &c.’ (1 John iv. 19.) ‘How shall + we escape, &c.’ (Heb. ii. 3.) + + “The state of the natives here has lately attracted much + of my notice. From their long intercourse with Europeans, + native habits are much laid aside. They are generally + greatly addicted to drunkenness, and are proverbially + dissolute. They are, in consequence, very little awed by + the European christians. I am assured that they are usually + ready to enter into personal contest with any of the + European invalids, who may attempt to lord it over them; + and except from those who eat the salt of the settlement, + none of us have many tokens of respect paid us. In the four + native schools, there are at present seventy-five scholars; + those mentioned as reading books have left the schools from + some cause or other, and no more books have been received. + + “The native women connected with the Europeans, have + assembled on Tuesday evenings in the Fort, and on Friday + evenings at the barracks. The usual numbers at both places + is from ten to sixteen. For these much of my time has been + taken up in translations, &c. Yesterday, in the fort, a + congregation of nineteen attended prayers in Hindoostanee. + I used the translation our dear brother Martyn favoured + me with, excepting a few words altered to the dialect of + this part of the country. On these occasions the native + Christian, I before mentioned, is of the greatest service. + He has acquired a tolerably accurate idea of the plan of + salvation, and enlarges, with much evident feeling, on the + heads I suggest from the portion of Scripture before us. + He officiates as clerk in the Hindoostanee congregation, + and yesterday read the lessons, and explained and applied + them as I suggested to him. The effect of his exhortations + lasts. This man is afflicted with an asthma, which lays + him up now and then; but the eagerness with which he + returns to teaching the native women, indicates, I trust, + his heart to be right with God. Some differences took + place in his family some time since, which disturbed me a + good deal; but no fault has appeared in him. In a late fit + of illness, I found he had a book of prayers, containing + addresses to angels, &c. Several of the women have learned + from him the Ten Commandments, the Lord’s Prayer and the + Creed; and it excited a gleam of holy joy yesterday to + hear several repeating these after me, and also whispering + some of the responses. This reminds me of a school in + which an European teaches ten children for me, some of + them orphans, and some who are not eligible to the school + in Calcutta. Since the establishment of evening worship, + one of these children has repeated the Church catechism + and some questions of Scripture History, with an accuracy + rather surprising considering their years. These also join + in the responses and in singing the Psalms, and increase + the ‘Hosanna to the Son of David.’ + + “Two youths, one the son of the native teacher, are on my + premises, and read twice a day in the Hindoostanee gospel. + One discovers no capacity whatever, nor does the word + seem to affect him in the least. He has made considerable + proficiency in the knowledge of the letters and reads the + gospel without much difficulty, but can seldom at the end + of a verse, tell the contents of it. The other discovers + considerable quickness of apprehension, and gains knowledge + readily; but as yet gives no evidence of any heart-work + begun. Him I intend, if it please God, to appoint teacher + of a school, in a short time. I know now of six children, + the offspring of native Christians, whom I wish him to + instruct; two children now attend him. + + “Of the women who were candidates for Baptism, one, it + appears, is living in sin: and on my refusing to baptize + her till the fruits of repentance [should appear] has given + up seeking instruction. The other appears very sincere; + she comes a considerable distance, into the Fort, twice a + week (on Tuesdays and Sundays) and is herself, as far as I + know, of unblemished life. But some circumstances connected + with her daughter, has made me defer Baptism, which seems + to afflict her; and she promises to pursue whatever line of + conduct I may point out. The difficulty is in suggesting + what these people are to do for an honest livelihood. I am + already engaged in disbursements beyond what my pecuniary + circumstances point out as prudent; and to tell them to + trust in Providence whilst no means of subsistence appear, + seems to savour too much of fatalism. + + “Let me, therefore, conclude with proposing to the + consideration of my brethren, The best mode of employing + native Christians who may be destitute of subsistence? And + I think to ascertain this, it may be of service to enquire, + What are the manufactures most engaged in at our different + stations? And, perhaps, a barter might be established among + themselves, without much of our personal interference, + if communications were opened between them; which would + certainly be desirable.” + +In a Letter to Mr. Buckworth, written a few days later than the +preceding Report, Mr. Corrie enters more into detail respecting his +ministry among the heathen, and the method of teaching employed by +the native Christian of whom mention has so frequently been made. + + “Your welcome letter of February last reached me November + 1st: and I sat down instantly to read and answer it; and + have filled three sheets of paper which would have been + sent had opportunity offered; and, from your affection for + myself, would have amused you. I find on review, however, + they are very unsatisfactory; and must select from them + a moderate-sized epistle. You rightly suspected that the + climate might affect my body, and by consequence my + spirits also; as some of my letters to you will shew; but, + thanks to the Lord our healer, I am as well, and have been + for some time, as at any period in my life. Mary had told + me of your presentation to D; had it taken place before I + left England, the pleasure of being a fellow-helper with + you would probably have kept me there for life; but He who + knows what is best for us has ordered it otherwise; and I + am unspeakably content. At the same time, I little knew + my own unsuitableness for the work I am engaged in; yet + ‘hitherto hath the Lord helped me:’ and, though I groan + under a sense of my shortcomings, He has not suffered me + to go back from His sacred ways: and has, moreover, given + of His Divine presence. These opportunities of writing + call forth all my former feelings towards you; and I am + conscious, that though so widely separated, we are one in + the Lord Christ. But I must refrain, and give you some + account of matters here.” + +After having adverted to the fears of the Indian Government lest the +animosity of the natives should be excited by any attempts to convert +them to Christianity, Mr. Corrie writes: + + “I suppose we should be taken to task, were we to preach + in the streets and highways: but other methods not less + effectual are to be used, and less likely to produce + popular clamour. Natives themselves may and can be + employed, with the greatest advantage, in Evangelizing + their brethren, whilst the Minister superintends, and + directs and encourages. I have great reason to be thankful, + that the Lord has raised up a native christian, born of + Roman Catholic parents, who, from March last, has been + daily with me; and now, having acquired a sufficient + knowledge of the way of salvation, is daily employed in + instructing others! A despised race, whom the Europeans + have attached to themselves, hear him with great + attention; and some with evident profit. He is at present + very ill; but I trust the Lord will spare him to us, when + more extensive plans will be engaged in. + + “At present, there are seventy-five children in my native + schools learning to read, which will tend to undermine the + superstructure whose basis is ignorance; and I purpose + establishing a school for [native] Christian children, + of whom I know now of six, and shall find more. The bulk + of the people are wretchedly poor from their indolent + habits, which never let them lay up for a rainy day. + When a Mahomedan gets a little money, he usually spends + it in debauchery; and a Hindoo works no more till it is + gone. This is the character of the people: hence, beggars + innumerable swarm; many truly wretched objects, who often + make one retire with overflowing eyes, unable to supply + them all. Of the Europeans, several are very attentive; and + my labour is evidently not in vain, though I know only of + one or two I can speak of with good hope. Of my three dear + young friends, two are going on delightfully: one of these + has lately been with a detachment against a native prince + who refused his tribute, and saw some hot work: twelve of + his brother officers fell on the occasion, but he received + only a slight wound in the knee: the dear lad is much grown + in spirituality since then; and is not without trials + of ‘cruel mockings:’ he writes to me once a week, and I + endeavour, by writing constantly to him, to encourage him + to stand fast. Away from the means of grace, and without a + single companion like-minded, he plainly stands by faith. + The other at Madras goes on well, and has the ‘communion + of saints’ to resort to. The third, a most affectionate, + sensible youth, is, I fear, led captive; though not, I + think, with his will. Oh! my heart yearns over them, in + consideration of the many, many obstacles in their way! + The demon that oppresses Europeans in this land, ‘goeth + not out but by prayer and fasting.’ Example, opportunity, + solicitation allure them to the paths of death; and few, + alas, return from them! Those I allude to, are from + eighteen to twenty or thereabouts; from which you will see + at once the danger they are in.” + +On the subject of missions Mr. Corrie adds: + + “The nature of missions seems little understood, even by + those whose hearts the Lord inclines for the work, till + they come into it. Mr. Cecil’s sermon, before the Church + of England Missionary society,[37] of which I have only + seen extracts, is, I think, an excellent discourse on + this subject. The work requires the patience of a Job, + with the prudence of an Apostle: and O, the self-denial + required! How little I am fit for the work, my brother well + knows; yet here, by the good providence of God, I am well + content, and determined to count not even ‘life dear’ so + that I may make ‘full proof of my ministry,’ and ‘finish my + course with joy.’ I could fill sheets with conversations + respecting religion, which I have had most days, with some + one or other of the natives. Their duplicity makes it, + beyond measure, difficult to know when they are convinced, + or even silenced. The least appearance of impatience on + my part makes them consider me angry; and not a word more + will they argue, but yield every thing. I may say to you, + the friend of my bosom, that my natural impatience is + somewhat abated; and I am not conscious of having offended + in this way often; but even what is the effect of eagerness + and zeal, is construed into a passion, by a people whose + highest perfection consists in restraining the feelings, + and whose despotic government rendered disguise necessary + to existence and peace. + + “The same submissive disposition in the people makes it + difficult to know when I am understood; as they do not + either acknowledge their ignorance or ask explanation. The + dialects of the different provinces are so different as to + make them nearly different languages.... Among the learned + and the Mahomedans, much Persian and Arabic is introduced + into their language, which to the Hindoo is unintelligible; + and, it is now well known that a person who learns the + language from books only, will not be understood by the + bulk of the people. This I am aware of, and ask questions + from the women above-mentioned; when I often find the + meaning has been imperfectly, or not at all understood; + which leads to fresh explanation. One specimen of our mode + of proceeding, I have made a memorandum of, and which may + amuse you:--After having read the first chapter of Genesis, + which I translated, I suggested to this native Christian + to enlarge upon the following heads, which he did in this + manner, ‘Learn, first, the honour put upon man by God: He + gave him dominion.’ ‘See,’ continued he, ‘the elephant; + one blow of his would be instant death, yet he goes here + and there at man’s word.’ ‘Observe the power of God: He + commanded, and it was done, &c.’ ‘Let a man try to create + an ant, he cannot do it; let him try to make a hair, he + cannot do it: yet look at the hills, &c., God made them; + and think not that He used labour: no, the word of His + mouth was sufficient.’ I suggested, ‘How ought we then to + fear this great God!’ He proceeded, ‘are you not afraid + of your masters; are you not fearful to offend them lest + they should punish you?’ This was so feeling an appeal that + they answered, ‘Yes, yes!’ ‘O then,’ said he ‘how ought + you to fear an infinitely powerful God! He is infinite + in strength; and, if you sin against Him, you deserve + infinite punishment: and think how great punishment He will + inflict!’ One of them at this fell a weeping. I observed, + ‘See the goodness of God in providing such comforts and + accommodation for man in this world.’ He went on to speak + of the greater love of God in providing a salvation + for our souls, which he spoke of with much warmth; the + women hanging upon his words. These occasions are often + productive of sweet sensations to my soul: whilst yet the + want of positive evidence of grace in them [the people so + instructed] generally makes me to go heavily. Most days + are devoted to close study of the native languages: the + Hindoostanee proper I can understand, though not to speak + it with any fluency or accuracy: and I also begin to know a + little Persian, which is a very agreeable study. I rise at + day-break, breakfast between seven and eight, take a slight + repast about one, and make my principal meal when evening + sets in. Then my mind is usually too exhausted for study, + and sweet would be the society of some with whom I could + talk freely of what Christ did, and said, and suffered for + us here below. For the want of such society, very little + of the lively feeling I enjoyed in England enters into + my experience: yet I am conscious of some more boldness + for Christ, and fewer deviations from His holy ways than + before; for which I adore His free grace by which alone I + stand. These expressions I owe to your affection, who will + fear, perhaps, for me; lest by any means the tempter gain + the better of me. O, that I could say this were never the + case! Yet, though I should justly be deemed a fool for thus + boasting to others, yet I may call upon you to rejoice with + me that I have obtained help from the Lord thus far, and + have a hope that I shall never be ashamed. + + “From all that has passed, I see further proof that to + preach nearly or quite Christianity, and live as the world + lives, is the way to popularity: to live and preach so as + to fancy to _recommend_ Christianity to the carnal mind, + is the way to be little esteemed: to live godly in Christ + Jesus is the way to win souls, and to obtain friends, + with persecution here, and with the certain expectation + of glory hereafter. O Holy Ghost, write these truths with + deep conviction on my mind; and let my soul know nothing on + earth but Jesus Christ and him crucified!” + +When it is considered that the labours of a native Teacher cannot +but be of great importance, even in the most effective state of +Missionary arrangements, it will not excite surprise that in +Mr. Corrie’s circumstances at Chunar, the illness of the Bettiah +Christian should occasion him anxiety. Mr. C’s journal, however, +affords pleasing evidence that the Bettiah-walla in his sickness, +found consolation in that gospel which he seems to have been +earnestly desirous of making known to his countrymen. + + “Jan. 7th. I sent off to-day a copy of the Gospels, and of + the Morning Prayer, and Ten Commandments, to Bettiah, at + the request of a person who is said to be the Sirdar[38] + of the Christians there, and of whom even the padras stand + in awe: he is represented, also, as understanding Persian, + Portuguese, and a little Latin. I dined with Captain + M----; after sitting silent for some time, I was induced + by some remarks of Major General ----, to enter into a + long argument in behalf of Christianity, as the General + maintained Mahomedanism to be equal to Christianity: the + argument arose from my remarking that I thought men would + invariably be guided in their conduct respecting temporal + affairs by their religious opinions. ‘This,’ he said, + ‘was a great mistake, and had led to the most disastrous + effects: that no greater misfortunes had come on mankind + than the contentions between Christians on religious + pretences.’ I answered, that these were not caused by + Christianity; and Gibbon himself being judge, Christianity + was only the pretext: and on a comparison between + Christianity and Mahomedanism, I was enabled so to speak as + to leave him without reply. + + “Jan. 11th. Yesterday, the Bettiah-walla was seized with + fever. I asked him how he was, as it regarded spiritual + things: he said, ‘Happy.’ To-day he is worse: but, in + answer to my question, he told me, ‘that he was not afraid + of death, but of sin.’ In the evening I took Mr. G. to + see him, who kindly offered his services. We found him + in danger: he told me that ‘his mind was fixed on Christ + Jesus: who could do all things.’ ‘I am,’ said he, ‘in His + hands;’ and, in answer to my question, he told me ‘he found + comfort.’ I have prayed that the Lord will spare him; and I + trust he will be continued to the Church here. + + “Jan. 17th. The Bettiah-walla better: but very low: he + speaks of every event as proceeding from the mercy of + Jesus. After having spoken to him of the Redeemer, I asked + him if he remembered Christ’s words, (John iv. 13, 14.) ‘he + that drinketh, &c.’ he took up the words and finished the + passage, adding, with a significant expression, ‘How can I + forget Him?’ And many other declarations were added of His + grace and greatness. + + “Jan. 18th. Twenty-two women attended, and heard the + history of Ishmael, with much attention. The Bettiah-walla, + speaking of the trouble occasioned to Abraham and Sarah, + by the strife which arose from their sin in the matter of + Hagar, spoke so feebly, yet with such affection, of the + love of Christ, through whom they received forgiveness, and + through whom we too must seek forgiveness, that most of + them wept. I could scarcely contain myself for joy. O Lord, + make thy word effectual! + + “A Tickour woman [who was desirous of baptism] in answer to + my questions, and without any suggestion that could lead + to such answers, said, ‘that her heart is much employed in + thinking of her Creator: if it were not, what could she + expect of good either here or hereafter.’ 2ndly, ‘that God + as Creator and Lord has a right to command us; and that + she is disposed to obey His will in all things.’ 3rdly, + ‘that Jesus Christ is God, who came into the world for + us sinners, and through whom we may obtain forgiveness, + and the favour of God.’ 4thly, ‘that in order to this, we + must lay hold of Him with the heart, pray to Him, and beg + forgiveness.’ 5thly, ‘that to be baptized, and not to act + thus, must needs brings down greater evils upon us; and + in the world to come, surely great destruction will be our + lot, &c.:’ with much more to the same effect, in a spirit + of seeming sincerity and earnestness. + + “Jan. 31st. 1808. On Friday evening, thirteen women + (native) attended at the barracks. Sergeant W. told me that + his native wife, a short time since, entered into a long + conversation with a Brahmin, and exhorted him to forsake + his idolatry, which he acknowledged to be unreasonable; but + the loss of caste frightens him. + + “Saturday, [Feb. 6.] Just returned from burying a drummer’s + wife. The Bettiah-walla explained that I was not praying + for the dead, but that we might have grace to walk in God’s + ways. He told them, that when the breath is gone, the soul + is fixed in an eternal state; and that in the last day, + the body too will be raised and partake with the soul of + happiness or misery: [he concluded] with an exhortation (in + which he mixed many quotations from scripture) to watch and + pray that that day might not come upon them unawares. Many + natives were present, who listened with deep attention; + except one or two who laughed. At my gate I found a blind + beggar, whom the Bettiah-walla also exhorted and who went + away; as I have often seen the poor glad to get a rupee and + to be off. + + “Feby. 10th. This morning a Brahmin came to me, who + declared ‘that the Sanscrit language is not the invention + of man, but came from Maha Deva’s[39] Bàni: that four + genii, who remain about the size of children of eight + years of age, hearing the sound of the drum, repeated the + sounds, from whence, having written them, they collected + the twenty-five letters of the alphabet. On my asking him, + how so many letters could be collected from one sound; + after some dispute he said, ‘Maha Deva’s Bàni was not like + to any now in size, but at the day of judgment it will + sound again, and strike all with horror.’ I then inquired, + who committed this language to writing in the Shasters? + He answered, ‘three Fakeers, to whom the four genii + communicated it.’ On asking where they lived, he mentioned + ‘a jungle near the hill:’ on asking where the hill was, + he could not tell; and, after a long argument, went away + promising to bring a map, and shew me the situation of the + hill; ‘which, however, is beyond the snowy mountains, in + the land of the genii.’ To this I objected, that as the + Shasters confined the residence of the Hindoos to this + country, the religious men would never call their own place + of residence unholy; and, therefore, it must be in this + land. We parted with the promise of his coming again. + + “Feb. 12th. Yesterday, the Brahmin came again; and, after + much conversation said, ‘there is no difference in places; + and that only the ignorant worship stones, &c., but the + fear of popular displeasure keeps them silent.’ In the + evening, he came again, and we had a sharp dispute, chiefly + on the distance of places: his Shasters describe Hindoostan + as seventy-five millions of miles long. My moonshee and the + Brahmin had a warm argument. + + “Feb. 21st. The Tickour woman gave notice that she had + found sponsors. On calling her, I asked her if it was the + intention of her heart to be the slave of Jesus Christ; to + which she replied in the affirmative, with great fervency, + saying, ‘that it was her desire to walk in His paths + always.’ I reminded her of what I had been reading in John + xiv., ‘He that hath my commandments, and keepeth them, + he it is that loveth me;’ to which she answered, ‘that + her desire was to obey His will; that it may be well with + her both in this life, and the next.’ She then used some + expressions of admiration at the grace of God to sinners; + and on my saying, that when the Bettiah-walla returned, I + would appoint a day for baptism, she fell on the ground + at my feet in tears, putting her hand on my shoes, and + raised her hand to her forehead. On being asked [a few + days afterwards] ‘why she so earnestly desired baptism;’ + she said, ‘that she might be directed in the right way; + obtain pardon of sins and receive God’s mercy; both in + this world and that which is to come.’ She then entered + on a long history of her life, told me that her husband + died and left her in poverty, that she went about begging, + till her daughter was married, who, after much ill usage, + was at length left destitute; and now, to her grief, is + connected with P. ‘It was of no use,’ she said, ‘to walk in + God’s laws, and in this way, for three or four days; or, + in attempting to deceive me, for that God knows her heart; + and should she attempt to deceive me, God would punish her + both in this world, and the next.’ I left her, desiring her + to consider whether she would cause her daughter to take + a separate house; which is evidently a trial to her, and + which will, in good earnest, prove her sincerity, if she + does.” + +The first anniversary of Mr. Corrie’s ministerial connexion with +Chunar is thus commemorated in his Journal: + + “It is a year to-day [Feb. 22.] since I commenced my public + duty at Chunar; and, on considering the way in which the + Lord hath led me during that period, I find great cause + for thankfulness that I have not laboured in vain: some + doors of usefulness have been opened, and some good has + been done. Many amongst the invalids are altered for the + better in their conduct; several of them have married, + and two artillery-men, I would fain hope, are serious and + impressed. Amongst the Hindoos, some, I trust, have been + brought to the knowledge of Jesus Christ; yet, I think, + I am not so spiritually-minded as I was before I left + England: though, I think, I am more constantly fixed, and + more undeviatingly aiming, at the end of my ministry; yet I + fear that the warmth of spiritual affection is gone; but I + will ‘do again my first works.’ O thou whom my soul loveth, + grant me that ‘gold, white raiment, and aye salve,’ which + thou hast in store for needy creatures; heal me for thy + mercies’ sake!” + +It has been already stated that the Europeans at Secrole were +regarded by Mr. Corrie as part of his ministerial charge; but as +Secrole was a kind of suburb to Benares, he was necessarily brought +into contact with the Hindoos resident in and about that ‘very +citadel of Idolatry.’ Hitherto, however, it does not appear that any +opportunity had occurred to Mr. C. for seeing much of the native +city. Under date, therefore, of March 2, 1808, he writes: + + “Yesterday morning, desiring to see Benares, I went down + the Ganges in a small boat; but was greatly disappointed + at the appearance of the city, which stands entirely on + the west side of the river. One place, the residence of + Badshahzada, has the appearance of ruined magnificence; + and several ghauts are extensive and laboured monuments + of superstition: but the smallness of dimensions of the + buildings around makes them appear nothing, to an European. + Amidst them all, I came to the British flag, flying at the + Ghaut Mangees stairs, which excited grateful sensations. + Idolatry is plainly on the decay. Our boat line getting + entangled with another boat, much abuse was bestowed on the + Feringhee.” + +Mr. Corrie relates, that on this occasion he preached to some +natives of Benares, as well as gave instruction to the European +soldiery. Three weeks later than this visit he was called upon to +baptize a Brahmin, who after many strugglings of conscience had been +strengthened by the grace of God to ‘confess the faith of Christ +crucified.’ An account of this event is given by Mr. C. in a letter +to his father, dated March 25, 1808.[40] + + “I have to tell you of the baptism of a Brahmin at Benares, + on Wednesday last, when I was down there, which will + gratify you much. You must remember that he understands + enough of English for common purposes; and most of our + conversation was in English. He came to me in September + last, as I wrote to some of you; he had before been + seeking after truth; and a pious merchant at Benares had + given him a Book of Common Prayer: this was the chief + instrument in his conversion. The two answers respecting + ‘our duty towards God and our duty towards our neighbour’ + struck him forcibly; and he learned many of the prayers, + and much of the catechism by heart. He was, however, + greatly averse to baptism in September, and argued that + he could serve God in private, and even promote His + cause more, whilst he refrained from the open profession + of Christianity. I pointed out from Mark xvi. 16, and + John iii. the necessity of attending to ‘the outward and + visible sign, as well as the inward and spiritual grace,’ + if we would ‘make our calling and election sure.’ He + left me with tears, acknowledging that I spoke truth; + but absented himself until January last, when he again + went to the pious merchant, saying he had been very ill, + and now found that none but Jesus Christ could save him: + he would, therefore, give up all for Christ. After much + intercourse, on Tuesday last I asked him, ‘Are you willing + to be baptized?’ Answer, ‘Yes, I have no other Lord, no + other Saviour, but Jesus Christ: He is God, and my God.’ + What makes you think Him God? Answer,--‘Why, Sahib, I don’t + know how many times I may have been in the world before, + or whether born at all, or not, before this time; but I + have continued a great sinner still, (the Hindoos believe + in the metempsychosis,) a very great sinner, I believe: I + went to Juggernaut and here to Benares, and here and there + (mentioning other places) to poojah (worship;) but I was + still very bad, Sahib, very great sinner. When I found no + good among Hindoos’ worship, I went to Musselmans,’ to + Lucknow, (mentioning a great mahomedan doctor there,) to + enquire; but found no good in Musselmans’ religion; but + all bad, very bad. Then I met with the ten commandments, + and these two, my duty towards God, and my duty towards + my neighbour: this my heart say good, very good: this is + Jesus Christ’s word, and I pray to Him for His grace, and + He gave me understanding: now I know the true God; my + heart love His word; and I no more love sin, or bad way; + therefore, I know Jesus Christ is God,’ with more to the + same effect. (You will perceive that if men set themselves + to seek Christ in this way, we should have no Arians or + Socinians.) I then asked, What do you think will be after + death? Answer, ‘I shall go to God; what else, Sahib? Now + He has given me grace, I am all light within: will He put + light with darkness again? No, I shall go to God after + death.’ Will you forsake your family and friends? Answer, + ‘My father, Sahib, very old: he wash in Ganges, and make + poojah: I cannot help him, but I will love him, I will + honour him, as Jesus Christ’s word is: O! I cannot help + him, but I will make prayer for him: I must follow my Lord + Christ; there is no Saviour but He: Hindoos, Musselmans, + all worship devils,’ with more to that effect--adding + ‘Ever since I was with you, Sahib, my heart was full, and + now, if you please, I will be baptized.’ After prayer, we + separated: next day when he came to me, I asked him, ‘Have + you thought much of the matter, and are you willing to + forsake all for Christ?’ He answered, ‘I have made much + prayer to God for His grace; and now I will forsake all for + my Lord Christ: you will pray, Sahib, that He will wash + me, and make me clean: you will mention before Him for the + old sinner, a very great sinner, an old rogue, very bad, + very bad sinner; that He will save me, and give me grace, + that I may love Him with all my heart. I cannot keep His + commandments without his grace; but I will pray always, and + love Him, and cleave to Him (laying hold of his own garment + with eagerness;) and, I will always speak truth, and take + care of my words.’ All this with the expressive action of + the natives, who have more action than even the French in + conversation. At the time of administering the sacrament + of baptism, he made the responses from the Book of Common + Prayer, with much feeling: when addressed in the service, + he shewed the most lively attention, and was very earnest + in the prayers: after the service, he shook hands with all + present, expressed with tears his thankfulness to God for + his mercy to so great a sinner; and said he would serve Him + for ever, and devote all his time to learning His word more + perfectly that he might instruct others.” + +Although there was much to comfort and encourage Mr. Corrie in this +manifest example of the power of divine grace, in the conversion of +this Brahmin; yet by an entry in his journal, dated March 31st, we +find him complaining:-- + + “I have for several days laboured under sad spiritual + decay; and have been dreadfully oppressed with the fear of + man; and very backward to every good word and work. When + the Brahmin consented to be baptized on Tuesday, the enemy + raised an alarm in my mind respecting what the effect might + be; tumults among the natives; anger on the part of the + Europeans; removal by the government: these suggestions + greatly distracted me: and I got me to my Lord right + humbly, who mercifully delivered me from all these fears; + and all these difficulties vanished; yet, at the time, I + felt none of that joy or gratitude I ought, on account of + the triumph of the cross.” + +The Journal proceeds: + + “April 10th, 1808. To-day I am thirty-one years of age. I + praise God that I am in the land of prayer; I have been + praying for a right spirit of self-examination. It strikes + me as remarkable in my experience, that although I could + be always on my knees, I am usually straitened, perplexed, + and confused in prayer: wandering thoughts perplex me + beyond measure; and my imagination is wild and troubled, + yet without order, even in vainly flying from one scene to + another, and musing on the greatest improbabilities. My + mind is, through grace, settled and grounded in the ways + of Christ; and, I am persuaded that I shall never leave + the heavenly way, because the Lord will keep me in fear + of forsaking it. I have no enjoyment in worldly company, + or amusements; otherwise, I have nothing of _assurance_, + as I have understood it: and though I consent to every + tittle stated in our 17th Article, it works nothing of + ‘unclean living or presumption.’ It does, however, preserve + me from despair; for, I never should be delivered but by + the Spirit of Christ: nor, could I hope that His gracious + influence would be granted to my prayers, were it not + for the unconditional, covenanted, love of God in Christ + Jesus. I have many short, but sweet, visits of heavenly + grace. My soul is frequently melted down in praise, for + the Divine condescension towards me; but little of abiding + joy, or realizing faith, stays with me. I find ‘the work + of righteousness’ to be ‘peace.’ More of my time has been + employed for God, than I could once have thought possible + to give; yet few days pass that my soul is not overwhelmed + with a sense of short-coming: hence, Thou, O Christ, art + all I want! + + “We have had some slight awakenings here (Chunar) during + the past year: one in August; but it is, I fear, come + to nothing, except H. who may have found mercy of the + Lord: the others have turned backward, and ----, died in + consequence of intoxication. At present a greater enquiry + is excited than ever: three are come out (from the world) + and several are anxiously concerned. ‘The Lord knoweth them + that are His.’ Now, my soul, look to it lest thou let any + of those things ‘slip’ which thou hast heard and learned + of Jesus. O, for a spirit of grace and supplication: for + ‘good understanding in the ways of godliness.’ O, for + the conversion of souls! Lord, hear me in these matters: + prosper thy work; let thine own kingdom come. Bless my + country, my family, my friends: and, O, accept a poor worm + who offers himself unto Thee. Take me, as thy dear-bought + purchase; and secure me unto thyself. Let my life bring + glory to thy name; and my death bear testimony to Thy + faithfulness and truth: let me live, and die to Christ + Jesus, Amen! + + “In the afternoon, I baptized the Tickour woman, by the + name of ‘Mary.’ Satan continues to mar my comfort; though + he cannot, through the grace of Christ, prevent the word of + God. When I baptized the Brahmin, he raised in my mind such + a fear of the anger of those in power as almost drove me + to my wits’ end: but now I see that all was over-ruled for + good, in order to prevent my overweening conceit of myself + in this matter.” + +It will have been observed, that Mr. Corrie not unfrequently +complained of the loss of health. The cause might no doubt be traced +to his want of due regard to the trying nature of the climate of +India to an European constitution. Repeated notices occur, therefore, +in Mr. C.’s Journal and Letters, of a languor and general debility +which threatened to lay him altogether aside from duty, if not to +render it necessary for him to quit the country. At this time, +however, a material change for the better seems to have taken place +in his health; for in writing to his father under date of April, 20, +1808. Mr. C. remarks, + + “A gracious Providence who has followed us with goodness + and mercy all our days, has prospered me thus far. You + will bless God with me, who upholds me in perfect health + ... a most surprising change seems to have passed upon my + constitution, so that I feel very little inconvenience + from the heat. Last year I was obliged to have recourse + to medicine to keep me from fainting; now, though the + hot winds have been blowing some weeks, I feel active + and cheerful as when with you. A sigh of regret at our + separation often, indeed, interrupts my joys, and sends + me with tears not unfrequently to your Father and my + Father, to your God and my God. O, praise to a precious + Redeemer, through whose love and grace so lasting an union + has been brought about, which swallows up even natural + ties, or rather rivets them by an indissoluble bond! All + painful idea of separation and distance is lost in the + consideration of that better country, where we shall meet + to part no more for ever! + + “You will rejoice to hear that the word of God is + not without increasing witness among the soldiers. + Eighteen attended the sacrament of the Lord’s supper + on Easter-day, most of whom are serious and attentive; + and many are regular at our evening worship, where + they attend voluntarily. Among their wives also great + attention continues to be paid; and knowledge, at least, + is increased. The Brahmin whom I baptized came up (from + Benares) last Sunday; and after attending worship in + Hindoostanee, expressed much delight. He proposed, as + a doubt, what would once have been an article of faith + with him:--‘Sahib, you have been so little while in this + country, and [yet] know the language so well, I think you + must have been a Hindoo before you were born in England, + and, therefore, your fresh language came to you so quick + again.’ A fortnight since, I baptized a woman, who is + evidently seeking sincerely the kingdom of God. Yesterday, + she expressed her gratitude for instruction, by saying, + ‘I am a poor woman, and have nothing to offer to Sahib in + return for his favour, except three fowls which I shall + send to-morrow, if he will please to accept them.’ On + my saying, God has given me plenty, she said, ‘True,’ + but it is my duty to lay my neck beneath Sahib’s feet.’ + The language of the common people is, indeed, full of + compliment; but none of them show a disposition to give + any thing away, except in some instances where grace seems + to open their hearts. Another, the wife of an European, + who seems the best Christian of them all, on my noticing a + little dog, sent it to me next day, begging my acceptance + of it. To excuse myself, I said it was too young, and she + is now keeping it for my sister, and takes great pains in + teaching it to beg, &c. that my sister may be amused with + it when she arrives.” + + + TO THE REV. J. BUCKWORTH. + + “April 25, 1808. + + “The heat of the climate induces a despondency entirely + unknown to you. I perceive plainly that this despondency + not a little infected my mind most of the last hot weather; + which was, perhaps, increased by continued ill health. I + have been enabled, however, to hold fast my integrity; nor + ever have handled the word of God deceitfully; nor has the + word been without witness. A great increase is now made + to my evening congregations, which are my only joy, they + coming voluntarily; and on Wednesday next, I begin a weekly + lecture.... I am, through mercy, now in perfect health, + and usual spirits; and see it ‘good for me to have been in + trouble.’ My present mode of passing my time will give you, + perhaps, pleasure, certainly amusement. On an average I do + not dine from home above once a week, and seldom see any of + my equals here, except a family, who, I hope, are pious, + though their progress is slow. From morning (five o’clock + till eight) I attend to my own private affairs, with a + little exercise: then till three or four, learn the native + languages; when every day, either some of the natives come + to me to read the Scriptures, or I attend some place of + meeting for that purpose. Mr. Martyn writes to me weekly: + he is preparing a copy of the gospels in Hindoostanee for + the press; this will be an invaluable acquisition: the + one we have is so learned as to be unintelligible to the + vulgar for the most part. I have altered [the version of] + St. John’s Gospel which we use. The Acts of the Apostles + especially delight the native teacher: I have told you of + ----; you would be surprised to see the effect it has upon + him; and the eagerness by which it is heard by others. + I feel it to be too little regarded by myself, and am + too apt to consider the divine manna a common thing. I + send my father by these ships the history of a Brahmin’s + conversion, whom I lately baptised.[41] I baptized a woman + a fortnight since; and several of the soldiers’ native + wives. Sinners are plainly under good impressions; but, Oh! + the patience and perseverance necessary to deal with them! + + “Dr. Buchanan is on his way home: whatever he may publish + will give you a true and clear insight into religious + affairs here; except that you can have no idea of the + magnitude of the work of conversion, unless you were here.” + +In the Journal, Mr. Corrie relates + + “May 14th. Yesterday morning, I went to Wheatley’s + hospital. The Dhobee[42] only seems truly in earnest: he + said that since he first heard the word, his heart had been + much taken with it; that the more he hears it, the more he + esteems it; and that he is happy in it. ‘Jesus Christ,’ he + says, ‘is the creator and preserver of all things, who will + take him to God’s presence; or if not, His will be done: + yet he will serve Him; and has forsaken Satan’s works, and + will return to them no more. Satan’s works are worshipping + stones, poojah, &c. &c.’ Here one of the bystanders said, + ‘Satan’s works are also lying, stealing, &c. &c.’ To-night + Anselmo[43] is ill. On my speaking to him, he said, + ‘Whether well or ill, I am always begging for pardon of sin + from Jesus Christ: I am not deserving of it, but am worthy + of hell; yet, as He died for sinners, God for His sake will + hear me: this is my constant hope; but now, indeed, I need + more grace and support.’--Praise God for these things. O + for patience and perseverance in the Lord’s work! + + “SECROLE. July 25th. According to leave obtained, and + notice given, I came down on Friday evening with the view + to perform divine service yesterday. On Saturday morning, + I waited on the general, who received me with the most + chilling coolness. He told me that he had nothing to do + with divine service, or the artillery-men; and that he + should not interfere: he had heard nothing of divine + service, except from my application. Mr. ----, who had been + forward for my coming down, on hearing of my arrival flew + quite off, and said, ‘they could do as well now as before, + without divine service,’ he, however, came yesterday + morning. A congregation of at least sixty assembled; and + after service, Mr. A. thanked me, and said he hoped they + should give me encouragement to come amongst them oftener. + Afterwards, the Brigade Major came with a message from + the general, (who did not come to church) saying, that + I was ‘at liberty to come and go as I pleased, but the + artillery-men and officers could not be permitted to attend + so far from the lines, for fear of the natives seizing the + guns whilst they were at a distance: if the court-house + were used to assemble in, or a place of worship erected + near the lines, he should have no objection; but all + this was to be kept a secret.’ Well: blessed be God, who + hath opened a door here for His word! Had there been no + obstacles thrown in the way, it would have been unusual. + Satan never yet freely and without a struggle, resigned + his dominion. O Lord, I have no might or skill to resist + this great enemy; neither know I what to do; but mine eyes + are towards thee! In the morning service, I was sadly + amazed by the presence of so many of the great ones of the + earth; but after the service commenced, these feelings + vanished. + + “Aug. 24th. On Monday I went to Mirzapore, where I saw an + old Fakeer, the most wretched victim of superstition I have + met with. He has been a great traveller, and by the strange + noises he utters, and the inhuman appearance he puts on, + causes the people to take him for some great one. He struck + me as strongly under Satanic influence. I endeavoured + to gain from him some idea of his creed; but could not. + Narsingha, who is celebrated in the Bhagavat Geeta,[44] is + his titular deity, whom he considers equal to the other + gods. I am confounded at the thought that, from the conduct + of the English present, I was prevented warning him as I + ought of his danger. + + “Aug. 31st. Yesterday was spent at Ghazeepore; much talk + about religion, and religious people; but little religious + conversation. In prayer, I have been sometimes enabled to + make my ‘requests known with thanksgiving;’ but have felt + great backwardness to the public services of the Church. + ‘Lord, be merciful to me a sinner!’ for that I suffered the + rain to prevent me from going to the evening worship; and + that when I have spoken unto the men, it has been in a cold + and indifferent manner! I see in Robinson[45] of Cambridge + (whose life I read yesterday) how far a person, and even a + minister of religion may go, and yet be as ‘sounding brass + or a tinkling symbol.’” + + + [37] Printed in the Proceedings of that Society, vol. i. + p. 179, and seq. + + [38] Head. + + [39] The Chief Deity. + + [40] The substance of this account was afterwards printed + in the Missionary Register, vol. i. p. 317, and seq. + + [41] See above pp. 110, &c. + + [42] A Native washerman. + + [43] Formerly a Roman Catholic. See below p. 125. + + [44] A poetical Exposition of the doctrines of a + particular school of Hindoo Theology. It forms + an Episode in the Maha Bharat, one of the great + Hindoo Poems, and has been translated by Wilkins. + An abstract of it is given in the Quarterly Review, + Vol. 45. + + [45] An Anabaptist preacher, celebrated in his day for + his extreme opinions, both as respected politics and + religion; who, after having written a ‘Plea for the + Divinity of Christ,’ rejected Christianity and died + a Socinian. + + + + + CHAPTER VI. + + VISIT TO CALCUTTA--ARRIVAL OF HIS SISTER. + + +In the beginning of September 1808, Mr. Corrie left Chunar, for +the purpose of meeting his sister at Calcutta on her expected +arrival from England; and on his way thither he spent some weeks +with Mr. Martyn, at Dinapore. Several foreboding expressions occur +in Mr. Corrie’s Journal respecting the possible termination of the +unsatisfactory state of health in which he found Mr. Martyn. With +the purpose, therefore, of relieving that excellent person from the +pressure of clerical duty, Mr. C. remained longer at Dinapore than he +had at first intended. Of Mr. Martyn, also, he writes, + + “He entertains the opinion that he shall die before long; + and desired me to tell Mr. Brown that should he die before + my return, he trusted he is in the Lord, and happy. He + wishes, if it please God, to be spared on account of the + translations, but with great earnestness he said, ‘I wish + to have my whole soul swallowed up in the will of God.’ + He then observed, ‘When I look back, I see nothing that + affords me satisfaction: all my consolation flows from the + free grace that is in Christ Jesus:--that grace which is + now offered to-day, this is alone what comforts my soul.’” + +Considering the brotherly affection that subsisted between the two +friends, it cannot be a matter of surprise, that when, under these +circumstances, the time for parting approached, Mr. C. should have +experienced some depression of spirits. + + “This morning,” he writes, “was a mournful time with me. + I could scarcely express myself from the acuteness of my + feelings, but tried to suppress them. I have no idea, + however, but that I shall meet him again, if I am spared to + return; but O! let me not boast of to-morrow, but learn to + die daily.” + +When Mr. Corrie reached Calcutta, his joy on meeting a beloved sister +was somewhat modified by the intelligence which she brought that one +of his letters[46] had been printed in an English periodical. The +distress and alarm which this circumstance occasioned Mr. Corrie will +be readily accounted for, when it is recollected that a violent dread +of Missionary operations in India, had at that time taken possession +of the minds of many influential persons, and that a motion had even +been submitted to the Court of East India proprietors for expelling +from India, all the Christian Missionaries who were then labouring +there; and for preventing the circulation of the Scriptures in any of +the languages of the East. Nothing could be more probable, therefore, +than that the publication of any accounts of Mr. Corrie’s labours +among the heathen, would draw down upon him the displeasure of the +Indian government. That such, at least, was the persuasion of Mr. C. +is plain enough, for in announcing to a relative, the safe arrival of +his sister in Calcutta, he adds:-- + + “I received little of painful intelligence [by her] except + the news of my letter to Buckworth being published. I trust + he has not published any more of them. I cannot write to + him just yet on the subject, lest I should say something + that might wound his feelings: he has caused me more grief + than any event of late has caused me.” + +Soon afterwards he more fully expressed his apprehensions in a letter +to Mr. Buckworth himself. + + “I heard some time since by a friend, that ‘a letter from + one of the Bengal chaplains who came out in 1806,’ had been + published, and in the then state of the court of India + Directors towards the evangelization of this country, + might be of great detriment. Mary afterwards brought me + word who the offending chaplain is, and who the friend is + that has published his letters. I confess that for a time + I felt myself wounded in the house of friendship. In the + eyes of the world, pride told me that my character would + suffer; and I still expect to see myself caricatured by + the Edinburgh Reviewers, or by some such enemies to all + serious acknowledgment of God. My brother will say, what is + character &c., to being useful to the cause of the gospel? + And so say I, if loss of character stand in competition + with that cause; but really I am sure there must in my + scrawls, written in the fulness of my heart, be ample + matter for criticism; and truly the gospel needs not such + a sorry assistant; especially if the publication should + operate either to my recal, or to restrictions being laid + upon me here. So well assured am I, however, of the purity + of my much-loved friend in his motives for thus sending + me into the world as an author, that I shall love the rod + even that smites me by his hand: and he will rejoice that + I stand ready to glory in the cross of Christ, and count + myself honoured, if thought worthy to suffer shame for + His sake. I hope you have not sent any more of my letters + to the Christian Guardian; and that if you judge any + description of the people or customs, &c. interesting, you + will give it as an extract, and without my name and place + of abode, further than India. I must absolutely forbid + you to publish what I am doing. Let the great day of the + Lord make that manifest. I am sure I shall be found an + unprofitable servant, and ‘this shall be my only plea, that + Jesus lived and died for me.’” + +During the whole of Mr. Corrie’s stay in Calcutta he took up his +abode with the Rev. David Brown, from whose counsel and directions +he seems to have derived at all times the greatest advantage. To the +relative referred to above, he writes on this occasion;-- + + “We are now under the roof of Mr. Brown. I cannot tell you + how much we are indebted to this man of God: he has been, + and is to us younger chaplains, a father in Israel. His + affection for us exceeds the affection of most fathers for + their children. His letters convey the instructions of a + Bishop, with the tenderness of a brother. I trust we feel + his worth and value it aright.” + +Yet Mr. Corrie’s anxiety to get back again to his people at Chunar, +did not allow him to remain long in Calcutta. In the letter just now +quoted he observes:-- + + “My few sheep are in the wilderness without a shepherd, and + some of whom I hoped better things I hear are gone astray: + these thoughts make every place strange to me except + Chunar. There is no one thing on earth worth living for, + but to be employed in our blessed master’s service, to be + ministering in obedience to His will to the spiritual and + temporal good of mankind. When my soul ceases to labour + after this, life will be no blessing to me. How precious + the idea that saints are kept by the power of God! This is + the ground on which I build my hope, of perseverance to + the end; and I know whom I have believed. He who has given + me to know the name of Christ, and to trust therein, will + enable me to draw out all the virtues contained in that + precious name to support me under temptation, and to enable + me to holiness of living.” + +Owing, however, to the tedious nature of the passage up the Ganges, +Mr. C. did not reach Chunar till the middle of January 1809. On his +way, he spent a week with Mr. Martyn at Dinapore, and preached there +on Christmas-day 1808. On the following New year’s day, he placed on +record his recollections of the past year:-- + + “Chuprah; on the way back from Calcutta to Chunar. Sunday, + Jan. 1st. 1809. I desire to review this year past, as in + God’s presence, and to note down His dealings, as I shall + give account at the judgment-seat of Christ. + + “First, let me note His mercies _ministerial_, in the + success of my labours at Chunar; where a society of + fourteen are united in the ways of God; second, _personal_, + in the preservation of life, and the vouchsafing of + excellent health; the bringing my sister, who is now with + me, and promises to be indeed a helpmeet for me. Third, + _spiritual_, inasmuch as the Holy Spirit is not withdrawn + from me; nor has the purpose of living only to God forsaken + me: I see that nothing is worth living for, but to live + to God. I determine, the Lord being my helper, to live + to no other purpose.... I am not so watchful of myself + as formerly; but I renew my purposes, would do my first + works, and go on unto perfection. I seem, as far as I know + myself, kept from the love of wealth; but this is, in some + degree at least, from lavishness, which hurries me often + into the other extreme: against this, too, do I resolve; + and would use this world’s goods as one that must give an + account. The work of the Lord among the heathen shall be + attended to, with fresh vigour. I can say nothing of the + Hindoostanees at Chunar, nor of the Schools; but I hope to + do more for them than ever. O Lord, let past mercies be + remembered, as a constraining motive to future exertion; + and, whilst I would mourn for my sins and short-coming, O + keep me in time to come for Christ’s sake. Amen.” + +Under the date of Chunar, Jan. 24, 1809, he writes, + + “Have been at home ten days, and I trust have not been + quite forgetful of the goodness of God, in taking me out + and bringing me back in safety: but I feel and deplore my + hard heartedness and corruption. On Sunday week resumed + duty at Secrole, twenty attended. Here, on Sunday last, + five services have renewed something of my former pain in + the breast. But, alas! my labours seem all to have been in + vain. Not one seems to have stood his ground. My heart is + greatly cast down, and would fain shrink from any further + trial. Self and worldliness combine to dishearten me from + the work of the Lord. O Lord, leave me not, but revive thy + work in me for Jesus’ sake! Amen.” + +In a letter addressed to Mr. Buckworth on the 8th. of Feb; Mr. C. +gives utterance to similar feelings of discomfort:-- + + “Notwithstanding the many objects new to you, with which I + am surrounded, I scarce know what to write to you about: it + is a time of great spiritual dulness with me; and, owing + to the indisposition of the native teacher, the great work + we have chiefly at heart seems at a stand. My strength is + laid out, in the mean time, among the European soldiers; + and, alas, to little seeming purpose ... I am ready to be + weary of what appears so hopeless a task as the turning + of men, so incorrigible, from the error of their ways: + these workings of my mind are too glaringly impious to + escape even my half-awakened perception, and the greatest + of all opposition I find to spring from my desperately + wicked heart: I trust something of self-abasement, for this + horribly rebellious spirit, exists at the same time. + + “You know all the controversy that has arisen at home + respecting missions to this country:[47] there is no + knowing what the end of such opposition to Christ’s kingdom + will be. We have been in expectation of a visit from the + French over land. The late events in Spain may be the means + of keeping us longer quiet here. The French would perhaps + have established their system of worship where they could + have got footing; and any mode of Christianity would have + been preferable to the idolatry and superstition that + overwhelms this unhappy land. My principal employment now + is with a school of Christian native children, five in + number: some of them read easily the Holy Scriptures in + Hindoostanee; and a gleam of joy sometimes enlivens my mind + while hearing them. + + “Feb. 15th. Since writing the above, the old native + Christian has been enabled to renew his labours; and + another christian child is come to school. I have had + one of those sudden attacks you happily know little of + in England; it has not yet left me; but my times are in + God’s hand. I find it is good to be afflicted: my soul + returns unto her rest; and, I bless God for a desire only + to know and glorify Him: this I think I can say is all in + all with me. You will have heard of the Roman-catholic + mission established in this country. My Catechist is a + fruit of this mission; and four men and four children in + my employ besides. They are natives of Bettiah in the + kingdom of Nepaul, i. e., the old kingdom of Nepaul; for + now the British posterity of Japheth are dwelling in almost + every corner of the tents of these sons of Shem; and the + old limits of most of the states of this country are in + consequence altered. + + “One man from the same place passed the whole of your + summer with me here; and daily read the Scripture with me; + in which he seems to be taught of God. On returning last + September, he withstood the Missionary (an Italian) to his + face, respecting the praying to saints, bowing to images + &c.: he was, in consequence, excommunicated; and, on being + taken ill soon afterwards was beset by two agents of the + missionary, who sounded threatenings of hell, &c., in his + ears; and declared his body should be cast on the dunghill. + Distressed, it seems he paid a fine to be restored to the + Church, and soon after died. In his last days, he begged + some one of his relations to convey his thanks to me, + and to commend his children to me. The message is come, + and the unfeigned tears of these few Christians here on + learning the end of Anselmo, were a striking proof of the + sympathizing spirit induced by Christianity, compared + with the hard and unfeeling spirit of the heathen. On the + map of Hindoostan you see the country of the Seiks; their + capital is Lahore. The state consists of a number of + independent chiefs, under a nominal head; many of these + chiefs have sought our aid against the oppression of their + head; and, as the country they inhabit lies in route of any + overland invading army, we have sent a force in aid of the + petitioners. Two of my young friends (very dear to me in + our common Lord) are with this force. The principal matter + of interest to us in this expedition is, that these Seiks + are, as a nation, Deists.[48] Much superstition, indeed, is + among them; but they are neither Hindoos nor Mussulmans; + and profess themselves worshippers of one invisible God. + Such a state of mind seems favourable to a reception of + Christianity; and, may we not hope our intercourse among + them may be the means of bringing them acquainted with that + only name whereby they must be saved? Martyn is going on, + in company with the converted Arabian,[49] in translating + the Scriptures into Persian. I have seen the Edinburgh + Reviewer’s remarks on the Missionaries[50] and critique + on their Journals. It is to be regretted, perhaps, that + in some expressions they are open to ridicule; but it is + a subject of gratification that in none are they open to + reproach. These same gentlemen would gnash their teeth + to find Hindoostan, from near Delhi, yea from the Seiks’ + country, to Cape Comorin, planted with Christians, who + daily pray for the coming of Christ’s kingdom in their + lands; and who, in their intercourse with those around + them, recommend the gospel of God our Saviour in a way not + such as will excite insurrection, but induce veneration + and ultimately conversion. A preaching life these + Edinburgh reviewers themselves cannot gainsay; and these + less enlightened heathen are less disposed than they to + withstand it. But little visible effect will appear in our + day; the next generation will find a people ‘prepared for + the Lord.’ + + “Our dwelling is on the banks of the Ganges. The common + mode of travelling is by water, in commodious boats, + dragged, when the wind is adverse, like barges. At this + distance from home, hospitality to strangers seems to me a + peculiar though painful duty, as it breaks in too much upon + my leisure. There is no such thing as an inn; and very many + of the passers-by are young officers, whose situation is, + in general, far from being comfortable. To these I would + be especially kind, as being also less noticed by many who + judge of the attentions due to them by the wealth and rank + they possess. Those youths who are now here join readily + in our family worship, and delight me when I hear them + repeating the Lord’s prayer after me with seriousness. Dear + lads, my heart yearns over them, exposed as they are to + every kind of temptation, without a rudder or a pilot. May + God take them into His direction!” + +Soon after the date of the foregoing letter, Mr. Corrie was again +suffering from illness. An attack of fever rendered it necessary for +him to place himself under medical care; but throughout the months of +February and March, his disorder seems to have yielded so little to +the remedies applied, that he was almost laid aside from duty. Thus +in his Journal under date of March 19th. he remarks:-- + + “March 19th (Sunday.) To-day--not in a condition for + public worship: so there was none in the morning. A + merchant and others came to breakfast; and I had family + worship with them. I have been considering my ways, but am, + alas I sadly clouded, so that I can remember but little. + My impatience respecting the backsliding professors has + appeared, as it is, sadly inconsistent: I ought to have + pitied and prayed for them more, and felt less anger. I + bless God for more composure of mind, and drawing out of + soul towards God. I see, however, I have little of zeal + for His glory and house. I would have a more single eye in + this matter. I would desire my own salvation as a means + of displaying the glory of His grace. I would desire the + salvation of sinners, that He may be glorified. I would + engage in proper means for these ends, with a single + intent that I may bring glory to God, and that God may + be glorified in me. Let my own personal trials be all + sanctified to this end! Give grace, O God of grace, to this + end; and the glory shall redound to Thee, through Jesus + Christ, the Saviour!” + +And again, a fortnight later, he writes:-- + + “Easter eve. To-morrow the Lord’s Supper is to be + administered. Alas, my soul, how many sacred opportunities + of this kind have been little better than profaned. Long + did I attend the Lord’s Table in my own self-confident + spirit, and the same day saw me break the vows I had + solemnly made. When this self-confidence was in some + measure discovered, the ordinance became more profitable + indeed, but the contrary spirit grew upon me; and for + some time, I fear, the consecrated elements have been too + little considered. Lord! never let me fancy the means any + other than the channels of thy grace; but O, enable me to + discern the Lord’s body at his Table, and ‘with meek heart + and due reverence,’ feed upon Him by faith! My illness, I + fear, does not leave me; at least, weakness grows upon me. + I seem anxious to live.... I would live to glorify God, + too, though he needs not my wretched poor services. I would + have my will swallowed up in His. O [Lord] grant me grace + to this end, then come life or death, all will be well. + + “Easter-day morning, 2nd April. Both in public worship, + and afterwards, I trust the Lord was present to heal us: + the people were very attentive. I remembered my native + land, with sweet recollection, the tabernacle of God, and + the communion of saints. For my companions’ and brethren’s + sakes will I seek thy good, O Britain, the Zion of the + earth! O may these impressions of love and grace remain + upon my soul! Enough I see, even in this day’s services, + though unusually joyous, to render precious Him who bears + the iniquities of his people’s holy things.” + +In the beginning of the following month, however, a letter to the +Rev. David Brown contains the intelligence that it had pleased God to +recover Mr. Corrie from his illness:-- + + “Chunar, May 11, 1809. + + “I ought to have made known to you before this, the safe + arrival of the Bibles and New Testaments. We have no troops + here at present to dispose of them to. The Europeans + hereabout will take a few to distribute at prime cost. A + fortnight since beloved Martyn passed this by _dawk_.[51] + He staid only three days, and you will have heard by this + time of his safe arrival at Cawnpore on the 29th. ult. + Sabat has left us this morning. The heat of his temper + broke out against a washerman who had changed a sheet, + but there seems no doubt of the grace of God being in + him. He lived with us since the 7th. At Benares, he had + intended to pass some days, but about forty persons who + had formerly known him, came tumultuously to the boat, + and after much confused dispute, he thought it prudent to + come on here. We have for some time been engaged about a + Church at Benares; a subscription of about 3000 Rupees has + been made, and a spot of ground is fixed on. I trust now + all opposition is silenced, though not entirely done away. + The hearts of some haters of all good have been brought + to give money even. One family is highly respectable and + regular in religious duties. One young officer has become + a new creature. Of the rest, few alas! seem willing to + go any further. Martyn wishes for my removal. I did not + desire it before he came, now I should have no objection to + it. Less labour than is now put forth on, perhaps in all, + eighty people, (for the remainder give me no opportunity + of labouring for them,) would serve for eight hundred, + and if winning souls be our highest wisdom, the more we + win, the wiser we shall be accounted. Yet the fear that + my Benares congregation would be left without a shepherd, + makes me glad to continue. At Chunar, all seem dead and + lifeless. Some of the poor women are indeed, growing in + grace, and that should not be accounted little. One of them + two days since, on asking her in what way she must attain + to God’s presence with peace, replied, ‘If I remember the + name of Jesus Christ: and repenting of my sins, put my + trust in him, I shall doubtless attain God’s presence.’ + Several are equally well informed, and Martyn expressed + great satisfaction at their attentive repetition of the + responses, in prayer &c. Sabat holds my poor old man in + utter disdain for his comparative ignorance. Sabat is + indeed a very superior man; none of the Moonshees can + stand before him. He is most amusing with his logic on + all occasions. Some of the gay friends of a pious young + officer, asked him if it were not written in Scripture, + that men shall become bears? He, in the simplicity of his + heart, asked Martyn and myself at Dinapore, before Sabat, + if there were such a passage of Scripture? Sabat replied, + ‘O if there is such an expression in the word of God, it + must be true; and we will prove it by logic.’ + + “I think I expressed a wish for the tables you mentioned, + of Arabic &c. with a copy of the Persian of Matthew when + ready. Mr. Myers[52] would send them and they would be + highly useful. I am happy to say the complaint I was ill + of has quite left me, and I trust it is good for me that + I was in trouble. It is good in any way to have the heart + separated from this ensnaring world; to be led to have all + its fresh springs in God. Would it were more thus with me! + I groan being burdened with an earthly, sensual, devilish + nature. I wish I could hear oftener of you and your’s. I am + in hopes those communications that respect our project may + pass through my hands to Martyn; it would cause only one + day’s delay. The subject of the conversion of the natives + is much more discussed among us. I know two converts to the + subject from reading Buchanan’s Memoir which I lent them. + + “My Christian School goes on well. + + “Beside the Christian children, I have six Christian men, + and some families.” + +The anniversary of Mr. Corrie’s ordination is thus noticed by him:-- + + “Saturday, June 10th. This day in 1802, I was ordained a + Deacon at Buckden, and on the 12th of June 1804, a Priest, + at the same place. To-morrow may suit my purposed season of + examination; and I pray God to enable me to this needful + work. First, to look over my present spiritual state. + Secondly, To examine my views in the ministry. Thirdly, To + pray for my Native School. O Lord! vouchsafe a spirit of + grace and supplication for Christ’s sake! + + “Sunday, June 11th. Have been considering my ways; and + respecting my personal experience, it is but too apparent + that I have for some time laboured under a spiritual + decay. The commencement of it seems to have been soon + after this time last year, when my spirit began to faint + in outward duties; and I hurried away from them to + Calcutta. The Lord does not leave me; and I trust will + not leave me; yet, O my soul, fear being given up to work + iniquity. Much reserve, I am aware, in my outward conduct + is worn off: respecting this, I would hope the needless + scrupulosity I indulged is going; yet connected with my + private experience, I would be jealous over myself with + a godly jealousy. Frivolousness and levity in tongue and + action, I would watch against. Lord, instruct me, and teach + me in thy way! In the ministry, I have failed greatly in + respect of searching out the lost sheep of Christ’s flock; + nor have I a proper sense of the hurt and hinderance + arising from this negligence. Lord, grant me a due sense + of the Saviour’s dying love, and of the soul’s worth! I + think I do attempt the edification of those who come in my + way; and have less fear of shame and reproach for Christ + than once I had. I find a growing facility in speaking + Hindoostanee; and I trust of late more earnest intention + of seeking opportunities of propagating the Gospel. My + views in coming to India I would hope are not altered; to + live and die here; and to spend my strength and substance + in this land is, I think, my purpose. The little children + are becoming very interesting to me. O, that they may + become partakers of the grace of God in truth! My native + servants I would try to make wise unto salvation, and often + am earnestly engaged in instructing them. Lord, grant + me sincerity and simplicity in dealing with these; and + enable me to repent of my sins, to ‘do my first works;’ + and ‘leaving the principles of the doctrine of Christ, go + on unto perfection.’ I feel how entirely it is Thy work + to accomplish this in me, then grant me thy Holy Spirit + graciously for Christ’s sake. Amen!” + +With what sincerity of spirit, this recital of his inward resolves +and feelings was penned, may be gathered from the renewed activity +with which Mr. Corrie’s restored health was devoted to the employment +of every means within his reach, that was calculated to extend the +knowledge of Christ. To Mr. Brown he writes early in June 1809:-- + + “I have at length begun the Arabic and Hebrew; and with the + help of the Arabic, Hebrew and Hindoostanee, hope to get a + correct Hindoostanee version of the Psalms for the black + flock. The 51st Psalm they are learning by heart.” + +Similar notices of his application to the study of the Oriental +languages occur, also, in Mr. Corrie’s letters, about this time, +to Mr. Martyn. Yet the external circumstances with which himself +and fellow-labourers in the work of the Lord, were all this while +conversant, were far from encouraging. In the letter to Mr. Brown +quoted above, Mr. Corrie complained:-- + + “My harp has long been ‘hung upon the willows.’ Every thing + around us bears the image of spiritual death. What little + profession there was among us, has issued in nothing that + appears decisive.” + +And a few weeks later, after recording in his journal that he “had +often experienced the Divine Presence and grace,” whilst lecturing in +public “on the Epistle to the Galatians,” Mr. C. adds:-- + + “I am, nevertheless, cast down greatly with the little + appearance of good working among us: the soldiers seem + hardened to all addresses I make: the old native Christian + has not been lively of late. When not living near to God, + I seem afraid of the doctrine of grace, as it is called; + when my soul is deeply affected with divine truth, I can + trust God with the consequences of His own declarations.” + +Whilst having thus to lament the spiritual apathy around him, Mr. +Corrie did not on that account slacken his exertions toward hastening +on the day, when “the stream of Ganges shall roll through tracts +adorned with Christian churches, and the holy hymn be heard beneath +the shade of the tamarind.” Accordingly he writes to the Rev. Charles +Simeon:-- + + “Aug. 2, 1809. + + “A door of usefulness has been opened ‘among those of mine + own nation’ at Benares, where I have been enabled to attend + every third Sunday, and now materials are collecting to + build a place of worship with, by subscription. Some of the + principal people there oppose the measure by their private + influence, though they have given money for the work. + The report of the death of one of the chaplains above, + renders me anxious, lest I should be removed before this + scheme is accomplished; but I know the accomplishment of + it rests not with me. I now confine my public engagements + to the mornings, except one service in Hindoostanee on + Sunday evenings. I have mentioned a native Christian who + reads and expounds the lessons on these occasions, so + that my labour is but small when he is present. Just now, + he is at Benares, with a view, if possible, to establish + Christian worship among a number of Portuguese and native + Christians, who reside in various capacities there. He + goes from house to house among them, but has hitherto had + little success. Only three attend worship. I may remind + you, [that] he conducts public worship according to our + Church form, translated. The Gospels we have, and I have + translated the principal particulars of the Old Testament + history. I may mention that the wisdom of God is manifest + here, in recording the faults of the Old Testament saints. + A maxim among all classes of Natives, seems to be, that + every person, by obeying his own religious guide, will + attain eternal blessedness, and several of the Mahomedans + have been offended, at my asserting that Moses, Abraham, + David &c., were sinners: the proving these saints to have + been sinners by nature, as ourselves, overturns this + conceit and makes them to seek out a Saviour, who is + himself in no need of salvation. To this point, when I have + opportunity, I always bring a Mahomedan, carefully avoiding + disrespectful mention of his Prophet. The Hindoostanee + women attend, though not in such numbers as at first, yet + regularly, and I have no doubt some of these most despised + of the human race, will be found at the right hand of the + Judge, in the great day. A few evenings since, a poor + blind creature caused my heart to joy exceedingly, by her + artless commendation of the Redeemer; any praise of myself + might have arisen from servility, but, the epithets she + applied to our Lord, could have been learned only from the + Scriptures. For some time much of my attention has been + directed to the education of some native christian boys. + Watts’ first Catechism they can repeat, and a prayer for + morning and evening in private; two of them have begun + Persian and make quick progress: there are in all five, + from seven to twelve years old, and some younger children + will soon be admitted. I am attempting to introduce + our own mode of teaching, and when at home, hear them + twice a day.... No pains have been spared by the Italian + Missionaries, at Bettiah to frighten, or allure my old + teacher from me, and one man, who had learned the way of + God more perfectly here, and on going back refused to + pray to saints, &c., was excommunicated and grievously + persecuted until his death, which took place soon after. + The uproar about Missions has been heard of here, but + no one feels any of the alarm expressed at home. I hear + occasionally, from some friends at Malda, of Mr. M. who + has very poor health; some poor helpless creatures have + lately received baptism there. You will not suspect me of + depreciating his labours, by this expression; those among + whom I myself minister, are as despicable as human beings + can well be. Their influence on the general cause can be + none, their individual souls are precious.” + +Mr. Corrie had now been three years in India, and it will have +been seen that those years had not been spent in self-indulgent +inactivity, or had been unfruitful in great moral results. Yet he +writes:-- + + “Sept. 20th. 1809. This day completes my third year in + India; and though I could write a journal of events that + would set me off in the eyes of men, I know myself to be + an unprofitable servant. I have reason to cry, ‘Deliver me + from blood-guiltiness, O God;’ from the blood of souls! The + perverseness of the natives draws out my perverse temper. I + perceive my mind of late too much taken up with the dignity + religion inspires the mind with, raising it above the petty + cares and mean jealousies of an earthly mind: yet, O let + me never be high-minded but fear. I desire to renew my + dedication of myself, my all to God; to purpose greater + exertion and more labours among whites and blacks. Lord, I + pray thee, grant an increase of spiritual influence, that + I may go on from grace to grace! O, let me not faint nor + tire, for Jesus’ sake, Amen!” + +The following letters to his Christian friends, bear witness that Mr. +Corrie was enabled, in some measure, to carry out the desires and +purposes which his Journal records. + + + REV. D. BROWN. + + “Chunar, Oct. 12. 1809. + + “I have had our meeting service this morning. Cold myself + and lifeless and stupid. I wonder the people attend at all, + they are so little excited to run the Christian race. + + “The Christian Native School goes on as well as it can. + The children, sometimes nine in number, are reading + the Scriptures in Hindoostanee. I have nearly finished + a corrected edition (about the 4th) of the history of + creation, Noah, Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, Joseph, Moses, + the children of Israel, Joshua, Samuel, David, Solomon, + the division of the Tribes, Elijah, Elisha, the Acts of + the Apostles, the first Epistle of John. Four of the + children have Watts’ first Catechism perfect, with prayers + for morning and evening. Two of these have begun Persian + Grammar, on a new plan of my own, after the English mode + of question and answer. We have ten Christians about us + with whom I read and pray, most mornings, in Hindoostanee. + One youth appears truly pious and reads and explains the + Scriptures, admirably to others, most evenings after dark. + A few of the Hindoostanee Women appeared [to be] guided by + the fear of God,--perhaps four or six. The others complain + of hearing nothing but severe language, and told the Native + teacher lately [that] ‘as he was paid for instructing them, + he ought not to deal so severely with them! He told them, + he was not paid to flatter them.’ + + “I have lately been looking into the Arabic and Hebrew, but + I entirely despair of making any proficiency in them. The + Hebrew I shall go on with. Even by the help of the Lexicon, + I gain great pleasure in observing the roots and their + connection with the languages around us. If ever you pray + for me particularly, pray that I may _endure_ to the _end_: + that _patience_ may _hold out_: that I may be faithful + _unto death_. May richest grace be multiplied to you and + your’s.” + + + TO THE REV. J. BUCKWORTH. + + “Nov, 1. 1809. + + “I often turn a look of regard towards highly favoured + Britain, and a tear starts whilst I bid it a long adieu; + but to a weary pilgrim any lodging is welcome, any place + of abode agreeable; so in Hindoostan, my weary head shall + rest, and my longing soul mount up from hence to meet her + redeeming God. There, my brother, we shall meet; till + then, let our willing feet, our heads, and our tongues be + employed in spreading the Saviour’s glorious name. + + The Saviour! O what endless charms + Dwell in the blissful sound! + + Your sermon referred to would have suited my people here. + In much weakness and fear, indeed, I have been among them. + The Evening Lectures I told you of exhausted me entirely; + and conspired with other circumstances to bring on a liver + complaint, from which, I sometimes think, I am not quite + free: but I am able to endure my labour. + + “You expect to hear of my black flock. My native teacher + is, at this time, laid up with Asthma: his notions + of divine truth grow more clear daily. Some of the + Hindoostanee wives of the soldiers have, also gained good + information on christian subjects; and from forty to sixty + regularly attend public worship on Sundays, and once in the + week. I have nine Christian men and women, and six children + about me; with these I read and pray in Hindoostanee every + morning I am at home. One lad of them appears truly pious; + he has been with me most of the time I have been here; he + reads and prays in the evenings with the others generally. + + “One night lately I heard him expounding part of the + sixteenth chapter of St. John with much feeling and + propriety. I have the charge of him entirely; I begin + to love him, and think his disposition gentle and + well-inclined: he always attends at meals for his portion. + The other servants, at times, I hear tell him he is become + an Englishman; and seem to envy him not a little.... I + could fill sheets with the conversations I frequently + have with the natives. Several promising appearances in + individuals, have come to nothing. I am, therefore, glad + that I have not written any thing about them. + + “There has been a serious disturbance here (and it is not + now quite over) between the Mahomedans and Hindoos. The + former destroyed a pillar, long an object of superstition + amongst the Hindoos: on which account the latter carried + swine and slaughtered them in the Mosques. One hundred and + forty have lost their lives; but not all from religious + difference, many taking occasion of the affray to gratify + private revenge.[53] + + “I can say nothing of my prospects: all you can picture of + the difficulties attending this work is far short of the + reality. I can only say, to live and die in this work, or + to labour until I can do no more, is my not hasty purpose, + formed, I trust, on no self-sufficient grounds, but on the + grace, mercy, and comfort of an unchanging God and Saviour. + + “I am writing a little daily in Hindoostanee, Persian, + Arabic, or Hebrew. My school employs me two portions of + the day. I am cheered sometimes with the hope, that I am + educating Missionaries; but it seems hardly possible they + should escape the pollutions around them.” + + + [46] That dated Aug. 2, 1807. + + [47] The controversy alluded to grew out of the + publication of Dr. Buchanan’s Memoirs on the + Expediency of an Ecclesiastical Establishment for + India. + + [48] See Ward, View of History, &c. of the Hindoos. Vol. + II., book 7, ch. 4. + + [49] Sabat. For some account of this person, see + Buchanan’s “Star in the East.” pp. 23. &c. He + afterwards apostatized, left the British territory + in India, and went into the service of some of the + native princes; but in some quarrel that occurred he + was suspected of treachery to his patron, was put up + into a sack and cast into the sea.--Hough’s “History + of Christianity in India.” vol. 4. p. 389. + + [50] An article in the Edinburgh Review for 1808, + entitled “Indian Missions,” written by the late Rev. + Sidney Smith. At the head of this article are given + the titles of the principal controversial pamphlets, + which appeared at that time on the subject of + Missions to India. + + [51] Post. Mr. Martyn was then on his way to his new + station at Cawnpore. + + [52] Mr. Corrie’s future father in-law. + + [53] A more particular account of this affair is given + below, in a Letter to Mr. Simeon. + + + + + CHAPTER VII. + + REMOVES FROM CHUNAR--ARRIVES AT CAWNPORE--ILLNESS OF MR. MARTYN. + + +At the end of the year 1809, Mr. Corrie having been directed to +remove from Chunar to Agra, made preparations for proceeding to the +latter station. In the meantime, however, he suffered so much from +the illness mentioned in the preceding letter to Mr. Buckworth, that +for three months he omitted to keep any record of his proceedings. On +the 3rd of Feb. 1810, he observes:-- + + “February 3rd. 1810. I have had much searching of heart in + review of my purposes and projects at different seasons of + my life, often purposing diligence in acquiring languages; + at other times my chief desire and labour being wholly in + the immediate duties of the ministry; and, to be altogether + separated from mere visiting society. I perceive myself + to have succeeded in no one scheme; and am to this day + unprofitable and without ability to any good. Long, long + have I known this in theory, but evidently did not think + it of myself. May this sad experience lead me to true + humility and deep contrition; may it lead me to prayer, + and to diligence in the means of grace! The sickness upon + me is more violent than last year, but seems yielding to + medicine; for which I would bless the Lord, and devote + myself to His cause. These two Sabbaths I have been laid + aside from public work, and fear I am not sufficiently + humbled. O, how I ought to thirst after the courts of the + Lord! I think I should greatly regret being kept from the + ministry another Sabbath, but am ready to give up all hope + of success from my own labours. I know this is from a + forgetfulness of the Scripture, and of the power of God. + Lord, awaken a spirit of faith and prayer! The old man goes + on instructing the native women, successfully, in a few + cases, I hope. + + “The Roman Catholic padre, with a fair carriage towards me + tries all he can in private to counteract this old man. O, + that I were as in days and months past: and, O, that the + Lord would make His word to prosper among us: and, O, that + He may direct and prosper my way to Agra, and make me there + a blessing for Jesus’ sake!” + +The chief circumstances of interest connected with the remaining +portion of Mr. Corrie’s residence at Chunar, are related in the +following extracts from his letters and Journal. As, however, in +those extracts there occur some allusions to an Institution, which +about this time sprung up in India, a few words of information will +not be out of place. + +The patronage which the Marquis Wellesley (then Earl of Mornington) +extended to a plan for translating the Scriptures into the languages +of the East, had excited the hope that our rule in India would become +the means of imparting the knowledge of the true God to millions of +our fellow men: but the retirement of that large-minded Nobleman +from the government of India, was followed by that determined +opposition to the diffusion of the gospel among the natives of +Hindoostan, of which so many traces have already appeared in the +pages of this Memoir. The consequence was, that notwithstanding +all attempts of Dr. Buchanan, Mr. Brown and others, to procure +translations and copies of the Scriptures; and though aided in +their efforts by grants of money from the Bible Society in England, +yet there was a famine of the word of God even among the native +Christians of India. This dearth of Bibles seems to have pressed +more especially upon the Christians of Tanjore, so that in a sermon +preached in Calcutta, on New-year’s day 1810, Mr. Brown was induced +to make an appeal on their behalf. The result was that a liberal +subscription, headed by General Hewitt, the commander-in-chief, +was raised for the purpose of forwarding the distribution of the +Tamul Scriptures in Tanjore. Encouraged by the success which +attended this effort to procure a larger circulation of the Word +of God, Mr. Brown and his friend proceeded to originate measures +of larger enterprise. They established a _Bibliotheca Biblica_, an +institution which consisted of a “Translation library” and a “Bible +repository.” The “library” was intended to contain the Scriptures +in the original languages, Lexicons, Grammars, works on Biblical +criticism, and generally, all such books as were likely to be useful +to translators. The “Bible repository” was designed to contain Bibles +and Testaments in all languages, European as well as Asiatic, to be +disposed of at moderate prices.[54] It will be seen that with “this +judicious and efficient instrument” for good, Mr. Corrie readily +united himself. + + + TO THE REV. J. BUCKWORTH. + + “March 12, 1810. + + “I cannot recollect how long it is since I was favoured + with a letter from you: so many are the accidents to which + our letters are exposed between Britain and India, that I + attribute the little intercourse we have had to some of + these; and, therefore, add one more to the many letters I + have sent you; and trust to hear of you when opportunity + serves. Sometimes my mind has been deeply affected with + the idea of growing old without a friend, or solace of + declining years. Gray has well described the feelings of + Nature in the lines: + + ‘On some fond breast the parting soul relies + Some pious drops the closing eye requires.’ + + “It is the privilege of faith, indeed, to raise the soul + above creature dependencies; and, I bless God that, in + general, I am enabled to say ‘none of these things move + me.’ Still, I cling, with the fondest recollection, to the + hours I have spent with you, and the advances in knowledge, + and I would hope in grace, my soul made in your society; + nor can I endure the thought of our intercourse being at an + end. + + “In this strange land, God has also supplied several + whose letters and occasional visits are a source of great + comfort and encouragement to me. I believe the number + of true Christians is increasing among us, and as these + abound ‘the desert will blossom as the rose;’ and this + wilderness shall be glad for them. The only principal + cause of concern is the small advances that are making + towards the evangelization of the Hindoos and Mahomedans. + If you cast your eye over the map, you will perceive the + distance between the different abodes of the Europeans; + and then, suppose even at those stations something may be + doing toward this work, how is the intervening space to be + supplied?... + + “I am recovered from another attack of the liver, + much severer than last year’s, and which prevented me + from public duty for three Sabbaths: I reckon these + interruptions as the choicest blessings. The vain mind + is tempted, in full health, to lay up for many years; + but these warnings strongly impress the exhortation, + ‘whatsoever thy hand findeth to do, do it with thy might.’ + + “My European flock, as to numbers, has been at a stand + of late: some of them, however, are now grown unto some + stature in Christ; and are a source of great refreshment at + times.... + + “The old native Christian has improved of late, and some + of the native Christian flock give good evidence of a true + conversion. At times, whilst ministering among these, my + heart overflows with delight; and the simplicity with which + they express themselves is very striking. I only wish the + number of them was greater: for, alas! who, in comparison + hath yet ‘believed our report?’ + + “I am removed from this station to Agra, once the imperial + city, where are the most splendid remains of fallen + greatness in Hindoostan. One of my dear young friends, + whom I heard of yesterday, says, ‘You are the first who + has been commissioned to preach in that Nineveh repentance + and remission of sins. I see a peculiar honour conferred + upon you by this appointment. May God prosper you!’ My + soul responds, Amen! The Lord grant my entering in among + them, may be ‘not in word only, but in power, and in the + Holy Ghost, and in much assurance.’ Hitherto I have been + prevented from proceeding, but trust shortly to go on my + way, by the will of God, rejoicing. One comfort attending + the journey is, that it will take me by the abode of + dearest Martyn; and with him I shall make some stay. + + “We regret deeply that no more chaplains, who would lend a + helping hand, are coming over to assist us. In three years, + I have been preparing myself, I would hope, for greater + exertions, by learning languages, &c.; and have done some + little here towards founding a Christian church; but now, + alas! the work, to human appearance, will be at a stand. My + old deacon wishes to go with me though, and I shall take + him; though at first it seemed better to leave him with + these ‘few sheep in the wilderness:’ but those of them who + are most serious have husbands somewhat like-minded, and, + therefore, are less likely to suffer wrong; and the old man + will be very useful in a new place. Most of the Christian + men go with me, in one capacity or another; though they + are a heavy expense to me. Where we are going, I purpose + to colonize them, if God in his providence shall supply + opportunities. Oh! were you but here to talk over these + subjects with me! You cannot well have a due idea of this + country, nor of our proceedings, unless you were to be with + us; but I must restrain my feelings, and rather give you + some information that will amuse you. + + “Two days since, a Brahmin in authority here, and with whom + I have had many disputes, took away a copy of the gospels, + after I had read to him some particulars of the death of + Christ, which impressed him greatly at the time. My removal + has made him very anxious; and sometime ago, when I was + first ordered away, he came, and after many expressions of + concern said, ‘Sir, I have a great favour to beg before + you leave this place; pray cause to be written for me + your account of the first beginning of things, with the + genealogies of the first ages. Before you came, I never + heard these subjects spoken of, and when you are gone, no + one will take the trouble to unfold us any hidden thing.’ + He has now the beginning of Genesis, and the four Gospels. + Affairs on the continent have taken a most disastrous + turn[55] to our apprehension; but ‘the Lord reigneth;’ and + one thing we cannot but rejoice in, _the fall of the man of + sin_.” + + + TO THE REV. D. BROWN. + + “March 15, 1810. + + “I yesterday sent off by _banghy_[56] De Coetlegon’s + Sermons, and some chapters of Genesis in Persian, + translated by my Moonshee from my Hindoostanee + translations. It is on this account I sent the Sermons, + as the Moonshee would give me no peace until you should + have a specimen of his performance, and give your opinion + whether or no it will be of any use to go on in this + way. The occasion of doing thus much arose from some + Mahomedans about the court at Mirzapore desiring from me + some account of the books of Moses. Mr. Ricketts, the + judge, was passing this, and some people in his train. + They called upon me and immediately expressed a wish to + see some of the translations they had heard I employed + myself about. I produced the epitome done by Gladwin, it + seems, at the request of Mr. Clarke. This they read for an + hour at least, and on going away begged a copy. Afterwards + the Molwhee told the moonshee that the Koran gives a more + particular account of things than our books. To this the + moonshee answered, that what he had seen was a very concise + abridgment, but if he were to see the original he would + forget the Koran. This brought on a violent dispute. To + make good his assertion, the translation you have a copy + of was made, and the remainder of the epitome added. One + chapter was first sent to Martyn, who approved of it, + and now you must also see it. Our Cutwal[57] here is a + Hindoo, and has often, with heat, contended with me about + the comparative authenticity of our books; but on the + prospect of my leaving seems softened, and has of his own + accord begged a copy of the beginning of Genesis and of + the Gospel; which he has got. He often contends eagerly + with the Mahommedans, and puts them to silence by the + arguments he has learnt; and on the riots at Benares a + great concourse of Mahomedans came to him and my moonshee. + One night they continued to dispute until midnight, not + respecting Hindooism and Mahomedanism, but entirely + respecting the Mahomedan and Christian writings. I hope I + am getting better, but not so speedily as last year. My + flock is already as without a shepherd. I have not been + among them for a month. A few came to the house on Sunday + evening, but the exertion on the occasion, though little + more than family worship, has thrown me back.” + + + “April 3, 1810. + + “Your last letter found me very unwell, so much so, that + greatly as I wished, I could not engage in answering it. I + have no fear of being forgotten by you, yet these tokens of + your regard are indeed very acceptable. It seems a weakness + in my nature that makes me cling to creatures as I do; and + the same weakness is the source of what you are so kind as + to call by a softer name. + + “It would be a cause of deep regret to me to be excluded + from your ‘Translation library;’ you will really oblige + me by inserting my name among the subscribers, and I will + make an effort to set all straight with you and all the + world. After deducting the amount of the house here, which + I have sold and am to be paid for in August, I do not owe + above 3000 rupees: yet I do owe all I am, and all I ever + shall have in my power, to such purposes as you propose. I + will endeavour first to be just, and then I will glory in + devoting my all to the propagation of the gospel in India. + The doctors say there is no occasion for my going down the + country, but I shall be guided much by Mr. Robinson.[58] + He is near at hand; yet come I shall not without some + alteration for the worse. I have now very little pain, but + am weak and incapable of application. I should rejoice more + in visiting Aldeen than Cawnpore even, for the children are + all very dear to me, and their playfulness delights me. I + hear Martyn has received the packet from you, and has heard + from Mr. Simeon that Cambridge university voted Buchanan, + a D.D. degree.[59] I hear general M. wishes to reside at + Ghazeepore with the 67th. The poor old man has thrown + obstacles in the way of our church till the materials + are likely to be lost, but the congregation increases in + proportion to the general’s opposition. W. has often 30 at + Divine Service, and usually about 20. They sing hymns, and + are generally a very interesting people; though but a few, + as usual, give evidence of any change.” + + + “Chunar, April 28, 1810. + + “Your papers have reached me in safety;--viz. 1st. a + report for 1809. 2nd., the Agra books and papers. 3rd., + the Bibliotheca Biblica &c. The ‘Translation library’ must + prove highly useful. I have some of the books you have + mentioned--A Golius, Dictionarium Arabicum, Schultens, + Life of Saladin, Stillingfleet’s Origines Sacræ, Wells’s + Geography, and others, which shall be sent down, if + you please; except Golius, which is to be delivered to + Martyn’s care on my arrival at Cawnpore. But the ‘Bible + repository’ delights me. This is beyond all your other + highly meritorious labours, for the benefit of the present + generation. I shall send it round here, if I have time, + but I have only eight days more here, and on my arrival + at Agra will make it public. On receipt of the Report, I + sent it to some acquaintance here. One sent it to a rich + Native[60] in the city, who reads English; he has returned + it with a _Hoondee_[61] for 100 rupees, and an address + to the Bible Society. I shall, D. V. send it off to the + Secretary in due form on Monday, and he may send it for + publication; it appears to me an event that would interest + at home, but you will judge when you see the whole. It + has delighted me highly. I have been this week at Benares + taking leave. E. is not yet arrived. The old gentleman + there is most gracious always to myself, but is a raging + bear behind my back against all our measures. It has called + forth all my little energy to make the poor stand I have + against his influence. The Church has been delayed under + various pretexts twelve months, but the materials were + collected. I made those efforts since March, and at length + got permission to begin last week. Robinson undertook the + superintendence as a last resource--and his offer was + accepted. The gentleman, however, attacked him when the + work was begun, and called me by name, Augustus Brooke, and + the Salmons, fanatics, &c. I fear this will make E. less + forward than he might otherwise have been, but I have left + a few Bibles and Testaments at Wheatley’s for sale: most + are already supplied. Though I have not sold one Bible, + Robinson is anxious to get the Church ready by the time you + arrive. You can find a congregation. Several families and + some individuals spoke out on my coming away, the fulness + of a gracious heart. I often think of an expression in a + prayer of old Carey’s, in the pagoda, ‘that in the evening + of your residence in India you might see the light of truth + shine abroad.’ Your’s and his prayer are, I trust, heard. + There will be a change in European India, yea there is a + change; infidels are beginning to hide their faces, and + the young are growing up at the different stations, with + a reverence for the ways of God. I perceive the married + especially most easily prevailed with. Yesterday, on an + occasion of extraordinary awakening, I, after two or + three visits, administered the Lord’s Supper to a young + Captain and his wife, and the wife of another officer. The + latter had called her husband from a party, and entreated + him to join our worship; he could scarce refuse. She + appears serving God with all her mind, though not with + all understanding: I have just been sending her a book. + It pleases God to continue me still in much weakness, and + no little fear as to my long continuance among you. If I + desire any thing in life but to speak and act and write + for Him, I pray He may graciously disappoint me and hide + from me the evil that would follow; but if He has given me + a desire to glorify Him, I trust He will spare me a little + that I may shew forth His praise!” + +It may not be uninteresting to mention, that the letter which Mr. +Corrie states to have been written by a Hindoo to the committee of +the Bible Society, is printed at length in Mr. Owen’s History of that +Society, (vol. 2. pp. 36-38.) In transmitting the letter, Mr. C. +observed:-- + + “This native has acquired a considerable fortune, in + some employment under our government, in which it was + necessary for him to read and write in English. On being + pressed by arguments urged for the supreme importance of + Christianity, he excused himself by saying, ‘He thought + if it were so, the British government would have made the + Christian religion known to their subjects in this land.’ + This objection he urged in a variety of ways, and here the + discussion ended. On receiving the report for 1809, in + answer to this, he sent an address to the Bible Society, + written by himself, and now in my possession, requesting + that it might be corrected; which was done, retaining his + own expressions as much as possible.” + + + TO THE REV. D. BROWN. + + “May 7th. 1810. + + “This morning we left Chunar, and are now on our way to + Cawnpore. I have recovered greatly of late, but now my + sister is fallen unwell, and thus we are kept dependant, + and trust we find it best to be so. On Saturday morning, + Mr. E. arrived, but did not let me know. I however heard + about mid-day, and straightway sent an invitation to our + house. In the evening he came, and next morning Mrs. E. + and the infant; and we have left them this morning in our + former habitation. I preached a farewell sermon yesterday + morning, from Romans x. 1., first: pointing out the meaning + of salvation as including deliverance from danger:--the + danger arising from sin, the necessity of salvation from + sin if we would avoid its consequences, as well as to + make us meet for the inheritance &c. and second: Why I + wished them to be saved, viz., from the consideration of + the misery of Hell, the joys of Heaven and the pleasures + of religion here. There was great attention. I said a + good deal too, in the conclusion, on the strain of my + preaching among them,--that I was aware many did not like + it,--but pointed out the necessity of delivering my own + soul, as well as my desire not so much for their favour + and approbation, considered in itself, but as connected + with salvation. Here I intended my successor should hear + something of my opinion of our works. In the evening, + my little flock were full of expressions of kindness, + and I think it was a season that will be remembered. The + Hindoostanees came in a body, and made loud expressions + of regret at my departure, many of them weeping aloud. In + the evening too I baptized three Caffres, the servants + of a gentleman, and who had for some time been under + instruction. Many were present, and we begun the service by + singing some verses from _Veni Creator_. Two of them gave + pertinent answers to some questions on Christianity; and + on their repeating the creed in Hindoostanee most present + were melted to tears. Mr. G. has, it seems, professed to + the General that he will never go to Benares, unless he is + ordered, and the general has declared he will never order + him. The Church however is going on under Mr. Robinson, + and much interest is excited about it. The military have + desired him to make the building a handsome one, and they + will add to the subscription. Thus in spite of Satan and + those he leads captive, the work of the Lord prospers and + will prosper. I have had packets of letters on leaving, and + am astonished at the kind acceptance my little more than + abstaining from evil has met with. It seems to be a wonder + among them, that I performed my official duty when called + upon; and especially that I should express my readiness + to serve them. Dear Mr. R. is greatly excited of late + towards the best things; his heart has been deeply touched + by the death of his youngest sister, and he is tenderly + alive to the blessedness of those who die in the Lord. + This is a happy event just now, when some of the society + there, (especially one Captain) seem seriously seeking to + secure the better part. They know his Father’s character, + and the advantages he has enjoyed; and also they have + seen him more retired and more attentive to his duty than + most; and they seem now to look to him for information. + We know however, how slow of growth the heavenly plant + is, from the untowardness of the soil it falls into; we + know how many blights and thorns it is exposed to: though + some good appears, we still are not content, but, filled + with hopes and fears, we watch for the event. I told you + I had sent the plan of the library to Major Wilford. + He had not understood me, so I intend writing again. I + enclose his note with the papers, it will give you a more + correct idea of his mind towards this work than I can. I + fear E. will not take any trouble to make known the Bible + Society proceedings. I send a copy of the advertisement + to Wheatley’s shop, where it will be seen by many; and + have left one dozen Bibles, and two dozen New Testaments, + with Mr. E. at Chunar. Dr. W. I find, does our cause good + against his will, by his incivility and grasping after + fees. Do you indeed come up the country? Martyn talks + of my remaining a month at Cawnpore: at any rate I hope + to leave there to conduct you to the imperial city. It + perhaps would be of importance to get Martyn to resign the + service, and give himself to the translating and printing + the scriptures. He will not eat the bread of idleness, and + it is clear his present labours will bring an early period + to his life. I scarce know how to write it, but so it is. I + will give you a faithful account from Cawnpore.” + +The following letter, addressed to the Rev. Mr. Simeon of Cambridge, +contains a kind of retrospect of Mr. C’s labours at Chunar, and is on +that account given at length, at the risk of the repetition of a few +circumstances which have been already mentioned. + + “May 9th. 1810. + + “I know it will be agreeable to you to hear of the + progress I am making, if it may be called progress, in the + appointment I hold. Three years last February, I arrived at + Chunar, with very imperfect views of the nature of the work + I had engaged in; the habits and character of Europeans + undergo an almost entire change, after a few years + residence here, so that our work among the Europeans takes + a different turn from the work of the ministry in England. + We have to argue for the sanctity of the sabbath, the + extensive import of the seventh commandment, &c., before we + can speak of the evil of breaking these commandments. The + necessity of caring about the example we set is decried, + as, say they, ‘those we live among do not own the authority + of the scriptures &c.’ My labours have not, however, been + in vain among the Europeans. A small society among the + soldiers, I left at Chunar, and some of them will no doubt + endure unto the end. Of the higher classes many individuals + are exemplary. A church, or rather chapel, is erecting at + Benares,[62] and though my successor expresses no zeal for + the success of it, I doubt not instruments will be raised + up, and sent forth in due time. I would to God, some of + the many young men around you, were but excited to engage + in this service. As to privations, save that of separation + from dear earthly ties, which is indeed a severe privation, + we have only to fear being lulled into indolence and fatal + security. Our countrymen here ought to be held in high + estimation, and a soul saved in India is indeed a brand + snatched from the burning, whilst it is usually, also, + a valuable member restored to society; for scarcely any + motive, but that which the gospel supplies, can rouse from + the apathy and overwhelming influence of an enfeebling + climate and systematic lust. + + “Soon after February 1807, I met with a Native Christian, + who engaged in reading the Hindoostanee gospels with + me, and in September following, we began worship in + Hindoostanee, to the native wives of the soldiers. These + had been baptized by Roman Catholic priests, but were + deplorably ignorant of every christian truth. I began + also with a Moonshee to translate from the books of + Moses; and though I blush often in review of these first + attempts, they were useful in conveying some idea of the + truth, as the Native Christian, by repeated efforts on my + part, gained a correct notion of the subject, and by his + exhortations &c. conveyed it to them. About forty continued + to attend once in the week, and once on the Sabbath, till + last Lord’s day; some of these I trust to meet at the right + hand of the Judge ‘in that day.’ Two of them are truly + spiritual, and many of them unexceptionable in conduct. + The change in those who attended instruction, is manifest + to all. I baptized during my residence at Chunar, two men + and three women; the men and one woman unconnected with + Europeans, and all except one man are walking unblameably. + Beside these, many Roman catholic christians come from time + to time, and several of these are in my service. I have + five christian children also, who are going with me, that + their education may not be hindered by my removal. There + is with me also, a youth about seventeen, whose parents + are the children of Europeans; this lad gives hope that he + is a partaker of the grace of God, and is going with me + for the express purpose of learning the way of God more + perfectly, that he may become a teacher of the christians + here, in general lying in darkness as much as the heathen. + His purpose at present is, ‘according to the language of + each people,’ so that he requires instruction in English + and in the native languages also. My native flock, on my + coming away, expressed their regret by many tears, and + some by loud lamentations. The old teacher goes with me, + as there are many native christians at Agra. I wished to + have left him behind; but circumstances, with the advice of + beloved Martyn, induced me to let him come as he desired. + He will probably soon return. The tumult about missions + has subsided here, though the generality of the English + are as averse to it as ever. A riot took place at Benares + last September, which the alarmists here will no doubt + make all the use they can of, in their reports home. A + quarrel[63] took place between the Hindoos and Musselmans, + in which some lost their lives. Report at first magnified + the number to three hundred, but I have seen a copy of the + official report to government, and the following, you may + depend, is the truth. In the reign of Aurungzebe, a Hindoo + place of worship consisting of a Temple with a sacred Well + within the enclosure, (or church-yard) was seized upon by + the king’s order. The temple was appropriated for Mahomedan + worship, but the Hindoos had still access to the well. + Whilst the Mahomedans were in power, no disputes arose, for + the Hindoos consider the king’s order one road to heaven. + Since the English have had dominion, many causes of + mutual complaint have risen up, from the disrespect shewn + by the different sects to each other in their worship. + The Mahomedans, in their petition to government, state, + that amongst other indignities, the Hindoos had on a late + festival, placed an idol in the pulpit of the temple by + way of contempt, whilst the Hindoos, in their petition, + relate similar instances of disrespect, shewn to them by + the Mahomedans. The immediate cause of the riot was as + follows. An idol being some time since dug out of a ruin, a + Fakeer began to make it the object of his worship. For this + end he built over it a mud shed, and afterwards a thatched + little house, on the border of the disputed ground, where + the Mosque and Well are. A rich merchant at last vowed + before this idol, that if he might but have a child, he + would build a stone house over it: he had a child, and in + building the house, encroached on the ground the Mahomedans + claimed, who straightway collecting, demolished the idol, + and killing cows, sprinkled their blood on many temples of + the Hindoos, and destroyed a sacred pillar. The Hindoos + retaliated, and killing hogs, sprinkled their blood on the + Mosques. To prevent these fancied pollutions there was much + violence on both sides; and five men were killed and many + wounded. The soldiery put an end to the tumult. + + “May 17. I dispatch this from Allahabad. I heard here from + Martyn, who is in usual health, and with whose company + I hope to be refreshed in eight or ten days, if the + Lord will. This is a large station of Europeans, and is + highly deserving of a chaplain. It is, at present, in the + Cawnpore district. I have several occasional duties as + they are called, to perform for Martyn, and am detained + three days on that account. I may have mentioned, that at + Benares a merchant calls the soldiers and people of his + own description to worship in his house on the Sunday and + once a week; and here an inferior officer in the ordnance + department does the same. He tells me he had last sabbath a + congregation of fifteen. I have lent copies of the Village + Sermons at both places, and they use the Church of England + prayers. But the unhappy pride of rank &c. which prevails + here to an extent you have no idea of, prevents their + influence from reaching far, though they are witnesses of + God, ‘epistles of Christ, known and read of all men.’ Had + we a few more Colonel Proles, (whom I believe you know,) + the presence of more chaplains might be better dispensed + with. He officiates unweariedly, as priest, as well as + prince of the host; and you will be gratified to hear, + that very decided marks of favour from the commander in + chief have been shewn him of late. He is just put into an + important command at Delhi. I have had a more severe attack + again in the liver this spring, from which I am, through + mercy, recovering, and perceive these visitations to be + most merciful appointments; I hope they may be sanctified + to me. I trust your health may be restored by this, or that + at least, you may be continued to keep open the doors of + Trinity Church for many years.” + +The spirit of self-devotion in which Mr. Corrie left Chunar to +proceed to his new station, may be seen in these letters: in his +Journal, also, he repeatedly expresses his desire, that his removal +to Agra may be for greater usefulness in the ministry, and “that +his profiting might appear unto many.” Very earnest, too, are his +expressed prayers, that the Christian youths who accompanied him +might by his means be “led to God, through Christ, in holiness of +life;” and that he might be “enabled to walk circumspectly, so that +the Lord might sanctify his intercourse with them.” And his petition +with regard to his own soul was:-- + +“O Lord, my inmost thoughts inspect, and teach me to know myself as +thou knowest me; and not to think of myself above what I ought to +think, but to think humbly! O, help me, mighty Lord, and make me a +blessing to many!” + +Mr. Corrie reached Cawnpore on Saturday, June 2. 1810, and next day, +writes:-- + + “June 3rd. 1810, (Sunday.) I arrived here yesterday + morning. For some days preceding I have been unsettled, + and unable to apply myself to any good purpose. To-day I + have had much sweet conversation with Martyn, but ought + to lament a want of spiritual affection. In prayer dead + and lifeless, unaffected with the importance of what I am + about. O Lord, revive me! This morning I preached to the + 8th Light Dragoons, but sadly without feeling myself; and + I fear they too were. O thou, who canst make the dead to + hear thy voice, raise us to a life of righteousness! The + General here is very attentive to religious duties. I love + him for what he does; and pray, as do others, that he may + be blessed in well doing. O Lord, direct my way to Agra, + and make me a blessing there!” + +On the following Sunday we find him noting:-- + + “June 10th. 1810. I have been endeavouring to review my + ways, as connected with the ministry I engaged in this day, + in 1802. I perceive how greatly I have offended against my + engagements, in respect of personal holiness, of motives + in my ministrations, and of intercourse with the world. I + would admire the goodness of God, my Saviour, in hiding me + from the strife of tongues, in bearing with the unhallowed + fire of my public services, in preserving me from returning + to the world. Especially ought I to praise Him for any + acceptance he has given me in my work. I have been made + acceptable to many who know God, and it is no small honour + to be instrumental in building up God’s church. Some are + gone to the grave with hope in the name of Christ, through + my instrumentality, especially Dr. B., and a young man + at Sewstern. On the voyage to India, R. Y. was roused to + consider the instructions a pious father had given him; + and G. V. led to choose the better part. A young man I was + told, was alarmed on account of his sins from the first + sermon I preached at the Old Church, Calcutta. B. at Chunar + is walking in the narrow way: and I hope G. will lay hold + on eternal life. Among the soldiers, I reckon three at + Chunar, who seem truly seeking life eternal, beside many + others more or less hopeful there. But, I fear for them + all; so desperate are their situations, and trying their + circumstances. But, perhaps I ought to bless God above all + for the three native women, viz., the wife of sergeant + W. of William B. and of John W., they seem to be truly + ‘partakers of the benefit;’ and may the Lord grant that + James may go on unto perfection. O may the S’s be found + among the happy few; with Mr. and Mrs. Y. now in Calcutta! + I often think I labour in vain; and alas! in comparison of + the world lying in wickedness, what are these few? But, + how far do they exceed any reward I could possibly have + reckoned on, considering my own weakness, inattention and + worthlessness. My God, I bless thee for these! These are + my joy and crown: now, let me watch over my own soul; and, + O thou Spirit of life, and love, and liberty, accomplish + in me complete redemption! Prosper my way to Agra, and + prepare much people to thyself there, for Jesus Christ’s + sake! This evening attended the funeral of Captain W.--H. + M. 53rd. Regiment. The band played before the corpse; and + a more affecting scene I have not witnessed for a long + time. God, I praise thee that I have not been cut down as + a cumberer of the ground. O, teach me so to number my days + that heavenly, holy wisdom may be my _only_ pursuit!” + +Mr. Corrie had not been long at Cawnpore before it became apparent +that Mr. Martyn’s health was in so unsatisfactory a state, as to +render it necessary that he should be relieved from the duties of +the station. Mr. C. was in consequence detained there to assist +Mr. Martyn. His own account of this circumstance is contained in a +letter:-- + + + TO THE REV. D. BROWN. + + “Cawnpore, July 10th. 1810. + + “I have been upon writing to you daily for a long time, + till at last I know not well what I have to tell you. When + I arrived here, Martyn was looking very ill, and a very + little exertion laid him up. Since then you will know that + I have been ordered to remain here for a time, to assist + him; and he is already greatly recovered. His appearance + is much improved. His rest and appetite much more regular, + and he is altogether better. It will be well, however, if + his former weakness does not return, when he shall again + be left to the whole duties of this large station, for his + frame is by no means suited for strong labour. For myself, + I am well, and as strong as ever I recollect to have been. + If I can but avoid a return of the fever, I may last a + long while; but it is not for us to boast of the morrow. I + am under the same roof with Martyn. Sabat is within call; + and of him you will be glad to hear that he is far more + respectful and careful in his intercourse with Martyn, + than he used to be. He seems to feel that he has gone the + ‘length of his tether,’ and is evidently anxious to keep + on good terms. He seldom omits doing something in the + translations daily; so they proceed regularly. I am greatly + pleased with his corrected Persian gospels, which I can + read with facility; and having read much of the Shah Nameh, + think the style much like that book. The Hindoostanee New + Testament will, I suppose, become a standard for future + editions. To any one acquainted with the Hindoostanee of + Gilchrist, it will not be very difficult. I am decidedly + of opinion that the style of any translation for this + country, ought to be high rather than low; as it will be + the duty of expounders to understand and explain it; and + one low expression will make the whole appear contemptible. + Hard words, also, when judiciously inserted, are no great + detriment to the sense, whether understood or not, as I + have often found from the children. I have seen very little + of the people here, beside the religious soldiers. I hear + sad accounts from my former flock at Chunar. A young man, a + physician beloved in the Lord, writes me from thence, that + those I thought most staunch among the men, are fallen into + sad drunkenness again; and one of my native Christians, + too, has turned out very ill there. I had fitted up a small + church there, and left it for the use of the serious men; + but it is turned into worse than a ‘den of thieves.’” + +In the letters which follow, will be found many particulars connected +with the studies and habits of life of Mr. Martyn, which cannot +fail to be read with melancholy interest. Somewhat minute accounts, +too, of the progress of the last illness of that sainted person, +occur in the letters to Mr. Brown, and which it has not been deemed +requisite to omit; for it can never be thought superfluous to relate +“after what sort” the servants of God “have closed up their days on +earth.”[64] + + + TO THE REV. D. BROWN. + + “Cawnpore, July 31. 1810. + + “You will have received mine of the 14th. which will + have set you somewhat at ease. Martyn is much affected by + your anxiety about him; but he says, he does not consider + himself in danger; and this morning said, he thought a + month’s silence would entirely restore him. I try all + methods to induce him to leave the translation for a few + months, and sometimes seem to have prevailed; and then a + little refreshment makes him think himself well. The worst + sign seems to be that for a month past he is rather weaker + than stronger. On my first arrival he recruited greatly for + a fortnight, but is now, to say the best, at a stand. He + has agreed to go on the river to try the effect of change + and silence; and as soon as a boat can be procured will go + towards Futtygur. He objects to going to sea at present, + that the cold season here will be beneficial, and that + the damps and fogs of Calcutta would be less so at this + time; and that he is determined to leave this in February + next, in order to get to sea in March. But, the truth is, + he expects the New Testament to be done in Arabic by that + time, and that then he shall be more at liberty. The state + of his health seems this: he is easily fatigued, and then + gets but broken rest, with confused and distressing dreams. + A very little exertion in speaking produces pains in the + chest, with almost total loss of voice, and almost all + these symptoms are produced by the evening of every day. He + is sparing in his food &c., as usual, but takes sufficient + nourishment, although, he says, with little appetite, + but from a sense of necessity. I think you will consider + immediate relaxation necessary, as I do, and have urged so + repeatedly, and in such a variety of ways, that any one but + himself would think I wanted to succeed him here. But that + to me would be one of the painful circumstances attending + his removal. I think the wisdom and goodness of God evident + in my former appointment and in my present destination. I + can do a little in a quiet way for the furtherance of our + common cause, but this large station would both occupy my + whole time and make my deficiencies more conspicuous. + + “Aug. 1st. My heart is seldom so much at ease as I wish + it to be when I write to you. Our dear brother will not + believe that he is in any danger; nor is it likely he will + die immediately. A little care makes him feel better, and + now he hesitates about going on the river at present. He + has for some days been from morning till night with Sabat + at the Arabic, getting ready the first seven chapters of + Matthew: when that is done he is going on with Fitrut in + Genesis. I wish it had been convenient for you to come up; + you could have taken him back with you, _vi et armis_: + but that is past. He speaks of himself as threatened with + consumption, with all the composure others speak of a + legacy; but thinks it is not yet begun in him. The failure + of his voice, and his poor thin frame, make me fear the + worst; and I tell him freely my chief hope of a cure in + him is from a removal from this [place] and cessation from + labour immediately. + + “I can write you of nothing else at present. This subject + occupies most of my thoughts; I dare not dwell upon the + probable issue. But we may ‘have all things and abound,’ + whilst we have our God and Saviour. That hymn I sang with + a heavy heart, when I first left your paternal roof for + Chunar; and daily find it suitable. The ‘sin that dwelleth + in me’ makes my life heavy; and but for the invisible hand, + I should entirely faint, or ‘become a rebuke unto the + foolish.’” + + + TO THE REV. J. BUCKWORTH. + + “Cawnpore, Aug. 16, 1810. + + “I am now under Martyn’s roof: you know of my removal to + Agra. On our way thither, we found our brother so unwell + that I applied, and was ordered by the General commanding, + to remain here for a time to assist him. We enjoy all the + comforts of religious society we can desire. I am as happy + as I can desire to be on earth. Had I been with you, as + you kindly suggest, I could not have been more so; and, + perhaps not so useful. I am thankful no such temptation + offered to detain me in England; the wish to have been a + ‘helper together with you,’ would probably have prevailed + above all others. It is in vain to conceal that my health + has suffered from the climate; and chiefly from imprudence. + The necessity of cessation from labour it imposes is most + painful. I bless God for these sicknesses, above all His + other mercies, as connected with the salvation which is + in Christ Jesus. I trust I know that he is blessed who is + instructed whilst undergoing correction. At times, I have + had such views as I cannot describe, of the excellency + of the rest remaining for God’s people, so as to make me + ‘desire to depart and be with Christ;’ but, these sweet + moments are alas! only of short duration. How does the + corrupt nature emit clouds of vain and vile passions, which + obscure and darken the greater part of my days! Blessed be + God for Jesus Christ! + + “The account of one day will give you a general idea of + our whole manner of life. We usually rise at day-break, + and ride out. Martyn and I breakfast between six and seven + o’clock: then read the scriptures with a Polyglott before + us, and pray. Martyn then goes to his study. I go to see + Mary; and she and Mrs. S. are learning Hindoostanee in + order to be able to speak on religion to their female + servants; and if circumstances favour, to get a school of + female native children. I am their teacher. Mrs. S. has + a school of European children belonging to the regiment. + I return to reading, usually Hindoostanee or Persian. At + eleven, my Christian children come to say the lesson they + have been learning with the native schoolmaster. In the + middle of the day we have a repast; and then resume reading + till four, when the Christian children come again to read + in the Hindoostanee gospels. In the evening we meet, + usually, at Captain S’s, or Martyn’s, when we sing some + hymns, with reading and prayer before we separate. This + is the peaceful tenor of our way. At the intervals, two + days in the week I visit, and pray with, the sick in the + hospitals: on the Sabbath, public worship; in the morning + at the drum-head of one of three European corps lying here, + in rotation; in the evening of Sunday and Wednesday, we + have social worship with a goodly number of pious soldiers + in a public building fitting up, but not yet ready to open + as a church: besides these [services] once a fortnight + there is public worship in the General’s house. Except the + soldiers, all our other English rank as gentlemen. We have + here only these two classes, except a very few persons in + trade. + + “I do not consider myself at home here; and am longing for + Agra, that I may commence more extensive plans among the + heathen. My Christian boys are becoming very dear to me; + one especially is very intelligent and hopeful: they will + be well grounded in principles; and I pray God to give them + spiritual understanding. They come to me with their little + complaints, and their Arab black faces often make me very + merry; nor would I leave the often painful, because tedious + task, of attempting to make them wise unto salvation, even + to be the helper of my beloved Buckworth. + + “I know not if I wrote to you on our leaving Chunar in May. + The native teacher has returned thither; and I reckon some + of the native christians there to be truly spiritual. I + hope to have a large native flock at Agra: there are few + Europeans there, which will leave me more leisure than I + have here. Respecting our brother Martyn, his health is far + from good, his constitution far from strong: he is going to + sea before long, (D. V.) to try sea-air. May God render it + effectual to his restoration! His life is beyond all price + to us. You know what a profound scholar he is, and all his + acquirements are dedicated to the service of Christ. If + ever man, since St. Paul, could use these words, he may, + ‘One thing I do, &c., (Philip. iii. 13, 14.) He has, with a + learned native, finished the translation into Hindoostanee + of the whole New Testament; which is ready to be sent to + the press, when money is supplied. He is going on with + the books of Moses. Sabat has finished the four Gospels, + the Acts, and to 2nd. Corinthians, in Persian and Arabic, + which Martyn compares with the Greek. The Bible Society + helps nobly, and will continue to foster ‘the day of small + things’ among us. + + “It is in my heart to live, if health permits, and to die, + among these people. This, my brother, is my true life, I + find; and often, in the anguish excited by the idea of + seeing you all no more, I use those words, ‘Cease, fond + nature, cease thy strife; and let me languish into life.’ + To live to God is life indeed. I am infinitely unworthy of + the place I fill, and miserably defective in every part of + it; but no one else offers to supply my lack, so that the + little I do would be left undone, were I not where I am. + May God keep me faithful unto death! Yea, faithful is he, + therefore I shall endure: through his power, I shall meet + you before the throne. It matters not, then, where we are + for the short time of our day.” + + + TO THE REV. D. BROWN. + + “Cawnpore, Aug. 17. 1810. + + “I have made three attempts at a report respecting our + brother’s health. On the 15th. he was very lively, and then + talked of not going even on the river. Yesterday he was + weaker, and last night had a violent attack of sickness, + which has not entirely left him yet, and has brought him + to a lamentable state of weakness. What to do I don’t + know. I have urged his leaving his studies and trying + change of air, in every possible way. To-day, indeed, he + talks again of going on the river, and I hope to keep him + in this mind. Your applications for Arabic have set him + to work anew with an ardour that nothing but death can + repress. From seven in the morning till near or after six + in the evening (save a little interval at mid-day,) he is + at work with Sabat, and Mirza Fitrut. In vain I warn him + of the consequences. Never was any one so inattentive to + health, or so unskilful in sickness. I was up with him much + of the former part of last night: and without somebody + he would be worse from his unskilful applications. He is + indeed most tractable as to meats and drinks, but there my + authority over him ends. He will have told you of the delay + occasioned by want of an Arabic scribe. I don’t know how + many copies, but Sabat says ten, have been attempted of + the beginning of Matthew for you, and have failed. I wrote + to Major Wilford lately, to ask him if he would read and + give his opinion of the Sanscrit Gospels. I have received + his answer this morning. He says, ‘I rejoice to hear of + the progress that is making in the attempt to diffuse the + knowledge of the word of God among the Gentiles, but I + lament that hardly anything has hitherto been done worth + notice, to diffuse it among the Hindoos. Every thing seems + calculated for the Mussulmans.... The Sanscrit translation + of the gospels is useless, for the proud and stubborn + Brahmin will never read it. We want a good translation in + Hindee, pure Hindee.... Where the Missionaries at Serampore + have learned the Hindee, I am at a loss to divine. I hope + their assistants do not understand a word of Persian. With + regard to the Sanscrit translation, I am very unwilling + to have anything to do either directly or indirectly with + the Serampore school; but in the sincerity of my heart I + wish them success. It was my intention to have leisurely + erased all the Persian words out of my friend’s’ (Hunter’s + translation, a copy of which I gave Major W.) ‘version; + for I am not in the least afraid to revise his or any + other version, _even publicly_. It has not been in my + power hitherto (from ill health), and God alone knows + when I shall be able to resume my studies _con amore et + spirito_.’--Thus far Major Wilford.” + + + “Cawnpore, Sept. 4, 1810. + + “Our brother it seems, has told you, he is so well, all + further reports respecting his health are needless. I + would, however, prove how ready I am to comply with your + wishes, though, I hope too, all anxiety respecting Martyn’s + recovery is at an end. It seems he requires only rest. + It is to be hoped, his constitution is not unsound, but + has been greatly tried by his continual exertions. During + the last fortnight the change for the better in him has + been very evident, but on Sunday evening, the pain in + his breast returned, sufficiently to shew him, he must + not fancy himself what he once was. He began to ask, why + he should go to Calcutta?--being so much better; but + this feeling of his former complaint, has, I hope, put + all doubts on the subject to flight. Indeed I have made + his leaving the station a condition of my remaining. The + General has consented to my being put in orders to remain + here, till Martyn’s return, and to give Martyn an unlimited + leave of absence. So now, on the 1st of Nov. he purposes + leaving this for Calcutta, and is meditating schemes of + usefulness on his way down, and among the native, Armenian, + and Arabian christians in Calcutta. It will be of much + importance that you should see him, and talk with him face + to face, about the translations, &c. Sabat, I told you, is + much more on his guard and more respectful towards Martyn, + but causes him great uneasiness, by the slow progress he + makes in his work. It is indeed very trying to our brother, + as, without some change, the translations will hardly ever + be brought to an end. It is needless for me to say anything + about the subscriptions, &c. as Martyn writes to you so + fully on those subjects. For my own part, I am anxious, + that some translation should be got ready for circulation + in India; there is yet, none that seems suited to the + population we are among; and my views are chiefly confined + to these people; among these I shall probably live and die, + but no extensive good can flow from the labours of any, + till the Scriptures are ready to be delivered to them. I am + therefore more delighted with your intention of publishing + the Hindoostanee gospels, than the Arabic, whilst I pray + you God’s speed with both. About one fifteenth of the + population of this country is Mahomedan, and of that + fifteenth part, not one in five hundred knows Arabic; but + many of them are acquainted with and admire the Persian, + and all of them understand the Moors, as it is called. Many + too of the Hindoos understand it, and a skilful reader + could easily make it understood by all. + + “Sep. 12. Thus far I had written as above, but your + frequent letters from and to Martyn, made me think it + unnecessary to send this. In consequence of your last, + Martyn intends leaving this, as soon as boats can be + procured for himself and Sabat, but it is uncertain when + that may be, as boats are in great request for the General + and his suite. Martyn had frequently expressed to me his + opinion respecting the incorrectness of Sabat’s Arabic, + as well as complained of his slow progress. It is likely, + however, that his work will be found better than your last + would suggest: so few are qualified to criticise Arabic, + that probably many of the objections raised, will be + found groundless. I think, however, dearest Sir, to give + the light of life to the population of India is no small + honour put upon your Committee, and I hope you will put the + Hindoostanee translation, Martyn is bringing down, to the + press straightway. We have, during last week, been often on + the river in a borrowed pinnace, and the effect has been + good to us all. Our dear brother continues to mend, but the + length of his life will depend much on his desisting, or + not, from public duties. He would soon be laid up again, + were he to begin to preach. He would, at all events, take + half of the duty last Sunday, but beside not being heard by + half the Regiment, he was obliged to shorten the service, + and with the Faqueers in the evening, brought on the old + pain in his breast. The same employments as before occupy + me, so I have nothing new to write to you. Our society + of soldiers increases, and we are inexpressibly happy + together. Mrs. S. has been unwell, but is recovering, and + indeed we have mercies multiplied upon us without number. + May we have grace to be more thankful.” + +It may be proper here to state, that the Committee referred to in +this letter, as being instrumental in giving “the word of life to the +population of India,” was a Committee formed in Calcutta for holding +correspondence with the British and Foreign Bible Society in England. +This corresponding Committee was definitely organized in August, +1809, having Mr. Brown for its Secretary; and measures were then +adopted for carrying forward approved translations of the Scriptures +in the Arabic, Persian, Hindoostanee, and Telinga languages.[65] + +That to “live and die among” the people of Hindoostanee, which is +here only expressed as a probability, had become a settled purpose +with Mr. Corrie, may be gathered from his Journal:-- + + “Sept. 20th. This day has completed my fourth year in + India. My intention of remaining in India continues the + same, and of seeking the furtherance of the gospel among + the heathen. These Christian children engross much of my + time; but not so much prayer as they ought. I would purpose + to pray more for them. Oh! may I have grace to be devoted + to the ministry! I do determine to be so, the Lord being + my helper: my determined choice is the doctrine of Christ + and him crucified. O may my affections be more taken up + with God! A variety of circumstances have of late made me + feel that the best of creatures are subject to vanity. + I would complain of none, for the most vain are far + preferable to me; but, O may my soul be more taken up with + God! Draw me, O Lord the Spirit, and I will run after Thee! + Martyn is now going to Calcutta and to sea; and I remain + here for a time. I feel my bodily health far from strong.” + +And in writing to a near relative, about the same time, after +mentioning the intended departure of Martyn from Cawnpore, and the +consequent changes, Mr. C. adds, + + “These uncertainties make us more and more to feel that + this is not our rest. I do rejoice in the blessed hope of a + rest remaining for the people of God. + + “One of the godly soldiers departed this life last night. + His end was peaceful and blessed. His last words to me, + yesterday morning, were, ‘I desire to depart and to be with + Christ as soon as possible.’ A day or two before, on my + asking him how he was, he said, ‘Waiting to be made free + from corruption and fit for God.’ And at the same visit he + said, ‘Blessed Saviour! He has done great things for my + soul.’ His life, for some time past, had been suitable to + the gospel. This is the third who has been taken from the + little flock since we came here. Blessed be God, who raises + up one and another to supply their places. + + “One of the officers has joined himself to our meetings for + worship, &c. and is a hopeful and pleasing young man, and + a great encouragement to the poor soldiers, who for a time + were much discouraged by their superiors. + + “We have had several instances of very awful awakenings of + conscience in the prospect of death. One person, a week + or two since, could not contain his feelings in the midst + of the many sick around him, in the hospital, but openly + accused himself, and loudly called for mercy. However, the + generality, alas! are careless, notwithstanding these and + other solemn warnings. A gay, smart young Captain, a short + time since was seized with a fit in a large company, at + dinner, and died during the night. A great crowd attended + his funeral, and all the solemnity and pomp of military + parade attended, but alas! the impression passed away.... + There are indeed a few (and the number is increasing) of + godly people, scattered up and down, who are each a light + in his place.” + +The references which are found in the foregoing letter and in the +letters which follow, to the “incorrectness of Sabat’s Arabic,” +and to the “rage” of that unhappy man, “against the moonshees of +Calcutta,” are explained by the circumstance, that just before Mr. +Martyn left Cawnpore, he had received intelligence from Mr. Brown +that the translations of the Gospels into Persian were considered +to be too imperfect for publication; whilst it was insinuated that +Sabat’s translations into Arabic were but copies from some old +version.[66] This apparent failure in an object so near his heart, as +the translating of the Scriptures, occasioned great distress of mind +to Mr. Martyn; and all the evil passions of Sabat were exasperated by +the imputation cast on his learning. In these letters, may be but too +plainly traced the unrestrained workings of that pride, selfishness +and violence in Sabat which afterwards ended so mournfully, though +not unnaturally, in his apostasy from the “faith which” always +“worketh by love.” + + + TO THE REV. D. BROWN. + + “Cawnpore, Oct. 4, 1810. + + “Our brother Martyn left this on the 1st for Calcutta, + in better health than for some time, so that, but for + the Arabic translation, he would perhaps not have been + persuaded to leave this at present. Since I wrote to + you, I have had a specimen of the violence of Sabat, and + the inexpressible trouble Martyn must have had with him. + It began before the last letter of yours came, about + boat-hire. He began by writing that Martyn ought to pay + for his boat. On this Martyn referred him to you, but he + evidently wished not to speak to you on the subject. Soon + after this, your last arrived, and Martyn did not tell him + the whole of its contents; at first only said, you were + more than ever urgent for their going down speedily. As + the time drew near, he one day came in, and after much + cross-purposes, demanded to see the order for his going + down, or he would not stir; intimating that Martyn had + some sinister motive and interested purpose in taking him + down with him. It is impossible to convey to you an idea + of the aggravating manner and expressions he used. I lost + patience, and told him plainly, how unchristian his conduct + was, and how little like the gentility he pretended to. + Martyn then read him your letter, which filled him with + rage against the Calcutta moonshees, &c., and he determined + to set off instantly, and put them all to flight before + Martyn could arrive. This manner lasted two or three days, + when an invitation he had asked for, came from Baillie,[67] + and away he went to Lucknow, purposing to return the third + day. Instead of returning, he sent a note to say, he + would stay twenty days, or a month, and would translate + and Baillie would inspect; and so he would come down to + Calcutta armed for the contest with the objectors there. + Martyn was hurt at this, and wrote a statement of the + circumstances to Baillie; telling Sabat also, he should set + off as he intended, should go to sea, and that the disputed + translation would remain in suspense; and of course, as he + could not go on with the work, it was likely his salary + would be stopped; adding also, that his family would be + obliged to remove into another bungalow, as my sister + would come here. On this, Sabat wrote in the most earnest + manner, for Martyn not to go without him; at the same time + saying, he should stay four or five days longer. To this + Martyn paid no attention, but set off, and yesterday Sabat + returned, full of rage against him, and purposing to set + off to-morrow or next day to overtake him if possible, and + at all events to procure from you full redress of his many + wrongs. There is little hope that any person but Martyn, + supposing them capable and willing to superintend Sabat’s + translations, could bear with him; and indeed when the + work would be finished by him, it is difficult to say. His + unsteady and haughty temper is likely to prevent his ever + doing extensive good, not to say, that the love of money + has too evident hold of him. He has procured boats. He is + now full of expressions of concern about his wife, who is + within a month of having a child: and indeed his concern is + proper enough, but had he set off as was first agreed, he + might have been now in Calcutta. For my part, I feel quite + alone and a stranger in the midst of this large society. + Parson, you may have heard, is wishing to come here under + the idea, as he says, that I was going away, to leave + Martyn sinking under the duty. I had not thought of so + doing; but heartily glad shall I be to give place to him, + as my own strength is not likely to hold out long under the + constant duties of this station. The folly and dissipation + of the higher sort, cast me greatly down. How to deal + with them, I know not. The church was opened last Sunday, + which may give me more opportunities with them, than I + should otherwise have had. A few of the poor receive the + word gladly, and they are our joy and crown. Your opinion + of the Native boys, has caused me great disquietude. I was + convinced of danger as to their turning out well, but hoped + not quite so much as you describe. It has made me more + watchful over them: but I shall make a fair experiment with + them. I trust all your family are enjoying good health, and + as much comfort as this world of sin and sorrow will admit + of.” + + + TO THE REV. H. MARTYN. + + “Cawnpore, Oct. 8, 1810. + + “Yours of the 3rd. from Allahabad, came only yesterday. + We were thankful to hear you had got so far in safety. I + received the enclosed also yesterday, and sent one or two + of less consequence for you to Calcutta. We had a very + large congregation yesterday, beside the morning service + with the 53rd. I have escaped with a severe head-ache this + morning; I trust to be quite well to-morrow. I called at + R----‘s, G----‘s, E----‘s, and B----‘s this morning, so + am making great progress in my work, I hope; though this + of calling is a very insignificant part of it. I have, + since you left, seen in the life of President Edwards, + that he thought ministers should consider their talent for + conversation, and, if they cannot improve conversation &c., + should stay at home. If I had the least pretension to his + usefulness in the closet, I should be inclined to dwell + there. The gateway to the church shall be put up as you + wish; at present we are busy making Sabat’s house sweet. I + have got the christian children close by the book-room, and + hope to have a watchful and effectual eye over them now. + + “I wrote to Mr. Brown on Thursday, and gave him a + particular account of my opinion of Sabat. I told him, + what, I fancy, I did not tell you in the former cover + enclosing Mr. Brown’s, that on Sabat’s return from + Lucknow, he expressed great warmth about your going without + him, and the subject of your letter to Baillie. It seems he + was sorely hurt at your writing to Baillie on the subject; + Baillie had shewed him the letter, &c. He wished me to + side with him in thinking you had treated him as a Hindoo, + &c. After many words, I told him, that no other person + I knew, would have borne with him as you have done; and + that all the christians in Europe would think so, if the + circumstances were known. This stopped his violence; and + during the few remaining days he shewed great humiliation, + and at parting _seemed_ much cast down. I hear he had + been beating the _dandees_,[68] and they all ran away at + Georgemow, but as I have heard no more, suppose he got off + somehow. The Mirror is come this week as usual; when you + arrive, be so good as to order it to come in my name, as I + wish to continue it. There have been enquiries respecting + you, from everybody I have seen, and as many kind wishes + for your speedy return in health.” + + + TO THE REV. D. BROWN. + + “Cawnpore, Oct. 10, 1810. + + “I sent off yesterday by banghee, a correct copy of + the Hindoostanee New Testament, for Martyn at your + house; he has one copy with him beside. I heard from + him from Allahabad on the 3rd., he was going on his way + prosperously. I have sent some letters that came here for + him, to meet him at Patna. Shepherd will be here in a few + days. He was to leave Meerut on the 1st. I have then the + whole range of the Doab.[69] Our new church was opened, + as I told you, by Martyn, and we had a larger attendance + on Sunday last. The natives are greatly pleased with the + bell; they argue for the antiquity and holiness of their + own use of bells in their temples, from the English also + using them. The Sherwoods are living next door, and have + made a gate into our garden. The continual calls of duty + of one kind or other, leave me very little time with + them. I have got the christian children within call of + my window, and entirely separated from the other parts + of the premises. Mary talks of beginning a school for + native christian girls. She can read the Persian character + pretty readily, and we have a promising half-caste boy, + who will be her schoolmaster. We are progressing, I think, + both among the Europeans, and in our little establishment + for the natives; yet, I know not why, my mind is almost + always cast down and without hope. The select meeting of + the poor soldiers is a source of much, and almost the + only refreshment to me. I would desire greatly to begin + a meeting with the 8th Light Dragoons, where many of the + men are hopeful, but I fear my bodily strength would sink + under it, for as it is, I cannot keep quite rid of a cough + and other symptoms of weak lungs. I know, however, that my + Redeemer liveth,--let me quietly leave all with him, and + he will bring it to pass! When will the chaplains Dr. B. + mentioned, arrive? Simeon says, he can get no chaplains to + come out; even worldly men dread our climate so much, they + will not encounter it.” + + + [54] Owen, Hist. of the Bible Society, Vol. 2. pp. 1-32. + + [55] Alluding probably to the successes of Napoleon in + Germany, which terminated in the treaty of Schönbrun. + + [56] Carrier. + + [57] A kind of Police officer. + + [58] Son of the late Rev. T. Robinson, of Leicester. + + [59] Pearson’s Memoirs of Dr. Buchanan, vol. 2. p. 211. + + [60] Named _Jounarain Ghoshaul_, a resident in Benares. + + [61] Bill of Exchange. + + [62] Mr. Corrie laid the first stone of this Church, on + the morning of Tuesday, April 29, 1810. + + [63] A full account of this religious tumult is given in + Bishop Heber’s Journal. + + [64] Hooker, “A remedy against Sorrow and Fear.” + + [65] Owen’s History of the Bible Society, vol. ii. pp. + 14, 15. + + [66] See Martyn’s Letter to Mr. Brown, dated Sept. 10, + 1810. + + [67] The English resident at Lucknow. + + [68] Native boatmen. + + [69] The whole country lying between the rivers Ganges + and Tumna. + + + + + CHAPTER VIII. + + RESIDENCE AT CAWNPORE. + + +After Mr. Martyn had taken his departure for Calcutta, the clerical +duties connected with Cawnpore devolved upon Mr. Corrie. Some idea +of the varied and laborious nature of those duties will have been +gathered from the foregoing correspondence, and will have been +sufficient to explain the anxiety with which the arrival in India of +additional Chaplains was made the subject of enquiry. Not the least +fatiguing portions of a Chaplain’s duty were the long journeys he +was repeatedly called on to make, for the purpose of solemnizing +marriages between Europeans, and administering the Sacrament of +Baptism to their children. Two journeys of this kind Mr. C. had +to undertake within a month after he had been in the sole charge +of Cawnpore:--one into Bundelcund, the other to Coel, distant at +least 200 miles up the country. In the latter journey Mr. C. was +accompanied by a young friend; and under date of Nov. 20, remarks, + + “COEL. Arrived here this morning, to marry a couple. I have + reason to be thankful that my pride, and angry feelings + have been more in subjection towards the servants this + journey. I have, however, to lament one instance of undue + anger; but, in general, their perverseness has not caused + the impatience and excitement as on former occasions; ‘be + not high-minded, but fear:’ ‘by faith ye stand.’ During the + journey to Mynpoorie, G., expressed, on the whole, true + christian conduct, love of the word of God, and prayer, and + often feeling impressions of his own unworthiness before + God, and the need of the Holy Spirit’s grace, to perfect + him in holiness; which, also, on Sunday evening, he spoke + of, as if he felt their comforting and sanctifying power. + May the Lord God, the Saviour, confirm, strengthen, and + establish him! + + “At Mynpoorie, the proposition for public worship was + readily entertained, and most of the station, (in all + fifteen,) attended at the judge’s house on Sunday. I + preached on the benefit of the scripture history, with some + boldness, and comfort to myself; and there was a great + attention given; and afterwards two baptisms.” + +It would seem from circumstances noticed in his Journal, that +in consequence of his declining to take part in some frivolous +amusements that were going on at Coel, Mr. Corrie did not meet +with that kindness and social regard which he might naturally have +expected; and his affectionate spirit seems to have been somewhat +deeply wounded. + + “O my God!” he observes, “I bless thee that thou didst + deign to look upon me, and to call me to the adoption of a + son, through the grace of Christ! I have said unto my soul, + ‘The Lord is my portion in the land of the living.’ Why + should a soul its thirst bemoan, who has a fountain near? + I would not take one step backward to conciliate their + [favour.] ‘Let them return to thee, but return not thou + to them.’ [Jerem. xv. 19.] My soul adores the divine will + in this command. No more would I go to the world. I have + observed much of late, what Newton expresses in the hymn, + ‘Prayer answered by crosses.’ I have been desiring to be + more dead to the world, and the Lord has been pleased to + make it bitter to me.” + +His Journal then proceeds:-- + + “Agra, Nov. 26th. Arrived here yesterday morning from Coel. + In the morning, on viewing the magnificent remains of this + city, I was not duly sensible of the vanity of earthly + glory. O that my mind were always alive to the vanity of + present things, in comparison of eternal! + + “In consequence of orders from Colonel B., the European + artillery, to the amount of four hundred, attended divine + service in the dewan. I stood on the marble slab which was + occupied formerly by the vizier, when handing up petitions + to the emperor, in the balcony above. Many of the officers + attended; I preached from Malachi iii. 18. I much fear they + did not understand me, but a general attention was given: + in the afternoon, I went out to Nonilla, and baptized + three children; several of the young officers attended, + and kneeled down very devoutly. My heart rejoiced, and was + raised to God for a blessing upon them. To all appearance, + they are such as our Lord, in the days of his flesh, would + have loved; my soul desires their salvation. Oh, that the + Lord would take them effectually in hand! Oh, the depth + of divine wisdom and knowledge! Alas, that these engaging + forms of human nature should be slaves of sin, and so, + objects of the divine displeasure. Just and righteous + are thy ways, O king of saints! Oh, how I ought to praise + God for the acceptance He gives me among men who yet are + by no means conformed to His word! Oh, may the good Lord + make them willing and obedient, that they may be blessed + with all spiritual blessings in Christ; and, may all their + kindnesses be returned a hundred fold into their bosoms!” + +Some further particulars of Mr. Corrie’s journey up the country, as +well as of his flock at Cawnpore, are found in the following letter. + + + TO THE REV. H. MARTYN. + + “Cawnpore, Dec. 21, 1810. + + “I returned last night from Muttra and Agra, and found + your’s of the 3rd instant.... If I were in Calcutta, I + should vote against your preaching every week. If you + will not take rest, dear brother, come away back, and + understand, if you can, from those in power, if I am to be + permitted to remain with you here, or not. At Agra there + will be little labour among the Europeans; some good, I + suppose, might be done among the native christians. I this + time visited the Roman Catholic place. The premises are + large, but every thing going to decay from the covetousness + of Angelo. There is a church of one long room, the roof + arched, at the east end a round recess, like the Mosques of + the Mahomedans, and a picture of the Virgin with a child + half as large as herself, over the high altar. At Agra + we had no public worship on Sunday; there was nobody in + garrison, and the Artillerymen were a far way off. Colonel + M. sent after me a draft for 1600 rupees!!! I suppose he + meant to try, whether a mighty bribe would not prevail to + draw me from our purpose.[70] I returned it with thanks, + and have heard no more of the matter. I have been with + Captain P. who commands the 53rd, and he will send to + desire the Regiment to be marched to Church on Sunday. I + hear from C--, that the society continues to walk in the + fear of the Lord, and are, I hope, multiplying in number. + Some new members are to be admitted to-night, I do not + know how many. I regret to hear, the man of the 8th. you + remember, has been behaving ill since I was here, yet there + is one it seems, who is disposed to come out from among + them. He has been often with C--, so I shall go down as I + intended and fixed with the schoolmaster of the 8th. though + the above man was the first encouragement, and must now be + kept at a distance. I should not forget to tell you, of + dear Harrington’s continued stedfastness, and attention + to the men when I am absent, which is no doubt one reason + of their consistency. S. has invited the religious men to + a dinner on Christmas day. They must be greatly comforted + by these circumstances, no longer constrained to hide + themselves through fear of man. We are all well, blessed be + the Lord our Saviour. May you increase in strength of body, + and be strengthened with all might by the Spirit in the + inner man. Love to all the saints. All here wish you grace, + mercy, and peace. + + “I shall proceed with all care with Mirza. There is no + fear of any further inconvenience. I have resisted; he + has submitted; we are now as before. I have not seen him + to-day, but will, (D. V.,) write fully about him in a few + days.” + +Letters which Mr. Corrie addressed to Mr. Martyn and Mr. Brown +respectively, a week later than the preceding date, give a pleasing +account of the state of the congregation at Cawnpore; and supply, +also, a specimen of the difficulties with which the earlier +Missionary labourers in India had to contend, in their efforts to +secure translations of the Word of God into the native languages. + + + TO THE REV. H. MARTYN. + + “Cawnpore, Dec. 26, 1810. + + “Yesterday divine service was appointed at eleven. Few of + the soldiers came, but the body of the church was entirely + filled with the gentry. Colonel and Mrs. W. came, and + brought many of the officers of the 8th. The civilians too, + were all present. We had upwards of fifty at the Lord’s + table:--three complete tables. Among them the above and + Dr. M., Captain and Mrs. E., Mr. G. S. and Harrington of + the 53rd, with many of the soldiers beside the society.... + There were three more admitted to the society on Friday + night. On Sunday one part of the 53rd were marched to + Church. At two, I therefore went to the school-room of the + 8th, and about thirty came. One of them has lately been + several times to the Church: several of them were disposed + to be attentive. S. had a number of the religious men at + dinner. Harrington dined with us, and after dinner we went + over and staid awhile at S.’s. It was a very happy time.... + Mr. G. has been reading Newton on the Prophecies, and + has now Edwards on Redemption. This, with his attendance + yesterday, and general sobriety, looks well. Captain G. and + P. are both unwell; E. is better: I fear his impressions + are gone; B. has been unwell too; perhaps you do not know + him, he is an acquaintance since you left. Indeed, I have + seen them almost all, but have not been at the mess. + + “Yesterday I baptised my little boy by the name of Osman + Daniel.[71] The child afterwards was reading the Gospels + almost all day. I have not shewn your _muvishtee_ to + Fitrut. He has got to the end of Joshua, and does on an + average more than two chapters a day. Beside that without + your reviewing his work, it will be but little worth; and + if he were doing it by task work, it would be still more + incorrect. The first discontent he shewed was only the + usual policy of an Indian to try how far his influence + extended; I took no notice of it, but positively refused + his demands; and for two or three weeks made no inquiry + after him, on which he came entirely into the old plan. He + comes every day, and we translate a collect or two: and in + this way I shall have the Prayer book, as well as the Bible + translated. We have begun a little work of Mrs. Sherwood’s + also, in the manner of the Pilgrim’s Progress, which I tell + him, he shall receive some gratuity for doing. This seized + upon him instantly, and he would fain have taken the book + with him; but I would not allow that, lest the greater work + be hindered.” + +Mr. Corrie’s private reflections on the religious services mentioned +above, were as follow: + + “25th. [Dec. 1810] A large attendance at church, and above + fifty attended at the Lord’s table. O may their souls be + nourished by grace divine! My own heart all the morning + unfeeling and hard, during the whole of divine worship; + and at dinner on going to S.’s. to see their party of + godly men, and joining in a hymn with them, my soul melted + under a sense of the Lord’s grace and love to me. O may + this impression remain; and may its constraining influence + attend me! Prepare me for my evening work, O Lord the + Spirit, Amen!” + + + TO THE REV. D. BROWN. + + “Cawnpore, Dec. 26, 1810. + + “I send enclosed a letter to Martyn; if he is gone to sea, + you will peruse it, and send it after him. The account of + Fitrut and the translation, you are concerned in, as much + as he is, and I shall give you an account of our progress + from time to time. We are all here very busy in one way or + other, but with all our bustle we should not be missed if + taken away from the face of the earth. I trust, however, + some seed is sowing, that may spring up another day. The + half-caste lad, I have had now a year, during which, + not one instance of misconduct has come to my hearing. + Yesterday he seriously devoted himself to the work of a + Missionary, after a free choice, on my part, given him, to + be a writer, or any thing else, I could serve him in. He + has begun to-day to learn Latin from Lieut. Harrington, + who is teaching one of the officer’s sons, and an orphan + European boy, Latin. He is now about eighteen; he is + reading and writing Persian too, and learning to translate + into Hindoostanee his native tongue. The other native boys + make considerable proficiency. I keep a strict hand over + them.” + +On the first day of the new year, Mr. Corrie again wrote to Mr. +Martyn, but it was chiefly about private matters. The letter, +however, to Mr. Brown, which enclosed that to Mr. M. is of more +general interest. + + + TO THE REV. D. BROWN. + + “Cawnpore, Jan. 1, 1811. + + “I send another note for Martyn. He tells me you must + wait for paper from England before you can print the + Hindoostanee. The late arrivals in our department are not + favourable specimens of their labours at Cambridge and + Leadenhall street. They are frightened, I fancy, by the + Twinings,[72] &c.: but yet what can they do if men will + not offer themselves? During my late journeys in these + parts, I observed the idol-temples and the mosques, in + most places falling to decay, and with little appearance of + being frequented. Here and there a rich underling of some + of the Company’s servants has retired and built a pagoda + to commemorate his ill-gotten wealth; but in general, + the spirit and fury of idolatry does not appear. I have + thought much, if the time were but come for the labourers + to enter in, the gospel would not fail to be attended to. + But where are the labourers? At best, I was never but an + under-servant, and now my hands are full of Europeans: + and the Company’s Chaplains will always be so, unless + there were more of them. May we have more of the spirit of + prayer, that the Lord may ‘give the word,’ and then ‘great + shall be the company of the preachers!’ + + “I have very little comfort in the work of the ministry + among the Europeans. I consider it always a secondary + consideration, yet how to be doing it more for the heathen, + I know not. At Agra, I suppose there may be greater + opportunities; but Martyn will not hold up many months + under the duties of this station, so I hope to be continued + with him.” + +The following extract from his Journal informs us of Mr. Corrie’s +private occupations and purposes:-- + + “January 2nd, 1811. I am much occupied in reading Greek, + and other exercises, tending, I hope, to mutual benefit + with H., but let me not deceive myself in fancying it all + duty, when it is all so agreeable. The children have made + considerable progress during the past year: as much as I + could expect. James has begun Latin, under the express idea + of becoming a teacher of others: and may he have grace to + give himself willingly to this work! I am very much taken + up with schemes for the furtherance of the gospel; but + little is yet done. The Europeans require more time and + labour than I have to give [to them.] Blessed be God for + some success among them. O may they [who fear God] increase + in number! During the year, my proficiency has been very + scanty: some knowledge of the history of this country, some + proficiency in Hindoostanee; the Hindoostanee catechism: + these are my chief employments, beside my ministry among + the Europeans. I purpose to be more in the study of these + languages, more in writing sermons, more attentive to + the children; to translate the Pilgrim’s Progress, the + Prayer book, and any other work that may be useful to the + children. Lord, direct my steps, and make me an instrument + of good for Jesus’ sake, Amen!” + +It will be recollected that, in consequence of a sermon which Mr. +Brown preached on New-year’s day, 1810, an important effort was made +to supply the Christians of Tanjore with Bibles. Encouraged, it would +seem, by the success which attended that effort, Mr. Martyn, whilst +in Calcutta was induced to occupy Mr. Brown’s pulpit on the 1st of +January, 1811, for the purpose of making “An appeal on behalf of +900,000 Christians in India who were in want of a Bible.” This Sermon +not only produced a lasting effect on those who heard it delivered, +but having been printed and widely circulated, called forth among the +Europeans in India, a strong feeling of sympathy in behalf of the +native Christians, and contributed mainly towards the formation of +an Auxiliary Bible Society in Calcutta. It is to these circumstances +that allusion is made in the following letter; although the Auxiliary +Society was not actually formed till the 21st of February.[73] + + + TO THE REV. D. BROWN. + + “Cawnpore, Jan. 28, 1811. + + “I am much pleased with the idea of an Auxiliary Bible + Society. I wonder the thought had not occurred before. When + we receive Martyn’s sermon I hope we shall be able to get + you help from this [place]. I have mentioned the sermon + in several places, and it will be read here with great + eagerness. We have no support from our new General: he sets + but a very indifferent example to the community, whilst + he is quiet and civil enough in private. ‘To the poor the + gospel is preached,’ and they receive it, though not in + great numbers. + + “I have had five long journeys since November, and expect + to go to Bareilly next week to attend two marriages. At + the other end of the cantonments I have lately begun to + assemble the Light Dragoons on a Thursday evening. At first + many came, and a few still continue to attend. Most of our + Hymn-books are distributed, and numbers of the Bibles, but + few of the New Testaments.... + + “I am at present in very good health, and strong to labour. + We have service three times on Sundays, and on Wednesday, + Thursday, and Friday evenings. The distance between the + two European regiments, makes double labour, but (blessed + be God!) it is not labour in vain. And whilst there is no + service that could well be dispensed with I can do nothing + better than patiently ‘spend and be spent,’ while strength + remains. Even now the hospitals are sadly neglected, but + the godly men, and especially Harrington, supply the lack + with great diligence.” + +Of the journey to Bareilly (about 170 miles distant from Cawnpore) +there is a short notice in Mr. C’s Journal, dated, + + “February 21st. I have had a journey to Bareilly. H. went + with me to Futtyghur. I have reason to bless God for + preservation from angry tempers during the journey, and + for the much sweet converse I had with H. In riding along, + our manner was to read a sentence from a book, and to + converse upon it; or sing a hymn. In this way weariness + was prevented, and my heart often burned within me. Let me + however watch and pray that the things which I have wrought + be not lost. O, may I never be suffered to faint or grow + weary in the heavenly way! My inward frame and spirit is + sadly prone to this. I have to drag this ‘body of sin’ + along with me. How often would my spirit sit down to rest; + or, wearied with the constant load, yield to the death! + Lord, preserve and uphold me to the end! Amen.” + +During the two months following the date of this extract, Mr. Corrie +was chiefly occupied with the ordinary clerical duties at Cawnpore. +Besides these however, he did not cease to employ himself in urging +on the translation of the Old Testament into Hindoostanee, which +Mirza Fitrut had commenced under the superintendence of Mr. Martyn; +and Mr. C’s correspondence about this time shews him, also, to have +been actively engaged in furthering the objects contemplated by the +Calcutta Bible Society, and in collecting subscriptions for it. Thus +in a letter to Mr. Brown, Mr. C. observes, + + “April 8, 1811. + + “I wrote to Fitrut on the receipt of your last. He sends + word, that he is unwell, but will come over soon. I expect + him daily, but suppose he will raise obstacles. The copy + of Martyn’s sermon which Mr. T. sent me, has not been at + home a day since it arrived. Applications from all hands + are daily made for it. The people are astonished at the + _number_ of Christians in India. Whilst they have been + objecting to conversion, behold a harvest is already + gathered! I have the promise of many subscriptions, + chiefly, indeed, from those who have not much to give; but + till I can tell them all about you in Calcutta, I know not + exactly on what ground to ask for subscriptions.” + +And, again, in a letter to Mr. Brown, during the same month:-- + + “By Fitrut’s desire I send you the enclosed. Before it + arrives, you will have determined on his request. He is + now ready to set off, but that I do not choose absolutely + to promise the increase of salary he wishes for. In the + meantime, he is going on translating, and he comes every + morning for an hour or two, to superintend my translations + also. No _banghy_ has yet arrived with sermon &c., but Col. + P. has written to Lieut. L., assistant commissary here, + requesting his aid and exertions for the Bible Society. He + sent a sermon and a copy of the proceedings, &c.[74] Mr. + Lumsdaine, accordingly, is getting subscriptions from his + friends. The general has given 200 rupees, and the plan of + the society is generally approved. The public attention + has been greatly excited, and our friends here thought it + advisable to give the subject all the publicity possible; + so yesterday, I gave notice from the pulpit, that on Sunday + next, I shall preach a sermon on the subject of the Holy + Scriptures, and state the views of the society lately + formed in Calcutta, in aid of the British and Foreign Bible + Society in London, &c. I had before waited on Mr. L. and + agreed to act in concert. Thus, more advantage to the cause + is likely to arise than we ever hoped for; we want only + copies of proceedings, &c., to gratify the attention thus + far excited, before it subsides. + + “The religious men of the 53rd., I understand, mean to + give each a month’s pay. They say, they have before been + called upon for a month’s pay, to help to carry on the war, + much more will they contribute ‘to the help of the Lord + against the mighty.’ I have great reason for thankfulness + for the acceptance the word of God has among us. The church + is usually crowded in the part allotted to the gentry, + and our societies increase considerably. Even the wild + Irish Roman Catholics of the 8th Light Dragoons, pay great + attention, and the Thursday evenings attendance increases. + A sergeant, his wife, and several others of them, appear in + good earnest seeking salvation. The Company’s Europeans are + the least attentive, and indeed, with a few exceptions, the + Company’s officers are the least constant at church. I have + a Hindoostanee congregation of nine, every morning, and am + going through the Epistles with them. The half-caste lad + I have mentioned, has began to read to them. He continues + to give good hope that his heart is in the work; and the + children also, continue improving. I am often greatly + exhausted from the frequent public services, and feel often + much inward weakness. Should I ever be relieved from this, + I would try to get to sea for a few weeks, just recruit + strength, and prevent the frame from giving way entirely. + I have many thoughts about Benares; if you send the copies + of proceedings to E., I fear he will never distribute + them. You should send some to Robinson. I am desirous to + see the proceedings of Martyn, when you can spare his + letter. You cannot suppose how widowed I feel from his + absence.... Mr. Y. tells me there is a Bible Depository in + Calcutta. Who has the charge of it? I have been applied to + for information about it, but could give none.... To-day, + I have a letter from Martyn dated 19th March, ‘Bombay,’ + containing extracts from Simeon, on _not_ taking fees, far + more pointed than his cautions to P.” + +But assiduously occupied as Mr. Corrie thus appears to have been in +furthering every plan that promised to yield moral benefit to his +fellow-men, he was nevertheless alive, at the time, to the importance +of watching over the state of religion in his own soul. On the +anniversary of his birth-day he writes:-- + + “April 10th. This day I am thirty-four. It was the night + I heard of my mother’s death, February 1798, that I first + remember my resolutions made to be religious. Till the + summer of 1801, I went on sinning and repenting, as I + thought; but quite ignorant of the author and finisher of + salvation. In the latter end of that year, my views of + scripture truth became more distinct; and, since then, + I have gone on my way, ‘looking unto Jesus;’ but every + year has brought me, it should seem, only experience + of my own depravity. True, I have experience of ‘the + Lord’s mercy,’ too, in that I am ‘not consumed;’ and the + fulness, freeness, and efficacy of the ‘fountain opened’ + to purify my guilty soul is so fully known to my soul, + and my own hope in that ‘blood shed for the remission + of sins,’ so stayed, that my own guilt does not dismay + me, as it otherwise might well do: at the same time, one + propensity after another to evil starts up so unavoidably, + that doubtless, my soul is ‘full of wounds, and bruises, + and putrifying sores:’ to Thee, therefore, O divine + Physician, do I turn my fainting eyes. I come to Thee for + healing, that it would please Thee to cast the salt of + Thy grace into this impure fountain, that the streams may + be purified from the noxious qualities, which now render + unfruitful the whole field of the soul. O Lord, I pray + that the overflowings of sin may be restrained; teach me + to watch and pray; quicken me to diligence in this work, + and service; enable me to ‘give attendance to reading, to + exhortation, to doctrine;’ to ‘give myself wholly to them, + that my profiting may appear’ in the edification of thy + people, through the Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ!” + + “June 10th. This day nine years ago, I was ordained a + deacon; and on the twelfth of June, two years after, a + priest. I have sinned grievously in respect of personal + holiness; and, during the last year, also, I fear, as + much as ever. I know not what to do against my strong + foe, ‘whose name is legion.’ The Lord knows I purpose + perpetual enmity with every sin; and, I think, if it were + the will of God to take away every disposition to evil, + I should rejoice; but, at the same time, should require + such measures of grace to keep me humble, as seem out of + the way of God’s usual method to bestow. Indeed, when I + feel such a disposition to self-importance in a very short + time, if my evil dispositions are quiet, what devilish + pride should I not be puffed up with, if my heart were + freed from corruption. Blessed be God, I can say, that no + sin hath dominion over me; yet do I not justify myself: + though I am often surprised, and get a spiritual fall, yet + the enemy cannot keep me down: by faith I rise, by faith I + stand; and ‘in the Lord have I righteousness and strength.’ + I have been at Cawnpore about a year; and since October + have had the whole charge: ten are added to the (religious) + society since then; and several are enquiring after the + ways of godliness. Some of the light dragoons, (especially + sergeant R.) are, I hope, seriously impressed. Gracious + God, I praise Thee for these fruits! I have to mourn my + unprofitableness among the better sort. I think I am not + suited to do good by much visiting, and, therefore, stay + at home. I have been employed a great deal in translating + for the children; and Nicholas is very hopeful: these in + all are six, besides those who came yesterday. God of all + grace, the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, give me a + larger portion of the Holy Spirit’s grace: make me holy + in body, soul, and spirit; ‘holiness becometh thy house.’ + O Lord, my soul is athirst for holiness. Teach me how to + preach holiness through the Spirit, and by the Saviour! + But, I am forbidden by the doctors to preach, on account + of this liver. May I pray the more for the souls around + me: O for a spirit of grace and supplication! To Thee, O + Lord, have I dedicated myself; at thy table, yesterday, + did I give myself away to Thee; and, though the watchful + enemy robbed me of part of the benefit, yet, I know, thou + hast accepted me: Thou didst sit at thine own table; it + was a season of refreshment to many, as well as to myself; + about fifty attended; in the evening, a large congregation. + I hope soon to establish worship for the Hindoostanees; + James, I trust, is fully bent on this work, though he has a + good deal of youthful levity about him. Lord, bless all my + flock, my dear family, and friends! Bless my soul, O Lord, + and let my soul praise Thee at all times!” + +The following letter to Mr. Simeon, whilst giving a general outline +of the religious condition of Cawnpore, as presented during Mr. +Corrie’s ministrations at that station, explains also, the lofty, +self-denying principle on which both Mr. Martyn and himself had +decided to waive the accepting of any fee for the celebration of +marriages, &c. + + “Cawnpore, June 4, 1811. + + “As your Indian friends are, at this time, widely + separated, I shall not be likely to trouble you with + repetition of intelligence from this quarter, and I know + you will take part in the hopes and fears attending the + work of the ministry in this place. You will, I hope, hear + from Mr. Martyn himself from Persia; the last I heard of + him was from Bombay, March 19th. He had benefited little, + or nothing, from the change. Since his departure, I have + had much encouragement in my work. I began with a very + discouraging impression of my unfitness to stand up in + his place, but the word delivered in weakness, has been + attended with power to several. Ten have been added to the + religious society, and several are on probation, in one + of the European Regiments; in the other, some good has + been done, and even from among the Company’s Artillery-men + (surely the most hardened against all good, of any set of + men I ever saw) five are become regular attendants at the + Lord’s Table. We might have hoped for more abundant fruit; + but that it was the Divine will I should be laid up a third + time with the liver, and obliged to desist from all labour + but the Sunday’s duty. I am now so affected with mercury, + that I cannot appear next Sunday, but I am happy to say, + that for several days the pains have left me, and I trust + the disease has subsided. I hope the life, thus repeatedly + renewed to me, will be more than ever devoted to the work + of the ministry, for truly I find no life like living to + Christ. His service is perfect freedom and a great reward! + + “My absence from the Irish regiment has been most felt; + as in the English regiment, one of the officers, a nephew + of the late Dr. Elliston of Sidney College, has supplied + my lack of service, by reading &c., having ‘first given + himself unto the Lord.’ We have every Wednesday evening + a party of friends, who take sweet counsel together. It + consists, when altogether, of a Lieutenant of Dragoons + and his wife, the Paymaster of the 53rd and his wife, an + Assistant Surgeon, the above Lieutenant, my sister, and + a young lady who is living with her; we sometimes have + beside, another Surgeon and his lady, who have been brought + up among religious people; an officer on the staff here, + and, now and then, a friend from the country; and there are + others, who approve and are hopeful, though they do not yet + care to come out from the world. When we thus happily meet, + we are encouraged to think, the whole world must speedily + bow before the word of the Lord; but, alas, we return again + with the complaint of Melancthon. The multitude, alas, + tread heedlessly the broad way! + + “You will know of the formation of an Auxiliary Bible + society in Calcutta. It has raised ‘no small stir about + that way.’ Here we have had good success, but the enemy + also has been at work. My application to the Commander + of one of the corps here, was yesterday returned, with + many concessions as to the purity of our motives, but + representing this new association as the most dangerous + thing imaginable, and praying me, and others, to desist + from promoting the objects of it. In two entire regiments, + out of the five, we have been thus hindered, but blessed + be God, we have a majority, even in point of numbers. One + undeniable benefit has arisen from it, even to the English; + for after a sermon I preached on the subject, April 28th, + we had a greater number of applications for English Bibles, + than for many months together before. + + “During this month my school of Christian boys has + increased to nine. I hear them myself twice a day, and + find they learn even quicker than many English boys. Some + of the parents, seeing how desirous I am to retain these + children at school, plague me not a little for money to + support themselves also, saying they must otherwise remove + to some other place, and take their children with them. The + Christian man I left at Chunar, has within these few days + arrived here, having left his charge. The house I fitted + up, is still used for public worship by the Europeans, but + no one pities my poor black flock, so they are again left + in the wide wilderness. A few of them, who have, I trust + been made partakers of the Holy Ghost, and have tasted + of the good word of God, attend the service in English, + though they understand nothing of what is said, yet they + hear the name of ‘_Jesu Kreesht_,’ and, that, they say, + ‘is pleasure.’ At this place there are many Christians of + Portuguese descent, but, in language and manners, quite + Hindoostanees. Through two of my Christian people, who, + I trust, are real Christians, a desire has been excited + among them for hearing and reading the Scriptures. The + youth I have mentioned, of European descent, is with me + still, and very promising. I hope to establish worship in + Hindoostanee, in a month’s time, for the above native + christians here, and to make this lad officiate. If I were + able to officiate myself, I would not set him so forward + yet, but our friends here advise that, considering the + difficulty of again putting affairs in the train they now + are, we had better secure the present opportunity, and + hope and pray that the Lord will be with us, till Martyn’s + return, when he will find the way he had prepared, somewhat + carried forward, and may enlarge it after, as he judges + proper. He had addressed himself to the multitude at large + who used to assemble every Sunday evening, on his lawn, + till his health and strength were exhausted. My health and + strength have been brought nearly as low, though I have a + stronger constitution to renew upon; so I set the above + servants to work at the houses of individual Christians, + and now hope to establish a small congregation from among + them, against our brother’s return. + + “From Bombay, M. sent me a part of a letter of your’s, on + the subject of fees, which he desired me to consider. I + beg leave to state a few particulars on that subject for + your information. First, all in the army, below the rank of + Captain, are obliged to use the strictest economy, in order + to maintain a family. A Captain may live without care, + but, if it be considered that he must send his children to + England for education, it will be easily believed, that + every married military man, who has a family, is likely to + be poor to the end of his service, with the exception of a + few, who get staff-appointments, and they are almost the + only ones who are ever able to return home. When we are + sent for to a distance, the expences of travelling are paid + by the parties, which usually costs from forty to sixty + pounds. It is usually the younger officers who marry, for + the old ones almost all live in sin: and indeed from the + above circumstances, together with the few opportunities of + religious instruction, most of the young ones too; and some + have told me plainly, that they could get nobody to marry + them, and if they could, they had not money to give, as + was usually expected by the Chaplains. For these causes, + from the first, I wished to decline being an obstacle in + the way of any. Sometimes young men marry the daughters of + old Indians by native mothers, but though the father could + often give a fee in this case, he has himself sacrificed + conscience to money, and thinks any one would do the same, + and how are we to convince him to the contrary, but by + refusing his money? The civilians who marry, are also + usually of the younger part, and have nothing to spare + without borrowing, which they can do indeed too easily. + The elder civilians are altogether as preposterously paid + to excess, and indeed there are very few of them, who are + not in consequence, so vain, and carry themselves so high, + that I know not how we can shew them the folly of trusting + in these things, but by refusing the opportunities of + obtaining them. On this head, there will he difference of + opinion, but my humble judgment is, to renounce the fee, + to convince them by all possible means, that a man’s life + consisteth not in these things. In so doing, we are not + injuring our successor, because he has a sufficiency of + income for all the purposes that his station in life can + require. I suppose you do not care whether we be able to + keep a carriage, or not, if we should ever return; and + suppose we save but enough to pay our passage to England, + the retiring pension is an abundant provision for our + necessities. I suppose, that even a chaplain marries, and + has children, then even he has plenty to educate them, + though his usefulness here may be thereby confined, and + in what situation would it not be so? I see no motive for + receiving fees that ought to be entertained a moment, but + that of taking them to give to the poor, and such has been + the state of things among the British here hitherto, that + the mention of such a motive would have excited derision, + as mere hypocrisy. It has never been conceived, that a man + came to India, except to make money. After all, dear Sir, + we have no such thing as a regular fee; we are military + chaplains, and the general could order us to officiate, in + any part of the district, there being no legal impediment: + _you_ can recover the accustomed offering by law; _we_ have + no law on the subject, nor do the soldiers ever, on any + occasion, offer a fee. We have indeed custom on our side, + but it is a custom that has made the name of Chaplain an + offence. Would government but appoint a regular supply of + Chaplains, and let any reasonable fee be appointed, for + occasional duties, as a part of their subsistence, it would + be well. O, I wish that some of the young men around you, + did but see the different stations of India, where numbers + of their countrymen are actually falling into the jaws of + infidelity and deism, for the want of some one merely to + remind them of the customs and opinions of their native + land. They come out boys; they leave the Sabbath and public + worship behind them; they straightway fall into sinful + habits, and grow to argue for that, which they would once + have blushed to mention. But what, if the young clergy + knew, and pitied, and were willing to come over and help + us, what could they do whilst the way is shut against them? + Consider, this district contains, I know not the exact + number, but I know twelve subordinate stations, at each + of which, there will be from twenty to forty English and + native Christians in the Company’s service; at Allahabad, + one hundred miles to the east, there are about two hundred + Europeans alone; at Futtyghur eighty miles to the west, + there are at least as many, and at Bareilly not much less + than a hundred. To these places, the Chaplain of Cawnpore + must go, to celebrate marriages, for this is the only + duty he cannot be dispensed with for; but as to all other + religious services, they are left entirely destitute, and + from the long habits of indifference they have been in, it + is not always, even when we do go, that we can have public + worship. O, dear Sir, ought the immense revenues of this + fruitful land to be wholly appropriated to the purposes of + merchandize! Ought the souls of our own countrymen, not to + speak of the natives, to be weighed in the balance against + bales of silk and cotton! Surely this system will have an + end! + + “Mr. Thomason was so kind as to send me some Christian + Observers, with the paper war with the Christian + Advocate.[75] These are exceedingly interesting to us, and + you cannot confer a greater favour, than by forwarding to + this country, supplies of Christian Guardians, Eclectic + Reviews, Christian Observers, &c. We can lend them about, + they are read with avidity, and excite much conversation + about religious books. + + “I hope this will find you renewed in the outer, as well as + in the inner man. The Lord can send by whom he will, but + my soul would mourn to hear, that that candlestick, which + was the means of guiding me into divine light and peace, + was removed from Cambridge. May your latter days, dearest + Sir, be more blessed than the former, and when heart and + strength shall fail, may you have the assurance in your own + soul, that God is the strength of your heart, as well as + the portion you have chosen for ever! + + “If there were to be a quantity of copies of the Christian + Guardian sent out yearly, they would be eagerly purchased + by the religious soldiers, and would be highly useful. The + Christian Observer is above their modes of thinking. + + + [70] Mr. Martyn and Mr. Corrie had agreed to decline + all fees for the solemnizing of marriages, &c. The + reasons for their decision on that matter are given + at length in a letter to Mr. Simeon, dated June 14, + 1811. + + [71] A little boy who was rescued from death, during a + famine, and brought up by Mr. C. + + [72] Twining was the name of the gentleman who was for + expelling all Missionaries from India. See above p. + 119. + + [73] History of the Bible Society, vol. ii. pp. 108, and + seq. + + [74] The Calcutta Auxiliary Bible Society printed 1000 + copies of the first six Reports of the Parent + Society, for circulation in India. + + [75] Dr. E. Pearson, Master of Sidney Sussex College, + Cambridge, between whom and Mr. Simeon, some + Pamphlets were exchanged on the subject of Mr. + Simeon’s preaching. + + + + + CHAPTER IX. + + CAWNPORE--COEL--RETURN TO CALCUTTA. + + +The illness which Mr. Corrie mentions in the foregoing letter, as +having ‘obliged him to desist from all labour, except the Sunday +duty,’ now continued to increase upon him; so that, in the beginning +of July he was not only laid aside from duty, but confined to the +house. From his Journal it appears, also, that he suffered greatly +from the exhaustion consequent on fever; and that he was much +harassed by impatience and a nervous irritability of temper. Added to +this, Mr. C., states himself to have been distressed by the ‘mournful +view,’ which his mind took ‘of the desolate state of professing +Christians in India, scattered as sheep upon the hills.’ With the +hope, therefore, of recruiting both health and spirits, he spent a +fortnight or more on the river. His correspondence at the same time, +shews that the pressure of bodily sickness did not prevent Mr. C., +from occupying his mind with plans for the permanent welfare of India. + + + TO THE REV. D. BROWN. + + “Cawnpore, July 11, 1811. + + “Since I wrote to you, I have been entirely laid aside. + A fever seized me, and I thought I was following Des + Granges;[76] but after some days, through divine mercy, it + left me, exceedingly weakened, so that although now, in my + own opinion, able to officiate in public, those about me + will not let me. + + “I had a letter from Martyn, dated 24th. April, at Muscat. + He gets no stronger, I fear; but you will have heard from + him yourself: I begin greatly to wish him back again. Since + I have been confined to the house, Mr. Sherwood and Mr. + Harrington have, in turns, read to the people in church of + an evening. I am much gratified by this help; it relieves + my mind greatly. At the same time the numbers fall off. The + _preaching_ of the Cross is the usual means of salvation. I + am well aware that none of my sermons can be compared with + those they read, in point of composition, &c. and yet the + people go to sleep under them; and those who shewed some + love begin to ‘wax cold.’ I wish, therefore, to renew my + public work, that ‘through the foolishness of preaching,’ + some may believe and be saved. + + “My Moonshee, as you will expect, is on the way to + Serampore, he left this [place] near a fortnight ago. + Fitrut alarmed him greatly at last, by telling him that + he knows Sabat is his great enemy, and that nothing but + disgrace and loss of character will ensue to him. Fitrut + is himself gone to Lucknow, he is at work on the Psalms, + having passed by Esther and Job; he has given in as far as + the 37th. The translation is, in general, very excellent. + I hope that the Psalms, when properly corrected, will be + printed separately; no good will be done to any extent, + till the Scriptures are printed; therefore, God be thanked + for the Calcutta Auxiliary Bible Society! Y. told me of the + opposition to the measure at Madras. ‘It must needs be that + offences come, but woe to that man by whom they come.’ I + expect there will be a ‘Hue and Cry’ raised by the opposers + at home to this society: but it is founded on a rock. + + “I have been thinking much about a representation being + made to somebody or other at home, (perhaps the Archbishop + of Canterbury), on the subject of the want of Chaplains + in India. As everything is in a state of tranquillity + here, and the revenues [are] flourishing, perhaps it + might be attended to. At Allahabad there ought to be a + Chaplain, and at Futtyghur, and at Rewaree and Kurnaul. + At Allahabad there are always two companies of Artillery, + and a large society besides; and at Rewaree, and Kurnaul + about the same. At Futtyghur, one company, and a large + society of Commissioners, Civilians, &c. And at Benares, + there is certainly need of a chaplain; there should also, + at Cawnpore and Chunar, be one King’s chaplain, at least + at each station, or an additional Company’s chaplain. I + am told how little likely such a representation would be + to produce the desired effect, but there is no saying. If + you, the senior, were to draw up and sign something of this + kind, and send it to the juniors for their signatures, + it appears to me, it would certainly be attended to, + especially if the King should recover, and the present + ministers remain in office. + + “15th. on the river. I have been so out of spirits as not + to be able to write to you as I could wish, so delayed + sending off this. I ought not however to detain the + Society’s money. I fear a voyage to sea will be necessary + to get me quite well. I was reduced so much that the + doctors made me leave off mercury; but they talk of making + me begin again to use it, three times a day. They say, + there is little or no danger in the complaint; it may be + so, but I would have my ‘loins girded about’ and my ‘lamp + burning.’ I lament the falling off of the people at church, + whilst I rejoice I am much comforted by the faith and love + of the helpers supplied to me.” + +But notwithstanding the means used by Mr. Corrie for the recovery +of his health, it pleased God still to afflict him. The medical men +accordingly continued to prohibit his performance of any public duty +for at least six weeks or more. During this cessation from duty, he +took advantage of a summons to marry a couple at Coel, to perform +the greater part of the journey to that place by boat on the river, +and purposed to spend a short time at Coel for the benefit of change +of air. Many days, however, had not passed over before Mr. C. took +cold, and his ‘frame began to sink and his spirits to languish.’ +He therefore decided on returning to Cawnpore, and proposed taking +Agra in his way, having been engaged to solemnize a marriage there. +But before he reached Agra, the fever returned upon him with great +violence, so that he was detained on the road and reduced to a state +of extreme debility. Some account of this journey is given in a +letter. + + + TO THE REV. D. BROWN. + + “Coel, August 27, 1811. + + “I made a journey by water to this neighbourhood, and then + by _dawk_ to this place. We convened the settlement for + public worship on Sunday, and had evening service with the + family. They are very kind to me, and I hope I help to + remove the prejudices of some against the cause we wish to + serve, by bringing before them sometimes the other side of + the question about missions. The commanding officer here is + an intelligent man; he favours the Bible Society, as you + will know. I have lent him a copy of Martyn’s Hindoostanee + New Testament: he says that he will have it copied and sent + to the Portuguese, drummers, &c. He is somewhat acquainted + with Persian and Arabic, and expresses himself gratified by + what he has seen of the translation. + + “I ought to have written to Moonshee before this, but for + a month I have not been near a post-office, except just in + passing Futtyghur. I am greatly benefited by change of air, + and hope my little flock are suffering no lack, through the + kindness of Harrington and Sherwood. But I fear staying + away longer than needful, and am now anxious to be at + Cawnpore. + + “Agra, Saturday, 31st. I have had a severe attack of + illness, which laid me up on the road to this [place]. A + whole day I was in a wretched Bazaar, and learned something + of the value of home and friends to a sick man. But my mind + was undisturbed. + + “Lord, I believe thou hast prepared, + Unworthy though I be, + For me a blood-bought, free, reward + A golden harp for me.” + + “I am confined to Colonel Bowie’s quarters, and was only + just able last night to marry the young people. I am sorry + to find the Bible Society has been so little encouraged + here; but I cannot go out to see people on the subject. The + surgeon here tells me, I must go to sea.” + +Yet after a few days repose, added to God’s blessing on the kind +attentions of his host at Agra, Mr. Corrie was sufficiently recovered +to allow of his proceeding on his journey, and before his arrival at +Cawnpore he found himself much recruited in strength. As, however, +he seems now to have been convinced, that his illness was chiefly to +be attributed to the frequency of his preaching; Mr. C. considered +it to be his duty to resolve to be more careful in that respect for +the future. Still, with reference to that matter he remarks in his +Journal:-- + + “I trust it is with a single eye to future usefulness that + I purpose to be more careful of my health, and to be less + engaged in preaching.” + +But when he was again settled among his flock at Cawnpore, Mr. C’s +purpose to be “less engaged in preaching,” was but partially carried +into effect. He writes, for example, under date of + + “18th. Sept. [1811.] I have been thinking of three + separate courses of sermons. First, for Sunday mornings: + to begin with man’s ruin; justification; illumination; + separation from the world; progress in the ‘fruits of the + Spirit.’ Secondly, for the Wednesday evenings: a view of + the church of Christ; its establishment; progress; and + final triumph in the world, notwithstanding the opposition + of Satan: a course from Matt. xvi. 18., on the plan of + Edward’s History of Redemption. Thirdly: to translate into + Hindoostanee, to be read by James to the Hindoostanees, a + Commentary on Genesis i: on the original state of man; the + fall; the promise in succession, on to the history of our + Lord in the gospels.” + +And, again, in a letter: + + + TO THE REV. D. BROWN. + + “Cawnpore, Oct. 10, 1811. + + “I could put twenty copies of the New Testament into + immediate use, and we go on very lamely without them. + Writing is slow, incorrect, and expensive. Nothing will be + done to purpose, till we get printed copies in abundance. + Three of the pious soldiers are learning Hindoostanee, + that they may, as they say, be able to exhort the heathen. + One of them is a superior young man, and very humble and + unobtrusive. He has long wished to be able to talk with the + Brahmins at a certain pagoda, near the river, where he goes + often; and purposes reading the New Testament to them, when + he can get one.[77] + + “The Lord adds to us one by one, according to his promise. + Since my return, three have joined the society, and all + walk orderly. Our Hindoostanee worship was well attended + last Sunday. Moonshee Fitrut is come back from Lucknow; he + yesterday gave me the 21st. chapter of Proverbs, the Old + Testament is completed so far. I have given him a place of + abode on the premises, and done every thing to induce him + to go on quietly. This work will, I hope, be done in three + or four months; and, please God to spare Martyn to put the + finishing hand to it, will be the greatest work, as to + utility, ever accomplished on this side of India. + + “Beside my other employments, I have now to translate + from Henry’s Commentary on Genesis, which serves as a + Hindoostanee sermon on Sundays. I know nothing else you + will desire to hear of, from this [place.] The miserable + squabbles which disgust the world at this place, I am happy + to know little about. Happy privilege to be ‘redeemed from + a vain conversation,’--to be delivered ‘from the present + evil world!’ O, for more power to proclaim aloud the year + of release! My strength increases, but not a third in the + way of public duty is done, that might be done. I preach + twice on Sundays, and on Wednesday evening; and meet the + society on Fridays. I hope to begin my weekly meeting with + the Dragoons on Thursday next: but I believe it would + be right for me to leave off, in that case, my present + Wednesday evening engagement. But the three hospitals are + sadly neglected; I can only visit those who are very ill. + I dare not preach in the wards: my breast and side are on + fire this morning, from last night’s exertion. Yet, the + cold season being set in, increases my strength, and I have + no expectation but of doing well enough, until the heat + commences again. + + “We have had lately a remarkable instance of the freeness + and fulness of redeeming love, in the case of a soldier’s + wife, who died here. I am collecting a few particulars + which I may send you.” + +The “particulars” here referred to, do not occur in Mr. C’s +correspondence or Journal; but a notice of an interview he had with a +dying soldier a short time before the preceding letter was written, +may not be omitted:-- + + “Yesterday evening I went to the hospital, to visit J. He + has been ill some time. He considers himself in a decline, + and indeed, seems to be so; he began by saying, that ‘he + felt very composed in his mind, looked upon the world as + done with, and no longer any thing to him, and would be + happy, if it were the Lord’s will to take him to Himself.’ + I asked him when he supposed the Lord began to make him + a partaker of His grace? He said, ‘it was at Chunar he + first began to consider, and there he became somewhat + enlightened, but lately his mind had become more confirmed + and strengthened.’ Not wishing him to be deceived, I + reminded him of some improprieties since he left Chunar: + he acknowledged ‘that he had been often led astray, and + found his heart often going wrong; but for these things + he was heartily sorry, and hoped by the grace of God to + prevail against them: indeed, for some months past, he had + been more alive to religion than ever.’ I asked him the + ground of a sinner’s hope towards God: he replied with some + cheerfulness, ‘only the Lord Jesus Christ.’ I asked what he + expected Christ would do for him: he said, ‘to save him, + and make him a partaker of salvation with the saints in + glory.’ I pointed out the meaning of the word ‘saint,’ and + asked him ‘if he considered that Christ, if he saved us, + would make us holy, and that heaven was the enjoyment of + a holy God, and therefore, a happy place.’ He said ‘that + even now he was happy only when sin was subdued within + him; and to be freed from sin in heaven, would be complete + happiness.’” + +Amid labours such as these, Mr. Corrie writes: + + + TO THE REV. J. BUCKWORTH. + + “Cawnpore, Oct. 30, 1811. + + “I am recovering from an illness, that has nearly laid + me aside, ever since the 24th of April last. The Lord my + healer, I hope I may say, renews my spiritual strength, as + the outer man is brought low. It was brought on by undue + previous exertion. I trust I am taught that this is not the + Lord’s will. Without a miracle, we cannot hope our flocks + will be fed with the bread of life after our decease; to + abide with them is, therefore, most desirable, and to use + the means for preserving health to minister among them, + necessary. + + “You will have heard of the establishment of an Auxiliary + Bible Society in Calcutta. Doubtless the night has passed + away, and the true light is now arising upon India. Mr. + Martyn is gone for change of air, hoping to recover + health, and, perhaps, avoid the threatened beginning of + a consumption: he was at Shiraz, in Persia, on the 26th + of June; and is at work on a Persian translation of the + New Testament. His translation of the New Testament into + Hindoostanee, is just put to the press; we greatly long for + this work to appear. You know, he was assisted by a learned + native,[78] who passed six years in England, and is well + acquainted with the English language also. The translation + of the Baptist missionaries into Hindoostanee, is really + too defective to be useful to any extent. You will not + accuse me of depreciating their labours: ‘I speak the truth + in Christ.’ I have the greater part of their work. The + Christians about me lay it aside, and prefer the parts of + scripture they have of Martyn’s translation. + + “The above [mentioned] learned native is living on our + premises, and goes on translating the Old Testament; in any + difficult passage he consults me about the meaning. He has + translated to Isaiah, and is now engaged on that book. This + work, please God to spare Martyn to come back to correct + it by the Hebrew, will be a glorious work for Hindoostan + Proper. This part of India is still without a translation, + except that of the Baptist missionaries. Two of these + missionaries have gone to Agra: I was there lately and saw + them; they had not then got quite settled. The natives + of that quarter are very independent and fierce in their + manners, the Mahomedans especially. You have heard of the + population of India, but can have no idea of its immensity + unless you saw it; so that a man may visit I cannot tell + how many villages of three hundred, four hundred people and + upwards, in a circle of six or eight miles: there seems, + therefore, little need of itinerating according to your + idea of the word; but you may think to how little an extent + all that the whole of the missionaries now in India can do + is likely to be felt. Yet the day, I am certain, has dawned + that will never set till all India shall see the glory of + the Lord. + + “Of my own proceedings, I have little to say; my native + school consists of ten; four of whom can say the whole of + Watts’s scripture catechism (but indeed one of the four + has just left me to go to his friends who live far away). + I read the scriptures and prayers in Hindoostanee with + them in the school-house every morning, and am helped + greatly in these exercises, by the youth I have mentioned, + of European descent. Since September, we have had worship + in Hindoostanee; in church on a Sunday afternoon, fifty + or sixty native Christians sometimes attend, and usually + thirty or forty; my own people have learned to sing + translations of psalms and hymns to English tunes: they are + very fond of them, though I know the poetry is very poor: I + hope an Indian Watts may be raised up ere long, to regulate + the psalmody of the Indian church. + + “You would wish to know what success I perceive in the + midst of our labours. Of the Europeans, about fifteen or + sixteen have been added to our society during the last + year: of the natives, I cannot speak so certainly. One + servant of our own has been piously inclined sometime, + and I hope he is now a decided character; and one, whom + you would call a footman, who used to have all the vanity + and foppery of that class at home, is become attentive, + not only to his employment, but serious in worship, and + diligent in reading at leisure hours. I have a particular + regard for this youth, and shall greatly rejoice in his + turning to God: he is married, has good natural talents, + is of a pleasing appearance; and though one is often + short-sighted and deceived, I fancy he would make a good + missionary, if he had a heart to it, which I often pray may + be granted him. + + “I must not forget to tell you how happy I am at my beloved + sister’s having commenced a school for native christian + girls. She has so far mastered the language as to be able + to read Hindoostanee easily, and to understand it pretty + well. The little girls work as little girls do at home, and + say a lesson, and learn the Assembly’s shorter Catechism, + which I translated long ago, and by frequent corrections + have got nearly worthy of printing. These things were + hardly ever thought of for women in this country: now and + then among the Mahomedans, a woman is found who can read, + but I have not heard that this is ever the case among the + Hindoos. + + “At leisure hours, I am abridging Milner’s Church History, + and have finished the first two centuries, and even + translated about half the first: the scholars I have had so + long are growing great lads, and want something now beyond + mere school-books: one is a promising boy, and the others + are as children at that age usually are.” + +The expectation which this letter shews Mr. Corrie to have +entertained of his recovery from the illness, under which he had been +suffering during the preceding six months, turned out not to be well +founded. Although he had latterly been somewhat more attentive to +his health, yet the disease of the liver now returned upon him with +increased severity, and altogether laid him aside from public duty. +Yet in a letter to Mr. Simeon, dated early in November, 1811, Mr. C. +writes:-- + + “One expression in it [a letter from Mr. S.] has brought + before me an entirely new train of ideas respecting my duty + in the ministry. You express thankfulness, that you are + enabled to do the little you do now, compared with former + exertions. I perceive it is an inexpressible favour to be + employed in the Lord’s service at all; and instead of being + uneasy at not being able to do more, I ought to be thankful + for some health, and inclination to do something; and when + health is withdrawn, it is as much a duty to _suffer_, as + in health to do, the Lord’s will. Alas! I seem to arrive so + slowly at proper views of divine things, that opportunity + is gone before properly understood.” + +With reference to a friend, who after having decided on going to +India as a chaplain, changed his mind, as the time for his leaving +England approached, Mr. Corrie adds:-- + + “Mr. L’s family I know, and regret that he has withdrawn + his hand from the plough. It is true, that the pain of + separation from relatives, and dear, dear Britain, can + be known only to those who have endured it; but truly an + hundred-fold recompense attends it. No one can understand + the pangs I endured, at times, between the time when first, + in your rooms, the idea of carrying the gospel to heathen + lands took possession of my mind, and the period of my + leaving England. Yet dear as all the places, persons, and + privileges enjoyed at home still are, I would not return to + them on any consideration I am at present acquainted with. + Here the light of the glow-worm even is splendid, so gross + is the surrounding darkness; and every stone put into moral + order is so much rescued from chaos.” + +The following extract from Mr. C.’s Journal will explain the nature +of the communings which he held, at this time, with his own heart:-- + + “Sunday, Nov. 17th. I am prevented this day from + [attending] public worship. O, that I were more alive to + the importance of the ministry, and more fitted for the + sacred duties of it. I do not lament, as I ought, the + interruption of any duty, nor am humbled, as I ought to be, + under the mighty hand of God. I think that the world and + the fear of man have less hold, [of me] but am afraid it + is more from a spirit of misanthropy than faith. I see the + folly of natural men: I feel the best of creatures [to be] + miserable comforters; I fear I despise them, rather than + look above them to God. How deeply do I perceive and feel, + that nothing but the power of God can make me ‘a right + spirit,’ or ‘create in me a clean heart.’ May the Almighty + God, the Lord, whose office it is to quicken the souls of + men, renew my whole body, soul and spirit, and command a + blessing upon those around me, who all need his influence + as much as I do myself; some to be converted, some to be + guided in the narrow way; one and all to be fitted for + heaven!” + +The continued absence of Mr. Martyn from India, induced the +government to appoint another chaplain to Cawnpore, without, however, +superseding Mr. M. This, therefore, left Mr. Corrie at liberty to +proceed to Calcutta, for the purpose of recruiting his health. As, +however, it was not unlikely that the new chaplain might think it his +duty to confine his ministrations exclusively to the Europeans at +Cawnpore, it became desirable to provide for the carrying on of those +missionary operations for the instruction of the native christians +and others, which had been originated by Mr. Martyn. The idea of +training up a class of scripture-readers for that purpose, presented +itself to the mind of Mr. Corrie and his friends at Cawnpore: and +in this they seem to have anticipated a project to the same effect +which had been about that time adopted by the Society for Missions +to Africa and the East, at the suggestion of their corresponding +committee in Calcutta.[79] With this purpose in view, therefore, Mr. +and Mrs. Sherwood had for some time been learning the language of the +country, and had been teaching a class of natives and half-castes to +read the Hindoostanee, that these might become readers of the word +of God to their heathen, as well as to their christian brethren. It +was with reference to this, among other matters connected with his +removal from Cawnpore that Mr. C. writes + + + TO THE REV. D. BROWN. + + “Cawnpore, Dec. 3, 1811. + + “I do now purpose, D. V. to bend my course to Calcutta, + at the close of the cold weather; which will be just two + months from this. A constant head-ache oppresses me, and + makes it necessary to avoid the violence of the hot winds; + but I could not be better even in England, at this season, + than here; and till E. arrives, I cannot move; and he will + not be here till relieved by the Chaplains from below. + Your letter of yesterday rejoiced us all exceedingly--the + reading scheme I had determined to pursue, to the utmost + of my ability. We had prevented your views on the subject, + by measures for continuing the gospel here. One of the + Christian youths that has been with me almost five years, + has been induced of his own accord to offer himself to + this work. He seems truly pious, and labours indefatigably + to qualify himself to teach others. He is about twenty + years of age, and under the management of the Sherwoods + will be one of your first readers. Another of the boys is + better qualified than the above, but is not old enough; he + gives every evidence of seriousness. Another of the boys + is as forward in learning; but I have no hope at present, + that his mind is at all under the influence of what he + learns. I have seen no occasion for any Committee for the + management of this affair. Take the whole management of it + yourself; especially as the less that is said of it among + the English the better. No one can find fault with me, or + any individual, for supporting readers; but the Alarmists + would be up in arms, if they heard of supplies from home, + appropriated to such a purpose. + + “I know not how to account for the story of the Pilgrim. + I was asked about such a book by some Natives, when I was + at Chunar: I think it must be a work of a former Roman + Catholic Missionary, of whom I have heard, and who seems + to have been a true Evangelist. I know the Christians of + Bettiah have a book, written in the way of a Dialogue, in + which the errors of the Brahmins are refuted. The Pilgrim, + by Mrs. Sherwood, I translated in part, but Fitrut got so + angry with it at last, he would not go on; and the copier, + who is a Hindoo, said he should be obliged to give ten + rupees in a feast to the Brahmins, to atone for his fault + in writing such a book.... Fitrut is to-day employed on + Isaiah lxiii. He has for some time been very much out + of humour; a perfect comment on the apostle’s words, + ‘hateful and hating.’ I let him fume, till his ill-humour + is evaporated, when he becomes humble. He has been in + to-day, to beg he may go with me to Calcutta. ‘In heaven or + in earth, he has none but me to depend on; and he cannot + be happy if I leave him behind.’ I told him I have no + authority to take him down, and no boat-hire to give him. + He said, ‘he would pay his own boat-hire, if you should not + see fit to give it him, when he got to Calcutta.’ I told + him, ‘he must not expect anything of the kind:’ and so he + left me. The Roman Catholic Priest is over from Lucknow, + and seems greatly altered from last year. He now professes + to be desirous his people should be taught to read the + Scriptures; and I hope we shall get something established + under his inspection. It is true he has little appearance + of serious religion; but he affects at least great + indifference to the sign of the cross, &c., and may serve + as a drawer of water for the temple-service. He has taken + away a copy of Genesis for himself, which, he says, he will + read and expound in church.” + +And in another letter to Mr. Brown, of somewhat later date, Mr. C. +observes:-- + + “We have been expecting to hear from you about the reading + system, and especially we have been longing for news + about the printing of Martyn’s Translation. Mr. E. is on + his way to this place, and will be here about the 10th + proximo. The work we wish to carry on will, I fear, suffer, + especially among the Light Dragoons. There is a little + leaven evidently implanted there; some of them begin to + assemble for reading and prayer; but they are only as + children beginning to walk, and I see no one to take them + by the hand: but the Lord will provide. We are got into + a plan that promises well, if pursued. I say _we_, for + you know my helpers of the 53rd; and Mrs. D. of the Light + Dragoons, has been induced to offer herself to superintend + the school of the Light Dragoons. I have added questions + and scripture proofs to the Church Catechism, which the + children are getting off. At Christmas, we had the children + of both regiments at church, to be catechised, and my + sister gave them tea and cake. We had several to see them, + and it was the most festive day that has been known here. + I am sure I have never felt so attached to any place as + this; yet it appears to me that I should not remain here. + The Hindoostanee worship will be carried on under the + inspection of Mr. and Mrs. Sherwood. The youth I mentioned + labours diligently to qualify himself for instructing the + children and women, and appears more and more devoted to + the work in spirit and in truth. At this time there are + on these premises (i. e. on Sherwood’s farm) about twenty + children learning to read the Hindoostanee gospels. We are + greatly perplexed for books for them, though no time has + yet been lost with them. + + “I am beginning to pack up Martyn’s books; but have not + disposed of his house yet. Indeed I am loth to think he + will not come back to this place; you well know how much + the funds of the Bible Society may suffer if there be + no one here to recommend the subject: and, indeed, the + disposition of the British in these parts, in general, + towards the evangelization of India, will be no little + affected by the opinions held at this large station. This + makes me greatly desire Martyn’s return hither. But have + you, or has any one in Calcutta, heard from him lately? We + have begun here to lose our care for the objects of his + journey, in the care for himself.” + +Respecting the progress of the translation, Mr. C. adds:-- + + “Fitrut left me about New-year’s-day, for Benares, and + parted by no means friends. He was at Lucknow, July, + August, and September: in October he came back and went + on well with his work till November 20th, he then came to + say, he wished to go to Benares, I begged him to finish + Isaiah, of which only a few chapters remained. He wanted + to borrow money also, which I refused, as I know he is not + in want, but has many hundred Rupees out at interest. He + went on sullenly till the end of the year, doing only the + few remaining chapters of Isaiah. I wished him to have 100 + Rupees for forty chapters, which he refused: so at length I + was obliged to say, ‘I should expect the whole to be done + in four months’. He then asked, if his salary was not to + be continued till Martyn’s return? I told him, if he would + stay and help me in my Catechisms, &c., his pay should be + continued, but that I could not think of going on in the + trifling way he had been doing lately. He then talked of + applying personally to you, with a vast deal of nonsense + about sharing in the profits of the Translation, &c. I told + him, you had not sent for him; that he must not expect + boat-hire, or any indulgence from you: and thus we parted. + I have sent him this month’s salary through Mr. Robinson, + but hear nothing further of him or of his Translation. I + have got the whole of the Old Testament from him to the end + of Isaiah, and bound up in small volumes. + + “You will by this time have heard of or seen Mrs. H. They + were here the first Sunday in the New-year. I preached on + the uncertainty of life, not knowing she was in church. + The subject affected her greatly, but she was in a most + heavenly temper of mind. I fear her end is near. May my end + be like hers! O, how little can the world spare such lovely + examples of piety; but he who gave her as a light for a + season, can raise up other more numerous instruments to + shew forth His praise. + + “When we shall be able to leave this I cannot say. I have + five months’ leave of absence from the 10th of February.” + +But before Mr. Corrie left Cawnpore, a portion of his European +congregation was called into active service, by some disturbances +in Bundelkund. It was on the day before Christmas-day that he +parted with the soldiers who were members of “the society,” so +often mentioned; and in recording this circumstance, he adds that +many of them were persons whose “light so shone before men,” that, +he trusted “glory was brought to God thereby.” He seems to have +been much depressed in spirit on the occasion; and was made more +deeply sorrowful by the intelligence which reached him early in the +following February, that some of his military friends had fallen in +an unsuccessful attempt to gain possession of Callinger, an extensive +hill-fort, about 150 miles from Cawnpore. Mr. C’s first impulse, on +hearing of this disaster, was to proceed direct from Banda, (where +he then happened to be) to the scene of action, for the purpose of +attending to the wounded men; but being unable to obtain any “help +for the journey,” he reluctantly returned back to Cawnpore. He states +himself, however, to have “felt as if he had neglected his duty; or, +at least, had been sadly deficient in Christian love.” He, therefore, +writes, on the 11th. Feb. 1812:-- + + “I had prepared all to set off into Bundelkund on Monday + [Feb. 9.] when news came of all being settled. + + “God grant that the impression made on some may be + lasting! And, O, may I have grace to give myself to follow + the Lord fully, and to be ready to every good word and + work! I have been considering my unprofitableness this + morning, and have much reason for deep humiliation.” + +And under date of Friday, Feb. 13th. Mr. C. observes:-- + + “From the conversation in the Society this evening, it + appears that most of the men had their minds exercised with + thoughts of death during the late march. A. H. sent word + ‘that his mind was more refreshed with the considerations + of the grace of God, and love of Christ, than ever he + experienced before; that one morning especially, whilst + marching along, he felt such a hatred and weariness of sin, + that the hope of being speedily removed from the seeing, + hearing, and feeling of it, was highly agreeable to him.’ + Here was real and rational courage.” + +The chaplain who had been appointed to supersede Mr. Corrie at +Cawnpore, having arrived toward the end of February 1812, and entered +on the duties of the station, Mr. C. made immediate arrangements for +his journey to Calcutta. He lingered for a short time in the hope of +being able to see some of the soldiers who were expected back from +Callinger, but failing in this, he left Cawnpore on Friday the 28th +of February, having first placed four native youths and a native +Christian reader under the direction of Mr. and Mrs. Sherwood. The +young person of European descent, of whom mention often occurs in +the preceding Journal and letters, accompanied Mr. C. to Calcutta, +in order that he might there follow out the study of Greek and +Latin, with a view to his being afterwards employed as a missionary. +Respecting the religious condition of the native congregation which +Mr. C., left at Cawnpore, he observes, under date of March 1, 1812:-- + + “In September last, we began Hindoostanee worship, + which has been attended sometimes by fifty or sixty, + but irregularly, and generally by about twenty-five. I + have read among them Genesis, with the Gospel of St. + Matthew. Left Goon[80] reading Exodus, and the Acts. I had + translated Henry’s Commentary on many parts of Genesis, + which is left with Mrs. S. Some of the women had learned + more or less of the shorter Catechism, and one the whole + of it, and had been baptized and married: several of the + people manifested great concern at my coming away. I ought + to feel more thankful, and may well have great searchings + of heart on my own account. I have done much duty as to + _quantity_, of late; but have much cause for humiliation in + respect of the formal manner of doing it. O Lord! enliven + me, and let me be enabled to profit by this journey! Enable + me to be a witness for Thee in every place; and to fit + myself for further usefulness by due observation of Thy + providences! Restore me to health, if it be Thy will, that + I may shew forth Thy praises!” + +As Mr. Corrie was now passing through the scenes of his former +labours, some portions of his Journal are subjoined. + + “March 8. Above Mirzapore, last night, when on shore, I + observed a Brahmin at his devotions, and wished to enter + into discourse with him. After some questions, I asked him, + ‘What benefit he expected from his devotions?’ Another + Brahmin answered, ‘What but that Narsingha should supply + food to fill his belly.’ I observed, ‘that many who never + made _poojah_[81] were supplied with food:’ He said, ‘If + any would make _poojah_ he might serve us, and we would + provide for him; but they that lived there by themselves + made _poojah_, and Narsingha provided for them.’ But I + asked, ‘In the world to come what do you expect from your + devotions?’ To this he answered, ‘Who knows what will be in + the life to come?’ One of my Dandees on this said, ‘Sahib + asks about your Shasters and your religion: he is a Brahmin + among the English as you are: he marries, says his prayers, + and gives to the poor as you do, if not, why should he + enquire about your religion, who else of the English would + enquire?’ + + “15th March. I have to-day been officiating to the + congregation in the new Church at Secrole: on going, had + felt thankful for being permitted to worship in this place, + and prayed that it might be indeed a house of prayer. O + may the Lord grant a blessing to his own truth, and bring + many sons unto glory at Chunar! On Wednesday, had public + worship at Church for the English and Hindoostanee; many + attended. I was grieved at the spirit manifested by Mr. + ----and others there. The bitterness of their spirit is + what I lament, and their contempt of all subordination. O + may my own soul be more attentive to obey my Lord in spirit + and in truth! I seldom enjoy nearness to God: I do not walk + closely with him, but suffer company, reading, and undue + indulgence of myself to interfere with time of devotion. + Lord, I beseech thee to enable me to lay aside every + weight, and to run, looking unto Jesus! + + “Sunday, March 22nd. At Chunar, Serjeant Williams’ wife, + on my asking her if she yet knew the way of acceptance + with God, answered, ‘It is through Jesus Christ: He is, + indeed, himself the way; and I continue day and night in + the consideration and expectation of his mercy.’ At Buxar, + an old woman who seems in a dying state, on my asking her + how sin could be forgiven, said, ‘Surely in no way but + through the Lord Jesus Christ; He took our nature upon + him, and endured suffering and death for our sins, and now + through the mercy of God we shall be saved.’ I asked her + what she thought of the employment of heaven? She said ‘She + should there see the Lord Jesus, and love and worship him + for ever; and that those who do not love and worship him on + earth cannot enter heaven.’” + +In a letter to Mr. Brown, dated 6th. of April, after mentioning +several of the foregoing particulars respecting the state of things +at Chunar and Buxar, Mr. Corrie adds:-- + + “During the short stay I made at Gazeepore, I could find + never a vestige of dear Martyn’s labours. One man expressed + great love for his former pastor, but lamented that all are + fallen into decay. Perhaps the latent spark may again be + lighted up, if they again come under ‘the joyful sound;’ + but, O, what are they doing at home, that none are found to + come and help us?” + +The recurrence of his birth-day was not forgotten by Mr. C. as an +occasion for self-examination and thanksgiving. + + “April 11th. Yesterday, I was thirty-five years old; the + day did not pass unnoticed, though I fall sadly short in + the spirit with which I would serve God at all times. I + praise Him who hath kept me wonderfully of late, so that + though I am conscious of many falls, yet he hath raised me + up, and restored my soul, and made me watchful: I have + devoted myself anew to the Lord my Saviour, and hope my + conscience witnesses truly that to me to live is Christ, + though in no one duty do I live as I ought: the heathen + especially I would live and die with. I praise God who + renews my bodily strength: to Him would I surrender myself. + O give me to live more simply by faith in Jesus, and to + live a life of closet communion with the Father and the + Son!” + +In a like happy and watchful spirit, Mr. C. continued to pursue his +journey:-- + + “Sunday, April 19th. During the last week, I have been + in the Muta-bangha Nulla,[82] the shore on either side + presents a gaudy, flattering view; I have in general been + enabled to keep in mind the harbour of eternity, and trust + to attain to the desired haven through the abounding grace + of God the Saviour. This morning I was a good deal favoured + in prayer; may the savour of thy grace, O Lord, remain with + me! O how much to be desired are thy courts: how happy the + men who, with joyful experience of thy grace are always + praising Thee: one day, O Lord, in thy heavenly sanctuary, + O how will it blot out the remembrance of all the trials + and conflicts attending this militant state. + + “Tuesday. From the very winding course of the stream, + we are not yet at Chinsurah: I hope to reach there this + forenoon: yesterday I was unable to attend to any thing, + and am much the same to-day: the journey thus finishes + miserably. I forget mercies in a manner that ought to + humble me exceedingly, and become in consequence, a prey to + temptation. Instead of being thankful for preservation &c., + I kick against the hand that upholds me, so that I must + close with acknowledging it to be ‘of the Lord’s mercy that + I am not consumed;’ and ‘what shall I render unto the Lord?’ + + “22nd. Arrived yesterday about four at Chinsurah, and + passed the evening with Mr. Forsyth: learned many + gratifying particulars from him respecting the progress of + the gospel; and had much profitable conversation on the + signs of the times. O may I have that preparation of heart + which is from the Lord, that my journey may not be in vain! + Thanks to the Lord, who healeth my bodily infirmities; and + I trust, my spiritual ones also. O may I have grace to give + myself wholly to him!” + + + [76] The missionary mentioned in p. 49, and who died of + fever at Vizagapatam, July 12, 1810. Hough’s History + of Christianity in India, vol. iv. pp. 265, &c. + + [77] After relating this circumstance, in a letter to + Mr. Simeon, Mr. C. adds, “The Edinburgh Reviewers + need not be alarmed, for he is a man of superior + understanding, as well as superior piety, and will + neither profane the temple, nor insult the Brahmins.” + + [78] Mirza Fitrut. + + [79] Proceedings of the Society for Missions to Africa + and the East, Vol. iii. pp. 238-242, 426. + + [80] A native Christian reader. + + [81] Worship. + + [82] One of the channels which connects the Ganges with + the Hooghley. + + + + + CHAPTER X. + + CALCUTTA. + + +On the 24th of April 1812, Mr. Corrie arrived in Calcutta, and took +up his abode with Mr. Thomason. He found his friend Mr. Brown in a +very debilitated state of health. During the preceding six months, +Mr. B’s strength had been manifestly failing; but now his illness had +assumed so threatening an aspect, that a sea-voyage was recommended +as the only human means, that promised to ward off the danger of +death. Mr. Brown accordingly consented to make trial of that remedy; +and having expressed a great desire that Mr. Corrie should accompany +him in the voyage, the two friends left Calcutta early in May, and +on the 14th of that month, embarked on board the Dover Castle, with +the intention to visit Madras. The first effect of the sea-air was +beneficial to both. Respecting his friend, Mr. Corrie observed:-- + + “Mr. Brown, since his coming on board is much recovered, + though still very weak. He has, at times a great deal + of his former wit, and sound sense in conversation. + He observed, that he had generally found considerable + scrupulosity attended with little understanding, and some + defect in morality.” + +This record is dated on the 17th of May: and on the 30th, Mr. Corrie +writes:-- + + “Many events have taken place since writing the above, + which I would remember. We lay at Saugur till the 23rd. + during that time I was much occupied about Mr. B. and + cabins, &c. I had time, however, to get near some of + those around me; our discourse was all upon religion: on + the 23rd., we weighed anchor, and went down to the first + buoy: on Sunday the 24th, owing to the confusion attending + heaving the anchor, &c., we could not have worship. I + employed myself most of the morning in reading Paley’s + Sermons. Mr. B. was too ill to attend to any thing; about + 2 o’clock on that day, as Mr. B. and I were talking, we + perceived the ship to touch ground; and, after two or three + scrapings of that kind, fairly stick fast: all appeared + alarmed on deck; the masts were ready to go over-board, + and the decks began to heave: during this time the rudder + broke off: in about half an hour we were carried into deep + water, but obliged to anchor, the ship being unmanageable: + she was found to leak, and all hands ordered to the pumps: + on her first striking, Mr. B. quietly observed, “It is the + Lord, let him do as seemeth him good;” then quietly putting + on his clothes, we came up into the captain’s cabin, and + remained there all the time: on Monday, we attempted to + float up with the tide, but the wind failing, the ship went + toward the sand, and the anchor was lost: in consequence of + this all became dismayed, and it was recommended that the + Colonel and Lady Elizabeth Murray, with Mr. B. and myself, + should go on board the pilot schooner; we went accordingly, + but here great troubles awaited us. Mr. B. fainted through + fatigue; and as there was only one private cabin, he would + not take it, but remained on deck the whole of that day + and night, and till the evening of Tuesday, when we were + taken on board the Baring: here we had a quiet night, and + next day Mr. B. appeared quite revived; but the following + night, having got chilled in his sleep, he arose very + unwell, and from what I observed, I first began to think + he would not recover: on Friday, we got up to Fulta, where + Mr. B. again appeared better, but having been worse during + Saturday night, he resolved to come to Calcutta on Sunday, + where he now is, in a very weak state, at Mr. Harrington’s. + During all these changes, I have felt little of either + hope or fear, pleasure or pain; the plague of a hard heart + has seized me. God grant me never to think well of myself, + till I can feel more of his hand in my daily history! This + insensibility began on going on board the yacht, where my + retirements were interrupted, and my time broken up; being + hourly with Mr. B., and constantly on the watch to wait + upon him, destroyed my time on board; and now, O Lord, + I would return to Thee, do thou quicken me, as thou art + wont! I found the evening prayers in church very grateful + on Sunday, and the sermon suitable. God! I thank thee for + these visits: O enable me to remember them thankfully! + The general temper of Mr. B. was deep humiliation; the + penitential psalms he said were just suited to him, and + often he praised God for his word, and for the record of + his dealings with his saints: often he said, ‘the Lord’s + will is best; His way is best, His time is best; He doeth + all things well!’ He said, ‘a man does not know the + wickedness of his heart till he grows old:’ he had been + more sensible of Satan’s attacks during the last two years + than at any period of his life: the Office for visiting + the Sick he often read, and expressed his feeling of how + suitable it was.” + +Fatigue and exposure to the weather, added to the want of sustenance +proper for an invalid, so worked upon the exhausted frame of Mr. +Brown, that notwithstanding all that medical skill and the attention +of friends could do for him, he closed his mortal career within +about a fortnight of his return to Calcutta. As regarded Mr. Corrie, +his health still required that he should try the efficacy of a +sea-voyage, and therefore he made arrangements for embarking for the +Isle of France, at the beginning of July. In the meanwhile, however, +he was occupied in various clerical duties, and paid the last tribute +of affection to his deceased friend, Mr. Brown, by a funeral sermon +preached in the Presidency church. With reference to this and the +circumstances connected with his intended voyage, Mr. C. remarks:-- + + “Diamond Harbour, ship Bengal, merchantman, July 5, 1812. + Since my last memoranda, how many striking events have + occurred, and how little, alas, improved! + + “On the fourteenth of June, Mr. B. departed this life. + I have learned, from this event, the absolute necessity + of keeping the mind in a humble, waiting posture. Lord, + may I watch and pray, and have patience to endure, that + I may inherit the promises. I have had frequent public + ministrations; amongst others, preached on the twenty-fifth + in the new church, a funeral sermon for Mr. B., it had the + effect of removing prejudice from the minds of some; the + enmity of ---- is too apparent, but he can go no further + than permitted. O Lord, look in mercy on the congregation + at the new church, and take not the light of thy truth + from them! The frequent calls into the heat, with many + interruptions, rendered it needful for me to seek change, + and behold I am here, I think by the will of God. I hope + to get rid of the disease of the liver, but the failure of + my lungs, I am conscious of, will not be so easily repaired. + + “I am in the Lord’s hands. Agra seems on all accounts best + fitted for me, presenting less labour among Europeans, and + more opportunities of schools, &c. among the natives. Lord, + bring me thither, if it be thy will! + + “July 12th. I have been detained here beyond my + expectations; my mind generally at peace through Jesus + Christ. I have humbled myself, and renewed my repentance, + and trust I am at peace through the blood of sprinkling. + During the week have had many conversations with P.; and, I + hope, with good effect; he has been extracting the passages + that refer to Justification, and said last night, he is + determined to give the subject thorough consideration. In + prayer I have had more freedom than on shore, and have been + led, from reflecting on God’s care of his church, to pray + for the enlargement of it in India.” + +Whilst detained on the shores of India, Mr. Corrie received a letter +from Mr. Buckworth, which called forth the following reply:-- + + “July 20, 1812. + + “A letter of your’s without date, reached me yesterday, and + delighted me much. I have had many apprehensions respecting + your continuance in this ‘vale of tears:‘--fears for myself + and for your flock and family, not for yourself. I trust + that as it is better for us that you should remain; you + will be given to us for a season longer. + + “You and I have both erred in excess of labour; we know + who hath said, “I will have mercy and not sacrifice.” I do + not, however, regret having done what I could. It is here, + I trust, we do not presume in expecting pardon for our + iniquities; and though we might have served our generation + more effectually by simple dependence on the promised + blessing, on quiet unconsuming labour, we may hope when + our head is laid low, others shall enter into our labours. + The prospect in this land is indeed very discouraging on + this head. Government continues its determined opposition + to every thing tending to bring the light of the Gospel + before the heathen. It is now, also, a melancholy + consideration that so many of their native subjects, + bearing the Christian name, are left to ‘perish for lack of + knowledge.’ Would to God something might be done on this + subject in the new settlement of the Charter! Surely the + religious public at home, will make an effort to bring the + circumstances of the Indian Church before Parliament. + + “I am highly gratified by the account of your young + friends who have devoted themselves to missionary labour. + ‘Say unto them, be strong, fear not.’ How earnestly do I + wish a way were opened for them to this land; how gladly + would I hail them as brethren; but, unless they could + come in some way accredited from home, such is the state + of things here, I could not serve them much. There is + no hindrance cast in my own way, but such as the Gospel + meets with every where; but what I mean is, that very + little could be done to procure the consent of Government + to their stay, unless they had leave from home. By the + Charter, the Company ought to have schoolmasters as well + as Chaplains for their European regiments; could none of + the London friends procure schoolmasters to be sent here? + Mr. Thomason is greatly in want of an assistant in the old + church, Calcutta; could not one of your young friends get + ordained, and come over to us? Whilst Mr. Brown was alive, + Mr. Thomason had help; now he stands alone in Calcutta. + Besides, the ‘Society for Missions to Africa and the East,’ + want to send a missionary to Ceylon, a most important field + of labour. I would urge their coming to this land, if a + way were opened, in preference to Africa, because here the + natives are not sanguinary, and the land is under European + government; and also, because though I have lost my health, + and others also, yet I think another who should follow my + advice might here live to the age of man, notwithstanding + the difference of climate. Mr. Desgranges destroyed + himself; ‘the zeal of God’s house ate him up,’ I think may + be said of this member of Christ, in his measure; and the + same of beloved and honoured Martyn. Notwithstanding the + opposition of Government, a work is working in this land, + which the despisers wonder at, and know not how to resist. + The public sentiment appeared gloriously on the foundation + of the Calcutta Auxiliary Bible Society; even those who + oppose officially, saying they obey orders from home, + cannot resist the Christian argument in behalf of the many + already baptized. Missions have uniformly been discouraged + by the British government here, yet we find ten or twelve + thousand converts among their subjects; and now many, very + many of our British fellow-subjects here are awakened + seriously to their own state, and to a sense of the duty + we owe them. Some young officers, I know, have schools in + their own house, where they educate the native christian + children they find about them. At every European station, + there are some of these children. One married officer and + his lady have collected about twenty, and pray with them in + Hindoostanee every morning. Let these considerations, my + brother, excite a spirit of prayer for us here; among your + young brethren, at your quarterly meetings, make mention + of our affairs, that we may have a place in your joint + supplications; and God grant that some of them may be led + to offer themselves to the help of the Lord!” + +Then, after mentioning some particulars respecting the state in which +he left his flocks at Cawnpore, Chunar and Benares, and which have +already been related, Mr. Corrie proceeds: + + “What a dreary waste from Benares to Calcutta! There are + indeed, several worthy individuals in that place; but + + “The sound of the church-going bell + These beautiful plains never heard; + Never sighed at the sound of the knell, + Nor smiled when a sabbath appeared.” + + “Mr. Martyn is in Persia; I heard from him, dated March + 20th from Shiraz; he had finished a copy of the New + Testament, and of the Psalms, in Persian, and was employed + on the book of Daniel: he purposes going into Arabia, to + prove specimens of Arabic translation, before his return. + I baptized four converts a few days ago, the fruits of a + Native brother’s labours, who possesses good ministerial + abilities, and promises great usefulness. Of the Baptists, + I may speak in a body. Their chief success is in Calcutta, + where some, in most months, are added to them. They have + some brethren at Agra; some at Dinapore, or Patna (which + are close together,) but I hear of none persuaded by + them except a young officer, who was awakened by some + means at a distance from Christian society, and having + none that he could advise with, wrote to them; and from + one step to another seems now disposed to join them. He + has been persuaded to pause. Their labours in Chinese + and Sanscrit are valuable, because they have proper helps; + but their other productions are inferior. Of those who + have joined them in Calcutta, it is no disparaging of + their individual worth to say that they are mostly of + inferior rank. I hesitate not to say, they prevail by legal + considerations for the most part; and I lament that their + prejudices against the Church of England will not suffer + them to take one step beyond their own narrow enclosure. + But may the work of the Lord, as far as it is His work, + prosper in their hands, no less than in ours: and may we + all be found one in Christ Jesus! For myself, I write this + on board of ship in Saugur roads, at the entrance of the + river leading to Calcutta. I am going to sea on account of + a liver-complaint, which has afflicted me now upwards of + three years, and does not give way to medicine. I am told, + it has not yet injured my constitution, but ministerial + labours completely counteract the effects of medicine, so + that I can only hope for a cure from rest and change of + air. I feel it a duty to try these; and for this purpose + came down from Cawnpore.” + +Scarcely had Mr. Corrie put to sea, when he again had to encounter +the perils of the deep. Writing on the 31st July, he remarks:-- + + “On the 27th it began to blow a gale, which continued the + whole day with great violence: and though its violence + abated in the evening, it has been blowing weather ever + since. Yesterday, we were obliged to heave overboard + 370 bags of rice, it having got damaged from the water + we shipped continually, and gave the ship so great a + lurch that we were afraid she would sink, the pumps not + being able to keep her clear. On Monday especially, our + danger was apparent, and my mind was at first a good deal + discomposed. I retired to my cabin, and on a review could + say that I have not wasted my health in self-pleasing, that + however mixed my services have been with sinful motives, + yet the furtherance of the gospel has been my chief aim, + and now I am here seeking renewal of strength, much against + my own inclination; but at the urgent importunities of + friends: and if it please God to restore me, I intend no + other work or way but to serve Him in the gospel of his + Son. Such reflections encouraged me to draw near with + faith to God in Christ. I was favoured with freedom of + access, and by prayer and thanksgiving, was enabled to + ‘cast my burden on the Lord,’ and to hope for and expect + the preservation afforded. I, at the same time, devoted + my body, soul, and spirit anew to the service of God my + Saviour; and I do now renew that dedication, and purpose + through thy strength, O blessed Saviour, to know nothing, + and follow after nothing, but the knowledge of my Lord + Jesus Christ, and the diffusion of his blessed truth. + + “August 3rd. The wind still boisterous, and often stormy; + this destroys our comfort with the poor attendance we have + on board. I endeavour to improve my mind by reading and + conversation with ----, who seems to come more and more + into true notions on religion; may grace be vouchsafed him, + that he may feel their importance, and rest upon them! + During yesterday and to-day we have been returning to + nearly our former way; the wish of putting into some port + has been much present with me, and the hope of being able + to return, without going to the Isle of France, has made + me too anxious. O Lord, give me grace to be submissive to + thine appointments! I know not what is best: thou, Lord + well knowest: O direct, controul, and support my soul! + The sight of the raging sea, which at times made me feel + powerfully the presence and majesty of God, ceases to have + that effect: because others apprehend no danger, I am ready + to conclude there is none, and so live without that looking + unto Jesus which is my duty and my privilege. O Lord, + though to human apprehension danger is not nigh; yet my + life is in thy hands, and thine are all my ways; and in the + practice of these words I desire to live and die. Amen!” + +Owing to this stormy weather, contrary winds, and a strong current, +the ship made but little way, for after a fortnight’s sailing, +Mr. Corrie found himself no further on his voyage than the Cacoas +islands. The captain then decided to retrace their course somewhat, +with a view to getting to the westward, and that object was +accomplished so far that toward the end of August, the ship was +slowly working her way down the coast, and on the 6th of September +entered the Vizagapatam roads. It appears however, from Mr. Corrie’s +Journal, that the prospect of a long and tedious voyage, and the +consequent uncertainty as to the time when he might get back again +to India, often ‘filled his mind with painful anxiety.’ The return, +too, of former pains in his side, he regarded as being chiefly +occasioned by ‘the want of regular food and exercise.’ These and +other considerations weighed so powerfully on his mind that for +some time previously to coming within sight of the coast of India, +he had decided to abandon the voyage to the Isle of France, and to +‘disembark at whatever port the ship might put in.’ On reaching +Vizagapatam he carried that purpose into effect. This place had +then been occupied for about eight years as a central station by +the London Missionary Society; and was, moreover, a place of much +interest to Mr. Corrie, as being the scene of the labours and death +of Mr. Desgranges, who is so feelingly mentioned in the foregoing +letter to Mr. Buckworth. Here, therefore, Mr. Corrie remained for +more than a fortnight in the house of Mr. Pritchett, the London +Society’s missionary. During his stay at Vizagapatam, Mr. C. notes on + + “September 20th. This day six years I arrived in Calcutta: + I scarcely know what to say or think of the time gone by. I + feel myself an unprofitable servant. My coldness in prayer; + my want of love to the Bible; my generally reading other + books in its stead, oppress me with a sense of guilt. The + favour shown me here is very humiliating, being so much + more than I deserve. O God, give me grace to know and do + thy will, and to delight in thy law!” + +Mr. Corrie’s departure from Vizagapatam is noticed as follows:-- + + “September 23rd. On board the ship Union, leaving + Vizagapatam. Arrived here on the 6th, wrote to Mr. + Pritchett, and went on shore by invitation, in the evening, + to their family worship. I have been hospitably entertained + ever since, at the mission-house, though owing to the + lowness of the place, and consequent heat, I should have + preferred a higher situation. I have observed in general + that the missionaries are men of true piety, and of more + candour than I expected: they receive ten pagodas per month + from Government (a pitiful sum,) for which they officiate + as Chaplain to the station; but do not baptize or marry. + They have public worship in the court-house on Sunday, + and at the house on top of the hill; the attendance is + generally good.[83] I officiated at the latter place the + two Sundays I was there. On Sunday last I administered the + Lord’s Supper to twelve; and last night married a couple; + baptized eight children, and preached in the court-house in + the evening, and afterwards administered the Lord’s Supper + to six.... + + “Though the missionaries are doubtless good men, yet I + see decidedly the advantage men who have been brought up + from youth with attention to learning, have over them. I + suggested a native Christian school, and it will, I expect, + be adopted; and according to my views of the subject, will + supply a door of entrance among the heathen. May I remember + their Christian love, and be excited to imitate it! May the + remembrance of the attention shown me operate to render me + more anxious to deserve it! + + “September 24th. Last night we were obliged to come to + anchor off Vizagapatam. This morning a slight breeze + sprung up; and we are now, 4 a. m. losing sight of + hospitable Waltere. My heart, ever cleaving to creatures, + viewed Mr. P’s house several times during the day, with + regret at leaving it.... I know, O Lord, that thy salvation + is life eternal, and that in thy light alone does light and + joy appear to the soul. O Lord my God, lift upon me the + light of thy countenance for the sake of thine Anointed!” + +The following are also extracts from Mr. C’s Journal:-- + + “Sunday, 27th Sept.--This has been a most unprofitable day; + the temper of those on board seems more removed from the + christian temper than any thing I have seen. A contemptuous + disregard of every thing sacred reminds me continually of + the caution not to cast pearls before swine; yet let me not + suffer sin upon my neighbour unreproved. I have attempted + to pray, and have gone over the usual subjects; but, alas, + with little heart: it occurred to me the increased number + of names I have to mention ought to make me mark more + decidedly the power of God towards me. + + “October 6th,--Below Kedgeree. During the last week, I was + occupied a good deal with some writings of Madame de Stael; + and could not but be thankful for more comfortable views of + religious truth than she can afford: I felt how absolutely + absurd all her theories of happiness are, and how insane + her most exemplary characters. At the same time, I felt a + fear lest any foolish pride of sentiment, or fine feeling, + should tempt me to forsake the fountain of living waters, + and was led to pray with some fervency for a more simple + regard to the word of God, and more attention to it. On + Sunday, the 4th, we fell in with a pilot, and yesterday + evening anchored in Saugur roads. To-day, we are at anchor + below Kedgeree light-house. I have felt much thankfulness + for a safe return to this land. I know not whether or not + my side is well, but feel that I am weaker than formerly; + easily affected by the heat, and do not soon recover from + the use of medicine. I have, however much reason to adore + the love and kindness of God my Saviour, that this land, + once the land of banishment to me, is become a land of + promise. I return to it not by constraint, but as a home: + there are sisters, brothers, and dear friends in the Lord, + to whom my soul cleaves, and to whom I am welcome. O my + God, surely I owe thee myself, my soul and body!--I have + owed to thee my days; thou hast delivered me from the + great deep, and my soul shall praise thee! My work among + the British, my native schools and teaching, to these + employments I consecrate my days.” + +On the evening of Thursday the 8th October 1812, Mr. Corrie reached +Calcutta, and on finding that Mr. Thomason was laid aside from duty, +by an attack of illness, Mr. C. undertook the services at the Old +Church for a few weeks, until his friend should be convalescent. +It was not his desire, however, to remain long absent from his own +station, now that his health had been in a great measure restored +to him, and he, therefore, made preparations for proceeding to +Agra. But before leaving Calcutta, Mr. C. was united in marriage to +Elizabeth, the only child of Mr. W. Myers, a gentleman whose name +has already occurred in these memoirs as among the friends of the +Rev. D. Brown. Respecting Miss Myers, the observation of Mr. Thomason +was, in reference to her marriage with Mr. Corrie, that she was +‘one who entered into all his missionary views, and was indeed a +help-meet for him.’ It was now, also, that the Christian friendship +which subsisted throughout after-life between Mr. Corrie and Abdool +Messeeh, may be said to have commenced; for the sincerity of Abdool’s +profession of the gospel having by this time been well proved, it was +decided that he should accompany Mr. Corrie to Agra, as a Scripture +Reader and Catechist. An outline of the history of this remarkable +convert to the Christian faith, was drawn up at the time by Mr. +Corrie,[84] and has been frequently reprinted; so that it would be +superfluous, in this place, to do more than to supply such a brief +sketch of Abdool’s earlier life, as may serve for the elucidation +of some particulars respecting him, which are given below. It will +be remembered, then, that Abdool was a native of Delhi; but that +when arrived at man’s estate he accompanied his family to Lucknow; +being all the while a zealous Mahomedan. From thence he removed +to Cawnpore, where he was so impressed by the preaching of Mr. +Martyn, that he became a candidate for baptism, accompanied Mr. M. +to Calcutta, and was, after due probation, admitted into the church +of Christ, by Mr. Brown, on Whit-Sunday, 1811. From that time until +he joined Mr. Corrie’s family, Abdool lived in Calcutta or the +neighbourhood, suffering much opposition from the Mahomedans, but +being the instrument of much good to many of his countrymen. + +At the latter end of November 1812, Mr. and Mrs. Corrie took leave +of Calcutta for Agra, Abdool with several Christian native children +occupying a boat by themselves. Abdool employed himself during the +journey in teaching the children to read, &c., and in composing hymns +to native measures. These he was in the habit of singing with the +children and servants when the party came to anchor for the night. As +also, the journey from Calcutta occupied many weeks, it was customary +to remain at anchor throughout every Sunday that occurred on the way; +and on those occasions Abdool used to collect together the boatmen +and others on the banks of the river, and explain the scriptures +to them. On many occasions, too, he maintained arguments with +Brahmins and Romanists on subjects connected with their respective +superstitions; but, as copious accounts of those disputes are given +in the printed journal of Abdool’s proceedings, it is not considered +necessary to repeat them. The result usually was to call forth much +hostility to Abdool, and to expose him to personal danger. Thus, from +Cawnpore, 17th Feb. 1813, Mr. Corrie writes to his brother-in-law:-- + + + TO J. W. SHERER, ESQ. + + ‘We expect to leave this about the 25th; we should have + gone before now, but that Abdool Messeeh is gone to + Lucknow to visit his family, and will not return until + the 24th. I was not for his going, nor did he intend to + go, but on his writing from Allahabad, a brother and + nephew of his came over here, and received him with + much affection, and told him, that his father, mother, + another brother and three sisters, with their children, + had determined on coming over, if he would not go to see + them; professing also, that all his family wish to become + Christians together with him. There has been a great stir + at Lucknow about his conversion. A crowd assembled one + night about his father’s house and demanded that he should + openly renounce Abdool, or they should suspect him also of + becoming a Christian. He and the brothers said, they would + not renounce Abdool, who had always behaved kindly, and now + wrote to them with great affection. A tumult ensued, which + required the interference of the Cutwal; and the report + was carried to the Nabob’s son, if not to the Nabob. The + great men took the part of Abdool’s family, and reproved + the others; but under these circumstances, I did not think + it advisable for Abdool to go over, nor would he but for + the desire manifested by his family to cleave to him. This + made him determined to run all risks, and also because his + sisters’ husbands threatened to forsake them, if they came + over here; and Abdool argued it was not right for him to be + the cause of their disobeying their husbands, so he would + go to them. Indeed his whole conduct manifests a great deal + of discretion and good sense, though no superiority in + understanding; so that I fear nothing from indiscretion, + and have sent a servant of my own with him, and hope the + Lord will be his defence. + +In a letter, however, which Mr. Corrie addressed soon after this to +Lieutenant (now Captain) Peevor of H. M. 17th foot, he states that +Abdool “was obliged to retreat privately,” from Lucknow, the rage of +the Mahomedans was so great against him. Yet it appears that “his +father, mother, two brothers and two nephews, had all professed their +readiness to embrace the gospel,” and that the nephews returned with +Abdool to Cawnpore. + + + [83] From the period of their first arrival at + Vizagapatam, the Missionaries seem to have been in + the habit of conducting public worship according to + the ritual of the church of England; and proceeded + to translate the English liturgy into the Teloogoo + language. + + [84] Missionary Register, vol. i. p. 261-266. + + + + + CHAPTER XI. + + AGRA. + + +Mr. Corrie and his party reached Agra on the 18th of April 1813. +There he was made acquainted with the death of Mr. Martyn. In a +letter to Mr. Sherer, and with reference to that event, Mr. C. +writes:-- + + “We arrived here in good health, and found your letter + containing the affecting intelligence of Martyn’s + death:--to us afflictive, to him happy beyond expression. + I thought of writing immediately, but could find nothing + beyond lamentations to express; lamentations for us, not + for him. He was meet for the “inheritance of the saints + in light,”--my master is taken away from me, O for a + double portion of his spirit! The work of printing and + distributing the scriptures, will henceforth go on more + slowly. It is impossible to have so lively an impression of + the importance of supplying the written word, where people + have not intercourse with the spiritually needy. You all + feel for the poor English, because you now and then talk + with them, and have demonstration of their ignorance on + eternal things. Thus those who enter among the heathen have + a demonstration on the subject, which constrains them to + pity them, and to exclaim, ‘O that they had but a Bible!’” + +Shortly after his arrival at Agra, Mr. Corrie enquired for, and +obtained a house, every way suitable for the residence of Abdool +Messeeh. The rent was agreed upon, and possession in part given, but +in the meantime Abdool’s circumstances becoming known, the owner of +the house, a Mahomedan, departed from his agreement, and would not +accept Abdool for a tenant. But shortly afterwards a property called +Boottats Kuttra, a court in the middle of the principal street in +Agra, being put up for sale, it was bought by an English gentleman, +who generously gave it for the purposes of the mission. In this place +Abdool Messeeh regularly conducted Divine Service twice on Sundays, +and once, sometimes twice, during the week. He had family worship +also, daily with the Native Christians, who resided in or near the +Kuttra. Some account of these missionary proceedings is given by Mr. +C. in answer to a letter from Mr. Sherer. He writes, on the 8th June +1813:-- + + “The plan of a Native Free-School I admire greatly; and + have no doubt of its utility and success. I have been + proceeding on that plan ever since I came to the country. + James[85] failed me, and one of the boys, (Simon) through + the wickedness of his parents, is likely to fail me also; + yet I do not despair. Osman is one of the cleverest of any, + in English; Nicholas, most solid; Abdool’s two nephews are + promising, especially the younger, Shumsher Rham. We have + a tribe of younger ones, and a whole host of little sons + of drummers. J. A. is coming, on the first opportunity, to + be my English master for them; which will relieve me much, + both as to time and labour; after two disappointments, + and many attempts, we have at length obtained an old + premise in the city. This is the fourth day we have been + in possession; and a school is already collected there. + The whole city rings with this, to them new doctrine; and + copies of the New Testament are eagerly sought for: not + a tongue moves in opposition; which is a matter both of + surprise, and congratulation. Abdool Messeeh is greatly + called forth; and his heart becomes more and more in the + work, as people come forward. Two or three, indeed many, + have professed their wish to be baptized; but perhaps these + are not the most hopeful, for being most forward. The + subject has now got amongst the English; and they evidently + don’t know what to make of it.... The people in the city + generally speak of the school with great approbation, and + hope it will be made a college. The establishment for the + whole is now, a Molwee 20 Rs.; an Ostad 10 Rs.; a writer 7 + Rs.; and a schoolmaster for the little boys 8 Rs.; besides + Durwan 3 Rs.; and about 25 Rs. for the maintenance of + children, &c. &c. So that, I fear, I cannot enlarge much + our present establishment.” + +Although it had hitherto been the unchristian policy of the Indian +government either to discountenance all efforts to raise the moral +and religious condition of their subjects, or to leave them to be +altogether dependent for instruction in the great truths of revealed +religion, on the personal zeal and narrow resources of a few private +individuals, yet a better state of things appeared now to be at +hand. The various missionary societies, and the religious portion of +Britain at large, regarded the renewal of the company’s charter to +be a favourable opportunity for pressing upon the attention of the +legislature, the destitute condition of India with respect to the +gospel. This was accordingly done, and the result was, that during +the month of June 1813, the parliament affirmed the necessity for a +Church establishment in India; voted that it was the duty of England +to promote the moral and religious improvement of her subjects +in India; and that facilities ought likewise to be afforded to +persons desirous of going to India for the purpose of accomplishing +those benevolent designs. This favourable change in the policy of +government was of course unknown to Mr. Corrie, when he addressed the +following letter: + + + TO THE REV. MR. SIMEON. + + “Agra, June 23, 1813. + + “What will the new charter bring to light in respect + of our ‘project,’ as Mr. Cecil used to speak? The + desirableness of some extension of our present + establishment, is beyond all dispute: the most careless + among us cry shame on the want of attention of our + governors to this point. If we had a sufficient + establishment of proper chaplains, there need be little + further anxiety about evangelizing India: but who are + to supply the places of Brown, Buchanan, Jeffreys, and + Martyn? It seems almost as if Mr. Carey’s prophecy were + coming true, that God would not employ _us_ in the work + of evangelization. Amidst the great attention we hear of, + excited to the distribution of the scriptures, how comes + it, none of our Brethren offer _themselves_ to come and + _distribute_ the word of life? And what are we, who believe + Episcopacy to be the Order of the primitive church, to do + for duly ordained pastors, from among the native converts? + I write thus freely, my honoured father in the gospel, for + now Mr. Brown and Mr. Martyn no longer bring these subjects + before you, and Mr. Thomason, though he is nearer the scene + of action, has really no more to do with the _natives_ than + you have, nor does Mr. Parson give himself to this work. + Mr. Thomason has more to do as Minister of the Old Church, + Secretary, etc. etc. than one man ought to have, and this + situation must always occupy one: and Mr. Parson gives + himself wholly to the British soldiers, among whom he is + eminently useful. + + “I am now next on the list of Chaplains to be appointed + to Calcutta, and if I must go, there will then be no + chaplain out of Calcutta, to enter into the affairs of + the Natives. There is no town in India, where a person + may not be usefully employed in missionary work, and for + superintendance, Calcutta is a preferable situation, but + then there must be something to superintend. At present, I + am in some perplexity on this subject. God has been pleased + to make the labours of Abdool-Messeeh very acceptable in + this place in general. I yesterday sent off to Mr. Bates + a copy of his journal from March to this time; there are + eighteen children at his school in the city, and six + candidates for baptism: the whole city, containing a + population of upwards of fifty thousand, is moved, and very + little opposition has appeared; _none_ that deserves to be + called opposition: the Kazee[86] has begun to move against + us. I trust we shall give no occasion for tumult, nor have + I the smallest fear on that head. Martyn’s translation + is admired as a composition, no less than as containing + important truth; could he look from Heaven and see Abdool + Messeeh, with the translated New Testament in his hand, + preaching to the listening throng, and could he know of + Mr. M.’s wish to follow his steps in this work, it would + add fresh delight to his holy soul! Now this prospect of a + rising native church makes one reflect, what is to be done + for them. Could Abdool Messeeh be properly ordained, he + is, in my opinion, for humility, zeal and discretion, most + eminently worthy of the ministry. Fervent and experimental + piety with such matured judgment, I never expected to + meet with in a native of Hindoostan, and such are the + sentiments of Mr. M. and another Christian friend, now + with us, respecting him. But according to my views on the + subject, he cannot with propriety administer the Christian + Sacraments; and my successors would not, perhaps, admit + him to their presence. It seems my duty, to decline all + removal, as far as I may be permitted, and, I trust, I + shall be able to do so, though it would, in many respects, + prove a trial both personal and otherwise. The Armenian + bishops, and the bishops of the Syrians, have occurred to + me, if their ordinations be considered valid.[87] If I had + any suitable helper to whom the work might be committed, + I should perhaps, think it advisable to take the privilege + of furlough, for the recovery of my strength, if it please + God. The great quantity of medicine, I was obliged to take, + reduced me much, and the right side is still very tender. + I trust in this, and all my ways, to acknowledge the Lord, + and doubt not, he will guide me aright. May his kingdom + come more fully in my own heart, that I may do his will in + all things!” + +The success which, under the divine blessing, had so signally +marked the labours of Abdool Messeeh at Agra, was not unattended by +correspondent difficulties. The loss of caste and the consequent +destitution which followed the native converts, required to be +alleviated by supplying them with sustenance, until some employment +could be found for them. The schools also, which had been established +under the favourable circumstances, mentioned in the foregoing +letters, were necessarily attended with a certain regular expense. +As, therefore, Mr. Corrie’s resources were altogether inadequate +to meet the stated and increasing demands upon them, he applied to +the Calcutta agents of the Society for Missions to Africa and the +East, to ascertain how far assistance might be looked for from that +Society. He suggested to them, at the same time, that an auxiliary +missionary society might be formed in Calcutta, which might aid +the work he had in hand, by monthly subscriptions. He advised, +moreover, that a few friends of missions should form themselves into +a committee, for the purpose of considering how native converts +could be best employed, and their children be brought up to trades. +The result of this application to Calcutta, was the formation of an +association, and the collecting of subscriptions to the amount of +four hundred pounds, the express objects of which were to enable +Mr. Corrie to “establish and support native schools at Agra and +elsewhere.” Subscriptions from private sources also, were not +wanting. To a friend who took an interest in the Agra mission, Mr. +Corrie writes on the 2nd of Aug. 1813. + + “I was far from expecting any separate contribution to the + work here, but do not even wish to refuse it; for sure I am + that of money thus spent, we shall be able to say at last, + ‘what I have given away, remains.’” + +He then goes on to inform his correspondent, that + + “The Sunday (July 25.) before yesterday was the beginning + of our visible edifice. The foundation is, I am persuaded, + laid in Christ. The Hukeem[88] and Abdool’s nephew, are + both not only enlightened in mind, but informed also in + judgment. The former once led a party to fight for Islam, + consequently his conversion has called forth more of the + spite of the enemy than we before have seen. Several have + told Abdool plainly, that under any other government + they would have risen upon him. I observe without saying + anything to any around. Mr. H. talks to every body in the + same strain, and then tells E. the remarks people make. + Why! I know before hand what such people will say.” + +The Hukeem mentioned in the preceding extract, was a Mahomedan +from Bhurtpore, and physician to the Rajah’s family. His first +acquaintance with divine truth was through the medium of the +Pentateuch in Arabic, which a Romish priest had lent him some years +before the date of the letter just quoted. Afterwards, meeting with +a copy of the gospels translated into Persian, by Sabat, the Hukeem +became convinced of the truth of Christianity, but made no open +profession of the gospel; until under the instruction of Abdool, he +learned “the way of God more perfectly,” and was baptised by the name +of Talib Messeeh Khan, on the Sunday above-mentioned. His baptism +occasioned so great a sensation among the Mahomedans, that Abdool’s +house in the city was for some days a constant scene of comers +and goers. The disciples of the various Musselman saints came in +bodies (sometimes of upwards of forty) to enquire about the mode of +initiation into the Christian Religion. The eldest nephew of Abdool +was baptised at the same time with the Hukeem. + +These promising appearances, however, brought with them correspondent +anxieties, so far as respected Mr. Corrie; for in writing to Mr. +Sherer (Aug. 18, 1813,) he remarks:-- + + “I never before felt the care attending the winning of + souls as now; and never before so entirely felt my own + perfect insignificance and folly. While all was only + beginning, there was food for vain glory, and no occasion + for suspicion or watchfulness. Now time has been given for + probation, my rest sometimes departs from me lest Satan + should gain an advantage over us.” + +Mr. Corrie then goes on to inform Mr. S.: + + “The Hukeem I baptized proves a man of superior + understanding. He has begun Hebrew, and if he proceeds + as he has begun, will prove a most valuable corrector + of the Hindoostanee Old Testament, which Mirza Fitrut + has translated from the English. He is not, however, so + obliging in his disposition as Abdool Messeeh. The eldest + nephew of Abdool has been, ever since his baptism, quite + another creature,--lively, devoted, and the servant of all. + He is on your fund, as a Reader; and the Hukeem receives + for himself and family 20 R. till he becomes qualified + for some office in the church. To prove the sincerity of + the Fakeers, I hired forty Bigohs[89] of land, and they + have laboured with readiness for their bread, in clearing, + weeding, watching, &c. This has been a present extra + expense, but I am told the grain will produce a return. + In consequence of the scarcity, multitudes of poor are + very ill off, and a subscription, at the suggestion of Mr. + F. was entered into for their relief. The sum amounts to + 15 Rs. a day, and Abdool and I are the Almoners: a more + troublesome and unthankful office I was never engaged + in. Two months, it is thought, will put an end to the + present distress. Three Schools, beside the one at home, + are gaining ground. The supply you mentioned could easily + be appropriated, and when something is determined, I will + send down a statement of items. I refrain at present, lest + I should seem to claim what will come as an offering to + the Lord. I feel it would be an honour to live on bread + and water that all might go in this work and way; but the + claims of justice and family demand attention also.” + +Occupations of various kinds now so multiplied upon Mr. Corrie, that +his private Journal was but irregularly kept. The completion of seven +years’ residence in India was, however, too marked an event to pass +unnoticed by him, and he therefore writes:-- + + “Agra, Sep. 19, 1813. To-morrow will complete to me seven + years in India. Many mercies have attended me, and many + instances of God’s gracious dealings, which ought to be + had in remembrance, to His praise, and my own comfort and + encouragement. The death of Mr. Brown, and afterwards of + Mr. Martyn, deprived me of two pillars on whom I leaned + partly for so long a time: and to this hour I feel my + earthly masters to be taken away from me. There is now + none on earth, to whom I look for guidance as to what I + should do in my ministry. For a time this discouraged + me; but the Lord mercifully made my way plain, and his + work here is going on with seeming success. For this work + Abdool Messeeh was raised up, and qualified, and sent of + God. He is eminently humble, teachable, persevering, and + zealous. Two were baptized from the heathen on July 25: + and eight more, with three of their children, on August + 25. There are now many catechumens, and upwards of ninety + children in school, at three places. Keeping the journal + of Abdool’s labours, has interrupted my private journal; + though, after all, they are quite distinct. In general, + my mind has been too much occupied in the outward work. I + have lived too little in the habit of ejaculatory prayer; + and contented myself with very little of spirituality + of mind; so that if success had depended on me, it must + utterly have failed. But the spiritual temple grows up ‘not + by might, or by power,’ but by the Spirit of the Lord. Oh + may he carry on his work within, and enable me to grow up + into Christ in all things. I have engaged too largely + in expences, considering the natural claims upon me. The + schools and native christians stand me in not less than + 300 Rs. monthly; while building &c. is likely to involve + me in debt. The heart of Mr. B. was, indeed, mercifully + disposed to give _Kuttra_; and help is promised from other + quarters, and I doubt not but the Lord will provide, since, + I think, I seek not my own vain glory, but His worthy + praise and honour. For some days past, I have experienced + a sensible return of the liver complaint. What this may + be the forerunner of, I know not. It would be a painful + trial to cease from labour now, though that may be needful + to try my humility, whilst, Oh what may it prove to my + European flock! Who shall speak to them, or make known the + way of salvation? Lord! direct me in this matter. Enable + me to give myself to meditation and prayer: and grant me + to know and do thy will.... Praised be thy name, who hast + kept me in my purpose respecting coming to India. The love + of souls, more than of wealth, or earthly honour, I trust, + still, through grace, predominates; and may grace reign in + my soul, through righteousness, unto eternal life, through + Jesus Christ.” + +It was soon after the date of the preceding extract, that +intelligence reached Agra from England, that it was intended to +publish a memoir of Mr. Martyn; and Mr. Corrie in consequence, +addressed the following letter + + + TO THE REV. J. SARGENT. + + “Agra, Nov. 1. 1813. + + “I have very lately learned through Mr. Thomason that + you have undertaken to draw up a life of the Rev. H. + Martyn. It will be of use for you to know that when he + left Cawnpore in 1810 to seek change of air, I was with + him, and persuaded him to leave in my hands a number of + memorandums he was about to destroy. They were sealed + up, but on his death, being opened, they prove to be + Journals of the exercises of his mind from January 1803, + to 1807, inclusive. They seem to me no less worthy of + publication than the Journal of Mr. Brainerd, if more + books of that kind should be judged necessary. Since the + beginning of 1807, Mr. M. favoured me with almost a weekly + letter, in which his various employments and engagements + for the furtherance of the gospel in this country, are + detailed with occasional very interesting remarks. + This correspondence ceased on my being ordered by our + commander-in-chief to assist Mr. M. in the duties of the + station of Cawnpore, when I took up my abode with him from + June till his departure, October 1st. Other letters passed + between us after that time, and it is my intention to + send you copies of all the above correspondence, together + with his private Memorandums. The latter, with copies of + Martyn’s letters from Feb. to July 1807, were sent off + this day to Mr. Thomason in Calcutta, to be forwarded to + England by the first opportunity, and the copies of the + remaining letters shall follow as soon as may be. Of course + I have omitted to copy what seems purely personal: yet + much remains which you will perhaps judge unnecessary for + publication, and will exercise your own judgment on that + head. All the extracts seem to me, however, to cast light + on the progress of missionary work in this land, and may + perhaps be thought interesting to those who take a concern + in Indian affairs. These extracts give so full a view of + Mr. M’s character that nothing remains for me to add. Only + I may say, a more perfect character I never met with, nor + expect to see again on earth. During the four years we + were fellow-labourers in this country, I had no less than + six opportunities of enjoying his company; the last time + for four months together, and under the same roof all + the time; and each opportunity only increased my love and + veneration for him. + + “I conclude the above intelligence will plead my excuse for + writing to you without previous introduction, and I was + anxious it should reach you through the nearest channel. + Your brother in Calcutta has told me several times of your + welfare; and during beloved Martyn’s life I used to hear + of you sometimes. Your person, whilst a student at King’s + College, was well known to me, and your character admired, + though I had not steadiness of principle sufficient at that + time to imitate you; and consequently had no pretensions to + an acquaintance with you, though I often greatly desired + it. To that ‘Father in Israel,’ Mr. Simeon, I owe all my + comfort on earth and all my hopes respecting eternity: for + through his instrumentality the seeds of grace, I trust, + were, during my residence at Cambridge, especially during + the latter part of my stay, implanted in my heart, and have + influenced, though alas! unsteadily, my after days. + + “From this far country you will however desire other + tidings, if any. The discussions in Parliament respecting + the religious part of the Company’s charter, give me + much pain, as both friends and opposers evidently view + the subject imperfectly. The opposers know full well, or + might know, that if every servant of the Company in India + were a clergyman, so long as we go on as heretofore, it + would not excite an enquiry scarcely from any native; + he would conclude it was the English _caste_, and there + his reflections would end. On the other hand, it seems + premature to connect the conversion of the natives with + an ecclesiastical establishment, for unless our Bishops + should be men, not only of learning and sobriety, but of + zeal, they will never hold out against the discouragements + a residence in this country presents. Indeed, in this work, + a man must engage with the spirit of those words--“Though + the fig-tree should not blossom;” &c. It is not that the + evangelization of India is a hopeless project, or that to + attempt it is attended with political danger; for the + story General Kyd produced in the House of Commons, to + shew the danger of interfering with the natives, is both + erroneously stated and ridiculously applied. The idea of + grave ministers of religion going out to shoot monkeys, + would not have been entertained in any other connexion + but as supplying an objection to Missions. But the young + men were not destroyed by the natives; the elephant on + which they rode took fright at the clamour of lamentation + and displeasure raised by the people on the monkey being + killed, and plunged into a deep place of the river Jumna, + when the Howdah on which they sat getting loose from the + elephant’s back, the young men were drowned. General + Kyd would perhaps say, he had seen Chaplains in India + shooting monkeys, and he should at the same time have + the candor to state, that none of that description made + themselves obnoxious to the natives by their religion, and + consequently there is nothing to fear from an establishment + of that kind. The work of evangelization is however, + going on; the instruction of the natives already bearing + the Christian name, opens a way for wide and lasting + benefit. Ever since my arrival and short acquaintance + with this country, it has appeared that natives will be + the great means of converting their brethren. Mr. Martyn + has done what no native could do, and what had not been + done before,--left an idiomatical and faithful translation + of the New Testament in the Hindoostanee language. This + language is known pretty generally by those tribes also + who do not use it in their usual conversation. This city + is near the Mahratta states, and the resort of people from + all parts of India, who all understand the tenor of this + translation, as has been abundantly proved.” + +As illustrative of the importance which Mr. Corrie attached to the +having many schools, it may be mentioned, that about the time +the foregoing letter was written, he had it in contemplation to +obtain leave of absence from Agra, with the view to visit different +stations, and to establish schools wherever it might be practicable. +With reference to such a plan, he writes + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “I have had it in mind to ask leave of Government, to go + to different stations to institute schools for the Native + christian children. All that would be required would be, + private unlimited leave of absence, with directions to + report or not, as they might think proper. Sir George N. + would, I think, make no objection, if the noble Earl did + not; and if he were put into possession of the real state + of things, I think he would rather encourage. It would be + a peculiar glory on his government to take measures for + bettering the state of the Native christian subjects, as + well as of the other classes of natives; and sure I am + that the way in which I propose to proceed, would excite + no jealousy among the natives, but rather call forth their + esteem for our national character.” + +At this time, too, the accounts Mr. C. received of Abdool’s +proceedings at Meerut, (where the latter was on a visit), were of the +most encouraging kind. He was gratified, also, by the intelligence +that Mr. Vetch was at work at Delhi, among the Armenian and +Portuguese Christians there. The opposition to missionary labours at +Agra, had moreover, for the present ceased, whilst the schools were +prospering as much as could reasonably be expected. As however, any +changes among the chaplains would, in all probability, occasion Mr. +C.’s removal from Agra, it became an object of great solicitude to +him that so promising a state of things should not retrograde, for +want of adequate superintendence and pecuniary support; and he, in +consequence, addressed the following communication to the Secretary +of the Church Missionary Society, in England:-- + + “Agra, E. I. Dec. 31. 1813. + + “You are made acquainted through the Rev. Mr. Thomason, + with the labours of Abdool Messeeh, who is engaged as a + Catechist for the Society for Missions to Africa and the + East; and of the success attending them. Since our arrival + at this place in March last, forty-one adults, and fourteen + children of theirs, have been baptized into the faith of + Christ, and all continue to walk in the truth. The prospect + of increasing numbers is very encouraging, and as several + of the converts are men of learning and of some influence, + there seems ground to hope that lasting benefit is intended + by our Almighty and most merciful Father to this place. + + “The want of useful books in their own language will, + however, render the Native converts for a long time in need + of European intelligence and firmness. Though the grace of + the gospel be sufficient for their individual salvation, + yet they are not sufficiently acquainted with the history + of mankind, and especially of the Church of Christ, to + enable them to calculate on the probable consequences of + any particular mode of conduct: nor can they for some time + reap the benefits to be derived from the experience of + those who have gone before them in the good way. + + “I feel, therefore, anxious to call the attention of the + Society of which you are Secretary, to this part of the + world; and to beg, that, if practicable, a Missionary may + be sent over to take charge of this infant church. The + place of worship and the premises now occupied, should + with pleasure be made over in perpetuity for the use of + the Mission; and I think I may affirm, that the friends + of religion in this country would find sufficient support + for the person whom you may send, without his continuing + burthensome to the Society. + + “Among the reasons why a Missionary should be sent to this + country, in preference to any other, I would beg leave + respectfully to suggest two; viz. the teeming population + of India, and the protection of equitable laws, which put + it in the power of a Missionary to do more good with less + personal inconvenience here than in any other heathen + country. + + “The objections raised at home to the evangelization of + India, on the score of political danger, are founded in + entire misrepresentation of the subject. It seems not to + have occurred to either friends or foes of the measure, + that there are none among the natives who have the means, + whatever might be their will, of resisting the British + Government. Almost all the ancient reigning families are + reduced to a state of dependence: nor at any time, did + ever the zeal of the Hindoos lead them to any formidable + opposition even to the intolerant and avowedly proselyting + Mahomedans: so that neither do past experience nor + present probabilities oppose any difficulty in the way of + publishing the gospel in India. + + “Besides, it might well be expected that reflecting men + should discriminate between a senseless attack upon images, + processions, &c. and the simple inoffensive statement of + Divine truth. The former might well be expected to rouse + every bad passion of the human mind; the latter will + always command respect if not obedience, whilst the same + Divine truth assures us his word shall not return void. + Our method is to state the plain truths of the gospel with + little or no reference to any other system called religion. + By pointing out the Scripture doctrines of man’s fall, + through the transgression of Adam, and his recovery by the + Lord Jesus Christ, which appeals to matters of obvious and + general experience, usually such a sensation is produced as + leads some one or other to examine what foundation he rests + upon; and the result is always, that there is salvation in + none but in God incarnate! + + “Permit me also respectfully to solicit the attention of + your Society to the subject of providing ministers from + among the Native converts: for it seems out of the question + ever to expect a sufficient number of regularly-ordained + ministers from England. The Liturgy of our church + translated, has been of singular benefit in this place: and + every circumstance in the case of a church newly gathered + from among the heathen, demonstrates that the order of + our church is that of the primitive Christian churches. + Whatever may be said in favour of the liberty of people + to choose their own ministers, or in favour of extempore + prayer, in a more advanced state of Christian education + and experience, does not apply in our circumstances: and + it follows of course, that a person who should be the + means of planting the gospel in any city or place, remains + the superintendent and umpire in all cases requiring + arrangement. Under this persuasion it would be painful + either to leave a native congregation without a pastor, + or to usurp authority. I would humbly, however, request + advice and help on this head. Abdool Messeeh seems, for + heavenly-mindedness, discretions and zeal, to be worthy + of the ministry: and we are endeavouring to qualify some + promising young Christians in this place for the ministry, + by instructing them in the learned languages of this + country, and in Hebrew: to which we propose adding the + study of Greek, and thus we hope they may one day be found + worthy of Episcopal ordination. + + “The Rev. Mr. Thomason will forward this: and I trust + no apology is necessary for endeavouring to draw the + attention of the Society, of which you are Secretary, to + this quarter. The opinion of one who resides on the spot, + and whose personal safety, attachments and interests + are much more involved in the subject than any retired + Indian, may perhaps be considered worthy of attention, + however insignificant the writer may be. I may be also + allowed to express anxiety, that the church to which I + belong may take a conspicuous part in the progressive work + of evangelization now going on in this country; since + she possesses facilities above all other Societies, and + her ordinances are best calculated, in my opinion, to + ensure edification, and that the work should not fail in + after-generations.” + +Early in January 1814, Mr. Corrie left Agra on a visit to Delhi; +and was there met by some natives from Meerut, who were desirous of +baptism. One of these was a Moonshee, in the service of Dr. R., and +who, from conversation with Abdool Messeeh, and the reading of the +translated Scriptures, had been convinced that ‘Jesus is the Son of +God.’ Another was a Molwee, a native of Rampoor, who had, in like +manner, been led to expect salvation only through Christ. A third was +an aged Birajee, who possessed great influence among the natives, but +whose faith in the Hindoo and Mahomedan systems had been completely +shaken by the deistical writings of Cuber, a satirical poet, who +lived at Benares. This Birajee had made many enquiries respecting the +Christian religion, and once thought of joining the Romish sect, +but was deterred from doing so by finding that they used images in +their worship. He had ultimately been brought to a knowledge of “the +truth as it is in Jesus,” by the perusal of the New Testament, a +copy of which, in the Nagree, he had lately obtained. For the sake, +therefore, of these and other natives, Mr. Corrie determined on a +visit to Meerut. There he had the satisfaction to find a congregation +of from twenty to thirty Christians, under the direction of Mr. +Bowley,[90] assisted by the Hukeem from Agra; and after due enquiry +and examination, he baptized the Rampoor Molwee and the Birajee, +on Sunday, January 30. On the following day Mr. C. baptized also a +native woman, and returned to Agra early in February. + +It may here be mentioned, that the success with which it pleased +God to mark the labours of Mr. Corrie and his friends at Agra, made +that city a place toward which those, not unnaturally, looked for +assistance, who were anxious for the spread of the gospel among the +tribes of Northern India. Mr. C. was therefore, frequently requested +to supply, from among the converts at Agra, scripture-readers, to +be employed at other stations. In answer to an application of that +nature, he writes-- + + + TO CAPTAIN PEEVOR. + + “Feb. 3. 1814. + + “I have been thinking who I could send you as a reader; but + really fear that none of those at present with me, are fit + for the appointment. It requires some time to make them + acquainted with the Scriptures; and some time for them to + lay aside the old ways of thinking, in which they have been + brought up: so that only one, like yourself, who would bear + with them, rather than expect them to bend in all things + to you, could be intrusted with the care of a very recent + convert. Abdool Messeeh’s nephew is, next to his uncle, the + most deeply humbled of the new converts; and him his uncle + does not wish to part with, at present. I will, however, + when we reach home, write to you further on the subject; + for you must know we left Agra on the 10th of January, and + have been at Delhi and Meerut.” + +Yet the quick succession in which first one native and then another +had been added to the church at Agra and elsewhere, was so unusual +a phenomenon in India, that some of the friends of missions seem to +have been apprehensive, lest converts should have been admitted to +baptism, before the sincerity of their faith and repentance had been +sufficiently tested. On that point, therefore, Mr. Corrie writes in +answer + + + TO THE REV. MR. THOMASON. + + “Many kind and cordial thanks for your cautions respecting + baptism. I have in no instance administered [that + sacrament] but where there seemed experience, as well + as knowledge, of the grace of God. Even the youths seem + convinced of sin, and aware of the necessity of avoiding + it. But the further we advance, the more arduous does my + post become. Nothing has occurred to make me doubt the + sincerity of any of the baptized,--but others have tried to + deceive. I wish all the converts could remain with me; but + it is no sin in them that they cannot live without food; + and I cannot maintain them all.” + +Mr. Corrie then adds, on the subject of scripture readers:-- + + “The Hukeem discovers great reluctance to leave, but at the + request of S. for a native Christian, he goes on Thursday + next, and Abdool Messeeh goes with him on a visit. He will + be in as good hands as here: his son is likely to prove + a treasure. He is quite familiar with the Arabic of the + Koran, is very quick of comprehension, needs seldom to have + a lesson repeated, and is devoted to study. His frame of + body is but weakly; and thus devotedness to learning is + accompanied (as is generally the case) with less appearance + of zeal for others. How few, like Martyn, live only that + they may impart knowledge! This youth appears a sincere + convert. He and two others are, henceforth, to have a + lesson daily in Hebrew. In two months he has learned to + construe the English New Testament; and purposes acquiring + also the rudiments of Greek.” + +The following extracts from letters written about this time, afford +additional evidence of that caution and godly wisdom, by which Mr. +Corrie’s missionary labours were directed:-- + + + TO J. W. SHERER, ESQ. + + “Agra, March 4, 1814. + + “I have little to write to you about, except what is + connected with the affairs of our Church here. The number + of converts and present inquirers on all hands, renders + attention to our concerns necessary that ‘the work should + not fail.’ I do not write down the tenth part of the + interesting particulars that come to our ears from Delhi, + Meerut, and the Mahratta country: all which, though, if + considered in respect of individuals, comprehends but a + very insignificant part of the population, yet shews, I + think, that “the report is gone forth,” and enquiry begins + to be made. Labourers also, are, I trust, springing up, + qualified for the work of instruction.... The Rampoor + Molwee seems very disinterested; and is by far the most + clever man we have yet had. The Moonshee, who accompanied + him, is not very superior, but appears sincerely disposed + to impart what he knows; and expresses a wish to go into + the lately-acquired territory, towards the Seiks, where his + family resides. At Delhi, the king’s sons, it is said, have + got a copy of the gospels. Praised be God, nothing actually + wrong has yet appeared in any of the converts, though + it may be supposed that I am sometimes tired with their + complaints and requests.” + + + TO CAPTAIN PEEVOR. + + “Agra, March 20, 1814. + + “I have by no means been forgetful of your wishes + respecting a reader, but have not yet been able to + determine anything for you. The success attending the word + is very gratifying and encouraging; but it requires time + to acquire information sufficient to become a teacher of + others; so that I hesitate even to wish the new converts + to leave this [place]: and for another reason also, [viz.] + lest through temptation or unwatchfulness, anything amiss + should appear in them; when you know how the enemy would + triumph. ‘There are your converts!’ would be the cry. ‘So + would we have it!’ But be assured, it is as much my wish as + it can be your’s, to send the light of the gospel to you as + fast as possible. + + “I do not know that our plan of schooling is by any means + the most advantageous. It is simply this:--Before nine + o’clock, the children learn by heart, catechism or grammar, + in the way of question and answer. After that Persian; and + after mid-day, English. This school consists of Christian + children.... The natives are so irregular in their habits, + and so entirely negligent of time, at the same time so + ignorant of the advantages of regularity, and improvement + of time, that they fly off if too much troubled on the + subject. In this work I am often reminded of that passage, + ‘Ye have need of patience, that having done the will of + God, ye may receive the promises.’ May we be followers + of them, who, through faith and _patience_, inherit + the promises! Faith we acknowledge [to be] a heavenly + principle, but often look for patience in ourselves; which, + alas, is no more of ourselves than faith.” + +Within a short time of the date of this letter to Captain Peevor, the +fall of two of the baptized from “their stedfastness,” occasioned Mr. +Corrie some distress, although his knowledge of the native character +had prepared him, as has been seen, to expect that offences would +sooner or later come. As regarded his own experience, however, all +outward trials and perplexities only seem to have led him to depend +more simply on the divine aid. Thus on the 10th of April 1814, +(Easter-day) Mr. C. writes:-- + + “To-day I have completed my 37th year. An eventful year + the last has been, from the spiritual enlargement of the + Church, both among white and black. Many trials, too, + have sprung up from the same cause; and often I am at + my wits’ end. I find all creatures, in themselves, but + miserable comforters; and I have, at times, a deep, deep + feeling of the disorder and misery introduced by sin; of + the strange perverseness and blindness of my own nature in + particular, and of human nature in general. My own folly + and perverseness appears, in the preference of outward + labour and bodily exercise to spiritual obedience, and + mental discipline. Yet, at times, I have stronger views + than I ever had before, of the excellence of the Divine + nature, and the blessedness of knowing, and being with God. + I trust my heart is not weary of this work, though often + groaning in it. God has raised pecuniary help, but the + responsibility attached to it makes me sometimes wish to + decline it. Mr. B. is coming to help in this work, which I + should rejoice in: and the Molwee, from Rampoor, promises + to be a ‘burning and a shining light.’ My dear wife grows + in union of heart and labour with me; and, on the whole, I + have nothing to regret but my own hardness of heart, whilst + I would set up an ‘Ebenezer’ to my covenant God! Amen.” + +It was at this time that Mr. Corrie, at the suggestion of Mr. +Thomason, addressed a letter to the committee of the Church +Missionary Society in Calcutta, on the subject of missionary +schoolmasters. In that communication he observed:-- + + “Agra, April 6, 1814. + + “The circumstance lately come to our knowledge respecting + the provisions in the Honourable Company’s new charter, + for affording religious instruction to our fellow subjects + in this country, leads me to submit the following + considerations to your notice, to be forwarded [to + England,] if you approve, for the consideration of the + Church Missionary Society. + + “The state of those descendants of Europeans, and others + professing Christianity, at the different European + stations, has always appeared to me worthy of attention, + both as it respects themselves, and as a medium through + which the natives in general might be approached, with + the greatest success. There are many persons of the above + description at Berhampore, Monghyr, Bagulpore, Patna, + Dinapore, Buxar, Benares, Chunar, Allahabad, Cawnpore, + Agra, Delhi, Meerut, and other inferior stations. + + “At each of these places, a schoolmaster might be placed + with great advantage. His ostensible, and indeed first + duty, should be to educate Christian children, and to + conduct public worship for native christians. The Divine + blessing would, doubtless, attend the education of these + children; and some of them would be led to choose the work + of instruction; and would go forth among the natives, with + tenfold advantage over any European missionary. As these + people are in general very poor, the schoolmaster must + be supplied with a maintenance, and, together with the + christian children, should give instruction in English + to as many children as he could attend to. The Native + christian children might learn the principles of religion + in Hindoostanee; and be farther instructed in the language + of the country, by means of native instructors, under the + superintendance of the European master; whilst the latter + would instruct them in English, and thus open to them the + stores of European learning. Many of the natives would + rejoice in an opportunity of having their children taught + English, _gratis_; and the necessary intercourse with a + schoolmaster, for this purpose, tends greatly to remove + prejudice, and to prepare the mind for the reception + of Divine truth. At each of the above stations, a way + appears to be prepared for the propagation of the gospel; + and a soil made ready, as it were, to receive the seed of + christian instruction, the fruits of which would spread + through the land. + + “The modes of instruction used by our Church are, also, + exactly suited to the state of the people professing + christianity at these places; and they are usually as + anxious for the prayer-book, (translated) as for the New + Testament. If our Society could but supply labourers for + this field, doubtless, on a proper representation of the + subject, government would readily permit them to proceed + hither. + + “Their Christian subjects have a claim upon government for + such permission, to say the least: and in this way, part + of their subjects would become attached [to them] no less + from duty, than from interest. The professedly Christian + part of the natives, are as little attached to us as any + other; a sincere lover of his country cannot but wish that + this portion of the population, at least, should be brought + to feel common interest with us. Our civil Institutions + have furnished much new information to the natives, on the + subject of moral right and wrong; and from the increase of + respectability, of late years, in the Honourable Company’s + servants, as well as from the growth of real piety among + them, much religious knowledge is gone abroad; add to this, + also, the considerable distribution of translations of the + Scriptures, in various languages, of late years. From all + this, an attentive observer cannot but conclude, that as + the subject of civil liberty becomes better understood by + the natives, more political danger is to be apprehended + from this quarter; unless it be counteracted by those + motives to contentment, and obedience to the “powers + that be,” which the gospel alone supplies, than from any + temperate attempts at evangelization. Of these attempts, + the plan of schoolmasters, such as our society could + approve at the different stations, as above suggested, + seems to me the least objectionable, and to imply no cause + of irritation whatever in the natives. Whilst there is + every ground, from reason and Scripture, to expect that the + blessing of God would attend endeavours of this kind.” + +As, also, the government of Lord Moira then professed to have in +contemplation some scheme for the education of the natives of +India at large, Mr. Corrie thought it his duty to write to Sir +George Nugent, to request that the Native christians might not be +overlooked. With reference to that important matter he observes in a +letter + + + TO J. W. SHERER, ESQ. + + “April 21, 1814. + + “I fear lest the school-plan proposed [by government] + should swallow up all the funds government can spare, in + mere literary objects, and the gospel be left still to + depend on the charity of God’s people. There is nothing in + Arabic or Sanscrit, as at present studied in India, that + can enlarge the mind or prepare it for the gospel: so that + if Christians also are not to be educated, we shall be just + where we were.” + +But whilst Mr. Corrie was thus busily occupied with plans for the +extension and perpetuating of divine truth, his health had again +begun to decline; for in writing to his brother-in-law, he concludes +some observations on the state of religion at Agra, with the +remarks:-- + + “The care of these things tends greatly to increase the + inflammation in my side, which is as bad as ever it was at + Cawnpore, though I trust it will, as hitherto, give way to + medicine.” + +In this expectation, however, Mr. C. was disappointed. His illness +so increased upon him, that early in July 1814, a voyage to sea was +decided upon, as the only means likely to prolong his life. In the +letters which Mr. C. wrote to his friends about this time, he speaks +of himself as being greatly tried at the thought of having “to leave +a variety of hopeful prospects and persons, without knowing how they +would terminate;” and in his Journal observes:-- + + “July 31, 1814. Having been recommended by the medical + men to go to England for the recovery of my health, + application has been made for leave [to do so.] My mind is, + in consequence, much occupied by the subject. Sometimes it + is suggested that I am weary of the work, and wish to run + away from the difficulties which the various tempers, and + wants of the people impose upon me. But certain it is that + my frame is so shattered that these difficulties agitate me + more than can be conceived, and so as to prevent my gaining + strength. On the other hand, I think the horror I feel at + the sea-voyage, with the expence and trouble attending it, + would prevent my undertaking it from mere self-pleasing + motives. I feel, at the same time, so little ability to + benefit the cause of missions at home, that I see no good, + in that view, likely to arise from the journey. Only a wish + to recover strength to serve God in newness of life, I + think, is uppermost, though many base and foolish thoughts + intrude themselves.” + +Before, however, taking his departure from Agra, Mr. Corrie +administered the Lord’s Supper to fifty-nine native communicants, and +on the next day (Aug. 18th.) he committed the congregation to the +care of Mr. Bowley and Abdool Messeeh, “amid many tears on the part +of the new converts, and much sorrow on his own.” Respecting that +season of interest and solemnity, Mr. C. writes:-- + + “The will of the Lord is to be acknowledged in my + departure, no less than in my arrival at this station. + During the preceding sixteen months, seventy-one natives + have received baptism, of whom about fifty are adults; + about half of them Mahomedans, and the other half Hindoos. + Of these, one has been expelled, six have apostatized, + four are gone to their friends, and are, we hope, holding + fast their profession; and others are occupying different + stations, as readers and Catechists: several catechumens + remain to be further proved. I would remark, that exactly + in opposition to the popular opinion among Europeans in + India, the more learned converts, and those who had been + Fakeers, caused us the most anxiety and trouble. In this, + as in other respects, the Lord’s ways are not as man’s + ways; and his gospel will make its way in this country, as + usual, first among the poor and least regarded of mankind.” + +It remains only to remark, that as the preceding pages, in connection +with the published Journal of Abdool Messeeh, make it appear, that +the moral results of Mr. Corrie’s short residence at Agra were +neither few nor unimportant; so, it is believed, that the following +observations addressed by him, soon after leaving Agra, to a friend +desirous of information respecting the natives of India, will shew, +that his labours had not been prompted by a blind or indiscriminating +zeal, but were regulated by the enlightened convictions, and feeling +heart, of a Christian philosopher. + + “The population of India consists of Mahomedans and + Hindoos; though the majority of them are Hindoos. The + common people of both classes, are much alike in habits, + and superstitions. There is little that is social in the + general religious worship of either Mahomedans, or Hindoos; + except at certain festivals, when they resort in crowds to + the place of assembly; and their respective processions are + celebrated in much the same noisy and unmeaning manner. + + “In different parts of the country there are Durgahs, or + tombs of eminent Mahomedans deceased; which are endowed + with lands, for the support of persons to read the Koran + at them. This is supposed to have a happy effect on the + state of the deceased. At these places, an anniversary + is generally observed, which is attended as a fair, by + the people, no less than to make offerings at the shrine. + There are certain idol temples, also, by making pilgrimages + to which, Hindoos think they benefit deceased ancestors, + and forward their own future happiness. At these tombs + and temples, the priests entertain disciples, who are + instructed in their respective creeds. + + “Except at such places, the generality of Mahomedans + observe the times of daily prayer according to their + inclination, wherever they happen to be. In large Mahomedan + towns, indeed, a few assemble at the Mosques on Fridays: at + Agra, the number, (except on festivals,) was usually six. + The Hindoos, also, make their offerings at the idol-temple, + at the time most convenient to themselves. So that there is + no general appearance of religious observances among them, + except at the festivals; when the whole country wears + the appearance of a mountebank-show. On these occasions, + a portion of time is given to hear the history of the + prophet, or god, connected with the occasion; and rich + individuals unite to pay a pundit, or learned Hindoo, who + reads to them, usually in the evening, portions of their + books, in a chaunting tone of voice, and explains sentence + by sentence, to the audience, as he goes on. By such means + the Mahomedans, especially the higher classes of them, are + acquainted with the principal names in the Old and New + Testaments, and with some particulars of their history; + with the exceedingly gross intermixtures which are to be + found in the Koran. The Hindoo books, also, contain some + stories derived from the books of Moses, or from ancient + tradition, mixed with much fable. These facts, on which all + agree, serve as points on which a Christian may engage them + in conversation, and from which by rational deduction, he + may prove them in error; whilst the Holy Ghost alone can + convert them to the acknowledgment of the truth. + + “The general habits of both Mahomedans and Hindoos greatly + assimilate. They alike bathe their bodies, under the + idea of rendering themselves more holy in the sight of + the Deity; they alike observe the distinction of caste, + and avoid eating with certain classes of men; they alike + revere Fakeers, or religious mendicants; they alike pay + adoration to the rising or setting sun, the new moon, and + to recently-lighted lamps; and they alike implore, in their + prayers, the intercession of deceased persons, reputed + holy; and observe times and seasons, accounted lucky or + unlucky. They all believe in ghosts and apparitions, and + the active agency of evil spirits. To guard against their + influence, they wear charms: and depend on the aid of + some particular patron god or saint. The more religious + enrol themselves as the disciples of some renowned holy + man: and in sickness or under any calamity, or with a view + to obtain some desired object, they multiply charms, or + increase their offerings, at the tomb or temple: make + vows, or offer in sacrifice a goat or a fowl, sometimes + a buffalo: and on the day the Mahomedans commemorate + Abraham’s offering up his son, a camel is sacrificed, + the flesh of which is eagerly sought after as holy meat. + Hence the arguments used by Abdool Messeeh, respecting + the necessity of inward purity. The insufficiency of any + mediator, but one that is Divine: the doctrine of the + atonement by the sacrifice of Immanuel: the happiness of + having an Almighty friend, patron, and protector; and + being under the teaching and guidance of the Holy and good + Spirit; were equally applicable to Hindoos and Mahomedans; + and his instructions proved equally attractive to both + descriptions of people.... The difficulties in the way of + improving every class of native Indians, are greater than + any one can suppose who has not been acquainted with them. + They are not, however, of a nature to demand great bodily + exertion or much severe privation. They arise from causes + which require a common measure of understanding; and an + intimate acquaintance with human nature, as described in + holy Scripture. + + “Persons whose intercourse with the natives relates merely + to temporal concerns, can have little idea of their + peculiar habits and prejudices. It is thus that I account + for the very incorrect reports respecting the religious + state of the natives of India, and which have been + published in England by some who resided years among them. + I have even known men of real piety, whose situations led + them to much intercourse with the natives, for mercantile + and other temporal purposes, express it as their opinion + that nothing less than a miraculous interposition could + convert them to Christianity. I account for this from + the circumstance, that they find such a disposition to + chicanery and imposition, in the natives, as requires the + exercise of a degree of authority and even of severity, + in men dealing with them, which is unknown in England.... + From having lived always under an absolute, military + despotism, the natives of India, beside that natural + propensity to selfishness, which in them is uncontrolled, + are cautious how they offend their superiors; and such + they consider Europeans of almost every rank. They must + have had much proof of the forbearance and gentleness of a + white man, before they will ask questions on any subject, + further than he appears disposed to answer; and they will + be cautious how they answer to his questions, lest they + should unintentionally offend.... This servile spirit does + not give place entirely, even on conversion. It renders + much patience and tenderness necessary in dealing with + new converts, no less than with the unconverted. They + have very little idea of an option being allowed them + in things indifferent; and will often appear hesitating + and indecisive, when their only fear is offending their + superiors. So that the impossibility of benefitting, or + improving the moral state of the different classes of + [native] Christians, is asserted by many of the British, + equally with the impossibility of the conversion of the + Heathen.” + + + [85] The youth of European descent so often mentioned in + Mr. Corrie’s correspondence. He accepted a clerkship + of some kind in the Company’s service, in preference + to becoming a missionary. + + [86] Native judge. + + [87] In a letter addressed about this time to the + correspondents in Calcutta of the Society for + Missions to Africa and the East, Mr. C. recommends + them ‘to advise with the society, as to the + ordination of native ministers, without which,’ + he adds, ‘the Sacraments cannot be regularly + administered, nor any permanency looked for in this + work.’ + + [88] A native physician. + + [89] The Bigoh or Bigga is less than an English acre. + + [90] Who afterwards became so well known as a devoted and + eminently useful Missionary Clergyman. + + + + + CHAPTER XII. + + VOYAGE TO ENGLAND. + + +It was on the 18th of August 1814, that Mr. Corrie left Agra. On +his way to Calcutta he paid visits to his friends at the different +stations on the river, more especially at Chunar and Benares, the +scene of his earliest ministrations in India. Whilst at the latter +place, he received intelligence that Mr. Bowley and Abdool Messeeh +were so discouraged by some difficulties that occurred soon after his +departure from Agra, that both “were ready to desist from the work +of the Lord.” This occasioned great sorrow and anxiety to Mr. C., +inasmuch as he not only anticipated the breaking up of the native +congregation which he had been mainly instrumental in gathering +around him; but, also, that it might afford matter for triumph to the +enemies of missions. With reference to this subject, Mr. C. observed +in a letter + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “If Abdool should give up in discouragement, my plans would + be much set aside. But ‘Jehovah Jireh,’ must be my motto. + This perplexity brings me often to my knees, and therefore + I hope will work for my good. An expression of Mr. Brown, + in our last intercourse, often occurs to me:--‘Instead of + praying always and not fainting, we faint always and never + pray, till we find ourselves in a strait.’” + +On reaching Calcutta, Mr. Corrie found that all his medical friends +concurred in the opinion that a sea-voyage was absolutely necessary +to eradicate his disorder; but as his wife’s expected confinement +did not allow of his immediate embarkation, Mr. C. employed himself +during his stay at Calcutta, in setting on foot a school for native +christian schoolmasters. He had an opportunity too, of becoming +acquainted with Bishop Middleton, who had then recently arrived in +India, and of submitting to the consideration of that prelate, many +circumstances connected with the state of religion in that country. + +On the 1st January 1815, Mr. and Mrs. Corrie went on board the H. C. +ship Europe, with the intention of proceeding, in the first instance, +to the Cape of Good Hope. But on arriving at the Cape, Mr. Corrie +was recommended to proceed to England for the benefit of the colder +climate; and with this advice he considered it his duty to comply. In +a letter to Mr. Sherer, dated from Cape Town, March 29, 1815, Mr. C. +relates:-- + + “This morning I have written to the Adjutant General, + enclosing a medical certificate of the necessity for my + going on. Our own Surgeon N. an old practitioner here, Dr. + H. and Dr. S. the garrison-surgeon, concur in opinion, and + without hesitation on the subject. I ought, I believe, to + consider this as the voice of Providence, and to acquiesce + in it, as I hope I do. But the whole of this dispensation + has proved the greatest trial I ever met with. I cannot + see my way at all in it; and I go on, driven, as it were, + by circumstances. I foresee innumerable difficulties + before me, without one certainty of good to follow, and + utterly despair of profiting myself or others in England. + I am called to walk by faith more than ever: sense is all + opposed.” + +Shortly after the date of this letter, Mr. and Mrs. Corrie sailed +from the Cape for England, and after a prosperous voyage, landed at +Southampton on the 22nd June. Here Mr. C. was made acquainted for the +first time, with the publication of the Journal of Abdool Messeeh, +and the interest excited by it. He heard also, with sorrow, of the +death of Dr. Buchanan. On reaching London he was visited by several +of those friends who interested themselves with the progress of the +gospel among the Hindoos; and at an early day attended a meeting of +the Committee of the Society for Missions to Africa and the East, to +communicate to them information on missionary subjects. He was, also, +invited to attend a Committee of the London Missionary Society, to +answer enquiries respecting their prospects in India. On all these +occasions Mr. C. endeavoured to shew, that from the co-operation of +many pious individuals among the English in India; from the readiness +with which children were sent to school whenever opportunity was +afforded, and from the eagerness with which translations of the +Scriptures were received by many among the natives, there appeared +to be fair prospects of good being done among them. He pressed +upon his friends at the same time, the fact, that but little or +nothing had yet been effected in India, for want of a sufficiency +of labourers, and that nothing would be done without them; that +wherever missionaries thoroughly acquainted with the language of the +country had resided, they found plenty to do, and that though few of +the natives of India in comparison with the multitude, shewed any +concern for religion, still the number of such as did so, exceeded +the opportunities of instruction. + +It was a gratifying circumstance to Mr. C. to observe, from the +eagerness with which all persons with whom he conversed, enquired +after the progress of missions among the heathen, that there had +been a great increase of zeal for the spread of divine truth, as +compared with the state of religious feeling at the time he left +England in 1806. He expressed himself, also, agreeably surprised to +find that the increased regard for sacred things which he observed +in London, was not less visible in his native village and county; in +the more orderly observance of the Sabbath, and in the attention that +was given by the gentry and clergy to the education of the poor, to +Sunday schools, and to the support of different religious societies. +On the other hand his affectionate nature was afflicted by hearing of +the death of neighbours and friends; by learning that some with whom +he had formerly “walked in the house of God as friends,” had turned +aside from the simplicity of the gospel; and by having to witness +the many other changes which the lapse of years never fails to bring +about in families and localities. Deep therefore were the emotions +called forth both in preacher and hearers, when, for the first time +after his return from India, Mr. Corrie occupied his father’s pulpit, +and urged his surviving neighbours to use the numberless changes and +trials and deaths, that had occurred since he last addressed them, as +a reason for increased anxiety to secure to themselves an enduring +inheritance.[91] + +No sooner, however, had Mr. C. somewhat recruited his health, than he +visited his friends, in different parts of England; taking occasion +to plead the cause of missions, both from the pulpit and at public +meetings, as opportunities occurred. Such portions of his time, +also, as were not thus occupied, he devoted to a revision of the +Liturgy in Hindoostanee. His purpose was, if practicable, to carry +out with him to India, a reprint of that important translation, for +the use of the native Christians. + +In the spring of 1816, Mr. Corrie was engaged to preach the +anniversary sermon for the Church Missionary Society in London. With +reference to that circumstance he wrote + + + TO J. W. SHERER, ESQ. + + “I am appointed to preach that sermon, which I would + gladly have avoided: but it was said, ‘That many would + be discouraged if I held back; for that the idea would + be, that the subject [of missions] was not considered so + important by us in India, as it has been represented here.’ + I therefore consented, leaving the issue to God.” + +Before preaching the sermon, however, Mr. Corrie availed himself of +Mr. Simeon’s judgment and experience; and in transmitting a copy of +the manuscript to that honoured friend, he observed:-- + + “I am deeply sensible of its defects. Being anxious to + introduce a number of facts, not, as I think, sufficiently + known, there is too little Scripture quotation; and I feel + it to be wanting in a devotional spirit, though I hope the + relation may occasion a feeling of compassion, and excite + to exertion in behalf of the heathen.” + +This hope seems, in some measure, to have been realized, for the +accounts given at the time, state that this sermon, which was +preached on the 30th of April, and grounded on Isaiah xliv. 20, +awakened peculiar interest.[92] As, also, it embodies Mr. Corrie’s +convictions respecting the moral condition and responsibilities of +the heathen, and developes the means which his experience led him +to regard as best calculated to rescue the Hindoo from debasing +superstitions; a brief abstract of the sermon cannot well be omitted. +Let it be observed, then, that Mr. Corrie purposed in the first +instance + + “Fairly to meet the objections made against missionary + efforts, as if the present state of the heathen were + unavoidable--as if they were scarcely accountable for their + errors,--and our solicitude on their behalf were therefore + superfluous.” + +To meet objections of this kind, he goes on to trace the origin of +all false religion, and in this, observes that + + “Intercourse with heathen nations had inclined him to the + opinion, that the original revelation made to our first + parents after their fall, is the ground of all the worship + offered up throughout the world. That the dispensations + of God to Noah and to the Church before him, must have + been known to the family of Noah, and would be remembered + by his immediate descendants; and carried by them into + the different countries, whither they were afterwards + scattered. Hence, it was, he apprehended, that the custom + proceeded, of offering sacrifices in worship, by the + heathen tribes of every description, as the only means + of pacifying the Evil Spirit; who, according to their + apprehension of him, is going about seeking whom he may + devour. + + “But there are many circumstances in the state of the + idolatrous nations of the east, that discover a still later + acquaintance with Divine revelation, than the time of Noah. + Many coincidences in the fabulous histories of the Hindoos + with the writings of the Old and New Testament, indicate + that the forefathers of that race were not altogether + ignorant of the subsequent circumstances of the church of + God. Their present deplorable ignorance and error, cannot + therefore, be said to arise from any appointment of the + Almighty; but from their wilful neglect of those notices of + his will with which they were originally favoured. The sins + of the fathers are thus, in an especial manner, visited + upon their children. The neglect of parental instruction, + by a just connection between guilt and punishment, + involves their posterity in ignorance, which is the + parent of superstition, and the fruitful source of their + miseries and their crimes. This view of the subject ought, + therefore, to be kept distinctly in mind; that we may not + charge God foolishly with being, in any other way than + by the instituted order of connection between cause and + effect, the author of that blindness of mind, and hardness + of heart, which excludes the heathen from the divine + favour. The declaration of God, by the prophet Hosea, + respecting Israel, is true also of the heathen, though in a + subordinate degree: ‘_Thou hast destroyed thyself_.’ + + “These observations are in a particular manner applicable + to the idolatrous nations of India. In their present + circumstances, viewed by the light of revelation, they + evidently appear ‘without God and without hope in the + world;’ not only as they are without Christ, but as their + own religious views and feelings render them totally + incapable of enjoying God, or of participating in the + happiness of the heavenly state.” + +Then after reciting many of the superstitious practices of the +heathen, and shewing that the efficacy of any religious rite which +they might perform, was not regarded by them as being, in any moral +sense, dependent on the state of mind in the worshippers; whilst on +the other hand their idea of sin, being connected with the neglect +of ceremonial observances, and not with moral delinquencies,--they +allowed themselves in all kinds of sensual indulgences, without any +compunctions of conscience or feelings of shame; Mr. Corrie proceeded +to observe:-- + + “How then can we avoid the conclusion, that the religious + views and feelings even, of these miserable men, do, in the + very nature of things, exclude them from the approbation + of God, and incapacitate them for the enjoyments of the + heavenly state? It is impossible that a sinner, going out + of this world, in expectation of any thing corresponding + with earthly honours, amusements or enjoyments, should + not be met by disappointment and shame. It is impossible, + that a soul utterly ignorant of holy, spiritual, and + intellectual enjoyments, should find any place among + ‘the general assembly and church of the first-born; the + innumerable company of angels, and the spirits of just + men made perfect.’ Here, therefore, the christian takes + his firm stand against all who oppose missionary efforts. + The heathen, not only according to the unerring word of + God, but by the evidence of facts, are in a perishing + condition. Without Christ, they cannot be saved. ‘He that + hath the Son, hath life; and he that hath not the Son of + God, hath not life.’ And myriads of these immortal spirits + are passing into eternity, whose state and dispositions + prove them to be utterly alienated from the favour of God, + destitute of spiritual life, and fatally incapacitated for + the enjoyments of a better world. For without dispositions + suited to the enjoyments of the heavenly state, they could + no more comprehend the happiness arising from them, even + if admitted to a participation of heaven, than a brute can + enjoy the pleasures of reason. And unless this be kept in + mind, it can scarcely be hoped, that a due measure of zeal + for the salvation of the heathen will be maintained among + us.” + +Mr. Corrie then went on to give his reasons for regarding (1st.) +The distribution of the Scriptures in different heathen languages; +(2nd.) The establishing of Missions; and (3rd.) The education of +youth; as being among the most likely means, under the Divine favour, +to further the rescue of the heathen from their perilous condition; +and he concluded by earnestly exhorting his hearers to do all in +their power to aid in a work so pressing, and involving such fearful +responsibilities. + +There seems to be no doubt but that Mr. C.’s Sermon on this, as his +addresses on other occasions, whilst conveying to the religious +portion of the community, a more accurate conception of the moral +condition of the heathen world, served also to deepen the convictions +of many, that it is a primary Christian duty to be unwearied in our +efforts to bring the heathen “out of darkness into” God’s “marvellous +light.” It was plain also, from his letters and communications +with friends, that this awakened interest on behalf of missions, +acted very beneficially on his own mind. His experience whilst in +India had been such, that he had to bear up not only against the +ordinary difficulties inseparable from the missionary life, but +also against the hostility of the government, the indifference of +his fellow-countrymen in India, and the misgivings of even good +men, as to the possibility of converting the heathen. He had, +moreover, in a great measure, to maintain schools and teachers, and +scripture-readers, out of such resources as his own income and the +occasional contributions of a few Christian friends might supply. But +his residence in England had brought to his knowledge the encouraging +fact, that there were thousands in his native country, who had +become earnestly desirous of promoting the best interests of their +fellow-subjects in India. With reference to this circumstance, Mr. +Corrie had occasion to remark:-- + + “I was frequently favoured to witness the lively interest + expressed, by persons in all ranks of life, with regard to + the state of the heathen. The bare mention of some of the + cruelties and superstitions we daily witness, drew forth + tears of commiseration. The news of a single soul turned + from heathen darkness to the light of the gospel, drew + forth bursts of praise and thanksgiving to the God of all + grace and mercy. Nor were these empty expressions only; for + the abundant contributions throughout Britain, for carrying + on the work of Missions, proved that multitudes were + sincere in those expressions of interest in the cause.” + +When, therefore, after a residence of nearly two years in England, +Mr. Corrie prepared to return to his former scene of labour, he +carried with him both a deeper impression of the importance of the +work in which he had been so long engaged, and also, the cheering +consciousness that in such difficulties as might hereafter occur +in his missionary career, he would be accompanied by the prayers +and sympathies of thousands. Nor could he overlook that additional +encouragement to exertion, which had recently been supplied by +the kind and public manner, in which his labours at Agra had been +commended by the Bishop of Calcutta.[93] + +It may be also here mentioned, that although the frequent public +services in which Mr. Corrie engaged, had not allowed him repose +sufficient to recruit his health so effectually as could have been +desired, yet he was unwilling to let pass any opportunity that +occurred to promote the cause of missions. Within a few days, +therefore, of his departure from England, he agreed to attend a +meeting of the Committee of the Church Missionary Society in London, +for the purpose of addressing two missionaries who were about to +proceed to India; and the next day he preached a farewell sermon at +the church of St. Mary Woolnoth. + +On the 14th of April 1817, Mr. Corrie embarked on board the Carnatic, +Indiaman, with his wife and infant daughter, and the same day sailed +from the Downs. There were on board the Carnatic, besides his own +family and those of the two missionaries above mentioned, upwards of +forty passengers, and a detachment of soldiers. “We have about three +hundred souls on board,” observes Mr. C. in a letter to his father, +“but how to set about attempting their good, it is difficult to say.” +As regarded himself, Mr. C. added:-- + + “A solemn, but not a painful feeling, sometimes fills my + mind on recollecting my father’s house, and the distant + prospect of again beholding it; but the consideration of + the ‘house not made with hands,’ quiets every anxiety, + and the sure and certain hope of meeting there may well + reconcile us to temporary separation. I have had many + thoughts of late, about the variety of religious divisions + in England, and see clearly, that most of them arise from + excess of spiritual advantages; and thus the means intended + for their good, become to many an ‘occasion of falling.’ + No view of religion but what affects the heart, temper, + and life, is of any avail for eternity. The great facts of + the Trinity in Unity, the incarnation and vicarious death + of the Son of God, the promise of the Holy Ghost, all + these remain true and certain, though all men should deny + them. The influence they have, therefore, upon my heart + and life, is the great thing I have to attend to. If I do + so understand and feel these truths, as to engage me in + private, and influence me in public, the end for which they + were revealed is effected in me; and I shall be led by them + to the issue they promise: otherwise they serve no good + purpose to me.” + +On approaching Madeira he again wrote to his father:-- + + “You will be glad to hear that we have proceeded thus far + in safety.... Our ship is in all respects most comfortable, + so that in all things relating to our voyage, we, as yet, + have only cause for thankfulness. I hope we may be carried + to our desired haven in peace, and that you will hear of + our continued welfare in that far country; and that we + may yet again see each other in the body, to recount new + mercies, and to excite to renewed praises. My mind is kept + in perfect peace; and I am enabled to keep the object of my + calling steadily in view. Less of determination, as to what + I shall do, than on my first going to India, but I trust a + full determination to do what my hand findeth to do, in its + time and season.” + +In a private memorandum, Mr. C. remarks:-- + + “My mind is, I think, more resolutely and deliberately + set upon the work of the ministry in India; more disposed + to spend and to be spent in that service; and to glory in + it. I am in danger from the reasonableness and propriety + that appear to me in so doing: for though it is indeed a + reasonable thing, to offer body, soul and spirit to the + Lord’s service, yet reason cannot enable me to do it. The + quickening grace of the Holy Spirit can alone keep the soul + alive to God. The experience of the Saviour’s love alone, + constrains dull nature, even when regenerated, to activity + in saving souls. O for more experience of a Saviour’s love! + + “May 10th. During the past week, I have had much thought + of life, as a state of endurance, rather than enjoyment. + We endure a ship in order to go to India: a cabin, in + order to attain to a house: medicine, in order to health: + the society on board, because we cannot get away: the + inmates, in hopes of doing them good. In the view of these + circumstances, Oh! how great does the goodness of God + appear, in His long suffering and patience! May it lead me + to a more entire repentance. + + “August 3rd, 1817. Came to anchor in Madras roads, at + nine o’clock A. M. Our voyage has been very favourable, + in respect to weather and speed. At sea, off the Cape, + heard by a vessel, from Bengal, of the death of Mr. + Myers:[94] this has proved a severe trial to us; but the + certainty that he died in the Lord, prevented us sorrowing + immoderately. Thus the Lord is mindful of us, and lays no + heavier burden on us than we can bear.” + +The Carnatic reached Madras early in August, and remained there for +ten days or a fortnight. During that period Mr. Corrie and his family +were the guests of his kind friend, the Rev. Marmaduke Thompson. In a +letter written to his brother from Madras, Mr. C. informs him that + + “There is a growing respect for religion in this place. + Indeed, there are many instances of serious religion + throughout the Presidency, both among the Civil and + Military servants of the Company. The Chaplains have + entered into a regular communication with each other in + connection with the Committee of the Church Missionary + Society, and at some stations things seem wonderfully + prepared for them. At one station where Mr. Spring is, + [Tellicherry], he found that through a native Christian, + whom God had stirred up to read the Scriptures to his + neighbours, thirteen of the heathen were anxious to be + baptized, some of whom have accordingly been baptized. We + hear too, that near Delhi, a company of about five hundred + people had collected to converse on the subject of the + Christian Scriptures, which had been circulated among them, + and that they had resolved to be Christians; although they + professed an unwillingness to associate with the English, + on account of their eating all kinds of food. I hope they + will learn the ways of God more perfectly.” + +The Carnatic sailed from Madras on the 20th of August, and arrived at +Calcutta by the end of that month. + + + [91] Mr. Corrie’s text on the occasion alluded to, was 1 + John ii. 17. + + [92] See Missionary Register for 1816, p. 185. + + [93] See Bishop Middleton’s Sermons and Charges, p. 197. + + [94] Mrs. Corrie’s father. + + + + + CHAPTER XIII. + + RETURN TO CALCUTTA. + + +Although Mr. Corrie, at the time he landed in India, was one of the +Senior chaplains in Bengal, and on that account had a claim to reside +in Calcutta, yet as a junior chaplain had been appointed to the +Presidency during Mr. C.’s absence from the country, it was decided +that the latter should proceed to one of the out-stations, until a +vacancy should again occur in Calcutta. To Mr. C. was accordingly +assigned the chaplaincy at Benares. Before, however, he proceeded +to that station, he addressed himself to the work of missions; the +natives as usual flocking around him. In reference to that object, he +writes to his brother:-- + + “Calcutta, Sep. 22. 1817. + + “I find a great progress in public opinion respecting + the spread of the gospel. A Diocesan Committee,[95] and + School-Book Society,[96] and Hindoo College,[97] are + formed; in addition to the Bible Society, and Church + Missionary Committee, before existing; considerable + exertions, also are making to enlarge the Free School,[98] + which now boards, clothes and educates upwards of two + hundred children. But notwithstanding all these favourable + appearances, vital religion has even more than ever to + struggle with; a form of godliness without the power of + it; a scheme of doctrine approaching to the truth, but + still not the truth itself, is the fashion of the day. True + religion does however make way, though it ‘cometh not with + observation.’” + +On Sunday, 12th of October, Mr. Corrie preached a sermon at the Old +Church in Calcutta, on behalf of the Church Missionary Society. This +seems to have been the first discourse delivered from the pulpit +of the Established Church in India, with a professedly missionary +object;[99] and was on that account not without its effect. After the +service, a native-convert was baptized by the name of Fuez Messeeh. +This person had come from Bareilly to Calcutta, and had been for +several months under Christian instruction. The account which he gave +of himself to Mr. Corrie was, that at the age of eighteen, being +disgusted with the idolatry of the Hindoos, he became a Mahomedan, +and lived so strict a life as to gain many disciples by his reputed +sanctity. That finding no peace of mind amid the practice of all +kinds of austerities; and having, in the meanwhile, heard much of +the gospel, he contrived to obtain a copy of Martyn’s Hindoostanee +New Testament; that he read it, and was led “to know and feel that +there is none other name under heaven, given among men, whereby he +must be saved, but only the name of our Lord Jesus Christ.” + +It was on the evening of Nov. 17, 1817, that Mr. Corrie left Calcutta +for Benares. The following are extracts from his Journal at this +time:-- + + “We have in company, Abdullah, baptized in England; Fuez + Messeeh, baptized in Calcutta; Noor Messeeh, baptized + at Agra; a Christian Khidmutgar,[100] baptized at the + Lall-Bazaar Chapel [in Calcutta]; Khristnoo, baptized + at Agra; the five Christian youths, under the patronage + of the Church Missionary Society; and several Christian + families. During the 19th and 20th, we had an opportunity + of witnessing two distressing instances of the unfeeling + conduct of the Hindoos, towards the sick and dying. On + one occasion, two women were employed, at the river-side, + filling the mouth of a child with mud. Miss B. asked them + if the child were ill? One of them answered, ‘Yes.’ Miss + B. ‘You are going to kill it outright.’ On which they + began to laugh, and talk with each other; and prosecuted + their work of death. Farther on, a sick man was laid, with + several people sitting round. A young and handsome Brahmin + was attempting to bind a weight round his neck, in order to + sink him in the river, which the sick man was resisting, + with marks of much remaining strength. Abdullah called out, + ‘Take him into some warm place, and he will recover:’ to + which the Brahmin answered, with a significant nod, ‘Aye, + Aye, we will put him into a warm place:’ on which the + persons around laughed aloud. On the evening of the 21st, + Fuez Messeeh, whilst walking on the bank of the river, + said among other things, that ‘at times he experienced + such delight in contemplating the love of Christ, that no + relish remained for earthly things.’ Noor Messeeh, (who + appears truly a partaker of the grace of Christ) joined + us; and after some time asked, with seeming interest, + ‘Whether if a person sinned after believing in Christ, he + might hope for forgiveness?’ One of the Christian youths + enquired, ‘Whether if a person did not believe in Christ, + and yet practised virtue, his virtue would be accepted of + God?’ These questions seem to me, to explain the doctrine + contained in the xvi. and xviii. Articles of our Church. + The situation of native Christians, in respect of the + Mahomedans and Heathen, point out to them the necessity + of faith in Christ, in order to acceptance with God; and + at the same time, teaches them the inefficacy of a mere + profession of Christianity. + + “Sunday 24th. Our Christian congregation consisted of + seventeen. Fuez Messeeh read first the 116th Psalm, and + afterwards the xvi and xviith chapters of St. John. He + was himself evidently affected by the repeated references + to our Lord’s divinity, and spoke to the others on that + subject; and of the great condescension of the Saviour, in + becoming the surety of sinners; with the love that ought to + subsist among Christians: saying, ‘they ought to be as the + eyes in the head, which though they dwell in two sockets, + yet were intent always on the same objects; and constituted + but one organ of vision.’ + + “At Augurdeep. In the evening went into the village, where + is a celebrated Idol temple. Fuez Messeeh entered into + a dispute with a Brahmin, before twenty-five or thirty + people, assembled for poojah (worship.) The Brahmin was + forced at length to confess that Idolatry was inexcusable: + on which an appeal was made to the bystanders, who declared + that the Brahmins led them astray. + + “Dec. 22nd, at Bauglipore. Visited the Roman Catholic + Christians here, whom we found still in great poverty, and + complaining of the neglect of their priests. Gave Augustine + Clementis (who professes to wish for a school and has + several children of his own) ten rupees towards erecting + a shed, and engaging a schoolmaster, with a promise of + further assistance. Left with him, for the use of the + intended school, one copy of the New Testament in Persian, + one copy in Hindoostanee, and one copy of the Psalms in + Persian. Gave him also a copy of the Psalms, and some + copies of family prayers, in Hindoostanee, for distribution. + + “Buxar, Jan. 18, 1818. Had divine service this morning + in English, and baptised an Israelite, aged fifty-five, + who has been long in our military service, and who seems + spiritually alive to the true character of Christ, as + the promised Messiah. In the afternoon had service in + Hindoostanee. Twenty-five adults, beside our own people, + attended. The anxiety manifested by several of the Jews + for religious instruction, is very pleasing; and must, if + possible, be gratified. May the Lord raise up a suitable + teacher; and direct and prosper me in my wishes to erect a + place of worship for them!” + +No sooner had Mr. Corrie arrived at Benares, (Jan. 26. 1818.) than +he projected a missionary establishment in the neighbourhood of +that large and populous city. The following extract from a letter +addressed to the secretary of the Calcutta Committee of the Church +Missionary Society, will explain the objects he had in view:-- + + “Three native Battalions are usually cantoned here; two + are now at the station. I have been taking measures for + the establishment of a school for the younger drummers + and fifers, and for the children of native Christians + attached to these Corps. I have already twenty-four + names of children, whose parents desire that they should + become scholars too. We also, on Sunday [Feb. 8th.] began + Hindoostanee worship, and about fifteen of the above + class attended. For the school, I have met with a small + bungalow conveniently situated, offered for six hundred + rupees. In this bungalow Mr. Adlington could also reside + for the present. I beg, therefore, that the Committee will + consider whether they can adopt this bungalow and premises + for a Missionary residence; or whether they would wish + Mr. Adlington to reside altogether in Benares; and that + premises should be procured for him there on his return + from Agra?[101] Let me repeat, then, that at this place + there are immediate calls on the Society for assistance; + and that not merely in the hope of probable benefit, but + from the actual wants of professing native Christians; + whilst many of the natives, Mahomedan and Heathen, are + awakened to discern the importance of Christianity, and + will probably be encouraged or discouraged by the readiness + or otherwise which we manifest in meeting these wants of + our Christian brethren.” + +Mr. Corrie had the satisfaction to find that the Committee in +Calcutta readily entered into his views, and authorized him to +purchase the premises referred to in the preceding letter. He was +thus enabled to open a school, to the support of which many of the +European residents at Benares contributed, by monthly benefactions +and subscriptions. + +Early in February Mr. Corrie visited Chunar, his first station in +India, and where the native church was now under the care of Mr. +Bowley. It appears from the report he sent to the Calcutta Committee +of the Church Missionary Society, that Mr. C. found the mission at +Chunar in a satisfactory state. Under date of Feb. 9, 1818, he writes: + + “On the 5th instant I went to Chunar: it was rather late + in the evening when I arrived, but I found several of the + converted Hindoos waiting to see me. Next morning at seven + o’clock, about eighty of the native Christians attended for + divine worship. They began by singing a hymn, in the native + measures, on the sufferings of Christians. The regularity + with which they sung, and the earnestness most of them + manifested, greatly affected me. Mr. Bowley expounded the + Parable of the Wise and Foolish Virgins; and concluded the + service with prayer. Among other things, he prayed for a + blessing on the king, and on his nobles in England, and + in India. I mention this not as a proof of Mr. Bowley’s + loyalty, for that was known long before, but to shew how + the labours of such men tend to attach the natives of India + to the British nation, by uniting their most important + interests. At ten o’clock, about one hundred Europeans + attended divine service in English; after which, twelve + of their children were baptized, and eleven marriages + celebrated. At three p. m., the native congregation again + assembled to the number of about ninety adults; when, after + evening prayer, I endeavoured to explain to them and apply + the second Psalm. It appears that the usual number of + Europeans who attend Divine service regularly in English, + is about forty, and the usual number of native Christians + who attend worship in Hindoostanee, is about seventy or + eighty. The number in both congregations has been gradually + and regularly increasing, and testifies of itself to the + diligence and exemplary conduct of Mr. Bowley, and of the + blessing attending his labours. The little I was able, + in my short visit, to see of the state of the people, + impressed me deeply with the value of his labours. I knew + the degradation of both European invalids and their native + wives and families, from three years residence among them, + and now to behold so many of them adorning by their lives + the doctrine of God our Saviour, was to me most gratifying, + and will be considered an ample recompence for all their + contributions, by the supporters of our Society. There + being but one place for both the free-school and the + congregation to assemble in, I could not see the scholars + at their tasks. Three or four children of parents, who + can afford it, pay half a rupee per month; with which, + together with voluntary contributions of some of the pious + soldiers, Mr. Bowley has provided wall-shades for evening + service, and supplies the lights. I, also, conversed at + Chunar with ten Hindoos, who appear to be fully convinced + of the truth of Christianity, though not yet prepared to + encounter the consequences of an open profession [of it]. + Some of them even join Mr. Bowley occasionally in prayers. + One of them, on being asked, what he considered the great + peculiarity of the Christian religion? answered, That in + every other system of religion, works were made a condition + of justification, but that in Christianity, only faith in + Christ is required; whilst, wonderful to say, it produced + more exemplary holiness than any other system.” + +By a statement which Mr. Corrie put in circulation at Secrole, dated +11th of March, it will be seen that he was not unmindful of the +duties connected with that station:-- + + “It having been found on enquiry, that many children of + Christians, chiefly connected with the native battalions, + were without the means of instruction, a school was + established in the lines, in the month of February, for + their benefit, which now consists of the following number + and description of scholars: + + 4 Adult Christians, learning to read Hindoostanee in the + Nagree character. + 2 Adult Hindoos, learning to read English. + 4 Young men, who were educated for a short time in the + Orphan school. + 4 Christian youths, who with the last-mentioned, form + one class in reading, writing, and casting accounts. + 5 Christian boys, who read the New Testament, and write. + 10 Christian boys, learning first lessons in English reading + and writing. + 2 Mahomedan boys, learning first lessons in English reading + and writing. + 8 Christian girls, learning to read English. + -- + 39” + +Of the above-mentioned boys, eight, it was stated, were orphans, or +the children of parents who were too indigent to maintain them; the +consequence was that they had to be provided with sustenance as well +as education. To the school was also attached a Christian Moonshee, +whose office it was to read the Scriptures morning and evening, +to as many Christians as chose to attend; and on Sundays, to read +the service of the Church of England, and a previously-prepared +exhortation, (both in Hindoostanee) to the native Christians in the +lines, of whom about thirty or forty, with their children, were in +the habit of regularly attending. + +The object of this statement was to make the European residents at +Benares acquainted with the missionary operations in progress among +them, and to afford them “an opportunity of contributing to the +support of measures, the beneficial tendency of which they were so +well able to appreciate.” The result was that the schools at Secrole +received such an increase of patronage, as to be almost wholly +supported by local contributions. + +About the middle of March, Mr. Corrie again visited Chunar. In a +letter from Benares, dated March 24, 1818, he writes:-- + + “I attended at Chunar last week. On Good Friday, we + first had divine service in English, in a barrack; and + afterwards in Hindoostanee, at the Free-school. The number + of communicants after the first service, was seventeen. + Of the native congregation, twenty-seven females and two + men remained to commemorate the death of our Lord. Almost + the whole congregation were in tears during the sermon, in + which Mr. Bowley set before them the Saviour’s sufferings: + and during the communion, the greater number appeared to be + deeply affected, and all of them exeeedingly serious and + attentive. There was an evident blessing vouchsafed to us, + and, in my own case, a lively sense of the Divine presence, + which seemed also to pervade the whole congregation. Friday + before, I heard thirty-two native Christians read, who + have within these few months, most of them, and all of + them since Mr. Bowley came to Chunar, begun to learn, some + the Persian, others the Nagree character; and some of them + now read the Scriptures in Hindoostanee, with fluency, and + all of them expressed much delight arising from their new + attainment. Indeed, a remarkable tenderness of conscience + seems to distinguish most of them; and their altered + exemplary conduct is the talk of all, and as usual, by some + ridiculed, and by others commended. + + “On Thursday, I catechised the first class in the + Free-school, consisting of seven boys, who not only + repeated their catechism correctly, but answered very + intelligently many questions I asked them, arising out of + the catechism. They also repeated passages of Scripture, + which they got off as tasks, and the whole class repeated + verse by verse, the thirteenth chapter of Proverbs. Some of + the children in the Free-school, and their mothers, who are + amongst the most exemplary of Mr. Bowley’s congregation, + are the families of non-commissioned officers belonging + to native corps now in the field. It must strike every + reflecting mind what a comfort establishments such as + that of the Church Missionary Society at Chunar, must be + to Europeans of the above class. If instead of leaving + their wives and children comparatively unprotected, and + exposed to the temptations of this heathen land, they could + place them where their children might receive education + at little or no expense, and their wives be receiving + good instruction, instead of being left to every wind of + temptation, surely much of the pain arising from separation + in time of war would be alleviated. + + “The school-room being too small to contain the Native + congregation, and encouraged by the Committee’s[102] + approbation of my wish to build a larger house for their + accommodation, I desired Mr. Bowley to look out for a + proper spot to build upon. A house and premises, contiguous + to the barracks, the owner refused to dispose of to us; + and this led us to fix upon a spot about two hundred yards + further from the barracks, and on two sides bounded by the + Native town. The possessor, Mr. Turnbull, was applied to + for it, and he begged Mr. G. Robinson to go up and fix a + price on it. Mr. R. accordingly went with me last week and + valued the premises at 500 Rupees. On this being reported + to Mr. Turnbull, he generously wrote, saying, that he + begged I would accept the ground for the purpose intended. + This, I hope, is a token for good, and may be taken as + an encouragement to proceed.... I think there will be no + difficulty in raising 4 or 5000 Rupees for our intended + church.” + +Mr. Corrie had the happiness to find that these anticipations +were not premature, for on a subscription paper being put into +circulation, the Marquis of Hastings was pleased to head the list of +contributions by a donation of 1000 sicca rupees, towards building a +church at Chunar. + +Encouraging, however, as was this improved state of feeling in favour +of missionary labours, there remained abundant scope for the exercise +of christian zeal. In a letter, addressed to his brother about this +time, Mr. Corrie writes from Benares:-- + + “In a neighbouring district (with the magistrate of which I + am well acquainted) during the last year, two widows were + burned on an average every month; six lepers were buried + alive, or drowned, by their friends; and not less than + one hundred persons destroyed themselves by drowning, in + fits of passion, under the idea that their ghosts would + haunt the offending party. Such being the strength of + passion in them, you will not be surprised that murders + are exceedingly frequent: and, what is worst of all, their + religion encourages these excesses.... The progress of the + gospel is slow, but advancing. The unholy rivalry of some + who differ from us in modes of worship is a stumbling-block + to a few; and it grieves me to be often obliged to spend + my time and my breath in proving the lawfulness of + infant-baptism, and the propriety of baptism by sprinkling. + Satan thus divides, but he shall not finally prevail.” + +It was now the will of God to exercise the faith and patience of His +servant, by a no less severe affliction than the death of an only +son. How great this trial proved to Mr. Corrie, will be seen from his +letter on that occasion-- + + + TO MRS. MYERS. + + “April 9, 1818. + + “Our dearest Grandmama will have heard the melancholy + tidings communicated to Mr. Sherer yesterday. I judged it + best, that, if possible, the heavy affliction should not + come upon you suddenly. Your still bleeding heart will more + severely feel this arrow of the Almighty, winged no doubt + with love, but piercing to the very quick. Our lovely boy + was becoming inexpressibly interesting. He was taken with + a severe attack nearly three weeks ago, which yielded to + strong medicine, though he never was after as before, but + seemed mending, when by some means, he caught a severe + cold. The doctor says it was of the nature of Influenza, + and many in the house have suffered from it. On Saturday + morning we sent for the doctor; medicines did not produce + the wished-for effect, and we had a very restless night + on Saturday. On Sunday morning my heart began to sink on + his account, and the Lord’s prayer in Church tried both my + principles and my feelings. + + “Throughout Sunday, little alteration appeared; but he + rested so well on Sunday night, that the doctor on Monday + morning pronounced him out of danger. About eleven he + altered for the worse. His little sweet countenance + assumed an appearance of eagerness, and about twelve he + was manifestly convulsed, though not strongly. On this, + our doctor called in another skilful medical man, who + happened to be at the station, and new medicines were tried + which promised partial relief, and the fond mother began + again to hope. About twelve on Monday night, he was in + great pain, and the work of death was evidently rapidly + going on. We commended him to our covenant God in prayer. + I pleaded, as well as I was able, His promise to be the + God of our seed, as well as our own God. I prayed for the + child as a member of Christ’s mystical body and a branch + of the true Vine; and besought that the suffering child + might be remembered in the suffering Christ. Our prayers + were mercifully heard, and our babe from that time suffered + comparatively little. About five on the morning of the 7th, + his soul seemed longing to mount upward. We again in prayer + commended him to our covenant God, and about half-past + five, he ceased to breathe without a struggle or even a + sigh. + + “It seemed to me inconceivable that my mind should ever + have become so confused respecting the truths of Scripture. + During the whole of Tuesday, and on Tuesday night + especially, I became alarmed lest any thing extravagant + should escape me. My God ever graciously kept me from + bringing a reproach on the principles I preach: but O! I + seem only now to have begun to understand many of them. I + now know what is meant by the _bread_ of affliction, and + the _water_ of adversity: I now understand the 38th Psalm + in a way I never did before; and though even at this moment + no one Scripture could I point to, and say that it supports + me, yet, I feel myself on safe ground, and seem secured on + all sides from danger. + + “I hope the bitterness of this death is past to us both, + though our bereavement (as I conceive it ought not) will + never be forgotten. We are constrained to abstract our + thoughts from the lovely object that bound our affections + so fast; and do, we hope, rejoice in his gain, whilst we + mourn our sad loss. My understanding yesterday received + a lesson from Anna. When we sat down to the ceremony of + dinner, she became raving for water. Sometimes it was ‘Dear + papa, give Nana some water.’ Then with a curtsey to nurse, + ‘Please Nan, give Nana some water.’ Then with anger crying + for water; but though our hearts were bleeding for her + distress, we would not give her water for her hurt. Thus, + thought I, our heavenly Father is looking down upon us. + He heard our prayers, our tears for the life of our babe; + He saw our distress, and He doubtless pitied, but for our + good, denies our desires. Oh, may the Holy Spirit send home + the lesson effectually! + + “On entering the pulpit on Sunday morning in heaviness of + heart, when I pronounced the sentence ‘Our Father which art + in heaven,’ it powerfully came to my mind, ‘Is he less a + Father than thou art, that he should not care for thee and + thy child?’ Lord! I believe, help my unbelief!” + +In acknowledging the christian sympathy of Captain Peevor, expressed +in connection with this domestic sorrow, Mr. C. writes:-- + + “We try to realize the truths you kindly bring before us; + but it is hard to walk by faith when sense and sight so + powerfully attract the contrary way. We are not, however, + without experience of the grace of our Lord; and hope the + lesson intended may not be lost upon us. One day in this + school of adversity, has taught me more than years of ease + and prosperity.” + +It was now, also, that Mr. Corrie communicated with + + + THE REV. J. BUCKWORTH. + + “Benares, March 14, 1818. + + “You will see by the date, where I am stationed. The place + is important, on many accounts. It is central, and near + several missionary stations: but we want helpers at Chunar, + my first station in India. Mr. Bowley’s labours have been + greatly blessed to the christian part of the population; + who were ‘as sheep without a shepherd,’ till he went among + them. Mr. Adlington is at this time visiting dear brother + Abdool; of whom he writes very favourable accounts, as + to spiritual things; but his bodily health has greatly + declined, and is declining. A few have been added to the + church at Agra; and several bearing the christian name, + seem to have experienced a new birth unto righteousness. + With respect to the public state of affairs, you will + hear of the wonderful events which have taken place here, + during the last six months; by which the whole continent + of India is become subject to British authority.[103] Very + critical have been our circumstances repeatedly, at one + place 1200 of our troops were assaulted by a greater number + of thousands--at another place, 3,000 of our troops were + set upon by 40,000; and such is the inconstant nature of + the natives of this country, that in either of the above + affairs, had victory declared against us, the whole of + India would have been in a flame. This, then, is the Lord’s + doing, and it is marvellous in our eyes. We have many + praying souls now in our Indian army; and the number is + increasing: and we know that our God is a hearer of prayer.” + + “April 9. Since I began my letter, it has pleased God to + relieve you of the charge we put upon you, respecting our + Infant.[104] He was removed from our sight on the 7th, and + is now with his Father and our Father, with his God and our + God. I know not how to write about anything else, but yet I + wish not to fill my paper with the expression of feelings + which, no doubt, every one in similar circumstances + experiences. I shall only say, that I seem never to have + known sadness till now.” + +This extension of the British rule in India, by opening out wider +fields for missionary exertions, rendered, also, the want of +labourers more sensibly apparent. Hence Mr. Corrie writes + + + TO THE REV. MR. SIMEON. + + “Benares, June 16, 1818. + + “I write now to acquaint you with the death of one of our + chaplains at Cawnpore on the 22nd instant, that you may, if + possible, get some proper person appointed in his place. + Our honoured friend Mr. Grant, will not be backward to use + his influence, if it can avail--and may God grant, for the + honor of his gospel in these lands, that a true minister + of his word may be sent out. It is inconceivable to those + not on the spot, how much pious _well-educated_ men may + effect, above the usual run, even of pious men who come + out as missionaries. If translations be to supply the gift + of tongues, then those translations ought to come as near + the character of that gift as possible. Now the Serampore + translations all, I fear, fail entirely in idiom and + every recommendation. Of their Hindoostanee translation, + I can speak from some knowledge, that it is calculated to + displease the least fastidious, by the mixture of Persian, + Arabic, and English words in it, as well as by the turn + given to many phrases, from the literal rendering from + the English. Thus, ‘on these two hang all the law and the + prophets,’ the word used is literally, ‘suspended as from a + peg.’ Such is my own feeling respecting this translation, + that I should abstain from giving it to an intelligent + Hindoo, and no other could make anything of it; and at + this place, we have, in consequence, nothing to meet the + enquiries of the Hindoos, except a catechism translated by + Mr. Bowley, which is read with avidity. + + “Divine providence is, I hope, opening a door of great + usefulness here, through the means of the Baboo Joy + Narian--a kind of Deist, who is about giving up a house, + and £5,000. to endow it as a school, to our Church + Missionary Society. The house in Benares we have actual + possession of, and it is now undergoing a little repair, + with a view to commence a school of general learning, of + which Mr. Adlington will be the superintendent.” + +The name of Joy Narain will be remembered, as that of the rich native +at Benares, who, some years ago, sent a letter and a benefaction +to the Bible Society.[105] It appears that the same benevolent +individual had at that time formed, also, the design of building and +endowing a free-school, by means of which the poorer classes of his +countrymen might receive education.[106] He seems to have gone so +far as to have himself drawn up a plan of the institution, to have +commenced building a suitable house, and to have offered to pay for +the support of a schoolmaster and assistants; but, from some cause +or other, nothing had been definitely settled up to the time that +Mr. Corrie was appointed chaplain at Benares, after his return from +England. Soon after Mr. C.’s arrival at that station, however, Joy +Narain brought the subject of the free-school before him; and the +following extract from a letter addressed by Mr. C. to the committee +of the Church Missionary Society, gives the substance of what passed +between Joy Narain and himself:-- + + “He proposes giving a large house in the city for a school, + endowing it with 200 Rs. a month, (about £300. a year,) + Mr. Adlington to be the teacher. I suggested to him to + let us have the house on Mr. Adlington’s arrival [from + Agra,] to begin operations; and that for the present Mr. + A should derive his support from the Church Missionary + Society, whilst he (Joy Narain,) should pay for books and + incidental expenses. This seemed to delight him. I proposed + that he should make the Church Missionary Society’s + committee trustees of his endowment; reserving to himself + the approval of their agent, who, if approved of at the + end of one year, should be confirmed for life; or, during + conformity with the rules of the endowment; which, I + proposed, should be for general learning: our Missionary + to be at liberty to receive enquirers after truth, in his + private apartments, after school-hours.” + +To these several propositions, Joy Narain cordially assented, and +although at the date of the foregoing letter to Mr. Simeon, the +property was not legally made over, yet the school-house had been +put into the possession of the Church Missionary Society. The school +itself was opened on Monday, July 17, 1818, under the superintendence +of Mr. Adlington; the second master being a young man, country-born, +but educated in England, and intimately acquainted with the +colloquial language and manners of the natives. Mr. Corrie observes, +however, to the Committee of the Church Missionary Society:-- + + “To give full effect to this gift of Joy Narain, you must + send us one or two men of as good education as possible, + and as soon as you can find them. The disposition to + hear and receive the word, is increasing daily among the + natives. Many of the rich and learned Hindoos, especially + of this city, seem ready to welcome the gospel.” + +And again to the Committee in Calcutta:-- + + “A man of learning should by all means be sent out to that + school, both to release Mr. Adlington, and to occupy a + post than which there is none more conspicuous in all the + sphere of missionary labour; and, it ought, therefore, to + be supplied accordingly.” + +It was whilst engaged in watching over the first beginnings of this +Institution, that Mr. Corrie wrote to his brother, + + “July 29, 1818. + + “This country becomes daily more and more interesting to + the christian. The paramount influence of our government + now seems to hold out some degree of permanency to our + rule; and, in consequence, the natives are less embarrassed + with the fear of the return of former superiors; and + the consequent persecution that would have followed any + attention to our religion. Considerate men among them, + therefore, begin to speak out their dissatisfaction with + Idolatry; and to enquire what better we have to offer + them. This disposition is most providentially met by the + institutions which have risen amongst us of late: and + the hand of God in disposing all things for the spread + of His truth, seems evidently displayed. First, there + is the Diocesan Committee, which confines itself to + supplying those only who understand English, with bibles, + prayer-books, and tracts. Next, the Church Missionary + Society, which supplies the native christians with bibles, + and prayer-books in the native languages: as well as + its more direct objects. Then the School-Book Society, + which supplies elementary books in all languages, for + all description of persons; and then the glorious Bible + Society, like the ‘lion which covereth,’ embracing all + classes and climes, in the distribution of the words + of life eternal. If to these be added, the labours of + missionaries of different denominations, it will appear + that the kingdom of God is near to India. Of missionaries, + however, we have as yet, but a scanty supply. May the Lord + of the harvest, thrust forth labourers into India. + + “In the beginning of this month I baptized, at Chunar, a + Brahmin, and a Moonshee, in the presence of the native + christian congregation, and of many Heathen and Mahomedans. + The Brahmin declared that he had visited all the places + reputed holy by Hindoos, from Brindrinath in the borders + of the snowy mountains in the N. W., to Juggernauth in + the lower parts of Bengal, but found nothing on which his + mind could rest, till he heard the gospel at Chunar. That + he found all the Hindoos in error, and plainly told them + so; in proof of his being in earnest, [he] broke off the + Brahmin’s cord, (or, as he called it, ‘the lying cord,’) + before them all. The Moonshee bore a similar testimony + respecting the insufficiency of the Mahomedan faith.[107] + Three more are waiting for my next visit to Chunar in + order to be then baptized.... These are encouraging + circumstances; may God grant us his blessing to improve + them to his glory!” + +But besides relating such encouraging circumstances as these, Mr. +Corrie’s correspondence contains many incidental notices, also, of +his intercourse with natives of all classes. Thus on the 18th of +August, he informs Mr. Sherer:-- + + “We are going on as usual here, doing a little: ‘unknown + and yet well known.’ Several of the high Natives have + visited me lately; chiefly from the intimacy they + perceived Mr. Bird[108] had formed with us; but it led, + though they meant it not, to religious discussions. A near + relation of the Rajah of Benares, took away yesterday a + Hindoostanee New Testament, and Hindoostanee Prayer-book, + with evident desire, after a long discussion on subjects + connected with them.” + +And, again, in writing to the same relative in the month of October, +Mr. C. observes:-- + + “Joy Narain’s school goes on very well. Many of good + caste and family now come for instruction in English. The + enquiries they make on religious subjects, have led to the + conviction, in several, of the folly of idolatry. Indeed, I + am obliged to refrain at times from talking with them, lest + the whole design should be obstructed by the rapid progress + some of them are making in Christian knowledge.” + +The school here mentioned, having, by Deed, bearing date Oct. 21, +1818, been legally placed under the control of the Calcutta Committee +of the Church Missionary Society and their successors, Mr. Corrie +was requested by Joy Narain to draw up, in English, a detailed +statement of the plan and objects contemplated by the school. A +draft of the statement was, in the first instance, [11th Nov. 1818.] +submitted by Mr. Corrie to the Agent of the Government at Benares, +and was afterwards translated into several of the languages of the +country, and circulated among the natives of India. As illustrative +of a remarkable moral movement, towards the maturing of which the +subject of these memoirs materially contributed, the document is too +important to be omitted. + + “The following statement of the object and plan of the + Institution, is published, with a view to engage such + support as may enable the managers to extend to the utmost + the benefits it is intended to convey. + + “1. In this school, four languages are taught, viz. + English, Persian, Hindoostanee and Bengalee. + + “2. For the purpose of affording instruction in these + languages, an English master, as superintendent of the + Institution, is engaged; proper assistance and learned + teachers in the other languages respectively, are also + retained. + + “3. It is intended to maintain, as well as educate, a + number of poor boys, who are to be accommodated in the + house, as soon as proper arrangements can be made, and a + small daily allowance will be made to such poor boys as + cannot be received into the house, to such extent as the + funds may admit of. + + “4. The benefits of the Institution to be at the same + time open to all who are desirous of availing themselves + of them, without regard to caste or country; and for this + purpose, teachers, paper, pens and ink, will be provided + gratis, for all the scholars; it being left to the option + of such parents as can afford to pay for their children’s + education, to contribute at their pleasure to the general + expenses of the school, and thereby to extend the benefits + of it further to the poor. + + “5. The primary design of teaching the above languages + being, to enable industrious youths to obtain for + themselves a comfortable livelihood, the first care + will be to instruct the scholars in reading and writing + grammatically, and in the most necessary rules of + arithmetic; together with the government regulations on the + subjects of police, and ordinary affairs: after which such + youths as desire further improvement, may be instructed in + general history, geography, and astronomy. + + “6. No scholar to be admitted into the school under seven + years of age, except such as are on the foundation, nor any + to be admitted to receive maintenance from the funds who + are above eighteen years. Each scholar to remain in school, + if practicable, at least two years, but no scholar to + receive pecuniary support beyond the period of seven years, + nor above the age of twenty, unless for the pursuit of some + study approved by the managers. + + “7. All the scholars are required to attend regularly every + day, to abstain from all improper language in school, and + to maintain a respectable moral character in society; + without which no scholar can be admitted, or if admitted, + be retained on his ill conduct being discovered. + + “8. The school to be open to all visitors every Tuesday, + and all contributors to the funds to be admitted to inspect + the accounts on the second Tuesday in every month. + + “It being intended to form a library and museum also + connected with the school, as soon as practicable, any + donation of natural curiosities, or of books, in English, + or in any of the languages of India, (especially grammars, + dictionaries, and books of history) will be thankfully + received; and a book will be kept in which the names of + donors will be recorded, with the nature and extent of the + donation.” + + “Benares, 11th November, 1818.” + +At the time the foregoing statement was put into circulation, there +were no less than one hundred and sixteen scholars in the school; but +it had already become apparent that the monthly sum granted by the +founder, was by no means sufficient to meet the necessary expenses of +the establishment. Joy Narain therefore, made a formal application to +the Governor-General in council for pecuniary assistance, when Lord +Hastings, with the ready attention which he always manifested for +the moral improvement of India, ordered a regular monthly allowance +to be contributed from the funds of government toward the efficient +maintenance of the school. + +But the residence of Mr. Corrie at Benares was now drawing to a +close. He received about this time, an appointment to the vacant +Chaplaincy at Cawnpore; but before he could proceed to that station, +a vacancy had occurred at the Presidency by the departure of the +senior chaplain on sick-leave. This event was the occasion of Mr. +Corrie’s recall to Calcutta. He accordingly left Benares in December +1818, amid the regrets of a large body of respectable natives, who +had seen so much reason for regarding him as the friend and promoter +of every institution which was calculated to promote their welfare. +It could not, therefore, but be a matter of gratification to him, to +be followed to Calcutta by the subjoined Address written in English, +Persian, Hindoostanee, and Bengalee:-- + + + FROM THE INHABITANTS OF BENARES, + + TO THE REV. D. CORRIE. + + “For several years past we have entertained a desire, + that no one would indulge in any kind of controversy, and + that all theological discussion might cease amongst us. + For the attainment of this our desire, Joy Narain Maharaj, + often attempted to establish a school, but was never able + to accomplish his design. When you arrived at Benares, + and kindly engaged the superintendence of a school, in + the which instruction should be afforded in the English, + Persian, Hindue and Bengalee languages, from that time + our wishes began to be realized: seeing that as at all + times it is a difficult thing to collect individuals of + different religious principles, you by your investigation, + liberality and kindness, &c. caused upwards of 200 to lay + aside their religious prejudices and engage in the same + pursuit. Since when, by the will of God, you were pleased + to embark for Calcutta, your condescension, liberality, + and charity; your kindness, love for the truth, and enmity + to deception; your excellent understanding, convincing + knowledge, and acquaintance with the theological works + of the Christian religion; your Christian-like conduct, + your affording instruction to those desirous of being more + acquainted with the way of salvation by the mediation of + Christ, and meeting the views of the learner; are subjects + of daily conversation, and cause us to admire that prudence + which, aloof from the violence made use of by those of + other dynasties, causes Rajahs, Baboos, great and learned + Pundits, Mouluwees, Moonshees, in fact the great of the + city, to court your friendship. A remembrance of these + things occasions much sorrow, and produces a desire for + another interview. Here we trust that God Almighty will + again suffer us to meet, and that as long as it please Him + to retain you in Calcutta, He will not fail on your account + to bless both us and the school.” + + (Here follow the signatures of Joy Narain and of 266 other + natives of Benares.) + + + [95] Formed in 1815. + + [96] Instituted May 1817. + + [97] Originated by natives in Aug. 1816. + + [98] Established in 1789. + + [99] See Missionary Register for 1818, p. 448. + + [100] A kind of footman. + + [101] Mr. Adlington had gone to Agra to visit Abdool + Messeeh. + + [102] The Calcutta Committee of the Church Missionary + Society. + + [103] By the termination of the Pindarry and Mahratta wars. + + [104] That of Godfather. + + [105] See above p. 149. + + [106] Joy Narain’s own account of the circumstances which + led him thus to consult the good of his countrymen, + may be seen in the Missionary Register for 1819, pp. + 416, 417. + + [107] A fuller account of the baptism of these persons is + given in the Missionary Register for 1820, p. 123. + + [108] The magistrate of the district. + + + + + CHAPTER XIV. + + REMOVAL TO CALCUTTA. + + +It was not without regret that Mr. Corrie quitted a place which he +had found (to use his own words,) “a scene of delightful labour.” In +anticipation of his probable removal from Benares, he had written +some time before + + + TO THE REV. MR. SIMEON. + + “I am at a loss to decide how to act should my removal + be determined on by Government. You will see a report + of our Church Missionary proceedings here, no doubt, by + Mr. Thomason. There is a great deal too much said in it + about me, especially should I be removed soon, so as to be + prevented establishing the plans in agitation. But I pray I + may be able to go on in simplicity of mind, in obedience to + the will of God’s providence, and seek nothing for myself; + who am indeed nothing, and deserve to be the ‘off-scouring + of all.’ If I were professedly a Missionary, and had + the same prospect of entrance into this very citadel of + Idolatry, I should consider it a call to live and die in + this place; but as a Chaplain of the Government, am I not + to consider the disposal of Government, as the voice of + providence to me? I can truly say that, in the prospect of + leaving this place, ‘I am oppressed; O Lord, undertake for + me!’” + +Before proceeding, however, to Calcutta, Mr. C. visited Chunar, and +there administered the Lord’s Supper to sixty communicants, of whom +half were native Christians. He drew up a plan, also, for the future +guidance of those who were engaged in the mission at that place and +Benares, with a view to secure regularity and efficiency to their +exertions: and in this he so arranged as to secure the cooperation +of all the parties, for whose guidance his directions were intended. +It may be mentioned, too, in connexion with the mission at Chunar, +that Mr. C. had employed himself, during his residence at Benares, +in carefully examining and correcting a revision of Mr. Martyn’s +Hindoostanee translation of the New Testament, into Hindoowee, which +Mr. Bowley had found it necessary to undertake for the sake of the +native population, among whom he laboured; and which was afterwards +printed by the Bible Society. At the close of the year 1818, Mr. +Corrie commenced his journey to Calcutta. On the way thither he +touched at Buxar, a place to which he had frequently paid missionary +visits; and where a great desire had often been manifested on +the part of the Christian inhabitants, to have a schoolmaster or +Missionary located among them. As a proof of the anxiety which these +Christians still cherished for the advantages of a stated ministry, +there was now placed in Mr. Corrie’s hands a list of about seventy +persons, (chiefly of the less wealthy class,) who were willing to +contribute certain monthly payments toward building a church, and the +maintenance of a Missionary. + +On reaching Calcutta, among the first objects of Mr. Corrie’s care +was, the placing under proper instruction some Hindoostanee youths, +who had accompanied him from Benares. He had for some time been in +the habit of devoting much attention to their education, with a view +to their future usefulness as teachers; and he now placed them in a +school for Hindoostanee boys, which the Calcutta Committee of the +Church Missionary Society had just established in that city. With +reference to the importance of such an Institution, Mr. Corrie had +long entertained a decided opinion. In a letter, anterior to this +period, he had observed to Mr. Sherer, + + “I see so strongly, and experience also in my connection + with the adult converts, the improbability of finding + steady, judicious pastors, except from among those who + have been educated in Christian studies, that I should + like to devote the rest of my days to the instruction of + native youths, with a view to the ministry. That may be + better done in Calcutta than elsewhere, from the greater + readiness with which books may be had, and especially + help for the instruction of others got ready. Besides, + future Missionaries will act with greater effect, aided by + well-educated native brethren. So that in every point of + view this appears to be a prime object, to educate for the + ministry.” + +As respected himself, it is scarcely necessary to state that the +scene of labour at the Presidency was, in most respects, widely +different from that to which Mr. Corrie had been accustomed in the +provinces. In a letter to his brother, dated early in 1819, Mr. C. +relates, as a specimen of his engagements,-- + + “Mr. Parson and myself go on happily in our joint + Chaplaincy. The Bishop is absent at Madras, where, we + hear, he is confirming, in his sermons, all Mr. Thompson’s + labours. He is in many respects a valuable man. + + “I have lately been appointed Honorary Chaplain to the + [Military] Orphan Institution,[109] where I officiate every + Sunday Morning soon after six o’clock. At the Cathedral + I read prayers or preach at nine; and the same at eight + in the evening. I take the weekly occasional duties in + turn. I am, also, _ex officio_, a Governor of the Free + School, and a member of the Select Vestry; who are Trustees + of charities distributed to the monthly amount of 3,411 + rupees, among 568 Pensioners.” + +The connexion with the “Select Vestry” here mentioned, did not +however prove without its difficulties; for it happened that Mr. +Corrie commenced his duties at the Presidency before a dispute had +subsided, respecting the mode in which that Vestry was constituted, +and the authority which they claimed to exercise. It seems to +have been the custom for the members of the Vestry to re-elect +themselves annually, so as to admit new members into their body only +as vacancies occurred by deaths, resignations, or departures for +England. They had customarily, also, appointed the officers connected +with the Church, now called the Cathedral. But it appears that at +the Easter preceding Mr. Corrie’s connection with the Cathedral, +a certain number of persons opposed the re-election of the Select +Vestry, as being contrary to the practice usual in England; and the +senior Chaplain, at the same time, claimed the right to nominate +the churchwardens. The Select Vestry, on the other hand, regarded +themselves (and had long been so recognized by government) as +special Trustees for a Church which had been originally built by +private individuals; and for the due distribution of certain funds, +arising mainly from legacies left for charitable purposes, and +under the administration of the Vestry. However much, therefore, to +be deplored, might be the animosity and indecorous language, into +which some of the parties concerned in the dispute, seem to have +been betrayed, it cannot be a matter of surprise that the Vestry, +as a body, should hesitate to abandon long-acknowledged claims, +and to hand over to other persons, the distribution of certain +charities which they conceived to be legally entrusted to the Vestry. +To such a length, however, had the dispute respecting this matter +been carried, that both parties complained to the Governor General +in Council; and the Government had given it as an opinion, rather +than as a decision, that the vestry should remain in possession of +its accustomed functions, until the authorities in England might +judge it proper to interfere. But notwithstanding this opinion on +the part of Government, the opponents of the Vestry revived the +dispute, at the Easter of 1819. Much correspondence seems to have +taken place on the subject, and many hard words again to have been +used; and Mr. Corrie as one, among others, who considered it their +duty to maintain themselves in the position which had been thus +sanctioned by Government, became, as a matter of course, the subject +of reprehension on the part of those, who opposed the claims of the +Vestry. Yet it is stated by those who were in Calcutta at the time, +and were also well acquainted with the facts of the case, that the +subject of these Memoirs was enabled so far to keep apart from the +bitterness of this strife, as to exhibit throughout “the prudence and +meekness becoming the minister of Christ.” + +With the exception, however, of passing occurrences such as these, +there was but little diversity in the duties which now fell to Mr. +Corrie’s lot, beyond what may be found in the life of a parochial +clergyman. The history of any one day was, to a great extent +therefore, the history of the succeeding month; and so on, from +month to month: for as it was not yet certain, whether the senior +Chaplain, who had gone to the Cape, would return to India or not, Mr. +Corrie could not regard himself as more than a temporary resident at +the Presidency, and did not therefore feel at liberty to engage so +actively in the concerns of several religious societies in Calcutta, +as he afterwards felt called upon to do. But when intelligence +reached India, early in 1820, that the senior Chaplain had proceeded +to England, and Mr. C. thus became entitled to succeed to the vacant +chaplaincy, he began to lay himself out for some steady course of +missionary labour in Calcutta and the neighbourhood. One of his first +movements was, to endeavour to collect a native congregation in +Calcutta, by means of Mr. Bowley, who had come down from Chunar to +superintend the printing of that revised Hindoowee translation of the +New Testament, which has been already mentioned.[110] The ulterior +object Mr. Corrie had in view in this was, to provide a sphere of +labour for Abdool Messeeh, who was expected to reach Calcutta in the +spring of 1820, and whose state of health might probably render it +desirable that he should remain there for the future. Mr. Corrie was, +also, desirous to excite a deeper interest for missionary objects, +among the poorer classes about the Presidency, in the belief that +less attention had hitherto been given to effect this, than, on +every christian principle, seemed necessary. As having now, also, +undertaken the office of Secretary to the Church Missionary Society +in Calcutta, Mr. C. was in better circumstances to direct these +missionary plans. Some account of his occupations, is given in a +letter to his sister, who had returned to England:-- + + “May 19, 1820. + + “Abdool Messeeh is here: I am daily at work with him, + writing a Commentary in Hindoostanee, from six in the + morning till breakfast and after, if I am not called away. + We have got him a house in _Meer-jan-kee-gully_. It is a + roomy (upper-roomed) house, but out of repair; so we get + it for fifty rupees a month; and here he collects the poor + four times a week. The Church Missionary concerns occupy + me too a good deal; and we are setting up a printing-press + in my go-downs.[111] To-day the first sheet of a tract is + printing off, as a beginning.” + +Soon after the date of the foregoing extract, Mr. Corrie had an +examination of the boys of his Hindoostanee-school, in the presence +of the members of the Calcutta Committee of the Church Missionary +Society, and of such other persons as interested themselves about +missionary objects. His many avocations did not admit of his +undertaking the superintendence of a larger number of scholars than +that with which the school had commenced; but the result of the +examination proved, that the benefit derived from being habituated +to christian example and the progress which the boys had made in +a knowledge of the Hindoostanee New Testament, the Hindoostanee +Catechism, and the principles of the Christian religion in general, +were of a very encouraging nature. Impressed, therefore, with the +conviction that a Christian education was of the greatest importance +as a means to render the natives themselves efficient instruments of +God to their countrymen, Mr. Corrie welcomed the idea of establishing +a missionary College by the Bishop. With reference to that +circumstance, he wrote to his brother:-- + + “I am quite sure that all men will rejoice in the + establishment of the College; although learning alone will + do but little. It therefore appears to me more than ever + necessary to maintain strenuously the labours and plans + of the Church Missionary Society. Under these feelings + I was led last Thursday into a long conversation with + the Bishop, respecting Missionary proceedings, in which + the Church Missionary Society and its views were brought + forward and discussed. The Bishop’s chief objection was, + that the sending out of English clergymen as Missionaries, + would prevent the East India Company from making such a + provision of Chaplains, as they ought to make. As far as it + goes, the argument is just; but I think he ought rather to + adopt such Missionaries, and by pointing out to Government + the benefits produced by them, to draw forth Government + support, which otherwise may not be afforded in any way.” + +It may not be amiss to mention, that however much Mr. Corrie might +be occupied by matters of public interest, he did not neglect the +charities of social life. On the contrary, he did not allow his gate +to be closed against any who might have a reason for desiring to +hold communication with him. And, as in India, persons arriving from +England, or visiting the Presidency were, at that time, regarded as +having an almost unlimited claim on the hospitality of the residents +in Calcutta, Mr. C. was seldom without his share of such guests. This +circumstance, added to his natural kind-heartedness, gave occasion to +one, who loved him, and who was then under his roof, to remark, ‘as +long as he lives and wherever he lives, he will have as many people +about him as fall in his way; until every corner be occupied, and he +himself is left without a corner.’ To many of the younger portion of +these visitors Mr. C. was, also, oftentimes the instrument of great +moral good; and in such cases it was his custom, as occasion served +or might require, to address to them a letter of encouragement or +direction, after they had left him. An extract from a letter to Capt. +Moyle Sherer, H. M. 34th regiment, and who had been on a visit to +his brother in Calcutta, may serve to illustrate the spirit of such +communications:-- + + “Calcutta, May 27, 1820. + + “You are by this time settled with your regiment, and begin + to find exactly how the minds of those around you stand + affected to the principles of true religion. Some painful + discoveries will probably have been made, and on the other + hand, perhaps, consolation will have arisen from unexpected + sources. Such is the beginning, especially of a life of + piety. We are apt to wonder that what we see so clearly to + be rational and necessary, is not equally seen by others + when brought before them; and the result is, to make us + feel more experimentally that what we have learned on these + subjects, has not been from man’s teaching, but that God + has been leading us by ways that we knew not. The discovery + of our own inbred sin is what is most distressing at this + stage. Indeed, to the end of life such ebullitions of the + sin that dwelleth in us, occasionally take place, as almost + confound the Christian, and send him back to his first + principles; and it seems as if the whole work of religion + were yet to begin. Yea, how often does this inward enemy + impel him to the very brink of disgrace, and he escapes + as by miracle, from temporal no less than eternal ruin. + Such is my experience up to this day; and now, what with + the experience upwards of forty years have supplied of the + world’s insufficiency to afford happiness, and of the power + of sin, unless God prevent, to work temporal and eternal + ruin, the grave begins to appear a refuge, and I have a + deep conviction that they only are completely blessed who + are in heaven. I think you were quite right in not taking + part with the Wesleyans till you know more of them. By + degrees the truly sincere will draw to you as their natural + superior, and you will be able to direct their reading and + to regulate their affairs far more to their advantage than + they can do themselves.” + +During the October of 1820, Mr. Corrie was afflicted by the death of +one of the elder of the Hindoostanee boys, who were in the school +under his care. The youth in question was a Hindoo by birth, and when +a child had been purchased up the country, from his parents, during a +season of scarcity. He had therefore been under Christian instruction +the greater part of his life. It seems that he died of consumption, +and that during a long illness, he had afforded satisfactory evidence +that he had not received a Christian education in vain. The death of +this youth was not long afterwards followed by the removal of the +remaining youths, to assist in the schools at different missionary +stations. Before, however, Mr. Corrie’s Hindoostanee scholars had +been thus dispersed, there had been admitted among them, for the +purpose of receiving instruction in order to baptism, a Hindoo youth +who had been servant to a converted Moonshee.[112] This youth, +when full of the idea of making the pilgrimage to Juggernauth, had +accidentally fallen in with the Moonshee, and accompanied him as far +as Benares. In consequence, however, of the conversations, which +he held with the Moonshee on the subject of religion, his faith in +the efficacy of a pilgrimage to Juggernauth had entirely abated, by +the time they reached Benares: and he accordingly returned back +to Delhi with the Moonshee, in the capacity of servant; although +he left his master, after a while, to avoid the scoffs of his +Hindoo acquaintances. He could not, however, rid himself of the +conviction that his master was right, and became so uneasy under that +conviction, that he quitted his home in search of peace of mind. +Eventually he made his way to Calcutta, and became an inmate of the +Hindoostanee school there, and in due time was baptised. + +It may here not be uninteresting to relate, that after Mr. Corrie +became Secretary to the Calcutta Committee of the Church Missionary +Society, he was in the habit of employing himself as he found +opportunity, in contributing to the pages of a ‘Quarterly Circular,’ +which first appeared in 1820, and contained from time to time, a +summary of ‘Missionary Intelligence,’ for the use of Missionaries and +others, at the different stations in India. Among his contributions +to this periodical may be mentioned a series of papers, containing +a ‘Sketch of the progress of Christianity in Calcutta and in the +provinces of the presidency of Bengal.’ Mr. Corrie had often been +struck by observing the importance attached by historians to but +imperfect records of former ages, provided those records happened +to bear the marks of authenticity; and he conceived, therefore, +that some future historian of the church of Christ in India, +might possibly derive assistance from a notice of such facts and +circumstances as that ‘Sketch’ might be the means of rescuing from +oblivion. It may with truth be added, that no person then living was +better qualified than Mr. C. to record the more recent occurrences +connected with the history of Christianity in Bengal, he having +himself been not only a careful observer of all that concerned the +progress of true religion in that Presidency, but also the personal +friend of those men of God, who had immediately preceded him, and to +whose zeal and labours may be traced the first origin of almost every +religious institution in Bengal. The Calcutta Diocesan Committee of +the Society for promoting Christian knowledge, having now, also, +directed their attention to the translation of religious Tracts into +the languages of India, a translation into Hindoostanee, both in +the Nagree and Nustaliq character, of “Sellon’s Abridgment of the +Holy Scriptures,” was assigned to the superintendence and revision +of Mr. Corrie. Having been requested, moreover, by the Committee of +the Calcutta Bible Society, to state for their information, such +particulars illustrative of the benefit attending the circulation of +the Holy Scriptures, as might have fallen under his own observation, +the following was his reply:-- + + “Calcutta, 6th Feb. 1821. + + “In compliance with your request that I would state any + circumstances within my own knowledge, tending to shew + the good arising from the distribution of the Scriptures + alone, I have endeavoured to call to mind some facts in + corroboration of my general feeling of the good arising + from the measure in question. The benefit arising to + professed Christians is not, I believe, within your + contemplation, otherwise I might say much respecting the + benefit the native Christians on this side of India have + derived from the Bible Society. During the prevalence + of the Mahratta power, many Christians were employed + in offices of trust by the Native princes, chiefly in + situations connected with the army. + + “I had, whilst residing at Agra, frequent applications from + Christians of that class, and many of them sent from far, + for copies of the Persian and Hindoostanee translations: to + shew the need they stood in of such supplies, I may just + observe, that a Christian of the class referred to, in the + service of the Burthpore Rajah, on applying personally to + me for a copy of the New Testament, was asked if he had + ever perused the Gospel in any language? he answered that + he had never even seen the Book; and in the figurative + language of the country, added, that ‘he knew not whether + the Book was made of wood or paper.’ + + “Among the most remarkable instances of Mahomedans and + Hindoos deriving benefit from the Scriptures alone, the + following occur to me: + + “In 1813, a Mahomedan Hukeem came to me at Agra from + Burthpore, saying, that he had many years before read the + Pentateuch in Arabic, a copy of which had been given to him + by a Roman Catholic priest: that about two years before the + time he came to me, he had obtained a copy of St. Matthew’s + gospel in Persian, from reading of which he had become + convinced of the divinity of Jesus Christ. This man, with + his son, was afterwards baptized. + + “The next instance that occurs to me, is of an aged Hindoo: + this man from reading the writings of Cuber, had been + led to renounce Idolatry, and finding the Law and Gospel + spoken of by Cuber, as divine books, he was for several + years anxious to possess a copy. After several ineffectual + attempts to procure a copy from English gentlemen, he at + length obtained the Gospels in the Nagree character. He was + also afterwards baptized. A third instance of good derived + from the Scriptures alone, was Burukut Museeh in 1813; he + got a manuscript copy of Job, which he perused with great + interest; afterwards he got a copy of the Psalms; then + Isaiah; and finally the New Testament in Hindoostanee. + His exemplary life and happy death are recorded in the + Missionary Register. + + “The only other case that occurs to me, is that of Fuez + Musseeh, baptized in 1817. At seventeen years of age, he + became a Mahomedan purely from the abhorrence of idolatry + expressed in the Koran; he remained upwards of twenty + years a strict and indefatigable disciple of the Koran, + living as a Fakeer and obtaining great honour among his + countrymen for his supposed sanctity. At length, being + disgusted in his own mind with the practices recommended by + his spiritual guides, and wearied with his own ineffectual + labours after holiness, he abandoned all his honours as + a Religieux, and bought from a lady a copy of the New + Testament, if haply he might find in it that rest for his + soul he had hitherto sought in vain from other quarters. + He sought, and found, as his conduct hitherto leads us to + think, the object of his pursuit. + + “I have met whilst residing out of Calcutta, with very many + natives, who from reading the Scriptures, have had all + prejudice against Christianity removed; and some of them, + as Joy Narain Ghossaul, at Benares, have been set upon many + works of benevolence and charity, from their knowledge + of duty as learned from the Bible, though they have not + derived _all_ the benefits to be desired from the copies + of the Scriptures circulated among them. How far this + partial good is to be appreciated, each Christian will form + his own judgment. As a preparing of the way of the Lord, it + is by no means to be undervalued, and future labourers will + reap the fruit of the precious seed which the Bible Society + has been sowing in India with so much diligence for several + years past.” + +The memoranda which occur in Mr. Corrie’s Journal after his return to +India, are very few, but under date of June 11, 1821, he remarks:-- + + “I have been endeavouring to call my ways to remembrance, + and find enough to be humbled for in the review, but a + difficulty as to how I should speak of it. This difficulty + I wish to account for. Formerly I could write of my state + with ease; lately I have neglected to make memoranda. + I have certainly been much employed in public matters. + My duties as Chaplain, and as Secretary to the Church + Missionary Society,--the schools, the press, leave me very + little time, and that little I find difficult to apply to a + good purpose. My want of retirement prevents the right use + of the little I might have. I am deeply conscious that the + evil propensities of my nature are by no means eradicated; + and I ought to be alarmed that they do not more alarm me. + I feel daily that I sin, and resolve daily against my + propensities, yet daily am more or less overcome. Oh! I + desire to awake to righteousness! I desire to be alarmed; + to be saved from sin, and quickened and made alive to God. + O Spirit of light and love, of power and of a sound mind, + work in me to will and do of thy good pleasure! I see, in + reading the epistle to Titus, that except in such points as + are agreeable to my nature, I am far from the character of + a true minister of Christ.” + +There is reason, however, to hope that Mr. Corrie’s ministrations in +Calcutta were not altogether in vain. At any rate, it is well known +that his labours were unceasing, whether regard be had to his duties +as chaplain, or those connected with the Church Missionary Society, +and the superintendence of the native schools. In the December too, +of this year, he was appointed to preach the sermon at the third +visitation of Bishop Middleton; and in the same month printed, among +the Quarterly Missionary Intelligence, a biographical sketch of his +old friend Joy Narain, who had died at Benares in November. + +But that which now more especially occupied the attention of Mr. +C. and others, engaged in conducting the affairs of the Church +Missionary Society in Calcutta, was the education of the native +females of India. The state of society had until lately, seemed +hopelessly to exclude the native female from all share in the +benefits of education; but the success which had attended a school +set on foot by the Baptist mission, had induced some friends of +religion in India, to communicate with the British and Foreign +School-Society in England, with a view to extend the means of +instruction to the females of India, as widely as practicable. Funds +were in consequence, raised for that purpose; and Miss Cooke, a lady +of education and piety, arrived in Calcutta during Nov. 1821, for the +purpose of devoting herself to the work. + +It was early in January 1822, that the Calcutta Committee of the +Church Missionary Society, took measures for the formation of female +schools, under the superintendence of this lady; and such was the +success attending their first efforts, that three schools were in +operation by the middle of February. It was then thought desirable +to bring the subject more distinctly before the residents in +Calcutta, in the hope that the friends to the moral and intellectual +improvement of the natives of India, might be induced to assist +in carrying on this important and difficult undertaking: and to +Mr. Corrie it was assigned, to draw up and circulate the following +address: + + + “NATIVE FEMALE EDUCATION. + + “The importance of education, in order to the improvement + of the state of society among the natives of this country, + is now generally acknowledged, and the eagerness of the + natives themselves for instruction begins to exceed the + opportunities hitherto afforded them. + + “But to render education effectual to the improvement of + society, it must obviously, be extended to both sexes. Man + requires a ‘Help-meet;’ and in every country the infant + mind receives its earliest impressions from the female + sex. Wherever, therefore, this sex is left in a state of + ignorance and degradation, the endearing and important + duties of wife and mother cannot be duly discharged; and no + great progress in general civilization and morals can, in + such a state of things, be reasonably hoped for. + + “Such however, with few exceptions has hitherto been the + state of the female sex in this country; but a happy + change in this respect seems at length to be gradually + taking place. A most pleasing proof of this occurred in + the interesting fact, that thirty-five girls were among + the number of scholars, at the last examination of the + School Society, in the house of one of the most respectable + natives in Calcutta. + + “The arrival of a lady of judgment and experience, at such + a crisis, for the purpose of devoting her time and talents + to the work of native female education, could not but be + regarded, by all interested in the improvement of society + among the natives of this country, as a most favourable + event. + + “This lady (Miss Cooke) was recommended, in the first + instance, by the British and Foreign School Society, to the + Calcutta School Society; but the Committee of this Society, + being composed partly of native gentlemen, were not + prepared unanimously and actively to engage in any general + plan of native female education. Most of these, however, + have expressed their good-will towards such a plan, and + their intention of availing themselves, as circumstances + may admit, of Miss Cooke’s disinterested services to obtain + instruction for their families. + + “Under these circumstances the corresponding Committee of + the Church Missionary Society have cordially undertaken + to promote, as they may be enabled, the objects of Miss + Cooke’s mission. + + “Miss Cooke will, as she may find opportunity, afford + instruction at home to the female children of the higher + classes of natives; and at the suggestion of an enlightened + native gentleman, a separate school will be attempted, + for poor female children of high caste, with a view to + their becoming hereafter teachers in the families of their + wealthy country-women. + + “Miss Cooke has already made sufficient progress in the + acquirement of Bengalee, to enable her to superintend the + establishment of schools; and having been attended in her + first attempt by a female friend, who can converse in + Bengalee, some interesting conversations took place with + the mothers of the children first collected, in which Miss + Cooke’s motives were fully explained to them. Soon after, + a petition was presented to Miss Cooke, in consequence + of which, a second female school has been established + in another quarter of the town, and a third school has + been formed in Mirzapore, near the Church Mission-House. + Thus three schools are already established under Miss + Cooke’s immediate care, containing about sixty girls; and + the disposition manifested towards these schools by the + natives, affords reason to expect that a wish to have + female schools will in time become general. + + “It is intended therefore, to erect in a suitable situation + in the native town, a school-room, with a dwelling-house + attached, in which an extensive system of female education + may be attempted; and this plan, so peculiarly within their + province, is submitted, with much respect and confidence + of success, to the sympathy and patronage of the ladies + of this Presidency, by the corresponding Committee of the + Church Missionary Society. Whatever assistance may be + afforded, either as donations or monthly subscriptions, + will be exclusively applied to the purposes of female + education, and a report of progress will be submitted, + from time to time by Miss Cooke, for the information of + subscribers.” + + “_Calcutta, Feb. 23, 1822._” + +The result of this appeal was, that within a few weeks not less +than 3,000 rupees were subscribed for the furtherance of the object +contemplated; the Governor General, Lady Hastings, and others of the +first distinction being among the most liberal of the contributors. +Nor was it among the least remarkable circumstance connected with +this great social movement, that a highly respectable Brahmin wrote +and circulated a tract, for the express purpose of recommending to +his countrymen the importance of female education. He urged it also, +as the duty of every parent to rescue thus their female offspring +from that state of degradation, to which (as he proved from history) +the women in Hindoostan were not formerly subject. + +With reference to these and similar occurrences, Mr. Corrie writes to +his brother. + + “Calcutta, April 19, 1822. + + “Our missionary engagements are becoming more and more + important; and opportunities for extending our plans more + and more frequent and easy: But with all these [prospects,] + a spirit unfriendly to the gospel is gone forth amongst the + natives, and they are commencing Deistical politicians. + Four native newspapers have started in Calcutta; two in + Bengalee, one in Hindoostanee, and one in Persian. They + cannot all stand long, but they mark the spirit of the + times. They are all under an influence unfriendly to our + Church establishment: but we are getting on with our + schools, having now upwards of four hundred boys, and one + hundred and thirty-four girls, under our Church Missionary + Society, within the boundary of Calcutta; while the + Diocesan Committee have several schools in the suburbs. + The youth in these [schools] will, we hope, grow up with + impressions favourable to our views of things.” + +On Wednesday, May 26, 1822, Mr. Corrie preached a sermon at the +Old Church, in aid of the Society for Missions to Africa and the +East. The sermon was afterwards printed with the fifth report of +the Calcutta Committee of that Society, and contains some valuable +remarks on the advantages connected with direct instruction in +the faith of Christ, over the education which merely imparts such +knowledge as has reference only to the affairs of this life. One +sentence may here be cited as illustrative of the great change which +the mind of India had undergone, since the time when Mr. Corrie +could labour for the conversion of the heathen, only at the risk of +incurring the censure of government:-- + + “Our Church, with reason we think, calls herself + Apostolical: now, what is this but missionary? And a + portion of missionary spirit has always resided among her + members. Time has been, indeed, when this was regarded by + many rather as a mark of dissent; but now, blessed be God, + she seems to be rising, through all her ranks, to her high + and proper character as a missionary body.” + +About six weeks only had passed since the delivery of this discourse, +when Mr. Corrie was summoned to attend the death-bed of the Bishop of +Calcutta, who was called to his rest after but a few days’ illness. +Considering the peculiar circumstances of India, and the then novelty +of episcopal rule in that country, it could scarcely be expected that +Mr. Corrie, among others, should be able to recognise the wisdom +of every act of Bishop Middleton’s administration, and the equity +of the control which that able prelate claimed to exercise over +the temporal as well as spiritual affairs of the chaplains to the +East India Company; but his correspondence abundantly shows that +he could well appreciate the Bishop’s character. With regard more +especially to the cause nearest his heart--that of missions, Mr. C. +considered it to have derived from the deceased prelate, exactly that +kind of sanction which was then required; it wanted only official +countenance, and the reputation of orthodoxy. To labour for the moral +improvement and conversion of our heathen fellow-subjects, used to be +regarded as characterising a party in the church, and as proceeding +from a kind of fanaticism that would endanger the stability of +our oriental empire. But the interest which Bishop Middleton had +taken in the Missionary cause, had given reason to believe, that +official dignity combined with a high reputation for sound judgment +and secular learning, were not incompatible with the conviction, +that our rule in India had every thing to hope from the spread of +Christianity; and that it was not fanatical to suppose, that so vast +an empire had been committed to our governance for the noble purpose +of making known the Son of God, to a people who were ignorant of Him. + +Within two months of the death of Bishop Middleton, the Archdeacon +of Calcutta fell a victim to the Cholera; and as that circumstance +rendered it necessary for the Government to delegate the +administration of the affairs of the See to other hands, Mr. Corrie +and Mr. Parson were commissioned to exercise such jurisdiction as by +law might be warranted, until a successor to Bishop Middleton should +arrive from England. + +In a memorandum, penned about that time, Mr. Corrie writes:-- + + “Sep. 28th, 1822. This day sixteen years ago I first landed + in Calcutta. How altered the state of society! Then Mr. + Brown was senior Chaplain. He had at time dear Martyn in + his house, and received Parson and myself into his family. + Now he and his wife are numbered with the dead, and all + their children returned.... How many other changes, also, + in the state of the religious society of Calcutta, so that + Mr. U. only remains of the friends of religion in his class + of society of that day. How varied has been the scene of my + own Indian-life! + + “In respect of public affairs, great changes, also, have + taken place. In ecclesiastical matters great changes. A + bishop and archdeacon appointed in 1814, and Bishop’s + college has been the result. The subject of missions + has thus, by degrees, become one of acknowledged duty + and advantage to society. The bishop hurried off by + sudden death: the archdeacon taken off not two months + after, more suddenly still: Parson and I appointed to + exercise their functions _pro tempore_. I would, however, + remark especially the state of my own mind during this + long period. I came to India chiefly with a view to the + propagation of the gospel; and that view, I trust I + can say, has not been lost sight of. My time has been + principally devoted to that object. My money, too, has + chiefly gone in that cause. I trust a mission has been + established at Chunar, Agra, and Benares, through my + humble means, which will go on, and ‘increase with the + increase of God.’ In Calcutta, the labours of Secretary + to the Church Missionary Society, in addition to my own + official duties, have helped to bring on the loss of + strength I am now suffering under. But I would be aware + that the state of heart is chiefly to be attended to. And + here I can see no one duty so performed, that I dare think + of it in the view of presenting it to God; and were it not + that Jesus is the righteousness and strength of all who + believe, I could not entertain the slightest hope. + + “For about three months, my ancles have swollen + occasionally, with bad digestion, and aching of the limbs + and legs. The doctor says it is the effect of climate; by + which I understand that my frame is debilitated sensibly, + by the heat. He says, rest is the only remedy, and I am + come to Pultah Ghaut[113] for rest, and retirement. My + prayer to God is that I may be made fully alive to my real + state, and may not waste away without feeling the tendency + of such a wasting. I desire to have my loins girt about and + my lamp supplied with oil; so that, whenever the bridegroom + is announced, I may be ready to enter in. + + “I desire to be more spiritually minded; and to have more + of a realizing faith, as to the truths I am exercised + about day by day out of the holy word. I would fain see + religion on the increase among us; and have more abundant + fruit of the word. Oh! that the Spirit were poured upon + Europeans and natives! Oh! that the kingdom of Christ were + established in my own heart! more settled in my family; my + flock; and on all around generally. Oh! that the salvation + were come out of Zion. Then should this nation be glad and + rejoice; and He whose name is Jehovah, be acknowledged + throughout the land. Amen.” + +The debility of which Mr. Corrie here complains had so increased, +that the medical men decided that it would not be safe for him to +remain in Calcutta during the hot weather; and moreover, advised a +long sea-voyage as the best means for recruiting his impaired health. +He did not, however, think a voyage to be of so much consequence; +yet early in February 1823 he quitted Calcutta, accompanied by his +family and Captain Stephen of the Engineers, and went to reside on +the coast, near Juggernaut. For the first eight or nine weeks of his +residence at Pooree, Mr. Corrie’s health had been greatly restored; +but the anxiety and fatigue which he underwent in attending the +sick-bed of Captain Stephen, who died at Pooree on the 10th of May, +brought on a serious attack of fever. In this state he attended the +funeral of his deceased friend; but being too unwell to proceed +through the service, he was carried home in a state of the greatest +exhaustion. In the course of the day, however, Mr. Corrie revived +sufficiently to allow of his writing to Mr. Thomason, an account of +the last illness of Captain Stephen; after which the fever returned +with such violence that for several days the sufferer was scarcely +sensible. The following is his letter:-- + + + TO THE REV. T. THOMASON. + + “Pooree, May 10, 1823. + + “The last sad offices having been performed for your + beloved son-in-law, I will endeavour to recal some of + the pleasing expressions which fell from his lips during + the last week, both with a view to the comfort of his + friends, and to indulge myself on a subject which engrosses + all my thoughts. My acquaintance with the dear departed + commenced in September 1814, when I saw him almost the + whole of every day during about a week. Again in 1817 + and 1818, our intercourse was renewed both at Ghazeepoor + and Benares. He was then, it is almost needless to say, + strictly correct in his conversation and general conduct, + but did not exhibit that serious impression of divine truth + which latterly appeared in him. When we went on board the + schooner, I soon discovered a marked difference in him + in that respect. There was an evident love of religious + exercises, and religious books; and I observed more than + once a serious attention to private devotion. From that + period our intercourse was unreserved, and his general + conversation and remarks, such as belong to godliness. + He joined us regularly in our morning and evening family + worship. He frequently spoke of his expectation that his + illness would end in death, but we hoped otherwise; and + nothing particular, as to his views in the prospect of + such an event was mentioned. He had never been free from + bowel-complaint since we came together, and during the + early part of the week commencing April 27, he complained + of an increase to his disorder from having taken cold, + though no such appearances as usually attend a cold + appeared about him. He kept up as usual till Friday the 2nd + of May, when he did not come to breakfast with the family, + but came out to dinner. + + “On Saturday he did not leave his room. On Sunday I went + into his room, and asked if I should join him in reading + the word of God and prayer, since he no longer could join + with us. To this he gladly assented, and began to speak + of the great mercy of God towards him in preserving him + from acute pain, whilst he felt himself sinking gradually. + I read the first lesson for the day, and he made several + remarks on the applicableness of the admonitions to the + spiritual state of the Christian. Being drowsy, from the + opiates administered to allay his disease, he desired me + to defer praying till the afternoon. In the afternoon he + was quite awake, spoke of the mercies of God toward him, + complaining also of his want of gratitude to his God and + Saviour. I spoke to him of what I thought of his state + when at Ghazeepoor in 1814, and especially some remarks + he then made on hymn singing, and expressed my delight at + his now altered feeling, and the ground of encouragement + it afforded him. He said that he had strong convictions of + sin before that time; that he owed much to his deceased + Aunt Stephen, who had tried much to impress his mind with + a sense of religion; adding, ‘I know now why Christians + take so much pleasure in hymn-singing; they love to dwell + upon the ideas conveyed by the words.’ I may here observe + that he several times, since we have been at Pooree, + spoke of his Aunt Stephen, and of all his family, and the + obligations he owed her. + + “To-day he also mentioned his wish to partake of the Lord’s + Supper, before his intellects should become clouded. + On Monday, May 5th, he asked me if I were prepared to + administer to him the Lord’s Supper. As no time had + been mentioned the day before, I proposed to put off + the celebration till next day, when we would make it a + family ordinance; to this he cheerfully assented. I do not + recollect any particulars of what fell from him that day, + but his conversation was always with reference to his dying + soon, and filled with thanksgiving to his God and Saviour + for the comparative ease in which he lay, and especially + for the hope of heaven which he enjoyed; often exclaiming + that it was all of mercy, and entirely flowing from the + Saviour’s merits. On Tuesday May 6, his mind was confused + all the morning from opiates; about two, P. M. seeing him + collected, I asked if he would now have the Sacrament + administered? He said he wished to be more awake and would + postpone it till the morrow; adding, ‘I have committed my + all into the hands of my blessed Saviour, and I can trust + him to keep me sleeping or waking.’ + + “On Wednesday he was taken up with some temporal matters, + and wrote the letter which I forwarded to you on that day. + Afterwards Mrs. Corrie and I went into his room, and we + all, I trust, by faith fed on Christ in our hearts, with + thanksgiving. Our sick brother was much alive during the + whole of the service, and read the passages in which the + congregation join, with much clearness and fervor. On going + into his room about an hour after the service, he broke + out, ‘Oh, may this dispensation be blessed to my dear + Esther, that she may give herself wholly up to God, and + fix all her love on him alone. She has a deep sense of her + own unworthiness, and I bless God for the piety that is in + her.’ On Thursday May 8th, there appeared no alteration in + the state of his disease. Two surgeons from Cuttack having + arrived, our own doctor brought them to see him. They went + into the next room to communicate their thoughts on his + case, when he heard them agree that nothing could be done + for his relief. On my going into his room after they went + away, he seized my hand with all his remaining strength, + and said, ‘Oh my dear friend, how much am I indebted to + God for placing me at this time with friends, who do all + they can for my comfort, without concealing their concern + that my soul should be prepared for death;’ adding much on + the evil too many medical men are guilty of in cherishing + hopes of life when their patients should rather be thinking + of death, and contrasting the difference of his present + circumstances with what they would have been had he gone, + on leaving Calcutta, among strangers and irreligious + persons; then adding praise and thanksgiving to God. On + the early part of this afternoon Mrs. Corrie went into + his room, when he presently began to speak to her as for + the last time, praying that her husband might be spared + to her, and her children, and to the church, adding many + expressions of his regard and affection. + + “On Friday, May 9th. On my entering his room early, and + enquiring after his state, he said, ‘I have had a wretched + night, not in body, for I have been easy, but in mind. I + have been thinking of this and that treatment which might + have been used; but it is all wrong, and thus my wickedness + brings its own punishment. I have much tried to repent of + my daily wickedness, and of my wicked life.’ Adding a good + deal on the subject of God’s ordering all our affairs, and + the duty of looking above human agents--and said, ‘O never + did weary traveller desire his home more than I desire my + rest:’ most cordially acknowledging with me the duty of + submission, and joining in prayer for an increase in faith + and patience. Some favourable symptoms appeared, but he + seemed to build nothing on them. For several days we had an + European Sergeant to sit up at night. He has expressed his + surprise at the constant patience our brother manifested, + and told me, that he was much in prayer during Friday night. + + “On Saturday morning, about half past three, a violent + discharge of blood took place, and again about five. I + went into his room just after the latter, and found him + prostrate indeed. + + “He began at once, ‘O my God, suffer me not to fall from + thee: make my repentance sincere, and let my faith stand + firm--O! accept me, unworthy! for the merits of Jesus + Christ. I am wretched and miserable, let my soul be + cleansed in his blood and presented spotless before thee; + bless my dear wife and children, bless my dear father and + mother, bless you (addressing himself to me,) and your + family; and God make you a greater blessing than ever to + the church, but don’t waste your life in this country, + go home and do good among the poor. O God! bless all the + doctors who have attended me, and let them not forget + their own mortality amidst these scenes;’ adding prayers + for such generally as he might at any time have had + disagreement with. On my reminding him of our blessedness + in having an advocate with the Father to render these + petitions available, he added strong expressions of the + mercy of God towards him, and of his earnest desire to be + at rest with God; adding ‘O God, thou knowest that I love + thee,’ and asked me if I thought it wrong to pray for his + dismissal. He spoke of his temporal affairs as settled, and + said he had no anxiety about his children, the Lord would + provide for them. About 7, on going into his room, I spoke + respecting the little probability when we first met that + I should survive him: he began to pray for blessings for + me, adding, ‘Bless the Lord, O my soul, and forget not all + his benefits; who forgiveth all thy sins, who healeth all + thy diseases.’ Adding with emphasis, ‘_forget not all his + benefits_; that he had been forgetful all his days, but the + Lord had shewed him great mercy.’ From that time he spoke + little. Being removed to another bed, he dosed much from + medicine. About ten, observing him restless, I asked if he + wanted anything? he said ‘No.’ If he retained his peace of + mind? He said, ‘His mind had become very confused.’ And on + reminding him of the ‘Advocate with the Father,’ he faintly + added, ‘Bless God for all the way He has led me,’ or to + that effect. About eleven, seeing him restless, and less + of consciousness about him, I asked him if he knew me, he + said, ‘Yes;’ and in answer to my question, ‘If I should + pray for him?’ he said, ‘Yes;’ but there was no respond + to the few petitions I offered up, and he was no longer + sensible. At half-past one, another discharge of blood took + place, which led us to think him expiring; but the spirit + lingered till half-past two, when, we doubt not, he entered + into his much-desired rest. I may tell you, though I mean + to send a medical statement of the fact, that the three + doctors ascertained after his death, that the liver was + perfectly sound, but the colon had become ulcerated; and at + length, a blood-vessel being eaten through, the discharge + above-mentioned ensued, and brought on dissolution; but + that this must have happened at no great distance of + time, and that no change of climate or treatment, could + have prevented the fatal result. This morning the beloved + remains were committed to their parent earth, in the Pooree + burying-ground. The burying-ground is an enclosed square on + the sands of Juggernauth. + + “Those sands, after almost a year from the Rutt Jattra, + are still strewed with the whitened bones of the + wretched victims of this Indian Moloch, and I indulged + the idea, whilst standing by the grave, that we were + taking possession of the land in the name of Jesus our + Lord. Without disparagement to a few other remains there + interred, and of whose history I know nothing, I _knew_ + that we were committing to the earth the remains of a + member of His mystical body; and will He not bring in the + remnant of His elect, and shall not these, at present, + wretched Hindoos, bow to His sceptre, and confess Him + ‘Lord, to the glory of God the Father?’ Then, instead of + that heartless brutality with which idolatrous remains are + treated, decent burial will be given them; and instead of + the howling of jackalls and wild dogs over their remains, + ‘Devout men will make lamentation,’ though they will + not sorrow as ‘those who have no hope.’ These remarks, + dearest brother, are indulged in, rather to ease my own + heart, than to comfort you and your sorrowing family. I am + inexpressibly afflicted for this my brother, but what is my + grief compared with his family’s? I send off this blotted + and only copy, both that you may receive it within a due + time of your knowledge of the afflicting event; and that + no discretion may remain with me as to multiplying copies. + Mrs. Corrie joins me in tender sympathy to all your house.” + +For the remaining portion of the month of May, Mr. Corrie continued +to gain no strength. A change of air was, therefore recommended, and +he removed to Cuttack, about fifty miles inland. There it pleased +God to recover him surprisingly fast. But in a letter to Mr. Sherer, +dated June 13, 1823, he observed:-- + + “By the frequent attacks of illness I have of late + experienced, our thoughts are sometimes directed towards + you [in England]; but I must remain another year in order + to the pension. The Lord only knows what time may bring + forth. I feel most reluctant to leave India, and nothing + but necessity shall lead me to leave it at present.” + +Ten days later Mr. Corrie writes to his brother: + + “Cuttack, Orissa, June 23, 1823. + + “You will have heard the reason for my being here, so I + will not repeat the history of my ailment. I am, through + Divine mercy, much better, but this enfeebling climate is + not favourable to the recovery of strength, especially + at the age of forty-six. You accuse me of writing + despondingly, I am not aware of any such feeling; though + sickness induces reflection, and ‘it is a serious thing to + die.’ Although my faith in the Redeemer is unshaken, and + affords at times strong consolation, yet the presence of + sin often clouds the view. But I will not fill my paper + with such reflections. + + “On the death of the Archdeacon about two months after that + of the Bishop, Parson and I were appointed Ecclesiastical + Commissioners. The Archdeacon of Bombay remonstrated + against our appointment, and some of the Chaplains have + acted without reference to us. We have gone on quietly; + as in fact, there is little for us to do officially; and + I should not wonder to see in some of the high church + Reviews, (if opportunity offer) accusations of neglect. The + fact is, the Bishop has no authority whatever beyond what + his personal character may procure him. The late Bishop + laboured all his Indian life, to establish an authority + independent of the local Government. This was resisted + covertly by the Government, and was felt to be a grievance + by the Chaplains. I rejoice greatly in Mr. Heber’s + appointment, and trust it is a token for good to the + established church in India. Nothing short of annihilation + as a society, will be refused him by the Church Missionary + Society in Calcutta; and in truth, everything short of a + separate existence for it, was repeatedly offered to the + late Bishop. + + “I should not have entered on this subject, except to tell + you how in the providence of God, I have been affected by + events.” + +During Mr. Corrie’s absence from the Presidency, the Rev. Isaac +Wilson arrived from England, and the Calcutta corresponding Committee +of the Church Missionary Society having thus obtained the aid of a +clergyman, whom they could appoint as secretary, decided on forming +a Church Missionary Association, as had been done at Madras. Up to +this time, it will be remembered, the concerns of the Society for +Missions to Africa and the East, had been conducted in Bengal by a +Committee appointed originally from England; so that although the +friends of religion had by this arrangement possessed the means of +substantially contributing to the support of Missions, yet they had +not been formally embodied in a Society. The jealousy and opposition +of Government to Missionary operations having now, however, somewhat +abated, it was thought important to take advantage of the first +favourable opportunity that presented itself, to place the Church +Missionary Society on a more definite footing. The arrival in India +of an episcopally ordained Missionary, who could render essential aid +to an object that appeared so desirable, decided the corresponding +Committee to take measures for the formation of an Association so +soon as ever Mr. Corrie should return to the Presidency. This he was +enabled to do during the month of July, and accordingly on the 31st +of that month, the best means for forming such an Association were +taken into consideration. On the 11th of August another meeting of +the corresponding Committee and their friends was held, at which +rules for the conducting of a Church Missionary Association were +provisionally agreed upon; and with a view to a public meeting +towards the end of the month, copies of the proceedings of the +Committee were in the meantime printed and circulated for the +information of the subscribers to Church Missions in Bengal. On the +28th of August a public meeting was held, and the Calcutta Church +Missionary Association was formed, Mr. Corrie being chosen the first +President. In the Report of the proceedings on the latter occasion, +it is stated that + + “The Rev. D. Corrie, in accepting the office of President + of the Association, addressed the meeting in a speech + which breathed an ardent spirit of piety, of affection, + and of zeal for the sacred cause of Missions. It would be + impossible to convey any adequate idea of it by a cursory + mention in this place of the persuasive topics then so + feelingly urged. Suffice it, therefore, to say, that, as + Mr. Corrie himself was deeply affected, so he made a deep + impression upon the whole audience.” + +The formation of this Association was not, however, effected without +some little opposition, but as that appears to have arisen from a +misunderstanding of the motives and relative positions of the parties +concerned, and was speedily allayed, it is therefore here mentioned +merely in deference to the truth of history. + +Respecting his own affairs Mr. Corrie wrote to Mr. Sherer, then in +England:-- + + “Calcutta, Sep. 11, 1823. + + “We are all, through mercy, quite well. We cannot be so + much alone as my state of body requires, but we are more + alone than when you were here, and our souls and bodies + benefit by it; though I cannot but regret the partial + exclusion it occasions from some of the excellent of the + earth. + + “Of public affairs I can say nothing, except that a + Committee for public Instruction is formed. This was + planned under Mr. Adam’s reign. A picture of him was voted + after Lord Amherst’s arrival, by a great meeting at the + Town-hall. Mr. A. is gone to Bombay in very bad health. + + “Our great man, the Bishop, will soon, we hope, be here. He + will come opportunely for our Missionary affairs, and his + coming will prove, we trust, a blessing to many. They say + he means to make the senior Chaplain Archdeacon; whether + that means Mr. Shepherd, or myself, I know not, and am not + anxious about it. I should lose in point of emolument, but + the ease would suit me in my present state of health. I + trust I can bless God for an increasing indifference as to + outward things and distinctions. + + “Mr. Jetter, about a fortnight since, baptized a young + Brahmin; and inquirers increase at Mirzapore. The place + is becoming known. It is now, also, assuming a pleasing + appearance.” + +According to expectation, Bishop Heber reached India at the beginning +of Oct. 1823. So soon as ever it was known that the Bishop had +reached Saugur, Mr. Corrie, as senior chaplain, Mr. Abbott as +registrar of the diocese, and Principal Mill of Bishop’s College, +went down the river in the government yacht, to conduct his lordship +to Calcutta. On Saturday, Oct. 18th, the Bishop was installed in +the Cathedral, and on the following Monday was pleased to appoint +Mr. Corrie to the Archdeaconry of Calcutta. With reference to that +circumstance Bishop Heber wrote to Mr. Williams Wynn.[114] + + “I have bestowed the Archdeaconry, much to my satisfaction, + on the senior resident chaplain, Mr. Corrie, who is + extremely popular in the place, and one of the most amiable + and gentlemanly men in manners and temper, I ever met with.” + +In a letter from Dum Dum, Nov. 3, 1823, announcing his appointment +to the Archdeaconry, Mr. Corrie also informs Mr. Sherer:-- + + “We are miserably off for Chaplains, and you will see from + the date that I am at Dum Dum doing duty there until we + get a reinforcement. I am, however, but weak, being on the + recovery from a fever which was brought on by going out in + the heat, to marry a couple about the middle of October. + I had become quite unfit for the Presidency duties. The + sight of the Cathedral used to make me ill, from the weak + state into which I had fallen; and I trembled like a leaf + in the breeze when I ascended the steps of either desk or + pulpit. At the same time I could not leave the country, not + being entitled to the pension, for a year to come. I am now + relieved from those distressing occasions, and my mind is + eased of a burden. I feel that, humanly speaking, I may yet + be strong here, and do a little in the Missionary cause.” + +Nor were these Mr. Corrie’s anticipations with respect to his health +premature; for being now released from the duties of the Cathedral, +he gradually recovered his strength, and attained to such a +healthiness of appearance, that persons who had not seen him for some +time, could scarcely imagine that he had been so seriously ill. + +But besides the beneficial change which had thus been effected in +Archdeacon Corrie’s personal condition, it was no small satisfaction +to him to find, that in carrying on the affairs of the Church +Missionary Society, he could now have the advantage of the support +and direction of his Diocesan. For the difficulties in the way of +co-operating with that society, which appeared insuperable to the +late Bishop Middleton, having been either surmounted or removed, +it became the pleasant duty of the Archdeacon, to propose that the +Bishop of Calcutta should be respectfully requested to accept the +office of President of the Auxiliary Church Missionary Society, +which was formed in that city, on the 1st of December 1823. Nor, +after the active part which he had taken in the proceedings of the +Society, could it be otherwise than gratifying to the Archdeacon, to +hear Bishop Heber, on that occasion, publicly express his lordship’s +conviction, that the Church Missionary Society, in conjunction with +others of a similar nature, had been the means of accomplishing +extensive good. + +For the two months following the occasion here referred to, +Archdeacon Corrie was chiefly resident at Dum Dum. To his brother he +writes from + + “Calcutta, March 11, 1824. + + “Our hot season has commenced. During the cold season + we have been residing chiefly at Dum Dum, the Artillery + station, seven miles from the fort, where, since my + preferment, I have done the Chaplain’s duty. Mr. Crauford, + now Chaplain of the Old Church, having friends in the + Artillery regiment, with whom he spends some days every + week, has agreed to take the duties of Dum Dum for the + present, leaving to me the charge of the old church. In + this Mr. Wilson, a Church Missionary, assists me; so that + I have had, as yet, no relief, except from the occasional + duties of this large place. And indeed, this was all I + desired, as, when not exposed to the sun and consequent + fatigue, I am as well as I am likely, with my nervous + frame, to be anywhere. We must now consider ourselves fixed + here for seven years, should life be prolonged. What may + be necessary for our children in that period, we know not. + Hitherto they have enjoyed good health; and if it please + God to continue it to them, we do not mean to separate them + from us. But we experience in fact, I trust, as well as in + theory, our dependence on a higher power, and are disposed + to do what may be His holy will, as we discover it. + + “Of our public affairs you hear through public channels. + Of private and family affairs I do not like to say much + on paper. The bishop has proved toward myself most + disinterested and kind. Had he been less impartial and + less feeling than he is, I should not now have been here. + Repeated attacks of fever had so weakened me, that I could + not go through my duties; and here no unemployed clergyman + is at hand to help a friend in need. I was therefore, + preparing for a voyage to the Cape, which by draining our + resources would both have kept us low in circumstances, and + would have sent me back to what had proved a distressing + situation. We cannot therefore, but feel the hand of + Providence in the very considerate kindness of the Bishop. + He has met with much annoyance, I fear, in consequence, + from quarters where submission to Episcopal authority used + to be the order of the day; but which, like all order not + founded on Scripture principles, is only submitted to when + on their own side. I do not say that Episcopacy is not + founded on Scripture, but that, _all obedience_ to it does + not rest on the same foundation. I can truly say, I never + took a step in our Church Missionary proceedings which had + not the sanction of episcopal principles. + + “We have now three Missionaries from the Society for + the Propagation of the Gospel. The College has begun + operations, and I feel no little satisfaction that the + first student is a youth previously prepared by the Church + Missionary Society. He is given up to the Society for + the Propagation of the Gospel, partly because they have + funds unappropriated, and the Church Missionary Society + has not, and partly because I could not find among our + friends the support I wished for in respect of this youth. + Alas! how much of human infirmity cleaves to us all; for + I do not pretend to be free from it, and others see more, + perhaps than I should like to acknowledge. Our Bishop is + the most free from party-views of any man I ever met with. + In a ruler this is beautiful, and I have felt the benefit + resulting from it. But a few years ago it seemed as if it + was impossible to exercise such a spirit. Certainly Bishop + Heber in those days, would not have been raised to the + Bench; when unlimited submission was the only condition of + cooperation. Some would have given up the Church Missionary + Society, and have resolved all the Episcopal Societies into + the Diocesan Committee. I withstood it, and held what is + now acknowledged, that the Bishop is (such) in his office + alone, and that whenever he sits in committee, he sits as a + private member, and not as Bishop. Hence he can sit in any + Society conducted on episcopal principles. The time indeed + seems approaching when all societies will send out men of a + similar spirit, and then our co-operation will be complete. + The three men, of the Society for the Propagation of the + Gospel, appear truly pious, though as yet they manifest not + that love of prayer and religious exercises which maintain + religion in its power. + + “I long to hear more of you all, but we must be content, I + believe, to endure this longing as a necessary concomitant + of our voluntary banishment. I earnestly wish you would, + as you have opportunity, direct the attention of young + men of piety to this country. Of twenty-six Chaplains + allowed for Bengal, only thirteen are present; the distress + consequently is great, especially in Calcutta. No one of + us can be ill, or omit a sermon, without casting additional + labour on men already fully employed, whilst the Dissenters + are in number strong; both exhibiting variety to draw + people, and relieving each other from too much work. + + “Our Government has declared war against the king of + Burmah, and an expedition is ordered against that country. + We have had skirmishing already on the borders, and have + lost some officers. Happily there is no power in the + interior to disturb us at present. Runjeet Sing, the king + of Lahore, is moving on the banks of the Indus; and it is + said an army of observation is forming on the Bombay side, + to watch him. We are all well, and expecting a journey + through the Upper Provinces in company with the Bishop and + family, to commence in June.” + +Before the time arrived for undertaking the journey here mentioned +as in prospect, Archdeacon Corrie was called upon to officiate at +the ordination of Christian David, a native of Malabar. This person +had been a pupil of Schwartz, and had for many years been employed +as a catechist in Ceylon, by the Society for promoting Christian +knowledge. He had proved himself to be so faithful a labourer, in +the Christian cause, that except for some legal scruple on the part +of Bishop Middleton, he would have received ordination from that +prelate in 1821. He now came to Calcutta, bringing with him the +recommendation of Archdeacon Twistleton, and for a title, a colonial +chaplaincy to which he had been appointed by Sir Edward Barnes, the +Governor of Ceylon. The day fixed upon by Bishop Heber, for the +ordination of Christian David, was Ascension-day (May 27, 1824,) +and on the following Trinity Sunday, he was ordained priest. With +reference to that most interesting event, Archdeacon Corrie wrote + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “Calcutta, June 10, 1824. + + “I had to examine him on such points as a missionary to the + heathen, unacquainted with Western science should know. + The Bishop was so pleased with my questions and Christian + David’s answers, that he has sent a copy of them to the + Archbishop of Canterbury.” + +After some observations on private matters, the Archdeacon then adds: + + “All public religious affairs you will learn from the + Missionary Register. A Ladies’ Society for promoting native + female education; Lady Amherst, Patroness!![115] Who would + have dreamt of this a few years ago? + + “We set out next week with the Bishop, but a difficulty has + arisen about my being absent at the same time [with him] I + being _ex officio_ Commissary. This will in all probability + bring us back from Chunar. I have got over the hot season + without a fever, and am now tolerably well, though + constrained to keep in doors. I look forward to coming to + England as a dream of which the reality is barely probable. + O, may we be more in the contemplation of our heavenly + home! I have no reason to be dissatisfied with the world, + further than as sin renders it uneasy to me, sometimes me + to it; and my children will perhaps be better off by my + remaining here. For the rest, I have but little anxiety; + and home is home, in a Christian, as well as in a worldly + sense; nor shall we be at home until we get to heaven.” + +The difficulty referred to in the foregoing letter, as regarded the +absence of both Bishop and Archdeacon from Calcutta at the same time, +having been surmounted, Bishop Heber, accompanied by his Chaplain, +Mr. Stowe, commenced his journey toward the upper provinces on the +15th of June, 1824. Archdeacon Corrie, with his wife and children, +followed in a separate budgerow. After three days voyage on the +river, they parted company; the Bishop and his chaplain proceeding to +Dacca, whilst the Archdeacon and his family passed on by Berhampore, +and Malda, to Bhaugulpore, where they were to wait for the Bishop. +But in the meantime Mr. Stowe was taken dangerously ill at Dacca, +and died there on the 17th of July.[116] Bishop Heber joined the +Archdeacon’s party on the 10th of August, and proceeded to visit the +several stations of Monghyr, Patna, Dinapore, Buxar, Benares, Chunar, +&c., in succession.[117] When, near Allahabad, the Archdeacon wrote +to his brother:-- + + “Sept. 12, 1824. + + “We have seen much done here in the way of preparation; but + then it is much only as compared with the former state of + things. With reference to what remains to be done, nothing + comparatively has been accomplished. The country near + Allahabad, which the English possessed when I arrived in + Bengal, extended in length about twelve hundred miles, by + an average breadth of one hundred and fifty or two hundred. + That constituted the Bengal Presidency. The Ganges may be + considered a line running through the length of the tract, + dividing it into two parts. Throughout this extent, there + was only one place of Protestant worship [and that] in + Calcutta; and not a _building_ appropriated to worship out + of Calcutta, belonging to the English. There are now in + Calcutta four places of worship in the Established Church; + besides the Mission College, and three Dissenting Chapels. + There is a Church at Dacca, Benares, Chunar, Futtyghur, + and Meerut. Churches are in the course of erection at Agra + and Cawnpore. Whilst at the old stations of Dinapore and + Berhampore, public worship is still performed in an empty + barrack. There are at Monghyr and Benares, dissenting + Chapels, and perhaps at some of the upper stations also. + All this has not been accomplished without considerable + individual exertion, as well as public support: and + though individual piety is still lamentably scarce, yet + much more of public attention to religious observances + prevails than formerly; and also much more of individual + piety. With respect to the natives, when I arrived in the + country, a few converts were found at Serampore; and a + few, I believe existed at Dinapore: nor were there any + attempts [to convert the natives] entered upon beyond + those places, except at Cutwa, where the late missionary, + Chamberlain,[118] had settled. Now, we have a few native + converts in Calcutta, at Burdwan, and at Cutwa and its + branch in Beerbhoom; at Monghyr, Buxar, Benares, Chunar + and Meerut. In each of these places, a few converts are + found; and what will eventually work greatly for the good + of the heathen, some of the Roman Catholic converts, and + descendants of Europeans, who had become quite native in + their habits and language, are attracted by the labours of + the missionaries at those places; and in some of them, as + at Chunar, where the native congregation is the largest + on the side of India, [the Roman Catholics] constitute + the chief part. Besides these, I might mention Meerut, + and Futtyghur, where missionaries are labouring, and some + converts have been gained. Thus where all was darkness, + now, here and there, a glimmering of light begins to + appear. But a reference to the situation of these places + on a map, and of the small number to whom the means of + grace have proved effectual at each place, will shew you + how little has yet been accomplished. How much remains + to be done, ere this people can possess even the means + of knowing the way of life! We are now, as you know, + attending the Bishop. His visit cannot fail to increase + the disposition of the British to help on the work of + missions. At Buxar, he sat down in the hut of the native + catechist, and heard the Christians read; and questioned + them in their catechisms; at Benares, he went in his robes + to the Hindoostanee chapel, where Mr. Morris officiates, + and pronounced the blessing; and the same at Chunar. He + has acquired sufficient Hindoostanee to give the blessing + in that language. Also at Benares, he administered + Confirmation to fourteen native Christians, and afterwards + the Lord’s Supper: and at Chunar to fifty-seven native + Christians. He asked the questions and pronounced the + prayer, in Confirmation, in Hindoostanee, and also the + words addressed in giving the elements in the Lord’s + Supper. In the latter ordinance, he was assisted at Benares + by Mr. Morris; and at Chunar by myself. But, in general, I + have not been able to do more than attend him in public; + my state of weakness not allowing of visiting or dining + from home. Some of the old alarmists still remain, who, + by these proceedings, are silenced if not convinced; and + scoffers are put to shame. The Bishop, also, visits all + the missionary native schools, as he proceeds; and the + Missionaries are greatly encouraged by the interest he + takes in their proceedings.” + +The Archdeacon then adds:-- + + “I must say a few words about myself. The season has not + been favourable, as yet, for restoring my strength. We + have had comparatively little rain; and the east wind + failed by the 20th of August. Since then the west-wind has + blown: and now in the afternoon blows hot. The river is + fallen as much as is usual in November. Notwithstanding, + I am greatly stronger than when in Calcutta, and have no + positive disease: at least I think so. We now begin to feel + the coolness at night--the forerunner of the cool season. + Six weeks will bring it here. I then hope, with care, to + recruit, and feel much the goodness of God in allowing me + this hope.” + +On the 27th of November 1824, Archdeacon Corrie addressed the +following letter to Mr. Buckworth, from Cawnpore:-- + + “You will have heard, from my friends, of the debilitating + effects this climate has at length began to have on my + frame; but I am thankful to be able to say, that I am + better this year than last. Knowing the cooler nature of + this part of the country, at this season [of the year,] + the Bishop kindly invited me to accompany him [on his + visitation], and here we arrived early in October. The + latitude is five degrees higher [North] than that of + Calcutta; and, being within two hundred miles of the Snowy + Mountains, is more than proportionably cooler. Your parish + news is very interesting to me; and the increase of your + places of worship must be a source of great gratification + to you. If it should be given me to be your helper in one + of these Churches, separate from occasional duties, some + day, it would, I trust, be a comfort to both of us. But + it becomes us more than ever not to boast, or lay plans + respecting the morrow. We have now passed a fair proportion + of the days usually assigned to man; and besides this, we + have both personal experience of a dying nature. I feel + for my own part, how sickness even may lose the effect of + impressing the idea of death; and have hourly need to pray + for more of that quickening Spirit, who alone makes us and + keeps us alive to God and things divine and eternal. Our + situation here is quite different from yours,--we have no + parish annals to record. I arrived at this [station] on the + day fourteen years after sainted Martyn had dedicated the + Church. The house he occupied stands close by. The view of + the place, and the remembrance of what had passed, greatly + affected me. I arrived on the Sunday morning, after divine + service had begun; (the Bishop having come on the day + before) and, as the Chaplain is sick, I had to assist in + administering the Sacrament; and well it was, on the whole, + that none present could enter into my feelings, or I should + have been overcome. + + “You wish to hear tidings of our Bishop; and, from public + sources, you will have heard of the favour he shews + generally to the righteous cause. Of the natural amiability + of the man, it is impossible to convey an adequate idea. + Our children speak of him always as ‘the dear Bishop.’ + I merely mention this to shew how lovely he appears in + his general temper and habits. His conversation is very + lively; and from his large acquaintance with books and + men, very instructive, and tending to improve those he + meets with; whilst he industriously seeks opportunities of + public worship, Sunday and week day; and urges on all the + importance of attending on the means of grace. Surely this + land has cause of praise to God, that such an one has been + placed at the head of affairs here! + + “At this station, there are about two thousand five hundred + Christians, and the chaplain being sick I remained here, + to do the parochial duties. Having accompanied the Bishop + to Lucknow, where we were entertained by the King of + Oude, I returned hither. The Bishop presented the King + with a Bible, and a Book of Common Prayer, in the native + language; and the King was so taken with the Bishop, that + he begged to have his picture; which was accordingly + taken immediately, by an eminent English artist, whom the + King keeps in constant pay. The Bishop went on his way to + Meerut, Delhi, and Agra; at the latter place I hope to meet + him, about Christmas; I am now therefore in a sphere I + greatly like. On Sunday last I had two full services; and + attended a meeting with the Dragoon regiment on Wednesday, + and with the Foot regiment last night, and feel no ill + effects; by which you will judge of the bodily strength + which is mercifully renewed to me. I have one of the + learned native converts with me; and he is collecting the + few native Christians here, and we shall, I hope, be useful + to them also.” + + + [109] Instituted in the year 1782. + + [110] See above,--p.322. + + [111] A printer and printing-press, sent out by the Church + Missionary Society, had just arrived from England. + + [112] Moonshee Mooneef Masseeh, who was baptised at Chunar + in 1818. + + [113] A place on the river Hooghley. + + [114] Journal, &c., vol. 3. p. 230, 2nd edit. + + [115] “The Ladies Society for Native female education in + Calcutta, and its vicinity,” was formed on the 25th + of March 1824. + + [116] See Life of Bishop Heber, Vol. ii. pp. 217, &c. + + [117] It has not been thought necessary to notice in + detail, the many interesting occurrences which have + already been related in Bishop Heber’s Journal and + Correspondence. + + [118] One of the Baptists. + + + + + CHAPTER XV. + + CAWNPORE--CALCUTTA--RETURN OF MR. THOMASON--DEATH + OF BISHOP HEBER. + + +It was because Archdeacon Corrie did not find himself equal to the +fatigue of travelling, that when the party reached Lucknow, it was +decided, that instead of proceeding with the Bishop, he should +endeavour to recruit his strength by remaining stationary for a time +at Cawnpore. From that place, therefore, he writes + + + TO THE REV. MR. THOMASON. + + “Cawnpore, Dec. 26, 1824. + + “I have been expecting, for some time, to receive a few + copies of the last Report of our Calcutta Church Missionary + Society. I am very desirous of endeavouring to help the + funds; but cannot well make applications without giving + some information as to our plans. I begin to fear that + even if about eight copies were dispatched immediately, + they would not reach me in time, as I am only waiting the + Bishop’s decision as to my movements. I have now done + the duty here, for five Sundays, and expect to be here + about three Sundays more. I could much have wished Mr. + Torriano[119] to have arrived before I leave, but he will + find his way comparatively smooth. You know I brought + Fuez Messeeh with me from Benares, where he was doing + little, and had fallen ill. He is still prevented by the + cough, which has for some time affected him, from doing + all I believe he is willing to do for the gospel. I have + every reason to believe him to be a partaker of Divine + grace; though his talent in communicating what he knows to + others, is not great. He, on our arrival, brought a few of + the families of the Christian drummers and fifers to our + house, for Sunday worship; and about six of their girls are + learning to read Hindoostanee and to sew, with Mrs. Corrie. + About three weeks ago, Mr. Fisher, Peter Dilsooke and his + wife Ruth, with their two sons came here. They had a chit + [letter] from Mr. Fisher, and I have since written to him, + and ascertained that he thinks well of them as Christians. + I have retained him on ten rupees a month, to teach such + Christians [adults] as wish to learn to read the Scriptures + in their native tongue, and Nagree character, and he has a + school in the lines, of eight adults; and his wife teaches + the Christian girls in our house, their two boys go to the + Free School. There are three native corps here generally. + The Christians connected with them are not fewer than sixty + or seventy; and there are many of a similar class connected + with the many public offices of the field command, + besides a considerable number of poor people of the same + description, who resort to Cawnpore, as the Calcutta of the + Upper Provinces. The native population too, is wonderfully + increased since I was resident here. On the whole, this + place calls loudly for Missionary help; and I greatly hope + something may be done, at least for those who profess + Christianity, and understand only the native language. + Already our congregation on Sunday last had increased to + about twenty; and I am writing to Chunar for copies of the + native catechism, and Nagree hymns, which are much desired + by some of the Christians. I happily got a supply of the + Scriptures in various languages. Should the Bishop decide + on my residing in the Upper Provinces, these stores will + prove invaluable; and become the means of blessing, I hope, + to many. The duties of a Chaplain, I know from experience, + leave him, at such stations as this, little leisure for + extra-parochial engagements. As I shall have more leisure + for such pursuits, with liberty to remove from place to + place, I shall consider it a peculiar happiness to be the + means of establishing christian worship, for the class of + people who are to be found at every station professing + Christianity, and knowing only the native language. + + “I believe no copies of the ‘Outline of Ancient + History,’[120] have been sent to Bombay; will you be so + good as to send twelve or twenty copies to Mr. Farish, + as a specimen, that more may be sent if required? The + first class of native youths, in the Free School here, + are reading it; and get, from the former chapters of the + work, such information on the early religious history + of the world, as they would not otherwise at present + obtain. This Free School will, I hope, prove very useful + to this part of the country. There are ten boys and ten + girls already on the foundation, on the plan of the + Calcutta Free School. Many poor Christian day-scholars, + and seventeen natives, are learning English. There are + also, belonging to the Institution, a Persian and Hindee + school, containing together about one hundred children; who + read only the School-book Society’s books. The young man + who is schoolmaster, is a conscientious man, and attends + diligently to the duties of the school. The divisions you + have heard of nearly annihilated the school for a time; and + an opposition school was opened for day-scholars. This will + eventually do no harm. Competition will produce exertion, + and education will be better forwarded. It is wonderful + how much a little superintendence may help on these things, + where there is no selfish end in view, and no seeking + of preeminence; and I cannot but hope Mr. Torriano will + prove a great blessing to this place. How would it have + rejoiced the heart of Martyn, could he have had the chief + authorities associated by order of Government, to assist + him in the work of education; and how gladly would he have + made himself their servant in the work, for Jesus’ sake! + One poor blind man, who lived in an outhouse of Martyn’s, + and received a small monthly sum from him, often comes to + our house; and affords a mournful pleasure in reminding me + of some little occurrence of those times. A wealthy native + too, who lived next door to us, and who was intimate with + Sabat and Abdool Messeeh, sent his nephew to me, a few days + ago, to make ‘Salaam;’ and to express to me the pleasure + he derived from his acquaintance with Martyn. These are + all the traces I have found of that ‘excellent one of the + earth,’ at the station.” + +The Archdeacon remained still another month at Cawnpore, and then +proceeded toward the valley of the Dhoon,[121] with the intention of +spending the hot season there. He writes to his sister, in a letter +dated + + “March 6, 1825. + + “We left Cawnpore on January 24; were one Sunday + at Futtyghur, and two at Meerut, and are to-day at + Muzuffernugur, three marches N. W. of Meerut, and in sight + of the snowy mountains. At Futtyghur we met dear old + Abdool, who is grown remarkably larger, but is reduced + in strength. At Meerut we enjoyed the society of several + excellent persons. Mr. Fisher has regular service in a + fine church, on the plan of the cathedral in Calcutta, on + Wednesdays and Fridays, besides the morning and evening + service on Sundays.... I was much pleased with what I saw + of Mr. F., and his labours are blessed. + + “We are proceeding to the Dhoon, a valley on the first + range of hills. We expect to reach the Ghaut[122] in five + days, and to be at Dehrah, the head station on the Dhoon, + by next Sunday. We have in company with us, a son of + Mr. Layard of Uffington,[123] who has suffered from the + climate, although he has been only a year in the country; + but will, I hope, recover among the hills, as he has no + symptoms of serious illness about him. I am, through great + mercy, quite well. I do not expect, indeed, that my nerves, + never strong, will be ever what they were; still I am well, + have recovered my former appearance and size, and have + nothing to complain of. + + “I have daily more cause for thankfulness in my present + appointment. Being confined to no station, I can go + generally where I am likely to be most useful; and retreat, + as we are now doing, from the violence of the hot winds. + The country acquired by the Nepaul war is likely to be of + great service as a retreat for invalids from the burning + plains. There is a mountain near Dehrah in the Dhoon, which + can be climbed with some difficulty, and has a fine level + top where we can pitch our tent, and have the thermometer + at 60° during the month of May. There we expect to pass + the months of April and May, and to descend when the rains + threaten; and so return to the plains. Farther on, the + climate is equally favourable; with a greater range to roam + over; but we are content to take the nearest shelter, as I + have no desire after field sports, and we are happy enough + at home. We have one of the Agra youths, named Amannee, + with us, so that we make a congregation of six, and enjoy + the repose of the sabbath much. We have a couple of small + camel-trunks filled with books, and so carry with us food + for the mind as well as the body.... Thus you know all our + affairs. Surrounded by temporal mercies, I trust we are + still saying, ‘Whom have we in heaven but Thee, and there + is none on earth, &c. &c.’” + +To his brother, the Archdeacon writes:-- + + “Dehrah Dhoon, March 30, 1825. + + “I am so much recruited in strength as to indulge the + hope of some further years of further endeavour for the + good of India. You hear of our public affairs from public + sources, but there are certain discouragements in the + situation of affairs, both as it respects church and state, + which you will not hear, and which it is scarcely worth + while to fill one’s paper with. He ‘whose kingdom ruleth + over all,’ is engaged to make ‘all things work together + for good to them that love Him,’ and with His love in + our hearts what need disquiet us?... Our difficulties in + church-matters arise chiefly from want of cordial union, + and from the fluctuating nature of our Society, which + renders it necessary to begin our affairs anew every few + years; and causes the labour of communicating intelligence + to be continually recurring. But the church generally is, I + doubt not, advancing among us; and we must not grow weary; + however, of necessity, we grow less able to do what we + would. In our Bishop we have all we can have in one man, to + unite us and to help our work by its various instruments. + + “You would be delighted if you could visit us in our + present situation. We are living on the ridge of Kalunga + hill, near where General Gillespie fell ten years ago.[124] + The house we occupy is a kind of hunting bungalow, three + miles from cantonments, belonging to the commanding + officer here. Leopards in plenty live around us, and some + of our workmen going a few days ago to drink water at a + pool, in a recess in the wood, spied a large tiger on the + opposite side. We, however, have nothing to fear from them; + and now the novelty is over, the day passes in our usual + studies and pursuits, very happily. The children and I ride + on ponies, through the path-ways, early in the morning; + with a few men with large sticks ahead, to frighten away + any thing that might come among us. We have had snow on + the neighbouring hill, within a week, and specks of it are + still visible. We contemplate ascending the second range + of hills, about 8,000 feet above those we now are on; and + to pitch our tent there, during the approaching months of + April and May, where the thermometer ranges, we are told, + between 60° and 70°. Here we are happy to have it, from + twelve o’clock to six, about 80°.... Even this is a relief + unspeakable from the plains, and our nights are cool; the + wind regularly setting-in, in the evening, from the snowy + mountains. I have nothing to say about this people, (who + differ a good deal from the people of the plains,) because + I know but little about them.” + +In another letter to his brother, dated 6th of April, Archdeacon +Corrie observes:-- + + “I have told G. that our Bishop confirmed about 150 adult + natives, at the different Church Missionary stations + between this and Calcutta; which shows that we labour not + in vain. The progress, though slow, is still a progress, + in respect of the diffusion of Divine truth, in these + parts. It will be an especial care to establish seminaries, + at the principal stations, for the instruction of native + christian youths, on as permanent a footing as we can. + Our territories, in this part of the world, are beginning + to be too extensive. We can scarcely hope to have men, at + the head of affairs, always of capacity enough for such + a load of government; but He who ruleth over all, will + doubtless use us for some good purpose, to this benighted + land. May those of us who feel the importance of this + subject be up and doing! There is a general falling off + amongst the Hindoos, from their former system. They have no + reverence for the usual forms of an oath. They set little + by the Brahmins generally; and, except on festivals, and + at particularly celebrated places, their idolatrous rites + are fallen into considerable disuse. The Hindoos, too, + much more generally than formerly, keep the Mahomedan + festivals. These facts are noticed by all the men in + office, throughout the country. From this, however, no good + has, as yet, arisen, to the righteous cause. Though less + observant of their own rites, they know nothing of the + gospel that they should value it. Their festivals resemble + an English fair, much more than what we consider by the + word ‘worship;’ and it is not to be wondered at, that the + natural man loves these occasions; or that a people so + circumstanced, should at first turn away from the humbling, + self-denying truths of the gospel, when set before them. + + “These regions, [the Dhoon] are becoming much resorted to + at this season by the British, on account of the coolness + of the climate. I have a christian youth with me, whom I + daily instruct, and we met here a Brahmin, who has been + baptized by one of the Baptist Missionaries. He would not + stay with his teacher, having been long used to a roving + life. He seems quite convinced of the supreme importance of + Christianity. He reads the scriptures with me; and I hope + may grow in knowledge, and in grace.” + +To Mr. Sherer, who had just arrived in Calcutta from England, in +company with the Rev. Francis Goode, one of the Company’s Chaplains, +the Archdeacon writes:-- + + “May 25, 1825. + + “The arrival of Mr. Goode, after some recent comers, is a + source of much thanksgiving. I can now say, as far as the + church in India is concerned, ‘Lord! now lettest thou thy + servant depart, either to some retreat for a time on earth, + or to the rest which remaineth!’ I speak only in respect of + the prospects of the church at this Presidency, which, from + the several valuable ministers she now possesses, may well + do without so bruised a reed as I am. + + “Mr. Newton,[125] you will know, is now the financial + secretary of our Church Missionary Society. He, above all + our Committee, has been with me like-minded, entering + with all his spirit into our concerns, and looking our + difficulties in the face. Having, as I hope, got Mirzapore + into some form, we must go on cautiously; by which I mean, + have our resources in view before we extend our plans. I am + now anxious to get the Female Central School built, and to + extend no more, but rather contract the present scale of + small schools.” + +It will have been seen that it was in Bishop Heber’s contemplation, +that the Archdeacon should permanently reside in the Upper Provinces, +that by this means more effectual assistance might be rendered to +the Bishop in administering the affairs of his vast diocese. It was +however, ultimately arranged that whilst Bishop Heber was visiting +Madras and Bombay, the Archdeacon should proceed to Calcutta. With +this object in view, Archdeacon Corrie left the Dhoon, in the +beginning of June, for Meerut. From that place he wrote + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “June 25, 1825. + + “We have been here (as you will have heard through Mrs. + Ellerton) a week. I feel some comfort in the idea of being + a hundred miles nearer to you, but here, I apprehend, we + must stay a month at least. The season has been unusually + warm here. For several years past, the seasons have proved + irregular, but this year the regular hot winds have been + blowing, and the natives anticipate a plentiful production + of the fruits of the earth. We are tied in the meantime; + and on every account I must not expose myself [to the heat] + more than I can help. We are at present in a bungalow which + Parson and his family inhabited most of the time they were + at Meerut. It is in Mr. Fisher’s compound; and here, I + believe, we must stay, for no other place is to be found. + An additional regiment of Cavalry and one of Infantry, are + to be here, so that every corner is filled. We have been + living with the Fishers almost entirely, but have now got + their leave to supply ourselves in this bungalow. + + “Mr. F. is more attended to than any chaplain in the + country, by the upper classes, as well as by the lower; and + has a wide correspondence among conductors, writers, &c. at + surrounding stations. He has also a native congregation. + This is doubtless his proper work. A missionary, however, + would not at all interfere with any thing doing here. It + is evidently of God alone, that the few natives professing + christianity have been drawn together and kept together. + Many are reported as prepared for the reception of + christianity at Delhi, and Mr. H. Fisher yesterday went to + reside there, with Anund Musseeh. Anund has been unwell + with the small-pox, and unable to attend Mr. Fisher, for + scriptural instruction, as the Bishop desired; so that + his ordination must be postponed until some more distant + period. I am anxious to hear from the Church Missionary + Committee respecting Abdool and Bowley, in answer to my + letter of the 14th of April. If I hear nothing I shall + bring them down, considering the Bishop’s wishes sufficient + authority.” + +To the same relative, the Archdeacon again wrote + + “July 23, 1825. + + “We purpose leaving this [Meerut] at the end of August, + and shall get down to you speedily. I told you that the + heat affected me, but by keeping quiet, I have avoided + feeling more than languor. I have not yet called on any, + except one or two in the next premises around us. I have + always assisted Mr. Fisher; and kept his flock together + during twelve days he was absent at Lehornupore and + Deyrah, where his son John is. He and his son Samuel had a + narrow escape from drowning, on their return. One of the + mountain-torrents came down suddenly. A _Suwarr_,[126] who + was with them, escaped with difficulty, together with his + horse. Samuel’s horse was carried down a good way, but both + his and Mr. Fisher’s horse, being in better heart than the + Suwarr’s horse, got over. A pedestrian, who attempted to + swim over, was drowned. + + “We have now the rains, but scantily. The natives begin to + say the rains will not be heavy this year.” + +In accordance with the purpose expressed in the foregoing letter, +Archdeacon Corrie left Meerut on the 22nd of August. In a letter +addressed to Mr. Sherer, on the 25th of that month, the Archdeacon +remarks:-- + + “We left much good at Meerut, and passed our time + pleasantly; and, I hope, not unprofitably.... We are in + sight of Futtyghur, from whence I shall dispatch this. + Goodness and mercy continue to attend us. The weather is + unusually favourable for us, but the country requires rain. + + “At Meerut we had a Bible Society Sermon on the 14th, and + a public meeting on the 16th. Considerable interest, above + former years, was excited, and a fair collection made. Some + converts to the cause, also, among the upper classes of + Society.” + +On his way to the Presidency, Archdeacon Corrie visited Cawnpore, +Chunar, Benares, and other stations with which he had been before +time connected or acquainted. With regard to Cawnpore, he observed in +a letter to Mr. Sherer, dated + + “Allahabad, Sep. 12, 1825.” + + “I wrote to Mr. Thomason, from Cawnpore, about a native + chapel. I am happy to tell you that little, if anything, + will be needed from the [Church Missionary] Society to + accomplish this object. I put a paper into circulation + before I left, and there was enough for present purposes + being raised at the station. + + “On the Sunday, which I passed at Chunar, about two + hundred attended Divine service, of whom about forty were + unbaptized inhabitants of the place, and most of whom + attend every sabbath-day. Some of the scholars who have + received instruction in English, afford the most pleasing + hopes of their sincere conversion.” + +And in a letter to the same relative, he writes from + + “Benares, Sep. 26, 1825. + + “We are detained here longer than I wished, but I hope to + do something for the mission by the delay. Our friends are + each doing what he can in his sphere. They have suggested + that I should write a letter to the Committee, which might + be printed in the Monthly Intelligence, giving some account + of the schools and congregations. I will send such a + letter, and it may be printed or not.” + +With reference also to this subject, the Archdeacon informs his +brother in a letter dated + + “Oct. 11, 1825, above Monghyr. + + “Mr. H. Fisher, at Delhi--his father at Meerut: Mr. + Torriano, at Cawnpore--have each a native missionary + who labours around them, and instructs especially those + natives who profess christianity. This last class is fast + improving, I would fain hope, in knowledge and character; + and thus they become ‘Epistles of Christ, read and known’ + among the heathens: and the reproach which formerly + attended the gospel is lessening.” + +Thus wherever the Archdeacon might be, the subject nearest his heart +was, the progress of the gospel among the heathen. + +It was on the 25th of October 1825, that Archdeacon Corrie arrived +in Calcutta, on his return from the Upper Provinces. Among the first +things to which the Archdeacon directed his attention, were the +affairs of the Church Missionary Society, which he found to be as +prosperous as could well be expected. At the end of the following +month he was gladdened by the ordination of his long-tried friend +Abdool Messeeh, who, together with Messrs Reichardt and Bowley, was +admitted into the order of Deacons, by Bishop Heber. The ordination +took place on the 30th of November, in the Cathedral of Calcutta, +and in the presence of a large congregation, among whom were more +than twenty clergymen. It was remarked by one who was present on that +interesting occasion, that + + “Nothing could equal the joy of Mr. Corrie: he appeared + as if he could just then adopt the language of Simeon of + old. He has watched the gradual progress of every thing: + he could remember when matters assumed a far different + semblance.” + +On the 23rd of December the Archdeacon attended the Bishop at a +public examination of the children educated in the schools maintained +in the Calcutta Ladies’ Society for Native Female Education; when, +during the examination, the Rajah Boidenauth came forward and +presented the Society with a donation of 20,000 sicca rupees, toward +the erection of a central school. One of the great objects which the +Archdeacon had long had in view, was thus in the progress of being +realized; and as a preliminary measure, he obtained permission to +place under the Ladies’ Society, those Female-schools at Burdwan +which had hitherto been supported by the Church Missionary Society. + +These several causes for rejoicing were not, however, without a +corresponding draw-back. The hot season of 1825 had been unusually +unhealthy, and among others who had suffered in health were Mr. and +Mrs. Thomason, especially the latter. This decided Mr. Thomason +to return to Europe early in the spring of 1826. Mr. Sherer, too, +having accomplished the object for which he went out to India, was +preparing to return to his family in England. The Bishop, moreover, +left Calcutta on the 30th of January 1826, for the purpose of holding +visitations in Madras. Under these circumstances Archdeacon Corrie +writes to Mr. Sherer, then on the point of embarking for England:-- + + “Feb. 22, 1826. + + “A feeling of desolation oppresses me, which I try to shake + off, by looking to Him who possesses all fulness, in order + to supply his needy dependents. In P. I lost my worldly + adviser, and in Mr. Thomason my religious helper: but the + Lord liveth. In you, I will not say how much we seem to + have lost; but this much I cannot but say. There is no + possibility of my following you in less than five years, + and what may occur before then, who can tell? It would be + presumptuous to say any of us shall see that period; and + yet there is no doubt a secret hope that we shall. How I + shall part with the mother and the children, I know not. It + seems as if they ought sooner to go into a more favourable + climate, and if it were necessary, I suppose the necessity + would go far to reconcile me to it. My heart goes with you + to Morcott and Colsterworth; may you be carried to them in + health and safety, and may the peace of God attend your + meeting with them! It seems superfluous to say anything + about my love for them. They need no assurance of it; yet + it is a relief to write about it.” + +Some further account of his condition is given by the Archdeacon + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “March 14, 1826, + + “We continue much as you left us. The wet has set in, and + the monsoon has been almost constantly against you. The + Bishop was twenty days reaching Madras. This will delay + your progress; but great is our happiness in knowing that + winds and waves obey His will, “whose we are, and whom we + serve.” + + “Our Friday evening [services] have been but irregularly + attended. The Government dinners have, no doubt, + interfered; and next Friday Lady A. has an ‘at home.’ + Shall we ever have ‘the powers that be’ on our side? Yea, + doubtless, it shall be even so. + + “You will know all about Lord A’s recal before this reaches + you. May it please God to send us a Governor who will at + least own his duty in respect of the God of Christians! + The most painful thing in the present administration is, + that our duty as Christians is not recognised. Policy is + avowedly the idol worshipped. + + “I am thankful and happy in my present situation. I know + not what time, if permitted to me, may bring forth, but + I cannot at present conceive of happiness in leaving my + station. A few short years will unite us all, I trust, + where probably natural feeling will be absorbed in + relationship to Christ, but not, I apprehend, be forgotten. + In the mean time, while passing through this ‘valley + of Baca,’ let our correspondence serve as ‘pools of + refreshment.’” + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “Calcutta, April 11, 1826. + + “Before this reaches you, we hope you will have received + back our dear Sherer, well in all respects. In this + changing world, we know not what a day may bring forth, but + we are taught that “sufficient unto the day is the evil + thereof;” and, therefore, I will anticipate none of those + things, evil to nature, to which both he on the water and + his family on land are liable, but trust that your meeting + has been joyous and thankful. We go on much as Sherer left + us. The fall of Bhurtpore and peace with Ava,[127] leave + the country externally quiet, but in so extended an empire, + composed of such discordant elements, we are less, in + reality, settled. Two native regiments at Bhurtpore refused + to go into the trenches; the business was hushed up, but + a discovery was made of the state of the native mind. The + fact is, that ‘the powers which be,’ while they fear the + smallest movement in favour of Christianity, fear nothing + when saving money is concerned. Whereas the native, if he + be liberally dealt with, will give you his caste even, if + you do not demand it all at once. “The Lord reigneth,” must + be our motto; and though we cannot but see what is doing, + must refer ourselves, to His power, providence and grace, + to order all things as shall be for His own glory. + + “Yesterday I completed forty-nine years. Great goodness + have I experienced, great ingratitude am I conscious of; + but great is the mercy of God my Saviour; infinite the + value of Jesus’ blood. Therefore I will hope on, and expect + to be preserved by “the power of God through faith unto + salvation.” “He restoreth my soul for his name’s sake.” + +Within a few days of the date of the foregoing letter, Archdeacon +Corrie received the afflicting intelligence that it had pleased God +suddenly to remove Bishop Heber from this scene of trial, to the +church triumphant in heaven. Appended to a copy of the letter from +the Rev. Mr. Doran which announced this event, and the circumstances +by which it was accompanied, the Archdeacon wrote + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “Calcutta, April 15, 1826. + + “By the copy on the other side you will see with what a + heavy stroke God has smitten us; doubtless in mercy, though + we see it not now. Nothing can be added at present to Mr. + Doran’s account. All here is mute astonishment. Public + and individual concern is spread over all. I will send + all the public documents, and will take the first further + opportunity to send more particulars.” + +These particulars are too well known to need repetition in this +place, but the following extract from a letter addressed about that +time by the Archdeacon to his brother, may not be without interest:-- + + “You will hear from other sources of the loss all India + has sustained, in the death of Bishop Heber. My first + impression was to inform Sherer, who, from being so lately + among us, could judge more readily of our feelings on the + occasion. I have printed, and privately distributed, a + sermon preached at the time; and have sent some copies + to Mr. Pratt. Mr. Robinson [subsequently archdeacon of + Madras,] took some copies to send home, with a sermon + of his own, preached at Trichinopoly, the Sunday after + the Bishop’s death. We cannot but be anxious as to who + will succeed to this see. Our late beloved Bishop was so + entirely a Missionary, that we can scarcely hope to see one + like him; and in respect of temper and beauty of general + disposition, to expect the like of him seems utterly + hopeless. In what I have said of him in the sermon, I have + said what I know his views were on certain points, rather + than expressed my own. Such was the natural amiability of + Bishop Heber’s character, that it was often difficult to + say whether he acted from nature or grace. But whatever + might be judged by some, at times, to be errors of + judgment, the general tenor of his life was so opposed to + worldly maxims, and what the world would have wished him + to follow, that there seems no doubt grace was the ruling + influence of his conduct. The great number of subscribers + he obtained for the society for the Propagation of the + Gospel, shews what an influence he had obtained; and how + many he had drawn over to support the Missionary cause.” + +The sermon here alluded to, was preached in the Cathedral Church +of Calcutta, on Sunday, April 23, from Heb. xiii. 7, 8. In a short +notice prefixed to the sermon, the reason for printing it is stated +to be “not any idea of its pretensions to literary merit, but a +sincere desire on the part of the author, to improve the melancholy +occasion of it, to the good of a community with which he had been +connected nearly twenty years.” The Archdeacon added, that as “all +who approached their late beloved and venerated diocesan, could not +but admire his brilliant conversation, various acquirements, and +commanding talents, it was hoped that, the perusal of the sermon +might tend to recommend, to some at least, the cultivation of those +principles of Christian piety which spread a charm over all his other +great qualities.” + +The limits within which it is desirable to comprise these memoirs, do +not allow of the insertion here of the vivid sketch of Bishop Heber’s +ministerial life in India, which this sermon contains, but as, in +the letter quoted above, specific reference is made to the Bishop’s +“views on certain points,” it may be proper to quote the outline of +the doctrines which the Archdeacon states himself to have “heard the +deceased prelate preach,” on different occasions. + + “It was the _word of God_ which he administered. For man, + fallen from God and far from original righteousness, + he preached a full and free redemption by the blood of + Christ--justification by faith--the need of the Holy + Spirit’s grace to incline and enable man to repent, and + to bring forth fruit meet for repentance, persuading + man, by the terrors of the Lord, to flee from the wrath + to come, and by the mercies of Christ, to be reconciled + unto God--the pleasantness of religious ways--the comfort + attending the death of the righteous--the terrors of a + judgment-day to the impenitent, and the rewards of the + faithful servant--setting forth every Christian duty in + its relation to Christian principle, in his own peculiarly + lively and impressive manner.” + +It is scarcely necessary to add, that Archdeacon Corrie was among +those who met in the Town-hall of Calcutta, on the 6th of May, +for the purpose of expressing their deep concern at the loss which +India had sustained in the death of Bishop Heber, and for devising +means by which the memory of the labours of that man of God might be +transmitted to future generations.[128] + +On the 18th of May, the Archdeacon, after having long desired to see +such an object accomplished, was called upon to take part in the +ceremonial of laying the foundation-stone of a Central School for +the education of native females. Four years, it will be remembered, +had now elapsed since female education in India had been first +commenced on a general plan; but the difficulties in the way of +such an undertaking were apparently so serious, that but few could +have ventured even to hope that such an inroad on Hindoo prejudice +and superstition could have been made, as that above five hundred +females should already have been brought under instruction in +Calcutta and the vicinity alone. The ground purchased for the site of +the school and other requisite buildings, was in the centre of the +Hindoo population, and about half a mile to the north of the Church +Missionary station at Mirzapore. The foundation stone was laid by the +Lady Amherst, prayer having been offered up by the Archdeacon for the +divine blessing on the undertaking. Many natives (particularly women +and their daughters) were present, on this interesting occasion; +and the Rajah Boidinath Roy, through an interpreter, congratulated +the Lady Amherst on the success which had crowned the exertions +of her Ladyship and the Ladies of Calcutta; expressing also, his +deep sense of the gratitude which himself and others entertained +for the benefits which might be expected from the education of his +country-women. + +The demise of the Bishop devolved on the Archdeacon the +administration of the affairs of the diocese during the vacancy of +the See. In writing to his brother he therefore observed:-- + + “Calcutta, June 29, 1826. + + “We are now residing in the Episcopal house, which + Government allows me to use, as Commissary for the See, + and gives me the Bishop’s salary instead of my own. It is + a new thing to me, to be consulting Burn’s Ecclesiastical + law, Gibson, &c. There is, indeed, no power vested in the + Bishop of Calcutta, for Government reserve the decision of + every point to themselves; and the letters patent give no + independent authority. Yet such a man as Bishop Heber will + be applied to from all parts of India, on points affecting + divorce, wills, &c., and his opinion will be received as + law: so that such studies as I have mentioned, are not in + vain. The love for antiquity, indeed, which some entertain, + overlooks, I think, too much the present race of men; and + sooner than deviate from ancient modes, would suffer them + to pass out of life in their ignorance; but I have as yet + discovered no ground for such rigid adherence to rules + adapted to the Church in a settled state, and am sure the + early Evangelists did not observe them. + + “All things here begin to assume their usual appearance + again, except that our beloved Bishop no more occupies his + seat among us; and that a second Escutcheon, hung up in the + Cathedral, reminds us, that two Bishops have passed away + from among us. My mind seems wearied with considering what + may be destined for our Indian Church. The work of Missions + had assumed a regular form. In the south of India, regular + help, and enough of it, would give Christianity an almost + established form; so many Natives profess Christianity. May + God be gracious unto the land, and send us a man of a right + spirit!” + +By the advice of the medical men in Calcutta, the Archdeacon decided +on a journey up the river, as for as Benares and Chunar. He, +therefore, left Calcutta in the month of July 1826, visiting several +of the out-stations as he passed along. On reaching Benares, one +of the chief objects of his attention naturally was Joy Narain’s +school, in the founding of which the Archdeacon had taken so much +interest. He had now the satisfaction to find the School in excellent +order; there being in it one hundred and thirty-one boys under daily +instruction. Besides this, he found that two youths who had been +educated in the school, had been engaged ever since January last, as +assistant English-teachers in the free-school at Cawnpore, and were +giving satisfaction; and that the success of those youths in thus +obtaining a comfortable provision for themselves, had recommended +the school to the good opinion of the natives of Benares and the +neighbourhood. The Archdeacon found, also, that six other schools +had been established, in different parts of the city, in which, among +other books, the gospels were read. With reference to these schools +he observes: + + “The streets of Benares, being for the most part very + narrow, the boys assemble in long Verandahs, and the + passers-by see and hear all that takes place. This, though + unfavourable for the purposes of a School, yet causes what + the boys read to be heard by many; and sometimes a hundred + people, and upwards, will crowd around, while the boys are + examined, in the previous week’s Exercises: and thus their + knowledge is diffused.” + +On reaching Chunar, the Archdeacon records in a memorandum dated-- + + “Chunar, Sep. 17, 1826. + + “It is twenty years since I reached Bengal, having + arrived in Calcutta on Saturday, Sept. 20, 1806. I had + appointed the 20th. Sept. as a day for calling my ways + to remembrance; but have aforetime too much neglected + this duty: and I fear interruption on Wednesday, the + Anniversary of my actual entrance on life in this land. + Many sinful causes have of late years, prevented me from + making Memoranda of the state of my mind, as formerly, but + I have thus deprived myself of the power of calling many + things to mind, of which I ought deeply to repent; and am + constrained to pray, “Cleanse me from my secret faults,” + secret and hidden by forgetfulness from myself. Early in + 1819, I arrived at the highest emoluments in the way of + Chaplains. In 1822, I received increased emoluments as + a Commissary for the See; and now enjoy alone, all the + advantages arising from the second vacancy of the See. I + feel decidedly, and painfully, that large means have not + been of advantage to myself, or family. My own soul has + gradually lost much of the liveliness I once possessed + in religion. The readiness to labour, the willingness to + attend to the poor, the pleasure of going here and there to + serve others, either officially or of choice, is greatly + departed from me. Increased years, and debility, may have a + share in this indisposition to active duties, but are far + from being the whole cause. I am deeply conscious, also, + that the receiving of so many [persons] from time to time + into our house (though in many cases a mere returning of + civilities, or rather favours previously by us received, + and a debt of gratitude, and in almost every case appearing + to be an exercise of hospitality) yet the numbers at table, + consequent desultory conversation, &c. weaken the power of + religion in me, and I seem to myself to have no strength + in comparison of former days. I have many thoughts how far + this company and constantly full table have had a share + in my loss of health. I would especially call to mind, my + dulness in secret duties, and how seldom I can ‘take hold + on God.’ I read and kneel in devotion, but too generally + without apprehending or appropriating any benefit. Deeply + humiliating as this is, I yet bless my Saviour that it + is no worse; that He has not cast me utterly from his + presence, nor taken His Holy Spirit from me. I am conscious + of a desire to be ‘as in days past,’ and of some endeavour + after it. But O! I have much ground to regain; many days + to redeem, and fewer left to work out my salvation in. + The cross of Christ is my only hope and glory. The Lord, + I think, knows I desire to be crucified with Christ; and + to have all iniquity taken away. Lord, work thou in me to + do, no less than to will! Oh! incline and enable my dear + partner to bear in mind more and more, the subjects of our + late conversations; that our own souls and our lovely and + beloved children, may be improved in every grace of the + Spirit; and that our light may yet shine before men, to the + glory of our heavenly Father. Preserve our dear children in + health; and O! give them spiritual healing and blessing. + Make us more and more one in Christ Jesus. Help me to walk + circumspectly, and to behave in present circumstances as + becometh the gospel of Christ. O keep me from any fall, + either in public or private; and lead me in the paths of + righteousness _for thy name’s sake_. Other plea have I + none: other refuge have I none. To thee, to thee alone I + cleave. A poor feeble vine, I would cleave to thee as the + stem; and in thy strength alone be strong. Quicken me more + and more. Lead me from strength to strength. ‘Hold thou me + up, so shall I be safe?’ O! forsake not the work of thine + own hands. I am thine, save me. Amen.” + +As it was at Chunar that Archdeacon Corrie commenced his missionary +labours, his account of the state of the native church there may not +be omitted. He writes:-- + + “The congregation of the Hindoostanee worshippers, is + rather on the increase. The day I was there, upwards of two + hundred attended, of whom at least fifty were unbaptized + natives. I conversed with some of the recent converts, who + appear to be really sincere. Among them some are natives of + villages in the neighbourhood, who, at first, were greatly + opposed by their relatives; but retreating to Chunar, they + continued to receive renewed strength and encouragement, + by attending on the means of grace. By repeating their + visits home at intervals, they have at length overcome + prejudice so far, as to be heard with attention, on the + subject of their change; and in one case, the convert (who + is one of several brothers, Brahmins, who are the principal + cultivators in the village) has been acknowledged by his + family, and allowed to resume his place among them. + + “Of those natives who attend Christian worship, one whole + family have become candidates for baptism. The first of the + family who became impressed with the subject of religion, + was the eldest son; about two years ago, he proposed + himself for baptism, but his father entreated Mr. Bowley + to delay, and he also would consider whether he should not + join the son. Mr. Bowley on this account recommended delay + to the son; he has continued steady, and now the father and + mother, and some other members of the family, are resolved + to embrace Christianity.” + +On the 20th of September the Archdeacon commenced his journey back to +Calcutta. When above Rajemahl, he wrote + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “Oct. 4, 1826. + + “At Benares and Chunar, our friends are greatly improved, + and their usefulness and comforts increased by the + ordination. There is also more of Christian union and + love among them, and their work prospers. We call on the + chaplains and missionaries as we pass along, and on few + besides. We hope to reach the Berhampore river to-day. We + have been mercifully preserved, during our journey on this + uncertain river. By going leisurely, we have not had an + alarm, while most persons we have met with have lost boats, + or been some way annoyed. What lies before me I know not. I + regret not having regularly to preach, for though ministers + are too apt to read the Scriptures for others, I find it + good in any way to be kept close to them. + + “I sometimes long to visit you all; but vain are such + longings, for after all, we are only that to each other + which God makes us. The light of His countenance alone, + maketh whole; and I should have no comfort in leaving my + post, without some more evident necessity than appears at + present.” + +Archdeacon Corrie arrived in Calcutta toward the end of October, and +early in the following month (Nov. 12th) was present at the opening +of a new chapel at Mirzapore, in which it was intended to have the +services of the Church of England statedly conducted in Bengalee. +Not long before Bishop Heber left Calcutta on his last visitation, +he had recommended the Church Missionary Society to make a pecuniary +grant toward the building of the chapel, and the Archdeacon had laid +the foundation-stone of it during the April of this year; the object +mainly contemplated in the erection of it being, to afford native +Christians and such natives as might be enquiring after Christianity, +an opportunity for attending the worship of God, conducted in their +own language. On this occasion, a considerable number of native +Christians were assembled within the chapel, and the doors were +thronged by crowds of Hindoos and Mahomedans, who were attracted to +the spot. + +On the day following, the Archdeacon writes + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “Calcutta, Nov. 13, 1826. + + “From Sherer you will learn our own affairs, and will know + that since he left us we have been up to Benares. We are + rendered uncomfortable in this large house by the decaying + state of some part of the walls; so that our personal + comfort is not increased by the enlargement of our limits. + And so I have found it in every advance in temporal + circumstances; something or other connected with it, has + always prevented increase of enjoyment. All true happiness + dwells in the mind: and O, “What shall I render to the + Lord,” that the peace of God, through Christ Jesus, is no + stranger to my breast? Too often, alas, have I had reason + to mourn my backslidings in heart, and temper, and conduct; + but if guilt removed return, the power of the atonement + may, also, be again and again proved. + + “I find myself more a bishop than during the former vacancy + of this See; but here again the passings-by of some, the + reluctance with which others apply for what they cannot do + without, &c. might well embitter this temporary elevation + also; but that, I trust, I have learned to forbear in some + measure, and to forgive as I expect forgiveness; so that + no breach has occurred with any of our body. I am bound + both in conscience and consistency to take part in those + measures which have, all along, given offence to some, + whilst they are obliged also to take me with them in their + plans. The reluctance, however, is on their part, for ‘so + that Christ be preached, I rejoice.’ + + “Now our cold season is set in, I think with reluctance, of + returning to England. Here, I trust, I am useful in helping + on projects for the good of many thousands; in England, + a small parish would be all I could undertake the charge + of. Nothing, therefore, but decided inability to remain + in India should make me leave it. Our children, indeed, + cannot here fully comprehend that flow of the Christian + affections which the interest taken in all classes at home + calls forth; and whether I shall be able to part with them + and their mother, for three years, to visit England, I know + not. I greatly shrink from such a separation. + + “You will have read the life of Dr. E. D. Clarke, and will + have seen the intense desire with which, when abroad, he + sought letters from home. Now something similar has always + dwelt in me, though wife and children, dear as life, have + consoled me under long silence from home. The life of + Clarke is admirably well done. I remember the person of the + biographer, and admired his fine delivery of a sermon at + St. Mary’s [Cambridge]; the subject of it I have forgotten. + But that is a long time ago, he must be getting old now, + and I am following fast after him.” + +During this month (Nov.) it was, that a circumstance occurred of +some interest, as indicative of the feeling of the native mind, +with regard to Christianity. It appeared that for want of funds, +the Committee of the Church Missionary Society in Calcutta, were +intending to withdraw their missionary from Culna, a populous town +and district on the west bank of the Hooghly, where schools had been +established. But no sooner were the principal native inhabitants of +the place (who were chiefly of the Brahmin caste) apprised of that +intention, than they presented a petition in Bengalee, to Archdeacon +Corrie, requesting that the missionary might be continued with them. +Among other things, they observed that:-- + + “They acknowledged that they formerly entertained some + slight degree of apprehension of our sacred books; but that + in consequence of the Rev. Mr. Deerr making known to them + these our Scriptures, not only had their fears entirely + vanished, but they considered that these books were + deserving of unqualified reception, and highly beneficial; + and on this account, they considered themselves equally + benefitted, and rejoiced, as much as a man born blind when + he receives his sight.” + +It having been decided to appoint an assistant to Mr. Bowley, +in the mission at Chunar, Mr. Landeman, who was born in India, +and well acquainted with Hindoostanee, was the person fixed +upon. Previously, however, to the departure of this gentleman +from Calcutta, a meeting was held (Dec. 15, 1826,) in the Church +Missionary Library, at Mirzapore, when Archdeacon Corrie delivered +an address to Mr. Landeman, in which he took a brief review of the +circumstances connected with the then state of missions, and the +duties arising out of them. The whole address was characterised by +that large-mindedness, singleness of heart, and tenderness, which the +Archdeacon was wont to manifest on occasions like these.[129] + +As several months had now passed since the death of Bishop Heber, the +intelligence of the appointment of his successor, was daily expected +to reach Calcutta. Thus the Archdeacon writes + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “Calcutta, January 25, 1827. + + “It seems that the news of Bishop Heber’s death had reached + England overland in August. ‘The Osprey,’ and ‘Barett,’ + carry official accounts. We shall now soon hear of a + successor. The head of the Church reigneth, let the earth + rejoice; and may we wait the result in patience. You will + hear that Mr. Mack published, in the ‘Monthly Friend of + India,’ an attack on our Mirzapore friends; very unkind, + and mistaken. It has recoiled painfully on their own head; + for Adam, who is now editor of the Bengal Chronicle, has + taken it up, and ‘John Bull,’ has responded; and the old + sores about Serampore premises, imperfect translations, + and fallacious statements, have all been laid open again. + We have kept silence, though called upon for explanations, + &c. &c., and the storm is a little blown over.... The + time of difficulty in our funds, (viz) the end of our + year, has come on, and I am often much cast down in mind. + Great temptations arise to withdraw, and leave things to + themselves: for few come freely to take a part.... But + is not the cause of missions the cause of Christ? I fear + really for those, who, with the opportunities now afforded, + can overlook that cause. It seems pure selfishness, to be + content that these [natives] should go on in ignorance + and sin, so we get but to heaven ourselves: and it is + often, I doubt, fear for myself, rather than love for the + heathen, that keeps me, in a measure, at the Missionary + helm. But here I must stay: yet after all, if I wear away, + some might feel it then incumbent on them to take it up + more efficiently. Doubtless a principle is at work in this + community, which will lead the population forward rapidly + in knowledge and character generally; and if it be not + rightly directed, those who neglect the present season of + operation will suffer: but I shall not see that time, rapid + as the progress is. New states are plainly no place for a + person who possesses a competency, and can enjoy repose. + India especially, is not a country a man who knows anything + of England would _choose_ to grow old in. Here, in a + peculiar degree, the mind is forced to look off, both from + the Church and from the world, to the Rock, Christ.” + + + TO THE SAME. + + “Feb. 22, 1827. + + “We are now more out of the way of such a bustle as we + formerly were subject to, being, (as I think I told you) + fixed in a nice little house at Cossipore; but I fear + falling into the opposite extreme; for when we cease to + do all we ought for the good of our fellow-sinners, we + sin against the law of Christ. Surely, there is as little + peace in retiring, selfish ease, as in bustling ambitious + publicity. I returned a few days since, from Burdwan. + The fields indeed, in that quarter, seems ‘white for the + harvest,’ but both Mr. Perowne, and Mr. Deerr, are obliged + to leave their posts, and seek change of air. Mr. Bowley + is, also, becoming well attended to, about Chunar. Isaiah + lx. 4, 5.[130] has been much on my mind, as applicable to + these two spheres of Missionary labour at this time; and + fear fills my heart, whilst it is enlarged with gratitude + and thankfulness. + + “What may be the effect of such a commotion as seems + approaching, on the powers that be, and how we shall + provide for the increased calls for men and money, I know + not. But surely He whom we serve in the gospel of His Son, + can, and will appear for us. Rumours have reached us about + a new Bishop, and men unknown to missionary fame, have been + named. This seems sad: let us in patience wait the event. + + “Government has given forty rupees monthly to Chunar + Church; and the same to Gorrikepore Church: and I am not + without hope of getting a monthly salary for Bowley, as + Minister on the Establishment, to a congregation of native + Christian subjects of the Government. Yesterday was the + Bible Society anniversary. An excellent report, drawn up + by Mr. Goode: all our old plans are going on, sometimes + briskly, sometimes heavily. ‘Faint, yet pursuing,’ my + habitual motto.” + +In the following month, (March 15) Archdeacon Corrie again visited +Burdwan, for the purpose of examining the schools there, and also +for making enquiry into the conduct of the head Pundit connected +with the mission, who, for some time had been carrying on a system +of double-dealing. It appeared that this Pundit had induced no +less than thirteen Brahmins (most of them school-pundits) to apply +to the Missionary at Burdwan for Christian baptism; and that, as +a preliminary step, they had accordingly been receiving daily +instruction from the missionary, and evidencing the while a good deal +of apparent sincerity and earnestness. At length however, one of +the number went to the missionary, and told him, that all that had +occurred was mere hypocrisy, and had been kept up at the instigation +of the head-Pundit; that the only object they had in view, was to +induce, if they could, the missionary to “report them as enquirers +after truth;” their notion being, that if that were but once +published, they would have the missionary in their power, as they +thought that, for consistency’s sake, he must keep up appearances, +and so be obliged to continue them in their schools, and pay them +their wages. + +It has been thought desirable to mention the particulars of this +transaction, because a repetition of such or similar attempts to +deceive missionaries, may be expected to occur the more frequently, +in proportion as the profession of Christianity becomes more common +among the natives of India. It does not seem, however, that the +Christian missionary need be unduly depressed by the occurrence of +such instances of the sad depravity of the native character; for +whilst deploring the miserable condition of the deceivers themselves, +he will know that even they must have received more distinct ideas +of divine truth than they otherwise would have had. For himself, he +will learn how little confidence can be placed in any profession of +Christianity, which does not originate in a change of heart, by the +power of the Holy Ghost. Still, the Archdeacon found some encouraging +circumstances connected with the mission at Burdwan. In the report of +his visit, he relates:-- + + “I had some conversation with Manick, a Brahmin who was + baptized on the 16th of December. He had been for some time + employed by different missionaries. I asked him, ‘What he + had seen in Christianity which led him to embrace it?’ he + replied, ‘In the Hindoo _poorans_ and _shasters_ there is + no certainty: one asserts one thing, another, another; but + here is a clear way’--‘In what way in particular?’--‘More + especially in the way of worshipping God: in other systems + a variety of ceremonies and rites must be observed; in this + it is required only to pray to God alone’--‘What have you + learned to pray for?’--‘Daily I pray for pardon of sin; + for this I daily require.’--‘What do you understand by + sin?’--‘Whatever is not according to God’s commands.’ He + then, in answer, repeated briefly the substance of the Ten + Commandments; and said that every one must labour to fulfil + them to the utmost of his power, though no one could do it + perfectly. A good deal more conversation followed.” + +The next communication from the Archdeacon shews him to have been +still anxious respecting who might be Bishop Heber’s successor. It is +addressed + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “Calcutta, April 7, 1827. + + “It is now a year since Providence was pleased to withdraw + our Bishop, and we have no tidings of a successor. We shall + no doubt, hear in due time, but the delay of arrivals keeps + us, also, in ignorance how matters stand with those who + are dear to us in the bonds of nature. Since the beginning + of January, we have continued to reside at Cossipore + chiefly. The quiet, freedom and airiness of the situation + is very agreeable to us; and when a Bishop arrives, I shall + have less occasion to be so frequently in town. The ship + that carries this, carries also Mr. Perowne and family. + His removal just now is very painful, on account of the + mission, as you can well judge. Deerr will reside there; + but declines taking charge of the mission. Mr. Wilson + will go up every month: he has been three times since you + left us; and is very acceptable to the people; and we may + hope the work will go on. Dear Abdool Messeeh is gone to + his rest. A tumour somewhere in the back, of which he + had nearly died two years ago, proved to be a carbuncle, + brought on mortification and death. He always spoke of it + as a boil; and his little medical knowledge proved indeed a + fatal thing to him. But his end was according to the tenor + of his life,--peaceful, intelligent, resigned. His last + sensible breath was expended in singing a hymn, of the kind + and meaning of that in Simeon’s collection, “Lord, remember + me!”[131] An obituary is sent home, which you will no doubt + see.[132] Mr. Reichardt will now have the principal charge + at Mirzapore. His German order and system, is becoming + very important to us. There are three catechists, who + ought to be lectured once a week at least: and an account + kept of their labours for the information of the Society. + Mr. W. seems as if he could not do this. He will talk + and preach from morning to night; but this particularity + seems to him, resting in the letter; but Reichardt thinks + otherwise, and rightly; and will labour also to render + the whole a spiritual service. My sphere, as far as it + appears, is about Benares. There our friends require only + to be led; and I feel I have no power to command. I am + expecting 300 Rupees a month [from Government] for Mr. + Morris, as minister of Chunar. Greenwood is coming down to + the Calcutta Grammar school, perhaps has arrived there; + and Morris can officiate also in Hindoostanee, leaving + Bowley free to itinerate. The Society will be relieved, in + part, by these means, besides in some degree accredited by + Government. Indeed, since I have been in charge, Government + has done every thing I asked. Both Mr. H. and B. and Lord + Combermere, have, in official matters, shewn much kindness; + and I ask nothing else.... The expences of the mission, + of necessity increase, as the work increases. Bowley now + requires three bungalows in different villages, where + influential people have embraced the gospel; and their + neighbours desire, also, to hear more of ‘this way.’ Mirza + Bagir, son of the traveller, Abu Talib Khan, was baptized + last month. Mr. W. Bird was the means of his becoming + acquainted with the Scriptures, and sent him to Bowley for + baptism.” + +In a communication addressed, in May, to the Church Missionary +Society in England, the Archdeacon enters more fully into some of +the encouraging circumstances, and prospective difficulties, then +attending missions, and which are touched upon in the letter given +above. + + “Opportunities open on every side for missionary work: but + we cannot meet them. I agree entirely, that the prospect + of good, and not present local patronage, should move us + in attempting new plans; but everywhere the population + is very large, and access to them comparatively easy. + Government has granted to Mr. Morris at Chunar 300 rupees + a month, in consideration of services rendered to the + native congregation; but new openings round that station + call for increased help. One convert baptized last year, + has, from his fisher’s death, become heir of his property + in land: a place of worship is required in his village; + with a school, and a native catechist. A Zemindar, also + lately baptized, possessing property in land in a village + opposite to Chunar, has called for the same kind of aid: a + bungalow is building, and a catechist will reside with him. + Thus success in our labours entails increased expense. We + may hope that Divine Providence will raise up aid; but at + present, we see not how. We may indeed, hope that the days + of indifference on the part of the British are gone by, and + that our Bishops will continue, in succession, to uphold + the work of evangelization; but it seems to me that the + most trying period for all our plans may yet be to come. + Till help be raised up among the natives, or the Government + take up the subject, the work will be up hill: we cannot + expect the natives to join heartily till they taste the + good of what is brought before them; and that will not + be, humanly speaking, till the young now educating, grow + into active life. The Government has given a precedent + at Chunar, of helping to afford instruction to converted + natives; but till congregations are collected, Government, + on the present system, cannot help directly. Fifteen or + twenty years then must pass on this “System of Mendicancy,” + as Bishop Heber well termed it; and as we feel it to be, + in a way which you at home cannot well understand: _you_ + address congregations where all acknowledge the duty, and + profess faith in God for its success--_we_ mix with those + who scarcely acknowledge the duty or utility of attempting + the conversion of the heathen, and have no hope of success. + We are encouraged however, to persevere; and I trust that + our faith will be found of a kind more precious than gold + that perisheth, though it be tried, and sometimes as by + fire; and that, after all, chiefly from within.” + +During the summer of 1827, the Archdeacon had his equanimity somewhat +disturbed by the intelligence that the sermon which he had printed +on the death of Bishop Heber, only for circulation among his own +friends, and those of the deceased prelate, had been made public in +England. With reference to that circumstance, he writes + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “I am filled with concern to hear that my sermon has been + reprinted in England. It was intended to be purely private, + and I sent some copies to be distributed privately. It will + be fine game for the reviewers: well, I must be content. + No man ever less sought publicity, or was less fitted for + the trials connected with it. I have been led from one step + to another, and it is singular that those with whom I have + felt most closely united, have seemed least to rejoice in + my advancement from time to time. I have acquainted you + with some of my experience in the school of authority; and + it has made me desire retirement more than ever; yet how I + shall leave this country, except ill-health compel me, I + know not.” + +It must not be omitted to mention, that with the administration +of the diocese of Calcutta, during this vacancy of the see, was +connected a more active attention to the operations of the Society +for Propagating the Gospel, and of the Society for Promoting +Christian Knowledge, than the Archdeacon had before felt called +upon to give. To this was added an occasional correspondence +with the English functionaries of those Societies. The following +communication addressed to the secretary of the Society for +Promoting Christian Knowledge, will not be read without interest:-- + + “Calcutta, Sep. 15, 1827. + + “I had yesterday the honour to receive your letter of March + 1st., and beg to offer my best thanks to the venerable + Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, for its + acceptance of my offers of service, and to yourself for the + obliging manner in which your communication is conveyed. + On the subject of the Native schools, I would respectfully + call your attention to the condition on which I proposed to + transfer the funds to the Society for Promoting Christian + Knowledge; viz. “if the Society for Promoting Christian + Knowledge send out no more Missionaries.” It is with + reference to the superintendence alone any difficulty can + arise. My humble opinion is, that all the Societies in the + Establishment should strive together in the good cause, + and each support as many schools as it can, each at the + same time supplying superintendence for its own schools. + In this way all classes who support our Establishment + will be induced to lend their aid; and it is agreeable to + the constitution of human nature, and not contrary to the + gospel, that each Society should labour to support its own + schools whilst it rejoices in the prosperity of all. The + superintendents being amenable to one Society, whilst the + expenses of the schools are supplied by another, has led, + I must say, to less exertion, and a less strict economy + than would otherwise have been the case; and as in the case + of the Rev. Mr. D’Mello at Howrah, some of his schools + being supported by the Society for the Propagation of the + Gospel, whilst others of them are supported by the Society + for Promoting Christian Knowledge, causes a perplexity + in our proceedings, which the public will not take the + trouble to understand. My purpose, however, in writing now + is not to oppose but merely to put you in possession of + the true state of things here, and my earnest endeavours + shall be directed in conjunction with the other friends + of the Society here, to promote its interests and uphold + the credit it has justly acquired by its long and most + beneficial labours in the cause of pure and undefiled + religion. In its English department it is unrivalled, and + the edification afforded by its lending libraries in this + country cannot be expressed in adequate language. + + “There is a circumstance connected with the support of + native schools which has not been prominently brought + forward; viz. the providing of school-books. This is a + source of considerable expense, but without incurring it, + schools are utterly inefficient. The school-book Society + supplies its books to religious Societies at half-price; + these are mostly of a mere elementary character, but + necessary in their place. Besides these, our Diocesan + Committee printed an edition of the discourses, miracles, + and parables of our blessed Saviour, which has long been + expended. The Diocesan Committee’s National schools + have been supplied from time to time with copies both + of the whole New Testament, and of the Gospels and Acts + separately, by the Calcutta Auxiliary Bible Society, and + with copies of a catechism on the evidences and leading + doctrines of Christianity, and of Watts’ catechism, and of + dialogues on the events related in the book of Genesis, by + a Mr. Ellerton, from the press of the Church Missionary + Society (all gratis,) in Bengalee. Last week at a meeting + of the Diocesan Committee’s Society for the Propagation + of the Gospel, I submitted to the meeting the necessity + of printing the books most sought after by the Natives, + after the gospels, viz. Watts’s Catechism and Ellerton’s + dialogues, at the press of Bishop’s College. A question + then arose, at whose expense should they be printed, the + Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, or the Society + for the Propagation of the Gospel? and this question is + to be discussed next quarterly meeting. In the meantime + the schools will be supplied from the former sources. The + Rev. Mr. Tweddle has been resident since June last in the + Society’s house, connected with the Russypuglah circle + of schools, and is greatly encouraged by the attention + which many of the adult population pay to the subject of + Christianity. Several have professed their desire to be + baptized, but he delays a little to prove their sincerity + and impart further instruction. In that neighbourhood the + desire for schools is very urgent, and all, be it observed, + are willing, I might say desirous, that the Christian + Scriptures should be introduced. The objection to the + Scriptures seems chiefly among the Brahmins and Pundits, + and they counteract, without great care on the part of the + Missionary, the willingness at least of the people to know + something about the Gospel. The wise and the learned among + the Hindoos, as formerly among the Greeks, are, generally + speaking, least disposed to attend to the things which + belong to their peace. To the poor the gospel is preached, + and they will receive it; and as a wealthy native lately + observed to me respecting native female education, ‘We + shall soon be obliged to teach our daughters letters, for + all the poor are becoming more knowing than the rich:’ so + the superiority of character which Christianity produces + in the poor will force the rich to reflect on their ways. + Till then, we shall have to struggle with scanty funds and + poor converts; and how long that may be, God only knows, + but in due time we “shall reap if we faint not.” If you + will have your schools prosper, and produce the fruits + of righteousness, pray send Missionaries; but allow me + to say, other kind of men are wanted here, than would + suit well enough for North America. We want, besides + good character, activity, aptness to learn languages, + and to impart instruction. A Missionary who should come + here merely to impart instruction in English would only + waste his Society’s money, disappoint the expectations of + those who sent him, and expose the ministerial character + to contempt. The natives can perceive, and do admire the + disinterestedness of a man, who can be content with + little, whilst he spends his strength in native labours; + but a clergyman living among a few Europeans at an + out-station, without other employment, would be liable to + be considered as on some account or other disgraced; like + some who have been dismissed the service of government with + a pittance to subsist on. + + “I might perhaps have omitted to write now, as we have + heard of the appointment of a Bishop; but I am anxious to + afford to those who, like yourself, take an interest in the + Church in India, information respecting the true state of + our affairs. The reviewer of the church in India notices + the many applications to Bishop Heber for Missionaries; and + as an indication of improved feeling among Europeans here, + it is a most gratifying fact; but if it should lead any to + offer himself as a Missionary under the idea that English + services were the chief thing required, and this idea + should not be corrected by those who send him forth, the + effect would be to misapply missionary-funds, and to fill + India with a poor clergy to the saving of a rich Government. + + “Accept, I pray, my unfeigned apology for any thing I have + written which may appear irrelevant or uncalled for. As + far as I know myself, my only desire is to promote the + interests of the Established Church in these lands. I shall + not again intrude myself on your attention; and at the age + of fifty, in a climate like this, and after twenty-one + years service, cannot expect to be of much use to a cause, + the prosperity of which constitutes my chief joy.” + + + [119] Rev. Josiah Torriano, Vicar of + Stansted-Mount-fitchet, Essex, formerly Chaplain to + the E. I. C. + + [120] A school-book written in Hindoostanee, by Archdeacon + Corrie. + + [121] A full account of this part of Hindoostan, with + views of the scenery, is contained in “the Himalaya + Tourist,” edited by E. Roberts. + + [122] The mountain-pass at Hurdwar, the entrance to the + Dhoon. + + [123] Near Stamford. + + [124] General G. fell at the commencement of the Nepaul + war, in an heroic assault on the fort of Kalunga, on + the 30th of October 1814. + + [125] Edward A. Newton, Esq. now of Pittsfield, + Massachusetts, U.S. + + [126] A horse soldier. + + [127] Bhurtpore was taken by storm on the 18th of January, + 1826; and peace was concluded with Ava towards the + end of the same month. + + [128] An account of the proceedings on that sorrowful + occasion is given in an Appendix to the Life of + Bishop Heber. + + [129] The address is given at length in the Missionary + Register for 1827, pp. 489, &c. + + [130] “Lift up thine eyes round about and see, all they + gather themselves together, they come to thee; thy + sons shall come from far, and thy daughters shall + be nursed at thy side. Then thou shalt see, and + flow together, and thine heart shall fear, and be + enlarged; because the abundance of the sea shall + be converted unto thee, the forces of the Gentiles + shall come unto thee.” + + [131] The following literal translation of this hymn is + given by the Archdeacon in his memoir of Abdool:-- + + Beloved Saviour, let not me + In thy kind heart forgotten be! + Of all that deck the field or bower, + Thou art the sweetest, fairest flower! + + Youth’s morn has fled, old age comes on; + But sin distracts my soul alone; + Beloved Saviour, let not me + In thy kind heart, forgotten be! + + See Missionary Register, 1827, p. 453. + + + [132] Ibid. p. 449-453. + + + + + CHAPTER XVI. + + ARRIVAL OF BISHOP JAMES--CONSECRATION OF THE BISHOP’S + COLLEGE--DEATH OF BISHOP JAMES--VISIT TO THE UPPER PROVINCES. + + +Although Dr. James was consecrated Bishop of Calcutta on the 3rd +June, 1827, yet intelligence of his appointment to that See, did not +reach Calcutta till toward the close of the year. In the meanwhile +questions and difficulties had arisen, which the authority of a +Commissary was not sufficiently recognised to settle, and the letters +of the Archdeacon contain, in consequence, many expressions of +anxiety for the arrival of the Diocesan. To his brother he writes:-- + + “I have sent home several folios of late about Missions + and other matters: some private to Mr. Sherer, some to Mr. + Bickersteth. If you have any curiosity about such matters, + you may gratify it by referring to those sources; for I am + weary of the subject, though it is getting every day more + perplexing, and deserving of more attention.” + +The domestic affairs of the Archdeacon were, also, a source of trial; +for the health of his children (especially that of the eldest,) had +of late been gradually suffering from the climate, until it became +necessary to arrange for sending them to England, accompanied by +their mother. In the prospect of this separation from his family, he +writes + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “Nov. 12, 1827. + + “Altogether, we concluded that it was the will of God that + they should proceed to England. Wherein we have decided + amiss, the Lord pardon us; for I am painfully certain + that not every movement that comes recommended by fair + appearances, is from above, but often to prove whether we + trust God or not.” + +And after the day of actual separation had arrived the Archdeacon +writes + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “Calcutta, Dec. 14, 1827. + + “The ship which carries this, sails at the same time + with the ‘Duke of Lancaster,’ which carries my earthly + treasures. I try to think of my children as going to + school, and their Mother going to take care of them. This, + in our circumstances, is duty; but I have known no trial + to be compared to it, except parting with Mary, when I + went the first time to embark at Portsmouth. I cannot, in + sober thought, bring myself to resolve on following them; + but much may arise to render it proper, if not necessary: + and as I made no positive resolve on leaving home about + returning, I make none now about remaining here. When our + infants were called away, their Mother and others in their + stead were left. Now all are going; but there is hope, in + every sense, of meeting again. I feel too proud, I fear, of + my children, as most parents perhaps do. Their Mother and + I have enjoyed as much of happiness, as earth affords; and + remembrance of happiness only will follow her: whether ever + to be renewed, He only knows certainly who is engaged to + make all things work together for our good.” + +The time was now approaching when the Archdeacon was to be relieved +from his duties as Commissary, for within a month of the date of the +preceding letter, he writes + + + TO HIS WIFE. + + “January 21, 1828. + + “The Bishop is at length arrived. He was installed + yesterday. On Monday the report of the ‘Mary Anne’s’ + arrival reached us; on Friday [Jan. 17,] we went down, + Messrs. Eales, Abbott, Mill, Cracraft, Prinsep (the + younger.) We found the ship at Culpee, near to where we met + Bishop Heber. Bishop James resembles him much in appearance + and manner. He is evidently of a kind disposition, and for + my own part, I have much reason to be satisfied with my + reception. + + “I have not ascertained any of the Bishop’s plans, nor + perhaps has he yet settled any. I mentioned the residence + in the Upper Provinces, but he did not think the Archdeacon + could be spared from Calcutta, on account of the frequent + absence of the Bishop.” + +The bishop, however, expressed a wish that, subject to his own +instructions, his correspondence with the Chaplains and the +Government, should be carried on by the Archdeacon, but it does not +appear that any plan to that effect was settled. As regarded himself, +the Archdeacon occupied his comparative freedom from public business, +in assisting the chaplains in their clerical duties, in finishing the +translation of the Prayer-book and the Homilies into Hindoostanee, +and in superintending a translation of the Prayer-book into Persian +by Mr. da Costa. These were all afterwards printed, either by, or by +the aid of, the Prayer-book and Homily Society. With reference to +these occupations, the Archdeacon writes + + + TO HIS WIFE. + + “Feb. 12, 1828. + + “I have been officiating at Howrah, and the same sermon + enabled me to assist Goode; so that I have not been idle, + and am much the better for it.” + +And again:-- + + “I know not what C. has taken [to England] for you: I + told him to take you a copy of the translations of the + Common Prayer. I send three copies, by this ship, to the + Prayer Book and Homily Society. It is found fault with, as + Martyn’s Testament was; but I care little, as time will + bring to light the labours I have gone through; and those + who can improve it may.” + +He adds-- + + “I have been much moved by the affection of the + Hindoostanee congregation for John Adlington. He has always + been more disposed to suffer in silence, than to complain; + yet after some time the Native Christians became so + attached to him on account of his ministrations, that one + day, on going to Church, he found a _punkah_[133] hung up + for him. The place for the Communion table being bare, one + begged to be allowed to place a mat on it. Another placed + a carpet, where John stood to minister; and lately one + came and said, he had been so comforted at the Communion, + that he begged to be allowed to present a silver cup, and + wished to know what shape John would have it made in. + These are genuine expressions of Christian Native feeling, + beyond what has appeared here; for Bowley is a great + disciplinarian, and his people are more under awe than + John’s flock. These facts the Hindoostanee Homilies brought + to my mind; for the translation is now read to the people.” + +It has now to be observed, that as the frequent correspondence which +the Archdeacon maintained with his wife, during the time that she +was absent from India, affords a kind of Journal of the writer’s own +feelings, and of such occurrences as passed under his notice, little +more for the present is necessary than to subjoin extracts from his +letters to her. Thus, under date of April 7th, he writes:-- + + “I should tell you that Mr. Deerr had a most interesting + occasion last week, at Culna; he has baptized five persons + there, and another offered himself. The new Christians + begged the baptism might take place in their quarter of + the large spreading town. No appropriate building being + available, Mr. Deerr had a table set under a tree, in a + large Mango grove; the table covered with ‘a fair linen + cloth,’ and on it a marble basin full of pure water. + The Christians sung a hymn. About one hundred and fifty + assembled. Mr. Deerr preached from “Hallowed be thy name.” + All were hushed in silent attention; not a sound besides + Mr. Deerr’s voice, except the gentle sighing of the breeze + among the branches. Mr. Deerr hopes a good impression was + made. A little circumstance characteristic of the people + must be added: after the service, an old woman came up to + Mr. Deerr full of bustle, ‘Sir,’ said she ‘one of your + Christians owes me money, command him to pay me.’ Mr. Deerr + said this was not a suitable time for such business. ‘Sir,’ + replied she, ‘if I am not heard in so holy an assembly, + where shall I get justice?’” + +It might seem an unkindness to his memory to keep back another +portion of the same letter, illustrative as it is (with many other +extracts that might be given) of that enduring strength of natural +affection, with which the subject of these Memoirs was so peculiarly +imbued. + + “This is a day, on several accounts, to be remembered by + us. It is your birth-day; it is also close on my own. It is + a day long to be remembered, too, for the sorrow we were + visited with ten years ago; when our John was removed from + this scene of trial, to behold his Father’s face in heaven. + It is fit that we should call these things to remembrance; + whilst deep humiliation becomes us, before Him who has been + about our path all our days. We have much, also, to praise + him for, both as it respects the past, and the present. I + think of you now as about the Channel, approaching your + desired haven. How the weather may have proved, and what + the society on board ship, and whether my children have + escaped all accidents, and how your health has been? These + are anxious questions [to which] I must wait some months + for an answer. To what, also, may await you in England. ‘Is + my father yet alive,’ the ‘old man’ to whom we all owe so + much? But why perplex myself on these accounts? I could not + but observe yesterday, how blessed is the appointment, that + time alleviates the feeling of loss. What agonies did we + endure, when our John was taken away? Of Emily, I confess, + I think less, because I knew her not as you did; but now + it seems well, that they are safely lodged in the Lamb’s + bosom, and it would be unkind to wish them back. O may our + two remaining loves hear the Saviour’s voice, and in their + early youth, know the love and kindness of His heart!” + +The Archdeacon afterwards forwarded to his wife, the following +memorandum:-- + + “Calcutta, Thursday, April 10, 1828. + + “This day completes my fifty-first year. The last year + has proved very eventful in several respects. The change + in my circumstances by the departure to England of + my wife and children, is great and painful beyond my + expectation, though I anticipated painful things. The + change in the circumstances of the Church Mission, by + the sickness of several, and the defection of others, is + painful to a degree. A blight seems to have come over + my temporal prospects; and much reason is there for + self-examination, as to why I am thus: but I need not go + far, nor search long. To my own soul, at least, the cause + is so obvious as to silence all complaints. If these be + not for my individual sin, yet my sins deserve much more + of mortification and shame. In company, vain words and + compliances leave a sense of sin that would drive me + to solitude: solitude cannot be improved without the + grace of solitude. Indolence, preference of amusement to + profit, want of delight in the Scriptures; in public and + in private, in the pulpit and in the closet, in capacity + to benefit myself or others, is brought more power fully + home to me, as I advance in life. And will it ever be + otherwise? And how can I meet death in this state? I know + theoretically the fulness, freeness and sufficiency of the + Saviour’s grace, but am I a partaker therein? I can think + of my beloved family without exertion, and follow the + intimations of my wife’s will, though she be far removed + from the knowledge of what I do, or power of contradicting + me; were the love of the Saviour as really in me, would it + not operate in the same way with reference to His will? I + know it would; and pray to be kept from self-deceiving. O, + may I take no rest until I have the evidence of that faith + in me which worketh by love, and overcomes the world, the + flesh and the Devil! I resolve that thus it shall be, the + Lord being my helper.’ Amen.” + +In a subsequent letter the Archdeacon writes to his wife:-- + + “I have been very busy since I last wrote. A poor creature + who killed his wife in a fit of jealousy, sent for me last + week; and I visited him several times before the day, and + on the morning of his execution. My dreams for several + nights were of prisoners and fettered captives, imploring + help. The man was a native of Dacca, a Native christian, + spoke English with considerable fluency, and had acquired, + from attending on Michael Rosario, a considerable knowledge + of Scripture: and had not his awful crime called for more + pungent sorrow than he exhibited, he might have passed out + of life with a good name for christian knowledge. To his + own master he hath given an account. The day after this + poor creature left the world, I was startled by a note from + G. saying, ‘_his brother was indeed gone_!’ We had heard, + of his (the aid-de-camp) illness, but had no idea he was + in danger: but so it has come to pass. That finely-formed + youth, who was, perhaps, too proud of the personal + advantages God had given him, was seized with fever, + and sunk under the effects, [of it] in a few days, aged + twenty-one! Poor R. G. when he found his brother was in + danger, spoke to him of the Saviour: and the dying youth, + it seems, poured out a prayer, that, for Christ’s merits, + he might find a place in His kingdom. ‘And this,’ says R. + G. ‘is the only ray of light that this dark dispensation + affords.’” + +The following letter records an interesting passage in the history of +Bishop’s College, Calcutta. + + “May 16, 1828. + + “Yesterday was Ascension day, and it was a ‘high day’ + at Bishop’s College. The consecration of the chapel and + burial-ground took place. All the clergy were invited + by advertisement. The Bishop said that he should be at + the Ghaut,[134] opposite the College, at five o’clock in + the morning. I left home, therefore, at four: Latham and + Adlington went with me. We arrived first; and as the Bishop + had said that his coach would be full, we took advantage of + a dingy,[135] and passed over before him,--but there was + no meeting, or any reception at the Ghaut. We mustered at + Mill’s; and from thence proceeded to the place appointed + for a burying-ground. M. had prepared a shepherd’s crook, + gilt, with an ornamented staff; and this was carried before + us, by a Native christian from Madras, with a coat of + crimson colour, such as you know they wear on the coast. + We then assembled in the anti-chapel of the chapel, and + the Consecration service began; the gilded crook being + carried before us, up to the Communion-table. The ceremony + was then gone through, and M. preached the Sermon from + Malachi i. 2. ‘From the rising of the sun even until the + going down of the same, my name shall be great among the + Gentiles, &c.’ In the conclusion, he quoted part of the + prayer used by Bishop Middleton, on laying the first stone; + and pointed to his monument on the wall. I was, perhaps, + the only person present besides himself, who had taken part + in that ceremony. Mr. Schmidt, the Old Church organist, + had been engaged, with his three school-singing boys, and + also a finger organ for the occasion. They chaunted ‘The + _Venite_,’ ‘_Te Deum_,’ ‘_Jubilate_,’ and sang an Ascension + hymn before Communion, and after Communion, an anthem from + the eighth Psalm. The Armenian deacon was present in his + festival robes, which were of yellow stuff, with a collar + worn as our scarf, figured with large crosses embossed. The + Bishop provided a breakfast in the hall, to which forty + persons sat down. + + “May 18th. We are just returned from the Cathedral, W. and + J. Adlington were ordained priests. Henderson preached the + sermon. Dear John, as pale as death; but he got through + without distress. When we commenced the Communion Service, + and I was reading the prayers for the Church militant, the + remembrance of the last ordinations, and of the beloved + Bishop Heber, came so strongly upon me, that I could + scarcely give utterance to the expression of thanks for + those departed in the faith and fear of God our Saviour: I, + however, got through. The whole congregation were kept the + whole time, but only Mrs. James, and Miss O. communicated, + besides the clergy.” + +In the letters which Archdeacon Corrie wrote about this time, he +frequently mentions the failing health of Bishop James. Thus he +writes in a communication, dated + + “Calcutta, June 30, 1828. + + “The Bishop left this place last week, [for the Upper + Provinces.] He continued very ill past Chinsurah. He has + constituted me his commissary for this Archdeaconry, and + the other Archdeacons for their’s respectively; and so + devolved everything upon us, reserving only the power of + interfering when he pleases; and that before any definitive + sentence shall be passed, reference shall be made to him. + Had the former Bishops done this, they might both, perhaps, + have been alive still; and had not the present Bishop + their fate before him, he might not have thought of such a + measure; and if there be a real necessity for it, as to a + considerable extent there is, there should be more Indian + Bishops.” + +This deputing of the administration of a portion of the diocese +to the Archdeacon, necessarily increased his occupations; yet his +correspondence intimates that he neither declined to perform ordinary +clerical duty as occasion served, nor to attend to affairs of +missions. Scarcely a month however had elapsed, ere increased illness +obliged the Bishop to return to Calcutta; and so seriously unwell +was he on reaching that place, that it was not considered advisable +for him to land. Respecting the Bishop’s state of health, Archdeacon +Corrie writes, + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “Calcutta, August 8, 1828. + + “Bishop James has been, and now is, at death’s door, from + liver complaint. He was affected with it in England, and + this climate has excited the disease, almost to death, if + indeed he survive. He has sent in his resignation of the + bishoprick, and is gone to New Anchorage to embark on board + the Huntley, for Penang. He told me that his plan is, to + stay awhile at Penang, and go from thence to Bombay, and, + if possible, to New South Wales, and so to England. Thus we + are again without a Bishop, although he will be nominally + so, whilst he remains within the Company’s territories.” + +With reference to missions, the Archdeacon adds:-- + + “A blessing is vouchsafed to Deerr’s labours, beyond + most. He has lately baptized eleven persons, viz. five at + Burdwan, and six at Culna. Our Report exhibits sixty added + to the Church; and since May 1st, fifteen more. Simon, one + of my school-boys, has resigned a salary of eighty rupees + a month, to engage (unsolicited) in Missionary work. Thus, + among many discouragements the gospel grows among us.” + +During the ensuing month the Archdeacon had occasion to visit some of +the stations on the river; and observes in a memorandum: dated + + “Fultah, Sep. 18, 1828. + + “By unexpected circumstances I find myself here, just + twenty-two years since passing a day here on my [first] + arrival in India. How altered for the worse is this place! + How many changes have I seen since then! How altered in + contrast, are my circumstances! A stranger then, wandering, + friendless, and in my own apprehension, poor; for I + understood in England, my salary would be three hundred + pounds a year, and was warned that it would supply no + superfluities. Though this was a mistake as to sterling + amount, and there was something, I apprehend, of a pious + fraud used, to prevent my taking the appointment from + temporal motives;--though I have enjoyed much beyond what + was then contemplated by friends or myself, yet I am still + poor; though, blessed be God, neither friendless, nor + without a certain object in life. When I say poor, I mean + in worldly reckoning, for I am rich, in not caring for + riches. I have long seen that they add neither to personal + worth, nor public usefulness; except as used with a single + eye, to the grace and goodness of God in granting them. As + to objects, I now see what is practicable, in reference to + the spread of the gospel in the land, which I was utterly + ignorant of when I came here in 1806; and what reason for + thanksgiving to God is there, that times and circumstances + are so much more favourable now! Then all was untried and + uncertain to a great degree; now the work of Missions is + better understood; success has been in many instances + granted to it, and the duty and probability of success of + the work made, in a considerable degree, manifest.” + +At the time the foregoing remarks were penned, the Church in India +had been again deprived of her chief pastor, by death; although the +intelligence of Bishop James’ decease did not reach Calcutta until +the 17th of Oct. In apprising Mrs. Corrie of that mournful event, and +of his preaching the Bishop’s funeral sermon, in the cathedral on +Sunday morning, Oct. 19, the Archdeacon writes:-- + + “I took for a text Job xxx. 23, [“I know that thou wilt + bring me to death, and to the house appointed for all + living.”] I offered-- + + “I. Some reflections on our situation in the world. As + rational creatures, we are subject to a law which we + have broken, in consequence of which death reigns. But a + reprieve is proclaimed, and an offer of escape from the + second death made by Jesus Christ. + + “II. Christianity can render the prospect of death and the + grave, comfortable--‘a house,’ ‘a home.’ + + “III. But it is by self-application that it does so; “_I + know_ that thou wilt bring me to death.” + + “IV. And by a determination to live under the influence of + the self-application. “_I know_,” is experimental, not mere + theory. + + “Application, 1st. Let every instance of mortality around + us, lead us to set our house in order; thus we shall be + growing in capacity for the enjoyments and employments of + heaven. Nor can our conduct, in this respect, fail to have + a powerful influence on our general character, as members + of society. He who thinks not of death, and of preparation + for it, cannot set an example of religious living to + others. He who wilfully postpones the subject, will shun + solitude; the concerns of a future state will be, as much + as possible, kept out of sight, and temporal considerations + will be all in all. + + “Finally, with reference to the occasion of my appearing + in this place to-day, to men who live not under the + impression of death and the grave, the removal of one after + another, of the chief pastors of the Church, will appear + in no other light, than the removal of secular persons. + The improvement in the religious condition of our own + community being suspended, and the consequent influence + such improvements might have had on the immortal interests + of the natives, among whom we dwell, being interrupted, and + to a considerable extent postponed,--these will not enter + into the consideration of those, who value not Christianity + as the only ground of a sinner’s hope; the only guide of + his judgment and practice. How many of our countrymen + now proceeding in an irreligious course, might, by the + example, and the exertion of great attainments put forth + in the service of religion, aided by the influence of high + station, have been turned to a life of righteousness! How + many of the youth, among our countrymen at our stations, + exposed to every wind of temptation, with scarcely any + controlling influence, might by such exertions, and such + influence, have been saved from premature death, and + rendered heirs of everlasting life! These and similar + considerations, will not enter into the calculations of + men who live only for the present world. True Christians, + however, whilst they sympathise with bereaved relations and + friends, mourn chiefly the loss of the immortal interest + of mankind, involved in these, seemingly premature, + bereavements. They will pray that surviving ministers may + be enabled to redouble their diligence and zeal; as their + work is no less, and their disadvantages greater. They + will pray that the Lord of the harvest may send suitable + labourers into the great and important field of labour; + and then, whatever may be the result as to others, our + own enjoyments will be heightened, by conscious attention + to the duties which present circumstances call us to; and + we shall be kept in patient continuance in well doing; + waiting for that glory, honour, and immortality, which the + Lord, the righteous judge, will give to all who love his + appearing.” + +By the premature death of Bishop James, the administration of the +diocese of Calcutta devolved for the second time on Archdeacon +Corrie; and it could scarcely be supposed, but that the increased +demands on his time which these changes brought with them, would +to some extent debar him from corresponding so frequently with his +friends, as he might formerly have been able to do. We find him, +therefore, now observing to his valued friend, the + + + REV. J. BUCKWORTH. + + “Among the causes of my not writing to you, one is, + that much of what I write home is published, so that + you know generally what I am about. This circumstance, + also, has contributed to the difficulty I often find in + writing to friends. The publication of my letters has + at times occasioned me great uneasiness, chiefly on my + own account. You cannot but know how little qualified I + am for the public sphere unto which I have been called. + You know, also, how little in early life I intended it; + and, I can truly say, I have never desired it, and now + greatly wish for the shade, my proper place. Another + cause of my unfrequent correspondence is, the wearisome, + inward conflict I endure, with little or no intermission. + I travel, indeed, heavily on the heavenly way. Few, I + think, can be burdened as I am with the body of sin and + death. My views of the plan of salvation have been clear, + I apprehend, from the early part of my course; and I may + thank you, in no small degree for this; but every now and + then, the evil of my heart breaks out, as it were, more + inveterately than ever, and I seem ready to perish. The + text of the first sermon you preached at Stoke, is my + stronghold at this time, Psalm xxv. 11, “For thy name’s + sake, O Lord, pardon my iniquity; for it is great.” It + needs infinite mercy, and infinite merit; and _both_ are + manifested in Christ Jesus.... These interruptions, and the + differences which have arisen amongst the religious public + with you, make me fear the latter day glory is not to be + revealed so soon as once was generally apprehended. I see + no reason to differ from Scott’s general view of Scripture + truth; but I observe most of those at home, who contend so + strenuously for the personal reign [of Christ,] and those + here, who have been most dissatisfied with Missionary + matters, are high doctrinal men. Well, the counsel of + the Lord shall stand. His hand goes not forth even now + in vain: where humble men persevere in setting forth the + Saviour, as the sinner’s only hope, some are drawn to Him. + Souls are added to the Church frequently, at almost every + Missionary station; and the Word of God is taking root, up + and down this part of India. Three remarkable instances + have lately come to light, of individuals far removed + from each other, in the upper parts of the Presidency, + receiving incidentally the New Testament [translated,] + taking it home, and, after understanding the blessed + contents, calling their friends and neighbours, to hear the + Scriptures read. In one case, the man was murdered; though + it is thought for his wealth, rather than in a way of + persecution. In another case, the man was obliged through + persecution to flee from his native place, and in the + third case, as a brother of some influence in the place, + has taken a decided part in favour of the gospel, it is + hoped more good will result to the neighbourhood. But the + labourers are very, very few; and if larger salaries are + [not] to be given to Missionaries, the number must diminish + rather than increase. It seems as if we must labour more, + to raise up labourers on the spot. This has always been an + object with me; but I have had but little success. Now, + indeed, some young men, born in this country, are coming + forward to offer themselves for Missionary work. The + characters of such, in a natural point of view, are almost + always less robust than that of Englishmen. Their bodies + are generally feebler, and the mind seems to partake of the + same. They, however, assimilate more to the natives; seem + to bear with their feebleness of character, and meet the + case of the unconverted with more readiness than Englishmen + can do, from the entirely different channel in which + their ideas flow. It is, perhaps, never intended that the + Indian should equal the European in energy; and we must be + content with things as the God of nature intended them. My + attachment to the country increases, as my acquaintance + with the people, and, also, the language, becomes more + familiar. I must mention, that during the last year, and + with the help of competent assistants, I have translated + and have printed a complete copy of the Book of Common + Prayer. Every letter and tittle of the Prayer-Book is now + clothed in the Hindoostanee language, and will become + increasingly useful, as the borders of our Zion become + enlarged.”[136] + +At the beginning of November 1828, Archdeacon Corrie set out to +visit the Upper Provinces of Bengal. A Journal of his proceedings is +contained in his correspondence with his wife.[137] Thus he writes +from + + “Burdwan, Nov. 8, 1828. + + “I yesterday, at half past ten o’clock, went to Bogbonar: + Candy and Hammond went with me. I felt relieved on getting + away from Calcutta. At twelve the tide turned. I had a long + look at our sweet Cossipore abode. The Ganges is unusually + full this season, so that by the time I reached Serampore, + the tide turned again. I stopped therefore at Marshman’s, + where Mrs. J. Marshman gave me a kind welcome. + + “Bearers being procured, I set off soon after four o’clock, + for Chinsurah; but it being Kalee-poojah, they were tipsy. + At first, they shouted and joked; afterwards, getting + tired, they quarrelled, and scolded, and, amidst deafening + noise, I did not get to Herklot’s till 8 o’clock.... I + set off for Burdwan, where I arrived before ten this + morning. Deerr and his family are well. They have two fine + children, a boy, and a girl, very like each other, and the + picture of health. My mind is kept in a measure of peace. + I have begun the book of Joshua, for travelling reading. + I trust Joshua’s God is with me; and that I go on my way + according to His will. + + “Sunday, 9th. This has been a day of mixed feeling. In the + morning, I met the native Christians at family worship. + There were twenty-two present. There are two sick, and + three absent, making twenty-seven adults, besides children. + A converted Brahmin read 1 Cor. xi.; and Deerr interpreted + what observations I wished to make to them, on the Lord’s + Supper. They seemed to understand. Something also was + said to the women, on the honour conferred on them by the + gospel, in restoring them to their original state, as the + helpmeet of man, and fellow-servants of the Lord. They + seemed to understand, and were very attentive. At ten + o’clock, Divine service in English; about fifteen present. + Knowing that the Bengalee worship was waiting, I did not + prolong the English service beyond half-past eleven--got + back to the Mission-house quarter before twelve o’clock; + but the [Bengalee] worship did not commence till half-past. + After a selection from the morning prayer, and a hymn, + Deerr preached on the institution of the Lord’s Supper. I + found that three men and two women had not been instructed + with reference to the Sacrament, and at my desire they + withdrew. The Lord’s Supper was then administered to ten + men and six women; I read the prayer of consecration in + English. I then pronounced the words in Bengalee, which + I had written down in Roman characters; and gave the + bread, and Deerr the wine. The whole went off, I trust, + in an edifying manner; and, on the whole, thankfulness + prevailed.... One end of my coming was, by this means + to try some, and promote the edification of others. It + is found that being baptized merely, does not prevent + return to caste: partaking of the Lord’s Supper does. In + consequence, one tried to evade putting the bread into + his mouth; and another, on drinking of the cup, nodded + slily to another, as much as to say (in my interpretation + of his look and manner) ‘We are caught.’ This is sad: but + some are sincere beyond all doubt; and, I may be mistaken + in my judgment of others. Mrs. Deerr and her sister say + of the women, that their carelessness (as it appears + to me) is merely their shyness at the appearance of a + stranger. One thing was very pleasing, they were almost all + well-looking people; clean, and nicely dressed--and gave + me the impression of being the better sort. The two I have + mentioned as sick, are a young Brahmin and his wife. He is + upwards of six feet high, with quite the erect, independent + look and manner of the Brahmin--He is of the highest caste. + One uncle is Treasurer to the Commercial Bank; and a cousin + is the Dewan[138] of the Burdwan Rajah, at one of his + Purgunahs.[139] Notwithstanding the favourable appearances + here, it would be easy for an unfeeling man to break up the + work; and render what is doing, matter of worldly scorn. + The English around are too careless to take notice of what + is doing; and too ignorant of the ways of the people among + whom they dwell, to judge rightly. I have always been + averse to exciting too much attention in them to missionary + work, knowing how easily an ungodly man might turn it all + into ridicule. But from my inmost soul, I rejoice even in + these very imperfect beginnings--I am sure they are the + beginning of better days. + + “Nov. 20th. I am now within four coss [eight miles] of + Benares, on the Calcutta side of the Ganges, waiting for + bearers, who ought to have been waiting for me. You are + made acquainted with my intention of visiting the missions + here. I wrote to you from Burdwan on the twelfth. On that + day I went to Bancorah, and had a rainy and very tiresome + journey on account of the broken road. I received great + kindness from Dr. and Mrs. Clarke--Dr. C. laid my _dawk_, + so as to admit of my resting every night at one of the + stageing bungalows, and I am, thus far, rather refreshed + than otherwise by the journey. I am glad to have travelled + this road; for after having traversed in all directions + the valley of the Ganges, I had no idea of the varied + scenery which borders on it; on the west side, as well + as the east. About one hundred miles from Calcutta, at + Bancorah, the ground begins to rise: the range of hills + we saw at Cuttack, runs on the left hand (going upwards); + and you proceed through an uneven surface of country, + (the scenery a good deal like the Dhoon,) ascending for a + hundred miles more. Then a table-land commences, of nearly + another hundred miles, but abounding in ups and downs; + and presenting, at different points, views such as we saw + in the Himalahs; only by no means on so grand a scale.... + At about three hundred miles from Calcutta, steep ghauts + occur; and by degrees, the traveller gets to the plains you + know so well. + + “Nov. 22, 1828. I arrived about twelve o’clock on the 20th + at Secrole. On the way from a large ghaut, where I crossed + the river, a new, tall steeple, pointing to the skies, + attracted my eager eyes, as I approached Secrole. You + cannot conceive what a picture the Church is now become. + The inside enlarged by the removal of the internal wall, to + the north, and the south; and the verandah inclosed. A new + pulpit and reading-desk of really exquisite workmanship; + and the front of the organ-gallery of the same; executed, + as the whole has been, under Mr. J. P. Prinsep’s immediate + eye. A well-proportioned stone font, placed near the west + entrance; and the whole arranged with real taste and + propriety. I could fill sheets with all I see and hear. I + will only now add, that the state of this station affords a + striking comment on the sin of despising the day of small + things. I used to come, first to Wheatley’s back parlour, + and meet a few writers and artillery men. We then got an + unoccupied house, and all the station assembled; but next + week, an alarm was taken: ‘The discontented would take + advantage of our assembling, and fall upon us, and cut off + all the English together.’ General M. would no more allow + the artillery-men to attend. Thomas B. declared he would + not again venture into such a ruinous dwelling; but strange + to say the house is yet standing. We then assembled in + S’s. house, every third Sunday: and after two more years, + I ventured to circulate a proposal for building a place + of worship, out of which, by remarkable progress as you + know, has sprung the present commodious and really elegant + structure. The new Missionaries are not arrived here yet; + nor likely to be here for ten days to come. + + “Chunar, Nov. 29. To my great joy, the church is + substantially repaired, looks better than ever, and is + likely to stand a century. I yesterday had evening service: + the Church was full; not less than two hundred and fifty + people, including three officers and their families, of the + Regulars. Last Sunday I had service twice at Secrole. P. + was here. To-morrow I purpose having service twice here. + This will testify of my strength; for indeed, not being, by + my situation, called to it, I would not attempt so much, if + I suffered from it. + + “Benares, Dec. 6th. 1828. Crauford, Wilkinson, Bowley, + Eteson, and Frend have arrived; who, together with Proby, + make seven Padres: and to-day Mr. Adams, of the London + Society, and Mr. Robertson, of the same, came in. We + commenced soon after ten o’clock, and continued till after + two. We. discussed the signs of the times, with reference + to the spread of the gospel among Europeans and Natives + in India. The utility of schools where boys leave early, + and the evidences required in adults, in order to baptism. + Each spoke in turn, and, on the whole, order was kept; and + all seemed gratified. It was admitted, that the progress + of the gospel advances. Many instances were adduced of its + gaining a hold on the native public. One man, eighteen + coss from Allahabad, heard the gospel from a Missionary; + and received a copy of the New Testament. He read it at + home to his family; his neighbours also came to hear, + till the usual effects began to appear; some siding with + him, others opposing. Lately he came to Mr. Crauford, + to know what he must do. A Fakeer received a gospel, + and sent it to his village in Goruckpore district. His + brother, a Thannadar,[140] had, also, received a gospel + from Mr. Wilkinson. The two brothers now unite in reading + the Gospel, and collect their neighbours to hear. The + raising up of native teachers was also adduced: and the + power of Divine truth, in rendering aged Hindoos active + and industrious in spreading the knowledge of the gospel, + instanced in several cases. Schools were admitted to be of + incalculable value; especially as rendering the visits of + the Missionary welcome to the adults of a village; and, it + may be hoped, in preoccupying the mind with some degree + of useful knowledge; though, as yet, no direct instances + of conversion have come to light in the schools. It was + agreed, that repentance towards God, and faith in the Lord + Jesus Christ, should be required in candidates for baptism: + but it was also agreed, that the fruits of these would + appear in vast variety, and be differently judged of by + Missionaries; so that no one should judge another in the + admission of converts. In the evening, I preached in the + Church from John xvii. 20, 21. “Neither pray I for these + alone, but for them also which shall believe on me through + their word; that they all may be one, as thou, Father, art + in me, and I in thee, that they also may be one in us; that + the world may believe that thou hast sent me.” + + “December 12th. Yesterday we passed at the mission + bungalow. Mr. E. from Ghazeepoor also joined us. So that + there were eight padres. The forenoon was passed as the day + before. We discussed the influence the personal character + of a Minister is likely to have on his office; and agreed + to some resolutions on a prayer-union, as formerly set + on foot by Mr. Brown. This may prove a blessing to others + also. At dinner, much discussion arose about recording + conversations with natives on religious points; and the + general opinion was favourable to its utility. I was asked + to print my sermon, preached on Wednesday evening. If I see + any prospect of usefulness, I may do so.[141] + + “Dec. 13th, 1828. This evening, I have experienced + the greatest pleasure in Hindoostanee worship, I can + remember ever to have done. About sun-set, I rode into + the Bazaar, and saw a crowd; and on approaching, I found + the missionaries with Tryloke, raised on the steps of + a door; T. arguing with great seriousness, and perfect + calmness of manner, and the people listening attentively. + There had been levity, it seems, displayed by some of + the crowd before I came; but they were then all serious; + and T’s manner and appearance were very patriarchal. I + was much solemnized by the scene: we then adjourned to + the preaching-house. Charles prayed and read our Lord’s + discourse with the woman of Samaria, with a comment, + adding also some appropriate remarks of his own, and + ended with prayer. Kewal Messeeh, then, commenced a hymn, + in Hindoostanee; and a few joined him. The measure also + was Hindoostanee. The words, and his correct manner, + affected me much; and arrested the attention of many of + the hearers. It was to the effect of “O Jesu, Saviour, + God, shew mercy;” and then instanced several proofs of + his power; and the last verse was an exhortation to trust + in that mercy, as the only safe way of salvation. Tryloke + then read a sermon on, “There is joy in heaven over one + sinner that repenteth.” He read with animation, but towards + the conclusion of his prayer, his earnestness for his + neighbours, and especially for his own family, was very + affecting. He seemed to wrestle for a blessing upon them. + Doubtless these are the fruits of the Spirit; and God’s + presence is evidently with them. + + “Sunday evening, 14th. This forenoon, a full church at + English service. At three o’clock, p. m., Mr. Frend + read prayers in Hindoostanee, with wonderful propriety, + considering the short time he has been in the country. + His pronunciation is distinct, and he would be perfectly + understood, though some words were imperfectly expressed. + After prayers, three adult converts from Hindooism were + baptized by Mr. Bowley. The mother of one of them came in + an agony to church, and also his brother; but he refused + to forego his purpose. After church, the poor woman seemed + more resigned, saying, ‘her son was old enough to judge for + himself; and she did not know what might have moved him to + the step.’ The family live near the church. Another was a + teacher of a school; the third was brought to the faith of + Christ by means of an Indigo planter, and sent hither for + baptism. He gave his mala[142] to Mr. Eteson, saying, it + was once his treasure, ‘but now,’ said he, ‘these are my + treasures;’ referring to a Hindoostanee Prayer-book and + New Testament he had under his arm. After the baptisms, + Mr. Wilkinson preached in Hindoostanee, on the baptism + of the Eunuch. I could not but be very thankful for the + means of instruction thus supplied. I felt how much better + the people of this place were off, in respect of means of + grace, than when I resided here; and, I think, I was, from + my heart, content to sink in the scale; and that these + devoted servants of Christ should become in every way more + useful, and as ministers, more honourable; and may an + abundant blessing follow the instructions afforded here + this day!” + + “Dec. 25th, 1828. This day has been a day of thanksgiving. + At church, I preached, and administered the Sacrament of + the Supper, with Proby. Thirty-eight attended the Lord’s + Supper, of the English congregation; and I found Mr. + Eteson had above twenty communicants, at the Hindoostanee + Chapel. P. is, at times, all gloom, as if this were a day + of vengeance for Benares; and the people were filling up + their measure of wrath. I maintain, that he would be of an + opposite opinion, could he have seen the place twenty-three + years ago. I am much importuned to go to Goruckpore; and + propose leaving this to-morrow night, by _dawk_, for + that quarter. I go only five stages by bearers; and then + expect to find a buggy the rest of the way. You will + conclude, that at times, I feel anxious about who may be + the next Bishop; and you will, I know, give me the earliest + intelligence you can. The two young men last arrived + promise well; and at times, I am ready to think that means + for forwarding the kingdom of Christ are rising up around, + which may render my services of little consequence, and + then, I should think, I had better withdraw. But who shall + reckon on to-morrow? May we labour for the things which are + eternal; and whether in India or England, we shall have the + presence of the Saviour to support and comfort us! + + “Goruckpore, Dec. 29, 1828. On Sunday I preached twice for + Mr. E. In the morning, the singers sang a psalm-tune I do + not recollect to have heard since I left Colsterworth. It + reminded me strongly of early days.... The band-master was + clerk: and is a man of real piety, and more than common + propriety of manners. The singing is well conducted there. + A new church is building, on a plan supplied by Bishop + Heber; but the drain of money, caused by the Burmese war, + has caused all matters which require money, to go on very + slowly, ever since. At nine o’clock in the evening, I left + Mr. E. and came on in a palanquin towards this place. + Through the kindness of Mr. Bird and Mr. Wilkinson, I had + five relays of horses, and a buggy waiting on the road: so + by seven in the morning I mounted the gig. On the bank of + the Ganges, I found Mr. Bird in a tent, waiting for me, + with breakfast ready. We made a comfortable meal, and he + afterwards drove me through a country, finely cultivated, + to Goruckpore; where we arrived just after sun-set. + This district has been reclaimed from the forest nearly, + since the English gained possession; and a quantity of + the forest-trees remain, in scattered clumps, which give + a rich appearance to the country. It is in sight, too, of + the perpetual snows; and is seldom scorched as the plain of + the Ganges is. R. B. has a house of the best style of the + Moffusil,[143] surrounded with quite a park. + + “Tuesday, 30th. After breakfast, I set out to explore the + mission-premises here; and was much gratified indeed with + the general appearance. First, came the Christian houses, + situated close to the town; with a field of about three + acres in cultivation before them, towards the high road. + On the north side of this field stands the seminary, as + it is called. A pucka[144] building, with two lower rooms + at the north end; and over them one sleeping room. The + whole verandahed all round, with tasty pillars, in front + of the dwelling part. This forms a most comfortable abode + for a single man. In this will dwell a country lad, named + Raphael, whom I brought up from Calcutta. He seems to have + received religious benefit from Crauford’s Friday evening + catechizing, at the old Church room; and is mentioned in + the last Report of the Church Missionary Committee, as a + missionary student. He came over here with Wilkinson, from + Benares; and you will be glad to hear that both W. and R. + B. are favourably impressed with what they have as yet seen + of him. Next to the seminary, eastward, across the road, + is the Church, at present levelled with the ground. The + last year here was unusually rainy. The earth became so + saturated with rain, that all the wells were running over; + and the sandy soil becoming thus impregnated with moisture, + the foundations of the Church gave way. R. B. with his + usual decision, pulled it all down; and is now employed + in rebuilding it on piles, and on a broader foundation; + intending, also, a less ponderous roof. Behind the Church, + eastward, is the parsonage; a very pretty and commodious + building. It consists of a lower room to the west, and one + of similar dimensions to the east; with two rooms on each + side; a verandah all round, and corner rooms to each side: + a complete Indian dwelling, outhouses in abundance; and a + fine garden, kept up by the prisoners sentenced to hard + labour. The whole extent of ground is about twelve acres; + which is made over to the Mission, including the site of + the Church. I must not forget to mention a nice building, + nearly finished, intended for christian girls: and called, + in joke, ‘the nursery.’ Sarah Bowley was to have come here, + to take charge of it, but this plan is suspended, owing to + the departure of Dr. and Mrs. Clarke. Perhaps Bowley and + his daughter will come here, for the hot season; and then + the plan will proceed. All these temporal advantages, the + Mission owes to Mr. B; and it is a matter of thankfulness + that he has notice of being appointed Commissioner here, + on the new system; and will now, (if spared) in all + probability, continue here several years. + + “You will now have some idea of the external state of + this place; but cannot adequately conceive of the beauty + of the situation of this part of India. But now for the + better part. On my going into the Mission-house, all the + Christians collected, old and young; and the room was + filled. I could not speak to them all at once, and so + proposed a hymn. We sang the thirty-fourth of Bowley’s + Hindoostanee translation, and then some from Betteah were + introduced, the children of persons who had received copies + of the Gospels from me at Chunar, and which are kept now as + relics. Raphael, one of my school-boys, is major-domo of + the christian settlement; and shewed it to me with great + glee. The aged Zemindar, and several converts from Islam, + conversed for some time; and two or three Hindoo devotees + sat ‘clothed’ beside us, ‘and in their right mind.’ On + coming away, I saw one of these talking with great + earnestness to a fat Fakeer, covered with ashes; he seemed + to be repeating Scripture to him, but I did not stay to + hear, lest I should put an end to the discourse. + + “Wednesday, 31st. This morning at eight o’clock, I + assembled with the Christians at morning prayer in the + school-room. Forty-three were present; of whom about ten or + twelve were boys, of ten or twelve years of age or under; + the remainder adults, male and female. The morning Psalms + were read, in alternate verses, in Hindoostanee. The third + of St. Matthew was then read, and the latter part commented + on by Mr. W.; a hymn was first sung, I should have said, + and all concluded with prayer, by Mr. W. Thus the word of + God grows and increases. About two, p. m. I went again to + the Mission-house, and read the second Homily, and part + of the third, with the Zemindar, and an intelligent young + convert from Islam and a few others. They entered into + the subject earnestly, and much conversation arose out of + different parts of the reading. + + “January 1st. 1829. I, this morning, went on the top of the + house before sun-rise, and had a sight of a peak of the + snowy mountains. It brought strongly to my mind Masoree + Tabea, and the happy days we passed there in 1825: my heart + yearned after our sweet children, and I tried to pray for + them, that this may prove a happy year to them, and that + through all eternity we may rejoice together. We had a + New-year’s day service, with the native Christians; it was + to me, and I believe to several of them, an interesting + service; I spoke to them on life as a journey. I am almost + constantly with you in spirit; and associate you in all my + poor prayers, for mercy, and blessing. To-day news have + arrived here of various movements, seemingly propitious. + May divine grace accompany them to those concerned; and + they cannot fail to prove so! + + “17th. I have told you of all the people I met with, up to + Monghyr. On the 14th, I got to Boglipore, and walked to the + cantonments of His Majesty’s 3rd Regiment, now stationed + there. They are on the Calcutta side of the old station, + and the distance is considerable. I was rather heated, + and could only leave word with a serjeant, that I would + come up next morning to the school-house. After a while, + the school-master came to my boat, a pious young man who + received the knowledge of the truth under a Chaplain in New + South Wales. He has been the means of drawing eight others + to join in a religious society, and seems an estimable + character. Next morning, at nine o’clock, I went up and + found the commanding officer, Colonel C., at the mess-room; + and five children with parents and sponsors assembled. The + Colonel went with me to the school, where I catechised + the Protestant children, and gave each a little book. He + then went with me to the hospital, where I read prayers; + and exhorted the convalescent, about twenty or thirty + in number. The Colonel then took me, in his gig, to his + bungalow, and introduced me to his wife, and a grown-up + daughter. There was a little son also, who seemed greatly + pleased with a book I gave him. I was much pressed to stay + and dine with the mess, but I had accomplished what seemed + in my power, and declined the civility. I gave a good many + of the tracts and religious books I mentioned, as having + been brought out for me by Mr. Eteson, to the schoolmaster + for distribution. + + “Jan. 22nd. I am near Cutwa. It had been my intention to go + over to Maldah, from below Chandree; but unexpectedly this + river is still open; and the Manjee[145] said, it would + make five days difference, as to the length of the journey; + beside the delay of going over to Maldah: and I have been + long enough absent from Calcutta, at this time. I hear, + also, that the Governor General is about Maldah, shooting; + so that I should have had little comfort in the visit. At + Berhampore, I called on the D’s, Mr. Hill, and the new + Chaplain, Mr. Wintle; but remained only about three hours: + there seemed nothing to detain me. I am expecting to see + the V’s., this evening, or early to-morrow, at Krishnagur, + to call at Culna, and perhaps meet Mr. Deerr, and inspect + the schools.... My recreation is drawing to a close, for + the present, for Calcutta has never been a residence of + my choice. On the whole, my journey has yielded all the + pleasure I expected. I have kept free from colds, and + have reaped all the benefit of the change and variety.... + I have met with kindness everywhere; and seen much of a + religious nature, to encourage. From long acquaintance + with the natives, I have also derived amusement, beyond + any other time, from observing their innocent sports. But + alas! their language, even when in sport, is sadly corrupt. + However, I see more and more, how little those who do + not mix familiarly with them can know them. Their whole + conduct may be construed either seriously, or as in joke, + if necessity oblige them to conceal their real meaning. + Christian knowledge is doubtless gaining ground, wherever + Missionaries dwell. At Monghyr, Mr. M. told me that many + natives now come to hear the word regularly. Mr. Hill, at + Berhampore, told me the same. The interruption they used + to meet with seldom occurs; and many listen attentively + to the end of a discourse, instead of going out and in, + as formerly. Still, it is but ‘the day of small things;’ + and, respecting the general population, but a very few + come under the ‘joyful sound.’--I heard, at Monghyr, + of a wealthy farmer, as you would say in England, near + Sheergotty, who received a Hindoostanee New Testament, from + Mr. Bowley, in one of his journies back from Calcutta. The + man read it to his neighbours also; and other Missionaries, + who have since met with him, were delighted with the love + he shewed for the truth. This man has lately been murdered; + it is thought, on account of valuable ornaments he wore; + but the particulars are not known. These incidental + occurrences shew the value of itinerant labourers.” + + + [133] A board suspended from the ceiling, and having ropes + attached by which to swing it to and fro, for the + purpose of cooling the room. + + [134] Landing-place. + + [135] A small kind of boat. + + [136] It may here be mentioned that the Creed of St. + Athanasius, as translated in this Prayer-book, so + attracted the attention of the learned Mahomedans, + and the demand to possess it became consequently so + great, that Archdeacon Corrie was induced to have + several hundred copies of it struck off for separate + circulation. One of those persons, on applying for a + copy of the Creed, observed, “Now we know what you + Christians believe.” The Archdeacon on relating this + circumstance stated, also, that nothing could exceed + the bitter enmity against the doctrine of Christ, + which the exposition of divine truth contained in + that Creed, seemed to stir up in the Mahomedan heart. + + [137] Many particulars connected with this Journey, and + not contained in the following pages, may be seen in + the Missionary Register for 1829. + + [138] Chief Minister or agent. + + [139] A large division or district of land. + + [140] A kind of police-officer. + + [141] It does not appear that the Sermon was ever printed. + + [142] Rosary or string of beads. + + [143] Out-stations. + + [144] Brick. + + [145] Steersman. + + + + + CHAPTER XVII. + + GOVERNMENT RETRENCHMENTS--PLAN FOR A COLLEGE--DEATH OF MR. + THOMASON--ABOLITION OF SUTTEE--ARRIVAL OF BISHOP TURNER. + + +It was on the 30th of January, 1829, that the Archdeacon arrived at +Calcutta from his visitation of the Upper Provinces. He found some of +his friends preparing to leave India; and others suffering from the +effects of climate. Among the latter was Mr. Thomason, who had been +returned to India only a few months, but whose health had altogether +given way. With reference to such changes as were thus going on +around him, the Archdeacon writes + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “March 10, 1829. + + “I cannot at present see it my duty to prepare for leaving + India. It is not, as you justly say, a country to grow old + in, but my health is wonderfully renewed, and the work of + missions, instead of becoming plainer, is daily becoming + more difficult. It would appear that ease makes men more + fastidious, yet the work does prosper. Piety does, however, + appear now to be more requisite here than in New Zealand, + as you well know that men of mere worldly principles can + scarcely bring themselves to believe, that the natives of + this country need conversion. A person of these principles + going forth as a Missionary, therefore sits quietly down + among the people, and if he superintend a school or two, + thinks he does all that is practicable. + + “Conjecture tires as to who may be our next Bishop, but I + think we might have learned from the past, to ‘cease from + man.’” + +Then with reference to the measures which had, about that time, +been adopted, for the purpose of revising and curtailing the whole +expenditure of the three Presidencies of India, the Archdeacon adds:-- + + “All here are in amazement at the turning of all things + upside down, in the service; and know not what to expect. + It is concluded that something is in view with reference + to the renewal of the charter,--but what, no one can + conjecture. + + “As yet, we see not in ‘the powers that be’ anything more + favourable to true religion, than formerly. Education is + encouraged, as it has been for some years past; but, as + formerly, entirely from private funds. No hope of aid from + government is held out. The only favourable symptom that I + am aware of, is, that Mr. W. B. is to become a member of + the Committee of Public Education. He has had experience of + the ease with which Christian instruction can be imparted; + and will do all he can to improve the present system.” + +Soon after the date of this letter, the Archdeacon again alludes to +the state of public affairs in a letter + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “At present there is great uneasiness throughout every part + of the community. The whole system of civil administration + in the upper branches, is changed, and the most lucrative + appointments cut off. The same duties are performed by the + same men in another manner, and on reduced emoluments. The + army has been reduced two companies in each Regiment, by + which a crowd of young men are made supernumeraries; and + the pay at some places is reduced, which it is thought + is only a prelude to its being reduced generally. Among + the natives great alarm has been occasioned by an enquiry + set on foot respecting all _lakhrage_ lands, not hitherto + rated in the Government books. These consist of religious + endowments and lands granted by former Governments for + services done to the state. These, in some cases, have + been resumed, and no holder of such estate is certain of + retaining it. In the public offices many clerks have been + dismissed, and by the civil arrangements above alluded + to, very many are thrown out of employment. So that no + one of any class or condition is satisfied; and some + parts of the army are all but in a state of mutiny. The + most sober-minded I know of, think the making all these + changes together, injudicious. The necessity of economy is + the reason assigned for all this, but surely the splendid + entertainments given by the Court of Directors in London, + look not much like a necessity for taking from the mere + subsistence of subaltern officers. I try to be silent and + to wait the end. Certainly the personal character of our + rulers seemed to [promise] us brighter prospects as to + the encouragement to be afforded to Christian plans and + improvement. But no--they give liberally of their own + substance to Societies, but not a rupee, or a smile of + approbation must come from Government; so that the “system + of Mendicancy” must continue some time longer.” + +With reference to the same subject, the Archdeacon writes:-- + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “Aug. 16, 1829. + + “A thirst for learning English has discovered itself all + over the country; which no doubt, looks hopefully, as to + improvement. It is dispiriting, however, that we have so + few Missionaries, and next, that the Government shut their + eyes more obstinately than ever against every thing in the + shape of Christian knowledge. In answer to an application + for aid to a school at Meerut, in which Mahomedans, Hindoos + and Christians are taught together, it was said, that + it would not be right to appropriate funds intended for + native education to instruct children of Europeans, i. e. + Indo-Britons. And I have been applied to for an opinion + about the removal of the Chaplain from Howrah, it not being + right, Government thinks, to supply from funds raised from + natives, a religious establishment for Europeans, except + for the Company’s servants. I am endeavouring, with no + little anxiety, you will suppose, to combat this view of + things, and have been much assisted in the matter by W. B. + who is a near neighbour. I wish you were nearer London, + to speak a word to some of your old friends, now in the + Direction, to get a distinct recognition of the right of + native Christians, including country-born, to a share in + the public measures for the improvement of the country. + I have written to P. and shall write to Mr. A. to ask + it, as he may, of Lord E. and the Board of Control. I am + hopeless, yet the abstract right of the claim might gain + a hearing where personal interest is out of the way; and + the Government has always acted on the principle that the + country-born should share.” + +Yet this settled determination on the part of the Indian Government, +to leave Christianity and Christian education to shift for +themselves, had not the effect of slackening Archdeacon Corrie’s +exertions to secure by private aid, some of those advantages for the +Christian population, which he had solicited in vain from public +resources. Two months anterior to the date of the foregoing letter, +he had put into circulation in Calcutta, the outline of a plan +for establishing in that city an Institution, which should aim at +promoting the interests of true religion in connection with large and +liberal education. + +In forwarding a copy of this outline, he writes:-- + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “Calcutta, August 19, 1829. + + “By the enclosed, you will see what has been occupying + me, in part, for some time. The class of Indo-Britons, + or East-Indians, as they begin to call themselves, is + increasing very fast. Besides the number in charity + schools, there are not less than five hundred in boarding + schools, in this place. Not above one hundred perhaps can + pay, so as to remunerate the masters; yet they are all + descendants of gentlemen. Hitherto they have generally + been idle, and dissipated; possessing all the vices of + both father and mother, without any of the redeeming + points in either. You will conclude there have always been + exceptions. But, within these fifteen years, a change + has been going on; and a great improvement is becoming + visible among that class. Yet they have hitherto had no + bond of union, and stand separate from all established + order. The Dissenters, being more on a level with them + in most respects, and really exerting themselves for the + improvement of this class, would gain the majority of + them ere long. I hope, if we can bring the plan of the + Prospectus to bear, we may succeed in establishing a + connecting link between the Church of England, and these + really Colonists. The lower branch, or a Grammar-school, + is first to be attempted; about twenty thousand rupees are + set down, in shares and donations; and with a like sum in + addition, we shall be able to make a beginning. A master + will be wanted from England. We could, I think give him + £500 a year, and a house, worth here on the lowest scale + £250 more; with a per-centage on any profits that might + arise.... We have a good deal to contend with: first, our + Governor-general, to my great dismay, has all but avowed + that the improvement of the Christian part of the Indian + community is no part of his duty. Next, a most extensive + forgery of Government-bonds has been discovered. Three + hundred thousand pounds, it is said, is not the whole + extent of it. Many who deal in the funds, find they have + bought forged bonds; consequently it is not a good time for + subscriptions. And last, not least, Liberalism prevails + here too, as in England; and will neither do good itself, + nor agree to any scheme proposed by others, if religion be + included. But we must do what we can. O! my heart sickens + at the proceedings of Parliament; and I feel resigned, at + times, to give my bones to India, England being no longer + the land of attraction it was. Another discouragement + to the scheme inclosed is, that it has been declared to + be opposed to Bishop’s College; whereas it will prove a + powerful auxiliary, by supplying youths whose abilities and + dispositions have been tried as students, and candidates + for Missionary work. I am just now, also, much occupied + with a correspondence with Government, on the subject of + supplying religious instruction to Christians not in the + immediate service of Government. I hold that they ought to + be supplied. The correspondence, I expect, will be referred + home. But who cares for religion in high places at home? + and what can the Archbishop do, his office being so little + set by?” + +It remains now to subjoin an outline of the Archdeacon’s views, +respecting such a liberal education on Christian principles as, in +his judgment, was calculated to meet the anomalies and exigencies of +the several classes of British subjects in our vast Eastern empire. +He proposed, then, + + “That a College should be founded in Calcutta, in which, + whilst the various branches of Literature and Science + should be made the subjects of instruction, an essential + part of the system should be, to imbue the minds of the + youths with a knowledge of the Doctrines and Duties of + Christianity. + + “That this College should be, in every way, conformable to + the United Church of England and Ireland. But as there are + also many in this land who are not members of that Church, + and who are at present completely excluded from the means + of bestowing upon their children a liberal education, it + was further proposed that persons of all persuasions should + be permitted to attend the various classes in the projected + seminary, under certain restrictions, but without such + restraints as should go to interfere with their religious + opinions. + + “That in conducting the Institution, a liberal and enlarged + course of education should be pursued, adapted to the + respective attainments of the Students; the College to be + divided into two departments,--a higher department for the + elder, and a lower department for the younger students. + + “The system to comprise Religious and Moral instruction, + Classical learning, History, Modern Languages, + Mathematics, Natural Philosophy, Medicine and Surgery, + Chemistry, Jurisprudence, and other branches, as time and + circumstances might admit of and require. + + “The College to be open to the sons of native Gentlemen, + as well as to all denominations of Christians; and to be + divided into two sections, viz., one consisting of those + who should conform in all respects with the regulations + of the Institution, to be designated ‘Members;’ the other + section to consist of those only, who might attend the + classes for the purpose of receiving instruction. + + “The advantages of the Institution to be available for + all Students, with the exception of some theological + privileges, which unavoidably would have to be restricted + to the ‘Members’ of the College: no student, not being a + Member of the College, to be required to comply with any + religious form [of worship], provided he submitted to the + general system of education, pursued within its walls. + + “The benefit of attending any course of Lectures in the + higher branches to be afforded to all who might be disposed + to avail themselves of it, under the preceding and such + other regulations as might be specified. + + “All students entering as ‘Members,’ of the College, to be + required to conform in every respect, to the Doctrines, + Usages and Forms of the United Church of England and + Ireland; and Members of the College only to be received as + resident students within its walls, and these to be subject + to such rules of discipline, and to such an extent, as may + thereafter be agreed and determined upon.” + +The great principle however, which it was purposed to embody in +the projected College was, that whilst in a Christian community +every system of general education ought to comprise instruction in +the doctrines and duties of Christianity; and whilst, in the then +existing state of society in India, to compel all students to comply +with the forms of Christian worship, would be to defeat the object +which it was conceived the Institution would effect, yet that in all +education the WORD OF GOD ought to form an indispensable element. It +was maintained by the Archdeacon that without this, the acquisition +of other branches of knowledge could neither be conducive to the +happiness of the individual, nor to the welfare of the state. It was, +intended, also, that the College should expressly have in view the +upholding of the ancient Institutions of England, and the inculcation +of those doctrines and that discipline which were professedly held +and taught by the Established Church. It was proposed, therefore, +that none should be “members” of the College, who were not also +members of the Church of England; and that these should, as a +matter of course, be required to be present at Divine Service to be +performed within the walls of the College, and to be instructed as +Church-of-England-men. + +It was whilst matters of such public importance engaged the attention +of Archdeacon Corrie, that intelligence of the death of Mr. Thomason +reached Calcutta. In noting that event the Archdeacon writes to Mr. +Sherer:-- + + “You will have heard of the Church’s loss in the death + of Mr. Thomason. A blank is made not likely to be soon + filled up. I preached a funeral Sermon last Sunday morning, + (August 9), in his old pulpit, and did him what honour I + could, but far beneath his worth.” + +The Archdeacon had, also, now to encounter a bereavement which more +nearly touched his natural affections. His father had died during the +spring of 1829; and therefore, he writes + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “August 27, 1829. + + “Yours of the 6th of May, with Henry’s note enclosed, + came to hand yesterday afternoon. The black seal led me + to forebode the event which the contents of the letter + confirmed. His great age made such an event probable, and + to be looked for; and with the hope that we have that death + to him was gain, we cannot complain, much less ‘sorrow as + those who have no hope.’ A great, great blank is, however, + occasioned by my beloved Father’s removal; and soon the + elder branches of his family would be strangers to those + around them on earth, but for the dear charges given to + themselves.” + +From his Journal (now so rarely kept) some insight into the +Archdeacon’s private communings is obtained in the following +memoranda:-- + + “Sep. 11, 1829. + + “If spared to the 20th, I shall have been twenty-three + years complete in India. Many things of late combine to + weigh down my spirits. The defection of Missionaries, + and now of L. who though unwell, would not wish to stay + if well. The inclination of Government, to withhold all + aid from christian ministrations, even among Christians: + beginning, at once, by withdrawing the Chaplain from + Howrah. The death of my father;--and anxiety for my family, + constitute a load of care. I am not constitutionally prone + to despond; but neither can I throw off impressions as + some can. The care therefore, of answering government, + and providing for Howrah ... whilst they have rendered me + anxious, have, also, stirred me up to exertion. Yesterday + in conversation with the Governor-general, I was enabled + to speak freely, yet respectfully I hope, on the duties of + Missionaries. I pointed out to him the different line of + study, and reflection on Missionary callings, required from + that of a Minister to instruct Christians; and the wrong + done to the English societies and the English public, by + employing Missionaries otherwise than as Missionaries: and + appealed to him, that, notwithstanding the duty due to this + Government, whether as an English gentleman he could wish + the mother country to be burdened with the charge of the + religious instruction of India? That, I was quite certain, + that by providing for the support of Christian instruction, + as occasions arose, (on a moderate scale) that this + Government need not be burdened; and, at the same time, + England would be relieved. He said with regard to Howrah, + he would consider more of the matter.” + + + “Sep. 19, 1829. + + “In conversation with Sir Charles Grey,[146] on the + subjects lately started by Government, respecting the + duty, or otherwise, of applying revenues, derived from the + natives of this country to the support of religious worship + among Christian settlers, he said, the anomaly ought not to + be applied to that one subject alone: it commenced in our + taking upon us to govern the country at all. A people of + strange tongue, and customs every way foreign to theirs, + come, and sit down among the Hindoos, and make them pay + for administering laws, to which they had been unused, and + introduce usages abhorrent to their modes of thinking. + Now, if we can do this in one respect, why not in another? + And if in mere political and prudential matters, for their + good, as we say, why not in respect to religion, which we + hold to be the greatest of all good?” + +It will be seen that the same important subject had been adverted to, +in a letter, which in the prospect of the renewal of the East India +Company’s charter, the Archdeacon had recently addressed + + + TO THE ARCHBISHOP OF CANTERBURY. + + “There are some circumstances in the state of + ecclesiastical affairs here, which it seems desirable your + Grace should be acquainted with before the renewal of the + East India Company’s Charter, with a view to their being + put into some way of order at least, and settled by an + acknowledged rule. + + “1. It is not distinctly understood how the law of marriage + stands in this country. It is acknowledged that the + marriage acts have not had, and have not now, any force + in this country; but Bishop Middleton held that this See, + being attached to the Province of Canterbury by Act of + Parliament or the Letters Patent, has become subject to the + ecclesiastical law of England, which requires marriages to + be celebrated by a Clergyman, and within Canonical hours. + And this rule was generally adhered to till the late Bishop + consented to an order of Government sanctioning marriages + by public Functionaries, both civil and military; and + directing them to be registered by the Registrar of the + Archdeaconry: and thus matters stand at present. Some + of our first lawyers say, that marriage by a layman is + to all purposes good; others say, only to some purposes; + that it binds the parties, but confers no right of dower + on the widow, or of inheritance on the offspring. It is of + great importance that some declaration on the subject, by + authority, should be set forth. I know that a good deal + of anxiety is at times experienced by some who have been + married by laymen; and several sons of men of rank and + property are among the servants of this Government, who + may eventually be deeply affected, should any irregularity + be discovered in the present system. Up to March 1828, the + Chaplains were on all occasions applied to, to celebrate + marriages, and they had often long journeys to make for + this purpose; but now, unless they be near at hand, many + do not care to send for them, whilst the sanction of the + Government makes no difference whatever in the law of the + case. An easy remedy would be, the keeping the number of + Chaplains always full, taking measures that Chaplains + retiring should be obliged to an early determination on the + point soon after their return to England, and not, as at + present, be allowed to linger on for years, keeping their + places unsupplied. An increase of Chaplains is, I fear, + out of the question; yet would it not be, if but a common + regard for the credit of our religion and the religious + welfare of Christian subjects existed where it should. + In many of the districts of this Presidency, especially + in those most favourable to the growth of indigo and + sugar, and in some degree in all of them, many Christian + settlers have fixed themselves. A District, your Grace + will know, is as large as an English county; and if a + Chaplain were appointed at the chief station, where most + of the servants of Government reside, and where there are + generally from five to fifteen families, they would be at + hand to celebrate Christian rites in the District; and on + Festivals, part of the Christians resident in the District + would resort for divine service to the head station. If + want of funds prevented such appointments, the necessity + must be patiently submitted to, but from the ground-rent of + the whole country, surely the East India Company ought to + make some reserve for religious purposes beyond the mere + wants of the military. But this is connected with another + point to which I would now entreat your Grace’s attention. + + “2. Hitherto it was thought here, that only the fewness + of the Christian portion of the inhabitants prevented + appropriations being made from the resources of Government + for their religious instruction: but it is now answered, + that Christians have no claim on Government for religious + instruction, and that in fact it would not be right to + appropriate revenue derived from the natives of this + country, to the supplying of Chaplains to Christian + settlers. Now the settler, properly speaking, (i. e. + persons whose birth-place is in Britain, and who are still + looking to Britain as a home,) are few in number. There are + not above 1000 of that description beyond the boundaries + of Calcutta, and not half a dozen of them in any one + place. They are scattered over the face of the country. + But if by settlers your Grace understand descendants of + Europeans born in this country, and of which class many of + the Indigo-planters, scattered up and down the country, + are, and include in them descendants of private soldiers + by native mothers, and children of all descriptions of + British, and who have been increasing for more than 100 + years, it will, I think, appear that the term is not + applicable to them. They are, to all intents, native-born + subjects of this Government, the offspring of the soil. Of + this class there are in Calcutta not fewer than 4000; and + at all the principal stations of the army, and in every + place where Europeans have been stationed, they are to be + found from 30 to 300 at each. I have placed the subject in + this light that your Grace may be aware of the true state + of the class I have in view. + + “It is said that European settlers have no claim on this + Government for a religious establishment. I will not stay + to argue that point; but then, I maintain, that these + Indo-Britons are native-born subjects of the British Indian + Government, and, therefore, have a claim on a Government + not only Christian, but proprietors of the land: in fact + both king and landlord. It has been officially announced + that schools in which the children of Europeans (i. e. + perhaps removed six generations from the European stock,) + are taught together with Hindoos and Mahomedans, have no + claim on the funds appropriated to native education. Shall + we then apply to the British Parliament for an annual + grant, as for Canada? The main object then is to procure + from the proper quarter an acknowledgment of the duty of + applying some part of the revenue of this country to the + education and religious instruction of native Christians, + in their proportions, as to that of Hindoos and Mahomedans. + + “It is only lately it has become known here that the East + India Company’s Charter is to be renewed in the next + session of Parliament, which must plead my excuse for this + intrusion.” + +It was about this time that Archdeacon Corrie supplied the place +of the Government chaplain at Barrackpore, in the absence of the +Rev. H. Fisher, who had proceeded up the country. Except in that +particular, there occurred but little variety in the occupations of +the Archdeacon. His letters, however, mention his desire for the +arrival of the Bishop. Thus in writing to his brother he observes:-- + + “I am by no means at ease in my appointment, from the + increasing ill-will of people who neither do any thing to + purpose themselves, nor will let those alone who are doing + what they can. And if I add, that we have at this time the + hottest weather I have ever experienced in Bengal, having + no cessation day or night, for nearly a week past, and no + immediate prospect of change--the catalogue of ill may + seem complete. But, O! no ill have I experienced, compared + with the least I every day deserve; and much of mercy + remains to mingle in the cup. The departure of my beloved + father from Colsterworth, seemed much to weaken my tie to + England, his death still more. This country may now become + my home for the remainder of my pilgrimage. My strength + is wonderfully renewed, yet I cannot conceive of any in + England, not positively ill, experiencing the lassitude + I am seldom free from. Yet the younger sons of the best + English families, are coming out in this service in crowds, + and even the heirs apparent to titles; such we are told is + the difficulty of providing in any creditable way, for the + sons of the gentry.” + +The Archdeacon adds:-- + + “I know not whether you have time to read Reviews. I think + they are, as far as the facts detailed can be relied on, + the history of Providence, and the last article[147] in + the Quarterly for April, seems on true grounds to forebode + much distress to Britain. This also falls in, I think, with + the prophetic intimations respecting these times. I see no + ground whatever, for the doctrines of a ‘Personal Reign,’ + or a first literal resurrection, but I do think with Scott, + that the witnesses are about to be slain. Mr. Faber’s idea + of _trouble at hand_, seems just in agreement; though I + have no idea of two Churches being represented by the + ‘witnesses.’ There can be but one true Church; but whether + it be the witnesses _continuing_ to prophecy in sackcloth, + still, the result is likely to be the same; and England now + in league with the Apostacy,[148] must not expect to escape + the plagues, under which it shall utterly perish. Babylon + is already fallen in the purpose of God, and unless + England purge away the leaven that has crept into her, with + Babylon must be her end.” + +About the middle of November 1829, the Archdeacon was released from +much anxiety, and depression of spirits, by the return to India of +Mrs. Corrie. In announcing her safe arrival, he writes + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “Nov. 30, 1829. + + “To me the mercy is beyond expression. You can never know + the depression of a separation such as I have experienced. + Death alone could have rendered it more hopeless, but + scarcely less painful: but thanks be to God it is over, and + if it be His will, may no such trial befal me again! Our + anxieties are now about our children. They seem placed in + most desirable circumstances: may the blessing of God but + attend the instructions they receive! Whilst we cannot but + desire that they should acquire useful knowledge, and not + be altogether without the knowledge of the usual manners + of their class in life, our hearts’ chief prayer and + desire of God for them is, that they may become wise unto + salvation.’ ... How precious that promise, ‘I will be thy + God, and the God of thy seed!’ But for this what could we + do for them at this distance? But our God heareth prayer; + He remembereth his ‘covenant to a thousand generations.’ + In reading Deuteronomy, the expression, ‘that it may be + well with thee and _thy seed after thee_,’ supplies both a + stimulus to duty and an encouragement. Whilst we are about + our Lord’s work here, He will be merciful and gracious to + our children.” + +It was now that there occurred an event of great moral and +political importance to India. All the Missionaries in Calcutta and +neighbourhood, had some months ago presented a memorial to Lord +William Bentinck, respecting the cruel practice of widow-burning; +and Government had been in the habit of discouraging that revolting +superstition without venturing directly to prohibit it. But, after +satisfying themselves of the feelings of the Native army and Native +community, the Governor General in Council, took the decisive step +of adopting a Regulation on the 4th of December, to the effect of +declaring “the habit of Suttee, or burning or burying alive the +widows of Hindoos, illegal and punishable by the Criminal Courts.” + +Soon after the date of this Regulation, Bishop Turner, (who had +been consecrated in the preceding May,) arrived in Calcutta. The +Archdeacon having mentioned in a letter to his brother, that the +Bishop preached in the Cathedral for the first time on Sunday, 13th +December, observes + + “Bishop Turner seems to come in a spirit of Christian + conciliation. I will not say much lest I should be + disappointed. He is, however, liked, and will be popular in + all probability.” + +Then after having stated how much the account which Mrs. Corrie had +given of his relatives in England, had “rekindled in him a desire to +be again among them,” the Archdeacon adds, + + “I am however thought, I find, a party man in Church + politics, and it may be so in part, but how far it is right + or not you cannot tell. I have said to H. that it is an + easy matter for you at home to cast your guinea into the + treasury of this or that Society, in the hope that good + will arise from it; but the _application_ of your bounty, + is a more difficult operation. Whether Jesus Christ shall + be set forth in the glory of His grace before the Gentiles, + or shall be made a mere ‘Master of the ceremonies,’ as + Hervey[149] expresses it, to introduce to the Divine + presence human merit, is no indifferent question. And here + we have to decide upon that question, in the application + of English liberality. But indeed, brother, I try to watch + over myself in this respect also; and if I had opportunity, + could cooperate with even a Papist, in the conversion of + the heathen. I do think, however, that what I have done has + effected good.” + +Then with reference to the late Government Regulation he observes, + + “If I should say nothing about the abolition of Suttee, you + would think it strange. Great honour has the Government + gained in this matter. Addresses of congratulation to Lord + W. B., from the European Society, and from the Hindoo also, + and Mahomedan classes, are getting signed by numbers.” + +To his Sister, also, the Archdeacon writes + + “Dec. 17, 1829. + + “The glorious abolition of Suttee, will distinguish the + present Government, when the discontent arising from + retrenchment will be forgotten.” + +Then with regard to the expected renewal of the charter of the East +India Company, he adds + + “The more general admission of Europeans into this + country seems determined upon; which will help forward + the progress of Christianity, in its remote consequences; + but will probably ruin many in a temporal point of view. + From all I can learn, commerce is a losing concern to the + merchant generally. The mere agent, of course, deducts his + commission from the scanty produce, and thrives. But what + is all this to you, I begin to think, although, indeed, + in its consequences, it may extend even to Morcott. A few + years, I have heard some experienced men say, is likely + to produce a general crash; and then our dividends and + pensions may be put in jeopardy: so that mere selfishness + might make one alive to national affairs; whilst to the + Christian they supply matter for much prayer and solicitude + before God. My favourite theme, inspiration and song, + is much involved in all this progress of things. It may + be that in time of adversity men may consider how much + their all depends on God, and may become more careful of + missionary work, which is so peculiarly His own. We have + had days of ease and outward prosperity, and little heart + has been found, and little of a right spirit, even in those + who favour the righteous cause.” + +Of the new Bishop of Calcutta, the Archdeacon observes-- + + “He promises to be everything desirable in his station, and + you will be glad to hear that he approves of all my public + acts. I have shewn him, also, a letter which I wrote to the + Archbishop of Canterbury, all of which he approves and + said, that he had nothing to do but to follow up the views + there stated.” + +Within a month of the date of this letter, one of those failures +in the mercantile world occurred, which some “experienced men” had +anticipated. The Archdeacon, writing “of general news,” observes + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “Calcutta, Jan. 8. 1829. + + “The failure of Palmer’s house has created the most + extensive ruin for a long time experienced. Three millions + are said to be the extent of the debts: they promise to pay + half, but it does not seem [to be] expected. This, with + the forgeries you have heard of, amounting, I am told, to + twenty-two Lacs, have given a lesson of the uncertainty + of riches such as perhaps never occurred, at one time, in + any single community before. It is impossible to enumerate + the losses sustained by individuals. Some reduced from + wealth to nothing; others from a pittance to beggary. Truly + ‘riches make to themselves wings and fly away,’ but this + will make no one, it is to be feared, less eager in the + pursuit of them.” + +After relating some private matters connected with the state of +society in Calcutta, the Archdeacon proceeds + + “The Bishop held his first Visitation last Wednesday, the + 6th inst. He had appointed me to preach, and afterwards + I was requested by the Bishop and Clergy to publish the + Sermon. The Bishop told me privately that it was the + thing of all others, he should wish to send to England at + this time. I feel grateful for the acceptance, whilst I + cannot but feel, that time and circumstances, and not the + merits of the Sermon, call it forth.[150]... The Bishop + seems bent on conciliation, with more decision than his + predecessor.... He has become Patron of the Calcutta Bible + Society, President of the Church Missionary Society, and + is to preside this evening at a public meeting of the + Bible Association in the Town Hall. He has attended the + examination of schools, at Mirzapore, Mrs. Wilson’s school, + the Female Orphan Asylum, and other Institutions. + + “Jan. 16th. Among the sudden changes which occur here + frequently, not the least unexpected, is the severe illness + of the Bishop’s Chaplain, and the necessity, as the doctors + affirm, of his return to Europe. In consequence, the Bishop + requested as a personal kindness, that we would take up our + abode with him. After two days deliberation, we have agreed + to do so, not without much apprehension on my part. To keep + a conscience void of offence, both towards God and man, + will, I fear, not be easy; but many advantages may arise + from the arrangement, if we can but keep the even path of + duty. The Bishop may be rendered more happy in his work; + and social prayer, which were he alone must be omitted, + will also help to keep up in him, as well as in us, proper + feelings as well as right views. I shall benefit by his + conversation, and learn somewhat of the altered state of + society in England, as all I hear leads me to conclude. Our + mutual official duties may be more readily effected, and + the plans of the various Societies carried forward.” + +The following notice of passing events, as given in the same letter, +may not be without interest:-- + + “You would be delighted to see how crowded the Old Church + now is. Yesterday the Bishop preached there. The city is + now divided into parishes, and each is to have its own + vestry, and care of its own poor. Yesterday a sermon was + preached, and 1753 Rs. collected for the poor of the Old + Church district.... The Bishop has confirmed 317 persons, + which, considering that a confirmation was held in June, + 1828, shews a rapid increase of population.” + +On the 18th of February 1830, the Archdeacon and his wife went to +reside at the palace as the Bishop’s inmates; and the following +memorandum, which occurs under that date, in his private Journal, +does but reiterate the sentiments contained in the preceding letter:-- + + “We have to-day entered on a new course, by taking up our + abode with the Bishop, on his invitation. It has been + the subject of much anxiety with us, and of prayer. The + reasons which determined us to this step are these:--1st. + The Bishop’s kind invitation:--His loneliness from the + departure of Mr. Carter; and the hope that our being here, + may help to keep up the habits of domestic religion to + which he had for some time been accustomed. 2nd. On our + own part, the desire to benefit by his conversation and + extensive acquirements; and to be workers together in the + progress of improvement, both in and out of the Established + Church, especially in the work of missions. 3rd. As it + respects our usefulness in society, we shall be prevented + shewing hospitality to the same extent as formerly; and if + it should prevent any of our young friends, who are aiming + at improvement in personal piety, from visiting us, the + change will be unfavourable; but it will, also, cut us off + from much unprofitable visiting and expence, to which, + of late years, we have been much exposed, and by which I + have been much tried. 4th. We shall be much more under + restraint than in our own separate dwelling; but shall at + the same time see more of each other, and for this we have + been sighing for years past. O that we may but be enabled + to improve the opportunities afforded, to our mutual growth + in every gift, and especially in the love of the Saviour, + as well as those things which make for our everlasting + peace! For this we are insufficient of ourselves. May the + grace of Christ rest upon us, and then shall we prosper!” + +During the year 1829 an edition of the Book of Common Prayer in +Hindoostanee having been printed by the Calcutta Corresponding +Committee of the Prayer-Book and Homily Society, under the +superintendence of Archdeacon Corrie, he forwarded a copy of that +important work to England, for the purpose of having it presented to +the public library in Cambridge. His reason for doing this is thus +stated in a letter, of March 5, 1830, + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “I have been led to do this from our Bishop taking the + trouble to send a copy to the Bodleian Library at Oxford. + If it be worthy of a place in the one, as the Bishop + thinks, it may be equally so of a place at Cambridge.” + +The history of a work by means of which the Services of the Church +of England were first made accessible to the Native christians of +Hindoostan, may not here be omitted, especially as that history +has been supplied by the Archdeacon himself. To the Secretary of +the Calcutta Corresponding Committee of the Prayer-Book and Homily +Society, he writes + + “When I began this edition of the Book of Common Prayer in + Hindoostanee,[151] it was at first intended to have altered + very little from the Compendium, printed by the Prayer Book + and Homily Society in London, but a near adherence to that + model was soon found impracticable. I will here state, that + the above Compendium, which is usually ascribed to the late + Rev. H. Martyn, was the fruit of my own labour fifteen + years ago, and that with very inadequate help. It seems but + due to that eminent scholar, that I should publicly avow + this, as his translation of the New Testament, shows how + inferior the Compendium of the Prayer Book is to his style, + and how altogether unworthy of his fame. The Compendium + however, has answered an important purpose; the want of + something of the kind was so much felt by many native + christians, that it was eagerly adopted by them, and its + imperfections even have gained currency among them. + + “It was at first intended, also to have printed a small + portion only of the new edition, with a view to collect + the opinions of competent persons, respecting the + execution; but the difficulty of obtaining such opinions, + from the complete occupation of the time of every public + Functionary in his official duties, is well known; and + the delay that must inevitably arise on that plan, to the + accomplishment of a work much needed, seemed to urge the + necessity of making the most of present time, and of using + the assistance providentially supplied, whilst it could + be had. On this account the whole of the Book of Common + Prayer, including every part of the Rubric and Articles + of Religion, has been printed. The State Prayers, as they + are usually called, are not included, nor the Psalms: + the latter, are printed separately by the Auxiliary Bible + Society, and can be supplied in that form to congregations + prepared to use them. After the translation was finished, + the native assistants were necessarily retained, till the + work should be carried through the Press: this afforded + opportunity for translating the Ordination Services also, + and 100 copies were printed. Of the whole Book three + hundred copies have been printed; and to 100 copies of + these are added the Ordination Services. These, it may be + said, are not likely soon to be brought into use, but that + seems no reason why the mode adopted by our Church, in + these services, and the scriptural sentiments they breathe, + should not be laid open to the natives of this country. + Besides these complete copies, 1000 copies of the Psalter + have been printed for more general distribution. Owing to + my absence from Calcutta, more of the Occasional Offices + were added than is usual in such a Compendium; but though + a little more expence has thus been incurred, the work is + more valuable. One thousand copies, also, of the Morning + and Evening Prayers and Litany, with the occasional Prayers + and Thanksgivings, have been printed in Nagree, for the + benefit of Christians who use only that character. + + “It seems necessary to state, that some English terms + have been retained, an explanation of them being given + in parenthesis, where they are first used. On this point + there will probably be a difference of opinion, but as the + English terms are familiar to Native Christians connected + with the British; and the words, Sacrament, Baptism, and + such like, derived from the Latin Scriptures, are used by + the numerous Roman Catholic Christians of this country, the + retaining of them in the Prayer Book, is at least useful to + these classes, whilst it is obvious, that the words, Lent, + Whit-sunday, and some others, do not at all explain the + events they are used to distinguish, and a word common to + several classes of christians, and to which they all attach + the same meaning, may as well be used as any other, whilst + it tends to unite them by a common phraseology. + + “The assistance I have received from a person brought up + in the country, and well versed in the writers, both in + Persian and Hindoostanee, most esteemed by learned natives, + allows me to hope that the translation, generally, is + likely to bear the test of candid criticism. The chief + objection which I anticipate, arises from the difficulty + of clothing many ideas peculiarly Christian, in popular + language. The natives of this country, at the same + time, generally have the ideas themselves to acquire, + and the christian teacher may therefore as readily + explain the meaning of an appropriate term, as, by using + circumlocutions, lower the standard of the language and + keep his people in a low state of mental cultivation. + I will only add that often the attaching a shade of + difference to the meaning of a word, would lead to a + conclusion unfavourable to the translator, without cause: I + am at the same time aware, that improvements may be made in + the work, and hope, if life and opportunity be vouchsafed, + to bring forth hereafter a more perfect edition.” + +In the same letter to his brother, which is referred to above, the +Archdeacon states + + “Our affairs here go on in one uniform course of public + grumbling, and private discontent. All who are touched by + the retrenchments of Government, think they have cause to + complain, and the army are certainly hardly used. But I try + to have little to say in these matters. Missionary matters + and education, supply sufficient employment without going + into politics. We would fain make faster progress, but + sickness, and obstacles arising from climate, hinder us; + and we must be content to follow the course of Providence, + and not to force it. + + “You will have heard through Sherer, that we have become + part of the Bishop’s household. I find his conversation + very improving: he is naturally cheerful, and our + intercourse is easy and agreeable. A part of his plan + is to constitute his Archdeacons, his commissaries, + and to delegate to them the details of the respective + Archdeaconries. I continue, therefore, a Bishop _in + partibus_ still, and having such opportunities of reference + to the Bishop on all occasions, I am not likely to commit + the interests of the church. The only point on which I + differ from the Bishop, is on the policy of allowing + Missionaries to engage in English duties. This is a far + easier employment, than proper missionary work, and it + is, moreover, a misapplication of Missionary funds. It + will also prevent, I fear, the East India Company, from + contributing as they ought, to the support of a ministry + for their christian subjects. + + “I scarcely know what part of our history here will most + interest you. The abolition of Suttee will no doubt be + heard of all over Europe. The last year presented a return + of 800 widows, and upward, consigned to the fire in this + presidency. Of these upwards of 600 took place in Bengal; + so that in this one province the strength of the practice + lay. A considerable sensation has therefore been felt in + Calcutta, but no where else. At Benares, Suttees have been + even prevented, and the poor widow (glad no doubt) retired + quietly home, saying, Such was her fate. What has been said + against the abolition in Calcutta, has been chiefly by + some of the most wealthy. They are not, however, united; + arguments pro and con are discussed among themselves, with + great freedom, and no little acrimony, and they exhibit + the spectacle of a family divided against itself. I wish + you were more of a politician. We require on the renewal + of the East India Company’s charter, that some further + expression of public opinion should be shown, on the + subject of christian education. Years ago, Mr. Wilberforce + obtained that 100,000 rupees should be appropriated towards + the moral improvement of this people by education. The + said sum is indeed appropriated, but it is to Mahomedan and + Hindoo learning, such as it is: now what is required is, + that Christian education should also have a share of the + public support.” + +The following letter to Mr. Sherer, about the same date, supplies +some interesting particulars connected with the state of society in +Calcutta. + + “We have been now nearly a month in the Bishop’s house. + Our mode of life is as follows: prayers at eight o’clock, + when the bishop sometimes expounds; and again, also, at + half past nine o’clock in the evening. We breakfast after + prayers; have _tiffin_[152] at two o’clock, dinner at half + past six or seven. One evening, (Friday) any person who is + not afraid of the Bible, is welcome to come in at eight + o’clock, and after tea the Bishop reads and expounds, and + dismisses us with prayer. In the season of Lent, the Bishop + catechizes in the Cathedral, on Wednesday mornings, and + preaches in the evening on Fridays. He is frequently at + the Thursday evening lecture. He visited lately with me at + Burdwan, and takes a lively interest in Missions; preaches + in Bishop’s College Chapel, on Sunday evenings, to the few + students and others, and enters much into the affairs of + that institution. A Chapel is commenced at the free school, + and a Mariner’s Church at the custom-house is preparing, + and the building of a Church at Howrah is in progress. A + form of an association for the better observance of the + Lord’s day has been drawn up by the Bishop, and sent to the + Chaplains, and all the dissenting Ministers; and yesterday, + sermons were preached in all the Churches and Chapels + here, on the duty of sanctifying the Sabbath. From these + particulars, you will judge what spirit he is of. In our + habitual intercourse he is cheerful, communicative, and + instructive; and hitherto, all has gone on very happily, + with every promise of continuing to do so. Among the + changes the Bishop has brought about is, the establishment + of charitable committees connected with each church. They + have been in operation above a month, and promise much + good, both from the prevention of imposition, and the right + appropriation of charity. + + “The Hindoo College is working faster than its present + supporters wish. The youths are growing up free-thinkers; + and lately, some of them partook of a feast with one of the + infidel christian teachers. The thing got wind, and the + parents (one a Brahmin) became alarmed. An inquiry was set + on foot, and the thing hushed up, but a strict injunction + issued, that religion in any shape should not be mentioned + to the pupils. It has occurred to me that these high and + rich Hindoos, may soon find themselves obliged to urge the + Government to pass a regulation, that loss of caste may + not deprive individuals of property. A pro-suttee party is + set on foot. Radah Cant Deb and others being members. They + call themselves the _Dhurm Soubah_ (which, as you have been + so so long away, I may translate for you) “the righteous + association;” but they have already fallen out about a + treasurer: and strong recriminations are published, which + promise little co-operation among them. + + “O how greatly do we need steady good men at Mirzapore. + The situation of the mission-premises is becoming more and + more important. All the modern reformed Hindoos reside in + that quarter; and a man of fair attainments and attractive + character placed there, might become a mighty instrument of + good. Well: no doubt the right person will be forthcoming + in the right time.” + +As explanatory of the labours of Bishop Turner, mentioned above, +it may not be out of place to state, that of late years European +paupers had increased to such an extent in Calcutta, that not +only had the charitable funds in the hands of the Select Vestry +at the Cathedral, become inadequate to meet the exigencies of the +distressed, but frauds had been practised with such facility on the +charitable part of the community, that it became necessary to provide +for the fuller investigation of the cases of applicants for relief. +To remedy these evils a “Charitable Society” was formed at the +suggestion of the Bishop, which was carried on by a Central Committee +of Superintendance aided by subordinate Committees, corresponding +in number with the ecclesiastical districts into which Calcutta was +divided. + +It will be seen, also, by the following memorandum, dated April 10, +1830, that the Archdeacon, for his part, had not been unmindful of +the necessity of labouring for the public good, though his success +seems to have fallen short of his wishes. + + “In reviewing the past year, much cause, both for + humiliation and for gratitude appears. In my own + experience, a sense of defect and failure cannot but be + felt. I can see nothing accomplished either in a public + or private view. Nothing have I attained but to know more + deeply that I am nothing, and must be indebted wholly to + grace: yea, to grace pardoning grievous despite, leaping + over opposition, and ‘carrying off the prey,’ without + corresponding effort on my part to fall in with grace. + In public I attempted [to establish] a school for the + country-born. The scheme was too large; and, in yielding + this point to N----, my own folly appears. I failed also + with Howrah, through the opposition of unreasonable men. + But both these objects are likely to be attained by the + Bishop: and in this ‘I rejoice.’ Let good but be effected, + and ‘I will rejoice.’ Other schemes I had in mind for the + furtherance and establishment of the gospel, which are + approved by the Bishop; especially the plan of endowments, + in which I hope something may be accomplished. I have been + much tried in respect of Mirzapore. Expectations from the + school baffled and likely to fail, from the failure (for + so it is in fact) of R. Missionary prospects much clouded, + from the lack of instruments. Yet doubtless the working is + advancing, and the gospel is spreading. These are matters + of much thought with me.... If I could, with propriety, + withdraw to a quiet missionary station, my mind would + have what at all times seems best for it; but to withdraw + from a post to which I have been called, without a clear + dispensation leading to it, would embitter such a plan. I + see nothing for it, but patiently to abide in my present + situation, and to wait till affairs indicate what I ought + to do. May I only be preserved from giving offence in my + public or private capacity; and may I have grace to improve + opportunities of working in the service of the gospel!” + +But notwithstanding this somewhat dispirited view of the results of +his labours, the hopes of the Archdeacon respecting the establishing +of a school for the country-born, seemed about to be realized so +soon as that important project was taken in hand by the Bishop. In +a letter which the Archdeacon wrote on the 23rd of April 1830, he +observes + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “I wrote to you some time since respecting a project for + a school in this city. We are still busy about it, and + not without hopes of succeeding in establishing it. Great + obstacles, however, occur. Our Government just now is too + much on the Utilitarian system; which seems to mean, ‘That + every one must do the best he can for himself, seeing + that no aid is to be afforded.’ One thing this will work, + which for this country will prove beneficial, whatever + it may prove to Old England--it will render this country + independent of England. It is well, certainly, that the + resources of this country, both individual and general, + should be called forth, and with a little forbearing care, + they might for ages be auxiliary to the mother-country; but + by refusing present aid, unkind feelings are called forth, + and where no obligation is conferred on the one hand, no + gratitude is felt on the other.” + +The letter in which the preceding observations are contained, was +not finished until the 11th of May, under which date the Archdeacon +adds:-- + + “Nothing further has occurred here worth remarking, + except that a master has unexpectedly turned up for the + Grammar-School. Pray do you ever think of India in a + political point of view? How the charter is constituted, + or whether it can be altered for the better? We seem to + want some attention from home; and I would fain hope we + shall get it now the charter is again to be discussed. We + are under the regulations of the Government as to abode. + If one would establish a school, or promote education + in any way, we are liable to be banished to England, if + Government should not happen to like our project; and, if + it does, we must ask leave to pay the expences out of our + own pockets, for not a Rupee will Government give: and yet + in this presidency alone, seven millions sterling are drawn + annually from the land, and as much more from monopolies + of salt, and opium, and from certain duties! Is none of + this to be laid out otherwise than to promote increased + dividends in Leadenhall Street?” + +An able head-master having thus been obtained in the person of the +Rev. J. Macqueen, it was determined on the 4th of June 1830, to +establish the “Calcutta High School,” on a plan arranged by Bishop +Turner. To provide for the educational department, it was proposed +to raise a sum of money by transferable shares, which were to bear +interest arising from dividends of profits; the shares to be paid by +instalments, and the proceeds to be vested in the names of certain +Trustees. A Committee of management and visitors was appointed, and +such regulations agreed upon as were calculated to give efficiency +and stability to the school. But that at which the Archdeacon chiefly +aimed was, if possible to obtain from Government, or the benevolence +of individuals, an endowment for the School. But the little prospect +there was of assistance from the former source will be collected from +a letter written by the Archdeacon + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “June 17, 1830. + + “Our increased acquaintance with the Bishop renders us more + at home with him, and we see more to admire in him. He is + by far best suited for this appointment of any who have + occupied it. With more practical knowledge of men, and of + parochial matters than any of them, he has large views of + usefulness; and, with perfect propriety of language, states + them to Government. Had we a man who had any fixed views + of Government at the head of affairs, something effectual + might be accomplished for the religious welfare of India, + but when ---- is on one hand, and ---- on the other, of + Government, what can be expected but fancies and crudities? + And such seem most of the public acts at present. + + “I may mention to you that in a Report on Ecclesiastical + affairs lately made up by the Finance Committee, the + employment of missionaries generally, without regard to + class, and Roman Catholic priests, was recommended, to + prevent increase of chaplains; and the principle broadly + affirmed, that Government is not bound to supply the means + of grace to any besides the European troops, to which the + charter binds them. This gave opportunity to state other + views and principles, which must have surprised certain + persons not a little. You need not be surprised, should you + hear of the Bishop’s arrival in England a few months hence; + as it is quite evident, that should the Home Government + depend on the information derived from this quarter, + nothing will be done for us in an ecclesiastical point of + view; and twenty more years of this miserable system [will] + be perpetrated, which can only end in confusion almost + irremediable.” + + + [146] Chief Justice. + + [147] “On the state and prospects of the country.” + + [148] The allusion is to that legislative alliance with + Popery which marked the year 1829. + + [149] Theron and Aspasio, Dialog. vii. + + [150] The text selected on this occasion was 2 Cor. iv. + 5; the purpose of the preacher was to shew 1st, + “What is the subject-matter of a faithful minister’s + teaching;” and 2nd, what “His object and aim in his + labours.” + + [151] The edition of 1829. + + [152] Luncheon. + + + + + CHAPTER XVIII. + + DISQUIETUDE CONCERNING THE ANGLO-HINDOO COLLEGE--DEATH OF BISHOP + TURNER. + + +On the 20th of June, 1830, Archdeacon Corrie left Calcutta in +company with the Bishop, with a view to attend that Prelate in a +visitation of the Upper Provinces. They proceeded, however, only +as far as Chunar, circumstances having decided the Bishop to defer +his Visitation of Delhi and the intermediate Stations. The Bishop +and Archdeacon, therefore, returned to the Presidency by the latter +end of September. One result of this journey was, to create a +greater anxiety than ever in the mind of the Archdeacon, that in the +contemplated renewal of the East India Company’s Charter, some more +efficient provision should be made for the spiritual wants of India, +than had hitherto been the case. On that important subject he writes, + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “Calcutta, Oct. 6, 1830. + + “The times are troublous both at home and abroad; + discontent is spread through every branch of this service, + in many cases unreasonably, in many the privations actually + inflicted cause much distress. Your political atmosphere + seems very cloudy;--what may follow the death of George + IV. we dare not conjecture. It affects my mind especially, + with reference to the renewal of the East India Company’s + charter. ‘The Lord reigneth,’ might well serve on this + head, as on the affairs of England; but I have no call to + interfere in the latter, whereas I must plead for India. + Do, beloved brother, look about for aid in this matter; + affairs here in reference to religion are more and more + pressing. The young civilians are now sent out of Calcutta + soon after their arrival, qualified or not, so that at the + small stations, there are more than formerly. You will + remember that out-of-the-way place Azimgurh: there are five + civilians, three young officers, and a doctor, with the + usual _Cranies_:[153] such is the general increase at our + Stations. Now, a Chaplain at each of such stations, is too + much at present to expect, but such a number as would admit + of a Chaplain from Benares, Gazeepore, or Gorruckpore, + visiting the subordinate stations at stated intervals, + might and ought to be allowed. Instead of this, it is + recommended from this [Government], to reduce the present + number of Chaplains to seven, and to secure the occasional + services of Missionaries, of any and every persuasion, and + to abolish the Scotch establishment altogether. Our House + of Commons seems indeed at a low ebb. From what a height + of splendour, in eloquence and lofty feelings at least, + is Parliament fallen. I look in vain for an advocate for + poor India, in all that passes,--at least as reported + here. Perhaps a dissolution of Parliament may bring to + light some ‘gem of purer ray;’ though it is rather to + be feared lest India be lost sight of amidst contending + politics at home. I can tell you in confidence, that our + Bishop has represented to the powers here, that by such + a scheme of Church arrangements as above, Government + would recognise Missions, which they have never done; + have no control over the agents so authorised; and that + by a variety of procedure in those employed, confusion + probably would ensue. Whereas if they are serious in + their attempts to extend sound knowledge, by extending + the Church establishment, and taking more pains than at + present to secure fit persons, they might provide a body + of most efficient agents in forwarding the improvement of + the country. I need not tell you, except to refresh your + memory, that were a Clergyman of respectable character + and attainments placed at Krishnaghur, and every other + Sudder[154] Station, the indigo-planters would in time + avail themselves of his services, by coming in with their + families at the Festivals, or receiving occasional visits + at their houses; besides, there might be a school under + his own eye at home. Would not many of the planters be + induced to establish a school each, which the Chaplain + would occasionally visit, &c.? All this has been stated + to the Governor General, who at the time is friendly, but + is hopeless as to the Court of Directors. Our Bishop is + of opinion that were the subject taken up judiciously at + home, by a person not suspected of party spirit; and the + Bishop of London, and Archbishop, who are both desirous of + India’s religious welfare, were judiciously instructed how + to proceed, and fully and truly informed of the state of + things here,--that the Duke of Portland, for instance, and + many in high places would join in furthering an extension + of Church establishment, _along with other_ measures. The + subject taken up singly, our Bishop fears, would not find + sufficient patronage. I have said all I can, to urge our + Bishop to go home himself. It would, I know, be a venturing + of everything, and myself, perhaps, durst not, were I in + his place, make the venture, yet circumstances seem to call + for it. + + “A controversy has arisen on the subject of missionary + exertions, most unexpectedly. The whole history is in + point. I will send it to you by Captain J. next week. The + missionary of the Scotch General Assembly, and Mr. Hill, + opened a Lecture in a house in the square, opposite to the + Hindoo College: some of the youths attended; the College + council forbad them!” + +The history here referred to, is too instructive to be omitted. +It appears that not only serious christians, but the friends of +morality and social order generally, and many of the parents of the +students in the Hindoo College, had become alarmed at observing, +that whilst the system of education pursued in the College was +subverting the pupils’ faith in Hindooism, it was substituting no +other faith instead. Many of the students, in fact, were becoming +sceptics, others downright atheists. To obviate, if it might be, the +mischievous consequences likely to result from such an education +as that, it was determined to give the students an opportunity for +becoming acquainted with the evidences of Natural and Revealed +religion. In order to this, Mr. Duff, the Missionary of the Scotch +church, having offered the use of his rooms for the purpose, Mr. +James Hill, one of the Missionaries of the London Society, began a +course of lectures on the evidences of religion; and many of the +students of the Hindoo College attended. The subjects discussed +were exclusively religious, and were listened to with marked +attention. But no sooner did it reach the ears of the Managers of +the Anglo-Indian College that these lectures were attended by some +of the students, than that attendance was prohibited by a public +order; as if Christianity were the only religion that ought not to +have a hearing. It was stated at the time, in excuse for such of the +managers of the College as were Europeans, that they had signed the +order of prohibition with a great degree of reluctance, and only +because some of the parents of the students had required the council +to interfere;--but it was not easy to understand how the interdicting +of those Students from listening to Christian missionaries, could +be distinguished from an act of religious persecution. With regard +to the principle on which the Hindoo College was carried on, it was +stated by Archdeacon Corrie in a letter to Mr. Sherer, that at the +first interview which the Archdeacon had with Lord William Bentinck, +he was led to observe to his Lordship that the College was breeding +up a race of Infidels and Philosophers so called; and that the first +petition for a Colonial council would probably come from thence. + +The same subject forms a prominent portion of a letter, in the +following month, + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “Calcutta, Nov. 4, 1830. + + “I wish sometimes I could have an hour’s conversation + with you, for I know not how to set about writing all you + would like to hear. Ram Mohun Roy is a passenger in the + Albion. It is said he is become a Fakeer, and does not + lose caste by this proceeding. He has not called on the + present Bishop. The Hindoo college is working the ruin of + caste; and, unless better principles be insinuated, the + ruin of British interests. Miss B. visited the college + last week, and examined one of the classes in history. + She asked about America, and was informed very accurately + of its form of government, with high commendations of the + limited power of the President; and also of the office + being elective. On being asked if this had always been + the condition [of that country,] ‘It was answered, “That + they were formerly a Colony of England, but that on being + taxed excessively, they had taken upon them the governing + of themselves, as,” said the youth, “we shall one day do.” + To the question, of what religion were the Americans?’ + It was answered, ‘Protestant christians generally, and + that Unitarianism was making rapid progress among them.’ + Mr. Duff, the Scotch Missionary, goes a good deal into + the debating Societies, which these Bengalees have + established lately among themselves. Politics and religion + are excluded from the subjects of discussion, but when + discoveries in science or government happen to come up; + France is eulogised unboundedly, and America; but England, + if referred to, always depreciated. Thus our Rulers are + preparing a scourge for their own backs.... I hope, too, + the counteracting influence is at work. Mr. Duff has a + school of upwards of 200, in the Chitpore road, in the + house where first the Anglo-Hindoo College was held. The + Methodist missionaries have established themselves in + that street, a little below the Nietta Bazaar, and have + a school of 115 Portuguese boys, and also some girls; + and are collecting a Congregation of that class. We have + seventy boys at Mirzapore; and now a regular congregation + of upwards of thirty Christians. Mrs. Wilson goes on as + usual; and a school is, I hope, in a fair way of being + permanently established on the ruins of the Grammar School. + It is called the ‘High school,’ and has ninety scholars, + country-born. A very energetic master is at the head of it. + A Mariners’ Church has been fitted up just behind Fairlie + and Co’s. house in the Strand. The attendance of sailors + has not yet been large, but we hope the place is gaining + attention.” + +Soon after the date of the foregoing Letter, the Archdeacon was +attacked by fever, which almost incapacitated him for attending to +any public duty. The transition, from the hot to the cold season, +was this year so sudden as to cause great unhealthiness in Calcutta. +The Archdeacon complained, in his correspondence, of feeling great +debility, and an “inefficiency arising from lengthened residence in +that wasting climate.” It was during this sickness that the following +memorandum was penned:-- + + “Nov. 21, 1830. I have had much meditation of late on + the inward witness of the Spirit, as a part of christian + experience which few cultivate as they ought. Besides + the acknowledging of the truth of God’s word, there must + be an acquaintance with, and belief of its contents; and + the experience of it as influencing our tempers and every + action. Without this latter, there can be no ‘assuring of + our hearts before him.’ May I be enabled to realise this + latter truth, and persevere in seeking such realising views + of God’s mercy in Christ, as shall enable me to say, ‘He + _loved me_, and gave Himself _for me_! With this witness + I shall be enabled to pass on the few years that seem to + remain, with more courage, decision, and usefulness.” + +It was not till the middle of January 1831, that Archdeacon Corrie +recovered some degree of health. Then it was that he writes, + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “January 15, 1831. + + “We are, through God’s goodness, in our usual health again. + I had been ill since the beginning of November with a cold, + and for a time, with fever. The news from France[155] has + given occasion to balls and dinners, and speeches at the + Town-Hall here:--may excesses be prevented, and may the + liberty obtained for Divine truth, be used for extension + through the whole continent of Europe. Doubtless, ‘The + time of the end is coming,’ but what its distinct features + will be, I think the Scriptures do not define, except as + to the righteousness and peace that shall prevail. Here + truth advances with slow steps, but it is on the advance, + doubtless.... Missions are every where receiving additions + to their converts, though you know how little as yet the + people can be said to be interested.” + + + TO THE SAME. + + “February 24, 1831. + + “Missionary work looks more encouraging than I have ever + known it here. The classes are adding to their numbers, + especially in the villages to the south and west of + Calcutta: at a village called Rass-poonjee twelve miles + south east, the Church Missionary Society has a school. I + was there on Monday last with our Missionary ladies. There + are about fifty children, and a new movement appears in + sixteen adults formed into an exercising school to learn + to read. The school-house was filled with people, who + listened very seriously, in several instances, with marks + of approbation: whilst, through a native Christian who + understands English, I set before them the fall of man, and + the means of his restoration to God and happiness. + + “Mrs. C. and I went to Burdwar last week.... We staid a + week with the V’s. Twenty-two of the European residents + attended the communion on Sunday. Among them your shipmate, + M. S. who is judge there. A gratifying fact was established + from considerable observation,--that not an individual + educated in the Mission-schools, has been brought as a + culprit before the magistrate there. The D’s have also + 120 girls in four schools. I was grieved to observe + that amongst these favourable appearances there are few + instances of conversion so deep as one could wish. The + natives see the temporal advantage of being under a sahib’s + protection, and though sufferings connected with loss of + caste are, to a degree, unavoidable, other benefits accrue + to them. This is evidently favourable to the general + diffusion of Christian knowledge, but we need greatly, more + of the Holy Spirit’s grace. This has set us on a union in + prayer, after the method proposed by Mr. Brown in 1802. I + will send you soon some of the ‘proceedings.’ + + “A newspaper called ‘The Reformer,’ has been set on foot by + natives, in English, of which four (weekly) numbers have + appeared, which I will also send you. ‘The schoolmaster + is abroad,’ but, as I have stated before, the influence + at work in the ‘Reformer,’ and all in that connexion, is + anti-English, and Christian only, as it cannot help being + so.[156] But you will be glad to hear that a lecture on + ‘Morals,’ is proposed for the Hindoo College.” + +Then after referring to some of the religious movements which have +already been mentioned, the Archdeacon adds, + + “With all these favourable appearances, you will understand + that many perplexities arise in the detail of things. The + truth of that saying often appears--‘that if Christianity + were not divine, its own friends would prove its ruin.’ It + may not appear so manifest at home, but here, where the + contrast between truth and error is so marked, the errors + of those holding the truth work much evil.... Would that + we had some addition to the ‘moral strength,’ as Lord + Wellesley used to call it, of our department! What will + the new Charter produce? He who knoweth the end from the + beginning, is well aware; and knoweth how to overrule all + to his own glory! O for a stronger faith to look within the + veil, and to credit what the Saviour saith both in respect + to one’s self and the world at large! I know not how it is + with you, but I cannot but feel that the evening of life + is drawing on; and the expectation of escaping from these + uncertainties to the possession of eternal realities, is at + times welcome.” + +The “union in prayer,” to which the Archdeacon here refers, was the +result of a meeting of Clergymen, held at his suggestion, in the +Old Church rooms in Calcutta, on the 28th of the preceding month, +“to take into consideration the propriety of uniting in prayer, and +engaging others to do so, for the outpouring of the Holy Spirit.” It +seemed to himself, and others conversant with India, that the state +of religion among professing christians, and the widely extended +ignorance and error of heathen nations, were such as to call forth +the sympathies of all who desired to further the prosperity of the +Church of Christ, and the conversion of the world. Considering, +however, that it is only by the Almighty power and grace of God the +Holy Ghost, that “the whole church is governed and sanctified,” +and that the preaching of the Gospel is in an age or country made +effectual to the conversion and salvation of those who hear, it was +agreed by the Archdeacon and his clerical friends, to set apart +individually a stated portion of time for the purpose of praying +God “the Father, that for Christ’s sake, He would pour His Spirit +upon all flesh.” They agreed, also, to engage their congregations +and friends, as much as possible, to unite with them severally in +prayer, at the same stated time and for the same great object. +The resolutions agreed upon at the meeting were subscribed by the +Archdeacon and the other Clergymen, and were embodied in a circular, +in which also were pointed out the special objects for which the +influences of the Holy Spirit should be sought. This circular +seems to have been reprinted, and made the subject of supercilious +animadversions in some of the Calcutta newspapers. Nor was that +matter for surprise; since persons who had deluded themselves with +the belief that science and merely secular education, were alone +sufficient to make man what God would have him to be, could not be +expected to understand and enter into the convictions of those +who regarding the grace and influence of the Holy Ghost to be +essential to the true civilization of the world, prayed and laboured +accordingly. + +The allusion by the Archdeacon to the “errors of those who held the +truth,” was called forth by the circumstance that some in India +had been unsettled by a Treatise on Faith, written by Mr. Thomas +Erskine, a Scotch advocate, and which had recently reached Calcutta. +This book, though of but ephemeral existence, seems to have produced +discussion at the time, and excited in the Archdeacon some fears +lest it should have diverted the attention of his friends from the +great truths which accompany salvation. His own reflections on Mr. +Erskine’s opinions are contained in a memorandum, dated + + “April 10, 1831. To-day I have attained fifty-four years, + and of these, twenty-nine spent in the ministry. In review + of the past, chiefly unprofitableness and unfaithfulness + is to be seen. My own defects are certainly becoming more + apparent to myself: the fulness and freeness of the Gospel + become increasingly glorious, and nothing but full, free, + unconditional forgiveness of all sin, and justification + from all things, would meet my case. With reference to + the past year, I do hope some progress has been made. + Much enquiry has been stirred up by Erskine’s view of the + Gospel: I have examined it with much anxiety, but see no + reason to change my former views on that subject. Pardon + is full and free to all who receive Christ, because life + eternal is in Him; and whosoever receives Him cannot + fail of life eternal, yea, possesses it with Him. There + may be some occasion for Mr. E’s charge against some for + referring exclusively to fruits as an evidence of faith. + I think I have met with some who, whilst they acknowledge + justification to be exclusively of faith, yet depend on + works to justify their faith; and thus their dependence, + after all, is on works. Such, as far as I know myself, is + not my feeling.” + +It has here to be stated that Bishop Turner had quitted Calcutta at +the end of September 1830, with the intention of visiting the other +Presidencies. His Lordship had proceeded overland from Madras to +Bombay, and from thence had gone to Ceylon. During his Visitation he +had maintained a regular correspondence with Archdeacon C. and seems +now to have been on his way back to Calcutta; for the Archdeacon +writes, + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “Calcutta, April 30, 1831. + + “Our kind Bishop is not yet returned, but we are expecting + him daily. He left Colombo on the 4th for Jaffna, &c. to + Madras; and thence by sea hither. He is much out of heart + with Ceylon in everything but as respects Missionary work; + and he says that the Church Missionary Society has done, + and is doing enough there, to answer all the expenditure + ever incurred by it. I am desiring him back greatly, the + times seeming to call for him here, for which his wisdom + and pious liberality will, I hope, be found just suited.” + +Then follow some instructive particulars respecting the Anglo-Hindoo +College. + + “The Hindoo college you knew when yet in embryo, and + your conclusion of an argument with H. M. is beginning + to be realized, ‘Well, well, build away, and some will + come after you who will use it in a proper manner.’ The + mode proceeded on, has succeeded in detaching many of the + Hindoo youths from religion of every kind. In sentiment + this has appeared for three or four years, it now begins + to appear in practice. At the late East Indian dinner, + sixteen Hindoo lads had bought tickets to go, actually + determining to break through all restraints. This was + however prevented; Sir E. R., Mr. C., and J. Y. were the + means of preventing their young friends from doing this + open violence to Hindoo feeling; but one youth of the + Moterjee family has left his home, and taken a house, + determined to live in European fashion. He was, also, about + to marry a young woman of Portuguese origin, one of the + De Rozio family, but this I am told is put off. The main + mover in the meeting among the Hindoos is D., the poet. + Mr. H. W. became so convinced of the need of morals to the + Hindoo College system, that he proposed a moral philosophy + lecture, and D. as the lecturer. W. B., who is one of the + Committee of Public Education, let his colleagues, who had + consented, know the character of D. and it was agreed best + to postpone the appointment; and now D. is dismissed from + the Hindoo College on a charge, by respectable Hindoos, of + Atheism. He stoutly denied the charge; but they said, ‘We + see your works.’ It is evident the English I have named, + are at their wit’s end. The young men say, they will no + longer be guilty of the hypocrisy of upholding Hindooism. + Christianity they have been warned against as an English + prejudice; and they seem to hate Christianity and England + heartily. Their advisers now say, ‘Wait for Ram Mohun Roy’s + return.’ In the mean time, some of the youths are gone + to other schools. Upwards of fifty have left the Hindoo + College, six are entered at the High School. Mrs. Wilson + has a party daily of from ten to fifteen who come expressly + to read the Scriptures with her. One begged for an English + Testament, Mrs. W. said, ‘You can understand Bengalee + better,’ but, said she, ‘I dare not take a Bengalee one + home. An English one my friends will not suspect, and I + can read it at leisure.’ Two come daily to Mr. Sandys + at Mirzapore, professedly to be assisted in preparing + their lessons; but they always also read the Bible. They + are not of the first in wealth; that class seem to a man + opposed to every thing English. Not a movement in favour + of religion in any form is heard of. This has arisen in a + degree, from the part R. and his friends,[157] have been + and are playing. They complain as if they had lost mighty + privileges once in possession, and claim to be employed by + the state, as a matter of right. This I think has arisen + from Government having withheld all patronage from plans + of Christian improvement. The little they are advanced + above former days, is entirely through their own exertions. + Yet two thirds of them are raised above the station their + fathers held, and their pretensions are ridiculous. With + them, however, the enlightened Hindoos seem disposed to + make common cause. They can effect nothing at present, + but the _impolicy_, not to say the sin, of withholding + christian instruction is now beginning to appear.” + +In a letter to Mr. Sherer of a somewhat later date, the Archdeacon +mentions other incidents connected with the Hindoo College, which may +here be fitly related. + + “The Hindoo College,” he writes, “has borne some fruit, + not agreeable to those who planted it. The young men are + many of them licentious to a degree. The more moral of + them are scoffers at all that is good. One very clever + youth, after feasting with his friends on beef, &c. threw + the bones into a neighbouring Brahmin’s compound.[158] The + Brahmin and his friends attacked the convivial party, and a + sad _fracas_ ensued. One of the lads comes often to me, and + I am not without hopes of him.” + +Bishop Turner arrived in Calcutta on the 4th of May 1831, but he +was in a state of health, which excited much apprehension among his +friends. As also, his health continued to decline after his return +to Calcutta, a voyage to Penang and New South Wales was recommended, +in the hope that his valuable life might be prolonged; but the rapid +decay of the Bishop’s strength rendered it necessary for him to +abandon all thoughts of leaving home. On the 29th of June a still +further change for the worse took place; so that Archdeacon Corrie +writes, + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “July 4, 1831. + + “I regret to say that our Bishop is in but a very + indifferent state. He came back to us early in May + unwell; and the debility has increased till hope of his + continuance among us is well nigh taken away. His disease + is some internal disarrangement. This was excited into + activity by the fatigue and heat he had to endure whilst + on his visitation of the other Presidencies. He is dying, + we fear, of debility, with occasional paroxysms of short + breathing.... I do not like to give up the hope of his + living: though it would seem unbrotherly under these + circumstances, to let a ship go without acquainting you + with our state. To me the loss would be the greatest I + have experienced out of my own family. The kindness and + confidence with which he has treated me, and the benefit + I have derived from his conversation, must ever be deeply + felt. To the Indian Church the loss will be greater than + any yet suffered. He unites the best qualities of his + predecessors, with the knowledge of the business of a + clergyman, in the conducting of schools, management of + charities, &c. &c. Just now [three P. M.] his medical + attendant reports the Bishop worse. The Lord be gracious to + this land, and bring light out of this darkness!” + +Within three days of the date of this letter, the Indian church was +deprived for the fourth time of its chief Pastor, by the death of +Bishop Turner. Among the Archdeacon’s papers is the following account +of the last illness of the Bishop. + + “On Saturday evening, the 2nd of July, the Bishop first + spoke to me as if he were not to remain in India. After + our evening drive I accompanied him up stairs, and he + indicated a wish that I should sit down with him in the + drawing-room. ‘He was going to Penang,’ he said, ‘and if + he did not recover there as he expected, should proceed + to New South Wales. He now had seen enough of the Diocese + to judge of the state of religion generally amongst us. + He thought the state as favourable as, under present + circumstances, he could well expect. He judged too it would + be progressive. There is a sad deficiency of clergy, but, + notwithstanding, many active agents are at work:’ and he + alluded to several laymen, especially officers, of whom he + had spoken, as wisely and diligently attending to schools + in different places he had visited. ‘That no difficulties + manifested themselves, at present, in the administration + of ecclesiastical affairs, and that he should leave India + without anxiety.’ + + “2. The Bishop had intended to have crossed the river next + morning, in order to partake of the Lord’s Supper, in + Bishop’s College Chapel. I was afraid he might not be able; + and had made arrangements for the duty at Barrackpore, + in order to remain with him: as I had, indeed, before, + from his saying early in June, after he could not go to + church, ‘these dull Sundays destroy me.’ I had, therefore, + remained at home two Sundays; and though he said nothing + on the subject, I had the satisfaction to see that it was + agreeable to him. On the evening of the 2nd, the Bishop + said, ‘he felt it would be too much for him to cross the + river;’ and he gladly assented to my proposal to have + communion at home, after my return from morning sermon, + in the Old Church. Accordingly, about half-past-twelve, + on Sunday, the 3rd, the Bishop, Mrs. Corrie, and Miss + Bird, assembled in the drawing-room: preparations having + been previously made. It was a very solemn occasion. He + was able to kneel only whilst receiving the elements. + After communicating, Mrs. Corrie left the room, being + much moved, and unwilling to give him pain by shewing it. + After a short pause, the Bishop said, ‘How many blessings + have we to be thankful for?’ ‘I have often enjoyed these + ordinances in administering them, but a person must be + in my circumstances to feel the value of them.’ ‘I have + growing evidence that I know in whom I have trusted:’ + and then went on to contrast the uncertainty attending + science, with the certainty religion supplies. ‘A little + knowledge of science,’ he said, ‘makes us confident; but + as we advance, we feel less certainty; whilst the more we + advance in religious knowledge, the greater certainty we + attain.’ I here left the room, and the Bishop continued in + conversation with Miss B. for some time respecting family + matters. In the evening, the Bishop retired, for the first + time, before tea. + + “3. On Monday, he did not leave his room; and his medical + attendant being now in the house, I merely saw him twice, + on going into his room to enquire after him. In the evening + he went out in the _Tonjon_, and spoke to me, on the bank + of the river, about a marriage which he had been consulted + upon; but he was soon tired, and retired to his room, + without coming into the drawing-room. + + “4. On Tuesday, he did not leave his couch. I saw him + early: he was very unwell; and his medical attendant being + constantly with him, I did not go into the room again till + about 4 P. M. He then requested me to make known to Mr. + Robertson of Bareilly, the state of weakness into which + it had pleased God to bring him. After which he said, ‘he + enquired not after Mrs. Corrie, but he felt deeply the + kindness she had uniformly manifested.’ ‘He desired his + kind love to her; and that she should be told he felt his + obligation.’ On my saying that, ‘had he been able to come + into the drawing-room, she had hoped to see him in the + evening, and would be glad to come to his room:’ he said + with emotion, ‘he thought he would rather be spared.’ + ‘He did not,’ he said, ‘speak much to me on the state of + the diocese; I knew it as well as he did, and in some + respects better; and added, ‘I say with truth, I feel no + reluctance to leave things as they are. There was nothing + of importance claiming immediate attention, and should any + difficulty arise, you will get over it.’ + + “The faithfulness of God to His word was referred to by + him; and on my mentioning an expression of the late Rev. D. + Brown, on his death-bed, viz. ‘The Lord’s will is best. His + way is best. His time is best.’ The Bishop added, ‘that he + greatly needed the intercession of his friends, that such + might be his state of mind.’ + + “5. In the night of the 5th, [the Bishop] being restless, + the doctor asked, ‘if he would like me to come and sit + beside him?’ On his assenting, I was called; I went to + his bed-side, he took me kindly by the hand and said, ‘he + feared he interrupted me.’ He then began to say, ‘how happy + he should be, could he speak to the natives in their own + tongue;’ and referred to his head-bearer. I offered to + speak to him in Hindoostanee; but the Bishop said, ‘not + now, he is fearfully untutored.’ He spoke a good deal on + subjects of religion, connected with his own state; of the + insufficiency of learning, talents, &c. &c., without the + blessing of God; how often God brings about great things + by small means; and instruments we should not have thought + of. After about an hour, he asked me to pray with him; then + said, ‘he would try to compose himself to rest.’ + + “6. Wednesday, July 6th, was a day of intense and incessant + suffering, from difficulty of breathing. He seemed unable + to attend to any thing; but on Miss B. going into the room, + he desired her to read to him a Psalm, and conversed about + a quarter of an hour on points which occurred in reading. + About 4 o’clock I went into his room: I observed, that ‘I + feared he had had a trying day.’ He said with emphasis, + ‘_Very._’ + + “On my saying, ‘that when he felt able to attend, if he + would just express his wishes, I should be glad to wait + upon him for prayer:’ he assented. He after some time + observed, in broken sentences, (for his articulation had + become indistinct) ‘That we do not arrange matters in + religion sufficiently for ourselves.’ More I could not + understand. In order to keep up the train of thought, I + said that ‘our mercy consists in that the covenant is + ordered in all things and sure.’ He assented, and said, + ‘but to those who were orderly there might be more of joy + and peace in believing.’ I said ‘in great bodily distress, + it seemed to me, there could be little beside a child-like + reliance on a father’s care and love.’ He said, ‘I have + an assured hope:’ and added, ‘that we want God to do some + great thing for us, that shall prevent the necessity of + humiliation, and closing with Christ.’ After this I read + a hymn, ‘Jesus the way, the truth, the life.’ He said, + ‘that one feeling was universal, it pervaded all hearts.’ + In continuation I read the hymn, ‘This God is the God we + adore;’ and then prayed out of the Visitation of the Sick, + ending with the Lord’s prayer, and ‘The grace of our Lord, + &c.,’ to which he added a fervent ‘Amen.’ After a pause, + the Bishop broke out in prayer: ‘O thou God of all grace, + stablish, strengthen, settle us. Have mercy on all, that + they may come to the knowledge of the truth, and be saved. + There is none other name given by which they _can_ be + saved. Other foundation can no man lay.’ On his ceasing, + I added, ‘and this is a _sure_ foundation.’ On which his + feelings were much moved; and the doctor coming in, our + conversation ended. + + “In the evening, it was found that the Bishop’s + articulation had failed. He spoke no more after the above + recorded prayer, expressing feelings amongst the most + appropriate that could have occupied the thoughts of a + dying man. He manifested little, if any, consciousness, + during the remaining hours he lived; breathing the whole + time with great difficulty. About ten o’clock he was + helped from his bed to an easy chair, from which he did + not again move; nor did he appear to sleep, or to get the + least repose or cessation from suffering. His appearance + exhibited the most perfect picture that can be conceived, + of patient endurance. Not a word or a look indicated a wish + or a want. + + “7. About half-past-six, he changed for death. I read the + Commendatory Prayer, and we watched for his departure. + About half-past-eight, another change came on to a state + of less suffering, but of more weakness; and the lingering + spirit took its flight, at a quarter before ten on the + morning of the 7th of July.” + +The Archdeacon appended the following note: + + “I have not inserted the answers I made, on many of the + occasions here referred to. What is in the third person is + the substance of what was said; and the words as nearly + as I could remember them. What are given as the Bishop’s + words, were spoken as written.”[159] + +Having watched over the death-bed of Bishop Turner, there yet +remained to the Archdeacon the afflicting office of preaching the +Funeral Sermon. This he did on Sunday, July 10th; and one who was +present on that occasion related, that the preacher was enabled to +discharge “with firmness and strength of voice, though with deep +feeling,” the mournful duty which had devolved upon him. The estimate +which an almost brotherly intimacy with the deceased enabled the +Archdeacon to form of Bishop Turner’s worth, was thus summed up:-- + + “We have left us, in the character of our departed + Bishop, an example of one who sought glory, honour, and + immortality, by patient continuance in well-doing. He began + where the scriptures teach us to begin--with personal + religion. He had low thoughts of himself. He was seriously + affected with a sense of his frailties and unworthiness, + and rested his hope of salvation, only on the mercy of + God in Jesus Christ. He had attained, in a remarkable + degree, the spirit of self-controul; so that he was to a + considerable extent a copy of the great Shepherd and Bishop + of our souls, whose word is “Learn of me, for I am meek and + lowly.” He took Revelation for his guide; and whilst the + Tri-une God of the Bible was the object of his adoration, + the will of God was the rule of his practice. + + “In his peculiar office he came near to the apostolical + standard [given] in the Epistles to Timothy and Titus. + Of his learning, and capacity for perpetuating an order + of ministers in the church, it would require one of a + similar measure of learning and piety to speak, but all + could judge that as a Bishop he was blameless and free + from reproach. Moderate in all his habits and pursuits. + Disinterested in a high degree, and free from all suspicion + of the love of money. He was apt to teach--a true labourer + in the word and doctrine--sober in judgment--wise to solve + difficulties--of a compassionate spirit--and heartily + desirous of men’s eternal good.... The lively sense he had + of his own responsibility rendered him more keenly alive + to such defects in any of those under his authority, as + might hinder their usefulness, or do injury to the cause + they had solemnly pledged themselves to serve. He felt + himself bound, therefore, when occasion arose, to reprove + and to rebuke ‘with all authority.’ An assured hope that + in being released from the body, he should be with Christ, + strengthened our departed Prelate to endure protracted and + intense bodily suffering with patience and fortitude not + to be surpassed; till at length, being released from this + strife of nature, he entered into that eternal life to + which he had long aspired!” + +With reference to the death of the Bishop, Archdeacon Corrie also +writes, + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “Aug. 6, 1831. + + “At first my mind was more stunned, than by any loss yet + experienced. It seemed such a mark of divine withdrawing; + and yet the deceased would have argued the contrary. + He used to say, that ‘designs which took all at once, + seldom held a long course:’ and I desire to draw this + inference,--that seeing the Lord tries us, He will at + length establish us.” + +By the demise of Bishop Turner, the Archdeacon had for the fourth +time to administer the affairs of the diocese. In the letter just +quoted he adds:-- + + “I am again Commissary for this See, and feel myself + adequate to the charge. The routine of duty is familiar + to me; and I can act with more decision from feeling my + ground.” + +At the same time he had to contend alone with such difficulties as +might occur, there being less of co-operation oftentimes than would +have been desirable. The Archdeacon’s observation on that point in +another letter is, that + + “A Bishop has but to signify his will, and those who do + not like it, will not oppose it; but with a mere _Locum + tenens_, friends argue and opposers shew themselves. I do + what I can to carry friends with me, and overrule, as I am + able, objectors, or leave them behind. I feel as before + and more than ever, the undesirableness of power, beyond a + small measure. Not to recommend measures of emolument &c., + to Government, is to ‘act unkindly;’ and to interfere to + prevent abuses is to be an ‘enemy.’ ... But in nothing have + I more to be thankful for, than in the strength given me + to bear these things; persisting at the same time, in the + measures I think right.” + +This kind of wear and tear of body and mind, coupled with separation +from his children and relatives, seems to have very much tended +to foster a desire in the Archdeacon to leave India at the first +opportunity that might warrant such a step. His feelings with regard +to that subject, had indeed been so frequently expressed, in his +own correspondence, and, also, in that of Mrs. Corrie with their +children, that his family fully expected that he would return to +England when the newly-appointed Bishop should arrive in Calcutta. It +was therefore, with reference to this, that he writes + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “Calcutta, Oct. 22, 1831. + + “I yesterday received a letter from Mr. Goode of Clapham: + he had seen you a few days before he wrote, and said you + were expecting that I might be on the way home. I dare + say I write very differently on the subject at different + times. To-day we have had rain, and the thermometer being + only 82°, I feel active; and after all, much of the want of + elasticity experienced, must perhaps be put to the account + of years. I know not whether you read Blackwood, but the + article ‘Christopher North taking a day’s shooting,’ + reminded me of much of the cause of my own ailments. On + buttoning on his gaiters and preparing for the walk, he + found his instep had lost something of its spring. This + is my case, and it would be vain to expect to regain that + spring, in any country or clime.... What I have sometimes + thought of, as to coming home, is to leave this about + January 1833; but circumstances may put it off to 1834, + even if life be spared.” + +Then with reference to what was called the “Reform Bill,” and the +origin of the “Trinitarian Bible Society,” the Archdeacon observes:-- + + “All affairs here appear flat, compared with the + spirit-stirring events that are occurring around you. + I, on my first voyage, attempted a Poem, beginning with + something about, ‘Britain, the glory of all lands.’ Parson + got hold of it, and by his well-deserved raillery cured me + of the only poetical fit, with which I was ever visited. + But whether Britain is to continue the glory of all lands, + appears now to be doubtful. Well: we must look more at the + Church; of which ‘glorious things’ are still ‘spoken.’ + The part of it called the Church of England, is exposed + from within as well as from without. Captain Gordon’s + proceedings, if persisted in, will throw the weight of the + Bible Society into the dissenting interest, by withdrawing + the wrong-heads in the church who adhere to him.” + +On the same subject the Archdeacon observes + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “We have heard with much concern of the proceedings of + Captain Gordon and his friends in the Bible Society: to + me it indicates the breaking up of the Society, and the + splitting of the religious world into small, powerless + parties.... How it grieves one to see men pass by all the + political patrons, the trafficking beneficiaries, &c., &c., + and make this ado about Socinian participation in giving + away Bibles! The whole of their arguments go on the idea of + the Bible Society being the _Church_, than which nothing + can be more vague: not one act of church-membership is + performed by the Bible Society.” + +About the same date the Archdeacon writes + + + TO HIS SISTER. + + “The sound of most of the controversies which occupy you + at home, reaches us here; and I think there was some + reason for the accusation against many pious ministers, + who make sanctification almost the Saviour: whereas + true and effectual holiness arises from clear views of + reconciliation to God by Christ. Not theoretical views, but + that heart-felt sense of the preciousness of the Saviour, + which only those who experience it can understand, and + which every believer should seek to realize more and more. + On the other hand, we have an instance or two of young + converts entering into this view, so as to go beyond their + experience, and afterwards to become greatly perplexed. + May we, dearest sister, learn more and more of that + expression,--‘The life I live ... I live by the faith of + the Son of God?’” + +Among the important objects which engaged the attention of the late +Bishop Turner, was that of providing additional accommodation for +public worship; and by his lordship’s exertions in that respect, +arrangements had been made for building three additional churches +in and about Calcutta. One of these was designed to be connected +with the Free School; so as not only to enable the whole of the +children in that establishment to attend public worship on the +School premises, but, also, to serve for the accommodation of the +immediate neighbourhood in which the School was situate. Many +circumstances, however, occurred after Bishop Turner’s death to +retard the completion of the Free-School Church, but this having +been at length effected, the Church was opened on Nov. 20, 1831, +the Archdeacon preaching on the occasion, from Matt. xviii. 11. The +sermon was afterwards printed; and on mentioning this in a letter to +his brother, the Archdeacon observes:-- + + “I know the Sermon is worth little but for local + circumstances, and that I have had to contend with some + cross-grained spirits, since the Bishop’s death, to get the + Church opened at all. The Sermon will, I hope, counteract + their misrepresentations with the public.” + +Some additional and more striking results of education without +religion, began now to attract attention. Those Hindoo philosophers, +as they were called, who boasted of their desire to rescue their +countrymen from ignorance and superstition, had begun to take +alarm at the freedom with which some of the natives, who had been +educated at the Hindoo College, were attacking the Brahminical faith +and morals. They therefore, somewhat inconsistently, resolved to +hold no communication with any who impugned the Hindoo system; and +went so far as to procure the ejection from house and home, of the +native editor of a paper called “The Enquirer,” because he continued +fearlessly to expose Hindooism. On the other hand, the sceptical and +infidel portion of the Native community, avowed their sentiments +whenever occasion occurred, and acted out their education without +reserve. A curious incident, illustrative of this state of mind +occurred in the December of 1831. A large importation of “Paine’s +Age of Reason” had arrived from America for sale in Calcutta, and +a native bookseller, by way of experiment, fixed the price of the +book at one rupee. At first, a few copies only were sold at this +low price; but the work was found so exactly to fall in with the +principles and tastes of the young enlightened Baboos of Calcutta, +that at the end of five days the bookseller had not a copy of Paine’s +blasphemy left, although the price had been raised to as high as five +rupees the single copy. As was to be expected, moreover, the same +Hindoo liberalists, who persecuted such of their native brethren as +exposed the Brahminical superstition, were ready enough to avail +themselves of an opportunity to shew their hostility to Christianity. +They accordingly had portions of the “Age of Reason,” translated +into Bengalee, and published in one of their newspapers; calling +upon the Christian missionaries at large, and on the Archdeacon by +name, to answer Paine’s infidel lucubrations. Several, however, of +the most respectable of the Hindoos in Calcutta, expressed their +disapprobation of this proceeding, and deprecated all notice of the +publication. + +At Christmas-tide the Archdeacon took part in the admission of some +native converts into the Church of Christ. It was on the 26th of Dec. +1831, that the Chapel at Mirzapore was filled with native Christians, +the children from St. James’ and Infant Schools, and the friends of +missions, from Calcutta and neighbourhood. Divine service commenced +by the Native Christians singing a Bengalee hymn; and during Morning +Prayer, the Sacrament of baptism was administered to ten native +adults, and eight native children. At this season, too, it was, that +there was an examination of the schools, and a dinner provided for +the native Christians and their children; of which the following +lively account was given by the Archdeacon + + + TO HIS DAUGHTERS. + + “The christians at the Church-Mission-house, dined all + together on Monday last. There were 190 who sat down to + dinner, as they report of the Lord Mayor’s and other such + feasts; and why may we not say so of this feast, though + they all sat on the ground? They had, moreover, three + courses and a desert. Plantain leaves being placed, one + for each, with a little space between. They then seated + themselves, each behind this plate of Nature’s manufacture. + Then came the cooks, and gave, one, a large spoonful of + rice, another, a portion of vegetable curry. (I should + premise, there was rice enough for each, placed at once, + and a small portion of curry.) This latter being discussed, + a portion of meat-curry was then placed beside the + remaining rice,--after this, sweet-meats, and then fruit. + When all were arranged, and ready to begin, Roop, the + catechist, said a grace;--rather too long, I thought, as, I + dare say, thought some of the hungry children. They seemed + all very happy. It was a day of thankfulness to many of + us. Ten years ago, there was not one christian connected + with this Mission; now, of these about one hundred and + fifty are connected with Krishnagur. Some of them residing + in the neighbouring villages, the remainder were guests, + connected with other Missions. All were feasted for about + four pounds, which your papa supplied. There were some + English friends, too, with Mr. Sandys. We all assembled in + the Chapel for worship at twelve o’clock, and it was quite + filled; so that if things prosper, as we hope they will, + the Chapel must soon be enlarged.” + +Except when occasions like these called the Archdeacon from home, +his time was now chiefly spent between Calcutta and Barrackpore. +He appears, too, to have continued the custom originated by the +late Bishop, of allowing any friends who might chuse to attend his +family-worship on Friday-evenings; and to many were those social +meetings the means of instruction. Respecting himself, he observes in +a memorandum, dated + + “Barrackpore, April 22, 1832. + + “On the 10th of this month, I completed 55 years. Great + mercies on the part of God, great ingratitude on my part, + appear in review. Such has been my history throughout. I + do not look on it as a thing of course, but as a proof of + the inveterate nature of human depravity; and as setting + forth the unutterable condescension and love of God, the + Saviour. I would not have it continue; whilst I am sure + if left to myself it will continue, and continuing must + exclude me from Heaven. My expectation, and my desire + is, to be saved from sin; and I thank God, through Jesus + Christ, that thus it will be. The prospect before me, if + life be spared, is full of anxiety. I feel very reluctant + to quit India. I had intended to have spent my life here; + but that implied an useful life. My present appointment has + operated to make my defects more manifest. Who would have + thought, when I was glad of release from the duties of the + Presidency, (being from debility unable to perform them,) + that so much publicity would have followed? Who could have + calculated on the Bishops being removed, one after another? + This is the Lord’s doing. If I have not brought discredit + on my religious profession, it is also of Him. He has + hid me in ‘the secret of his pavilion’: I feel this most + sensibly.” + +The Archdeacon’s correspondence shews that the anxiety here expressed +respecting the future, was much increased by the accounts which +reached India of that turbulent spirit, which now pervaded England; +and which had been called forth and fostered by unprincipled +men; who, in the absence of arguments, derived from truth and +righteousness, in favour of their schemes of reform, did not scruple +to recommend the use of the brick-bat and the bludgeon. Thus in +writing + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “April 25, 1832. + + “The overland news have reached us up to the 13th January. + Very troublous times seem coming over you. May the Lord + avert or guide the storm, as He surely will! But who may + be swept away in its violence, who can say? What anxiety + you must have experienced about Lucy during the riots at + Bristol! And now again burnings have commenced in various + parts. These things make the prospect Englandwards very + dreary, and add to the natural indecision of my mind as to + what it may be right to do, respecting having our children + here, or going to them. Yet I expect and confidently + believe, that when the time comes our path will be plain.” + +And with reference to the same subject he writes + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “The rejection of the Reform Bill by the House of Lords, + seems very disastrous. I think they did their duty, but the + late promotions in the Church look as if the proverb were + about to be realized, ‘Quem Deus vult perdere &c.’ What + can result from the influence of such men but laxity of + doctrine and of practice, and changes in every department? + Change may be required in some things, but they should + be men who fear God and reverence his word, who make + the changes. Well: _the Church_ shall stand to which we + belong. The Rock, Christ, is not to be shaken by these + convulsions.--Yet these troubles in Old England distress + me much, not only for the sake of the land of my fathers, + but as affecting the determination I shall be obliged to + come to, if spared a few months longer, as to return or not + return to you. Sometimes friends here say, I shall have + the offer of becoming Bishop, or one of the Bishopricks + of India. This I do not myself think; or when the thought + occurs, it creates only fear lest the offer should be + made.... Ever since I left college, present duties have + required present exertion; and if I have any reputation for + discretion, it is, because like the owl, I have preserved + silence on points on which I was ignorant. With these true + thoughts of myself, every occasion of publicity has brought + me only secret humiliation; with, at times, overflowing + feelings of thankfulness to God, who ‘out of the mouths + of babes ordains praise.’ But now my secret desire is for + privacy. This perhaps, is at the bottom, after all, of that + hankering I feel after what I always called Home. Though + England since our father’s death, presents no [particular] + home to my mind, the Island generally is home; and should + it be the will of God that I come among you, a small circle + will bound my affections. And yet I should soon love all + those whom my brothers and sister love, and all who have + shewn kindness to the children of our love. But when I + should be loosing my cords and preparing to take down the + earthly house of this tabernacle, I may be in danger of + becoming more attached to the passing scene. So, after all, + there is no safety but in fearing always. + + “All things here continue much as usual, except indeed, + that the great reductions in the army have led to the + display in several parts of the country of a disposition + to plunder and to insurrection. It is not, I apprehend, + from dissatisfaction with this more than with any other + government, which might have been in possession. But it + is human nature unrestrained by the outward or inward + influence of Christianity: and our men in authority will + not learn, how much they owe to the Gospel, even as it + respects this life, in restraining the evil passions of + mankind. A small offering to the idol, of any plunder + gained, sanctifies the remainder to the possessors: and now + that so much country is left without the presence of any + military force, why should not the natives help themselves + to whatever is within reach? This is the spirit at work in + much of this land.” + +Meanwhile the preaching of the gospel was not without effect, for the +Archdeacon was able to inform + + + MR. SHERER. + + “July 7, 1832. + + “In our mission this year, 108 have been added to the + Church, of whom seventy-two are adults; and there is a + growing willingness in the natives to listen to the Gospel. + We have a converted Jew,[160] also, seeking the welfare of + the lost sheep of the house of Israel; and Mr. Wolff is + in the Punjab on his way hither. He has been imprisoned, + bastindoed, made to work as a slave, and scarcely reached + Peshawar alive; but now Runjeet Singh, hearing of his + connection by marriage with the Governor General, has sent + him a guard of honour; and he who was yesterday literally a + beggar, finds himself treated as a prince.” + +In the following month the Archdeacon had the happiness to witness +the baptism of one of those native youths, who have been already +mentioned in connection with the Hindoo College in Calcutta;[161] +and of whom several, by attending the lectures of Mr. Duff and Mr. +Hill, on the Evidences of Religion, had been led into a belief of the +truth of the Bible, as a revelation from God. The youth in question +was baptised in the Old Church on the 26th of August, and soon after +became a student in Bishop’s College. The decided preference, +however, which this youth and others evidenced for the Church of +England, seems to have occasioned much annoyance to many, of whom +better things might have been hoped. + + “The Baptists,” as the Archdeacon writes to his sister, + “did all they could to prejudice them [the native youths] + against us: so that when the youth referred to, came to + talk over the Baptismal service, all the usual objections + were familiar to him; but he was satisfied with the + explanations so often rendered of them. These,” adds + the Archdeacon, “are little refreshments amidst much to + depress us: for the spirit which is abroad in England, is + also spreading here. Many are not only disposed to favour + dissent, but to discourage the Church. Here, where are no + tithes or exactions to complain of, we might expect to be + let alone. But no: we must be pulled down, if possible, + from the elevation we have gained. Our Governor General and + his Lady have done much towards this, by going alike nearly + to Church and meeting; so Mr. J. Hill publishes a book to + explain, as he professed, the principles of Independency, + but it is in reality a collection of the bitterest things + which have been uttered from time to time, against + Establishments in general, and the Church of England in + particular. It has however, answered his end with few or + none; whilst it has exposed to many the bitterness they + would not believe could dwell under so meek an exterior.” + +So again the Archdeacon in writing to his brother observes:-- + + “Here we have no tithes, no collection of Church-dues, to + call forth ill feeling. We interfere in no way but in our + religious character, yet this offends.” + +It might truly be said that there was “much to depress” the spirit +of a Christian, when such persons as Mr. Hill professed to be, could +have so carefully treasured up, to be poured forth as occasion +served, “the bitterest things which had been uttered against the +Church of England;” because such a proceeding must have given reason +for doubting the religious sincerity of the parties themselves. +(Phil. i. 15; 1 Cor. xiii. 1-3.) Whatever evils might have been +connected with “establishments in general, and with the Church of +England in particular;” no person with truth could charge those +evils upon that Church in India. On the contrary, it was impossible +to overlook the extensive good which our Church was at that moment +effecting, in every corner of the Eastern empire; and that by means +of funds as unconnected with the State, as Mr. Hill himself could +have desired. If history and experience therefore, had not explained, +that it was Episcopacy and not Establishments that called forth the +sad exhibition of Independency of which the Archdeacon complained, +this outbreak of Mr. Hill and his friends must have appeared most +unaccountable. The Archdeacon therefore, being fully aware that +the question to be decided was, “The office of the ministry, is it +of Christ, or only by the suffrages and allowance of the people?” +reprinted, (but without any allusion to Mr. Hill’s book,) Hey’s tract +on the three-fold ministry of the New Testament; and as subsidiary +to this tract, Dr. Mill printed Chillingworth on the Apostolical +institution of Episcopacy. Both were eagerly read, and many who +scarcely knew the difference between the Church and dissent, had now +their eyes effectually opened. Amidst such causes for sorrow, there +were counterbalancing occasions for rejoicing. In the letter to his +sister already referred to, the Archdeacon writes: + + “I am not without fruit in my own sphere. Several + respectable Mahommedans have come most mornings, for some + months past, to read the scriptures with me. Two of them + were baptised about a month since, and two are to be + baptised to-morrow (Sep. 5.) and new enquirers are often + appearing; so that there seems a prospect of a native + Church being gathered from that class, in time.” + +The baptisms here spoken of as expected to occur, took place in +the mission-chapel at Mirzapore on the 5th of September. One +of the parties baptised was a young person of talent and great +respectability, who had gone through the usual course of education +at the Mahommedan College, with a view to his becoming a Molwee. +The sacrament was administered by the Archdeacon, who conducted the +service in Hindoostanee. After the baptism, he addressed the European +portion of the congregation, exhorting them “to take heed, lest +whilst the natives of India were thus entering into the kingdom of +God, they, the professors of the Christian name, should come short of +everlasting life.” + + + [153] Writers. + + [154] Chief station. + + [155] Respecting the revolution which placed Louis + Philippe on the throne. + + [156] Nothing could be worse than the state of the Native + press about this time. Besides papers published in + English, there were nine or ten in the Bengalee + language, some of which contained the most polluting + language and sentiments. + + [157] These were the Anglo-Indians, who, for some time + past, had been clamouring for political privileges. + + [158] It will be remembered that animals of the ox-tribe + are sacred among the Hindoos; so that whilst the + “feasting on beef” manifested the greatest contempt + for Hindooism on the part of the youths; no greater + insult and profanation could have been inflicted on + the Brahmin than to have ox-bones thrown into his + premises. + + [159] Some notices of Bishop Turner are collected in the + Missionary Register, for March and May 1832. + + [160] Mr. Samuel. + + [161] See above pp. 494, et seq. + + + + + CHAPTER XIX. + + ARRIVAL OF BISHOP WILSON.--BAPTISM OF + NATIVES.--ORDINATIONS.--VISITATION OF THE UPPER PROVINCES. + + +The Rev. Daniel Wilson had been consecrated to the See of Culcutta +early in this year, and was now approaching the shores of India. It +appears that on his appointment to the See, Dr. Wilson had written to +Archdeacon Corrie to inform him of that circumstance, and had kindly +taken occasion to express a desire that the Archdeacon would for +the present continue his services in India. With reference to this +estimable prelate the Archdeacon writes + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “Dr. Wilson has not yet arrived, but is daily expected. I + know no one more suitable to have been sent among us, but + our expectation must be from God alone. It would cost me a + severe pang were I told I should not be allowed to visit + England again, yet the prospect of remaining here is not + painful to me; and it is chiefly on our children’s account + that I have thought of retiring.... You are not likely to + know, unless I tell you, that Mr. Charles Grant has written + me a very kind letter, stating why I was not called home to + be made Bishop.... I am more than satisfied, for I desire + not the office. I have felt a measure of the responsibility + attached to it; experienced what it is to be set on an high + place ‘as a mark for envy to shoot at;’ and above all, I + know to a demonstration how much more such men as the last, + or the present Bishop can effect, beyond my utmost ability.” + +That it might meet his lordship as soon as he should arrive in India, +the Archdeacon addressed the following letter + + + TO THE BISHOP OF CALCUTTA. + + “Oct. 2, 1832. + + “The news of your appointment to India, reached this + country at the latter end of July, and caused thanksgivings + to ascend from many hearts. Your two kind letters did not + reach me till September 21, so that the time had passed for + addressing a letter to the Cape. This will, we hope, meet + you before the end of this month, on the Sibbald’s entering + the River, and in good health, and without disaster on the + voyage. Our hearty congratulations are offered, and prayers + that your entrance in among us, may be ‘in the fulness of + the blessing of the Gospel!’ + + “From what you are reported to have said at the Church + Missionary Society’s anniversary meeting, it would appear + that you had been led to expect that arrears of business + await you, to be arranged: I am happy to say that not + a case, that I am aware of, is in arrear; that though + much interesting business connected with our public + institutions, will claim your attention, nothing in the + way of official arrangement remains for your decision. I + am most happy to observe your intention of endeavouring + to preserve health. Our former Bishops no doubt had the + same purpose, but they did not take advice from those + more used to the climate. I shall, please God we meet, + explain to you how both Bishops Heber and Turner brought + on, inadvertently, their own end. There is nothing in + the climate to prevent most constitutions continuing, + with care, to enjoy good health. At the same time, it has + appeared to me that no particular age is more favorable + than another; or that there is any such thing as becoming + inured to the climate, so as to bear exposure at certain + times. Experience teaches us to avoid certain situations + and not to expose ourselves [to the climate] at certain + times, if we can avoid it; and this is all, in my opinion, + that any one gains by long residence here. All this will + soon become familiar to you; and I have no doubt, under + usual circumstances, you will be able to go through all + your duties with comfort.... + + “I shall say nothing of my own affairs, except that I was + not intending to leave the country this year; and that it + will be my delight, as well as duty, to be assisting in + every way I can.” + +On the report reaching Calcutta that the “Sibbald” had arrived in the +river, the Archdeacon, as on like former occasions, obtained the use +of one of the government vessels, met the Bishop, and conveyed him to +Calcutta. His lordship arrived there on the 4th of November, and was +installed on the next day. + +The Archdeacon was thus relieved from some of those anxieties which +were connected with official duties, but he was not without trials +of a domestic nature. The ship in which his wife had embarked for +England in the middle of December, was wrecked off Coringa, on her +passage to Madras, and the passengers only saved by taking to the +long-boat. They ultimately landed at Masulipatam, and the fatigue +and exposure to the cold which Mrs. Corrie and the other passengers +underwent, proved of no lasting detriment to them; but all their +luggage was lost. + +A letter addressed to his wife soon after her departure from India +will give some idea of the nature of the Archdeacon’s occupations at +this time:-- + + “January 6, 1833. + + “The last few days have furnished increasing occupation. On + Wednesday I breakfasted with the Bishop, and arranged with + him for the examination of the candidates for Ordination. + I then went to Da Costa, who has been too ill to leave + home, and corrected two proof sheets of Isaiah, in Persian, + and two of the New Testament in Hindoostanee. I returned + home at two o’clock, when the Natives, who read the + Scriptures with me, occupied me till four. On Thursday I + was occupied nearly the whole of the day in writing to G. + on his offence; and in the evening the Bishop dined with + your mother and I, and we talked over Church affairs. On + Friday, there was a meeting of the High School managers, to + appoint Lambrick _pro-tem_, head, and young Thompson second + master. I then went to the examination, of Native Schools + at Mirzapore, the best by far we have had: Dunsmore their + superintendent. This kept me till 2 o’clock. I came home + and found the candidates’ papers for my inspection, which + by close application I got through by dusk. I then went to + A. S. to dinner at six, and from thence to the town-hall, + to the Bible Association general meeting, at half past + 7 o’clock, and home at ten. The Bishop took the chair, + Bannerjee spoke well, but too long. Yesterday I wrote two + public letters, and prepared notes of an address which the + Bishop wished me to make to the candidates for Ordination, + and their duties as they related to this country. At four + I went to the Molwee’s, and conversed awhile with about a + dozen natives on John iii., and then came home to dinner. + Now for some fragments. A Moonshee is to be baptised on + Wednesday, who many years ago received a New Testament + at Dacca. He cannot remember the date, but it was from + the Chaplain who was there before S. He has been reading + this, and enquiring at different places; till at length, + convinced of the divinity of the Lord Jesus Christ, he + wishes to take up his Cross. He appears more spiritual than + the Molwee; but you know we must not too readily trust + appearances. He has a wife, who, he says, is persuaded + also, and they have two children. + + “Past 2 o’clock--We have been detained at the Cathedral + till now, and have had a most instructive discourse from + the Bishop, Acts xxii. The Ordination of two deacons + and seven priests altogether, is indeed a new sight in + Calcutta. The Cathedral was crowded, and the service full + of interest. At the Communion afterwards, one hundred and + fifteen attended. Many appeared deeply affected.” + +Mrs. Corrie having proceeded from Masulipatam to Madras, the +Archdeacon obtained leave to join her there, with a view to arrange +for her passage to England by another ship. He was consequently +absent from Calcutta until the beginning of March. On the 9th of that +month he writes:-- + + + TO HIS WIFE. + + “I found things here of a mixed nature; some pleasing, some + painful. Of the pleasing was the baptism of twenty-five + Hindoos in Mirzapore chapel, on the evening I arrived. The + Hindoostanee congregation much increased. A fine youth of + about eighteen, the son of an Englishman, but abandoned + by the father, has with his Mother, sought instruction. + He is dressed as a Mahommedan. Another youth of the same + description, was confirmed, but I have not yet seen him.” + +Some particulars of the then state of society, which the Archdeacon +communicated in a letter to Mr. Sherer, may not be omitted:-- + + “March 30, 1833. + + “You will learn from other sources the great distress which + prevails through the failure of the great houses here. + One point of retribution I cannot but think is observable + in the recoil of the Free-trade system. They were the + men who maintained the Hurkcaru and India Gazette, to + vilify the Company and to run down the Government; and + just in proportion as they injured the interests of the + Company, their own were injured.... Of public matters you + will, also, hear. We have now a newspaper at Cawnpore, at + Meerut, Agra, and Delhi. The Delhi paper has an article + on the misconceptions of the Natives, shewing how easily + they are led away by rumours, &c.; which seems to point + out the impolicy of these very newspapers. The subject + of Missions is daily gaining ground; yet opposition is + at work underhand. Paine’s ‘Age of Reason’ has been + circulated to a large extent among the educated Hindoos; + and a very plausible work written here, but printed in + England, entitled ‘Christianity of human origin,’ has got + considerable currency.” + +It was during the March of this year that the Archdeacon, among +others, resigned his office of governor of the Free-School in +Calcutta. For a considerable period the affairs of the school had +been a source of contention at the Presidency, in consequence of +a difference of opinion between the governors and the committee +of that Institution, respecting the management of the charity. It +was therefore at length agreed that the points at issue should be +submitted to the arbitration of the Bishop, it being at the same time +understood that his lordship’s award should be final. One portion of +the award was that the governors and secretary of the school should +resign their office, in order thus to allow of such a reconstruction +of the government of the School as might seem calculated to compose +the existing differences. The Bishop himself led the way, by +resigning his office of Patron; and the Archdeacon readily followed +so disinterested an example. + +Soon after this, the Bishop of Calcutta decided that the Archdeacon +should make a visitation of the Upper Provinces. An application +was accordingly made to government for the purpose of obtaining +travelling allowances for the occasion; and early in May an Order +to that effect passed the Council. Before leaving Calcutta the +Archdeacon relates + + + TO HIS WIFE. + + “June 9, 1833. + + “The subject of Infant-Schools is to be taken up by the + Bishop. Yesterday most of our friends among the Chaplains + breakfasted with him, and a meeting was resolved on, to + be called next Monday at the Bishop’s. Lord and Lady W. + are full, also, of the subject, and are to give largely, + &c. A central school is to be built, and a Master and + Mistress to be sent for from England; so that the little + one on which you bestowed so much care, and which Mr. U. + let die a kind of natural death, is to be succeeded by + a magnificent offspring (shall I call it?); and Bishop + Turner will yet speak to the place in this way, though + his name be forgotten. A meeting, also, is called to + forward steam-communication, which has been taken up anew + at Bombay; and Lord W. is, also, aiding individually; and + we are to have answers to our Letters in four or five + months, if not to have leave of absence for six months, + with permission to visit Clapham, without loss of pay or + _batta_. Such are the topics of the day.” + +In the same letter the Archdeacon mentions an occurrence which will +not be read without interest:-- + + “One of the youths who was to have been baptized on + Whit-sunday, was seized in the street, by his relatives, + and carried home to Bunhoogly. He had been there confined + in a room for fifteen days, threatened, and was to have had + a maddening potion administered to him, but for the cries + and entreaties of his mother, whose love for the fruit + of her womb prevailed over her superstition. The youth + bribed a servant to carry a letter to Bannerjee,[162] and + he with young Henry R. went in a palanquin carriage on + the Berhampore road, on Sunday Evening the 2nd, when the + lad escaped; fled to the appointed place of meeting, and, + getting into the carriage, was brought to Mirzapore. A + rich uncle, one of the Dutts, came on Friday last with a + Brahmin, and tried to coax the lad away again; promising + him all sorts of liberty, and every thing, but leave to + become a christian. The youth stedfastly refused. On + this a complaint was lodged at the Police office against + Bannerjee, charging him with violently carrying off the + lad, but they could not sustain the charge, and the case + was dismissed: and here the matter rests at present. He is + a very intelligent lad of sixteen, but short of his age. I + had an interesting conversation with him on Sunday evening, + too long to write to you, but the substance of it was as + follows: ‘A full conviction of the truth of Christianity. + Its suitableness to mankind as revealing a Saviour, and the + lad’s own individual need of pardon of sin, and of grace + and strength to bear his trials, and to obey God.’ The poor + fellow was very feverish from the agitation he had gone + through. Mr. S. was preparing tea for him, and he slept in + one of S’s room for security. How little we know of such + difficulties in the way of salvation! Our ease and levity + are equal impediments, and perhaps sources of greater + danger.” + +The youth mentioned in the foregoing letter was named Brijonaut +Ghose, and had been educated at the Hindoo College, but afterwards +became a pupil at the Mirzapore school, under Krishna Mohun +Bannerjee. There, it appears, he was in the habit of conversing +freely with his companions respecting the follies of Hindooism, and +this having reached the ears of his parents, they became apprehensive +that their son would embrace Christianity, and so forbade his +attendance at the school. His absence was not particularly noticed +at the time; but on his returning again after some time had elapsed, +he stated the reason for his absence, and shewed a greater desire +for instruction in the great truths of revelation. The opposition +to his attending at Mirzapore, now became more decided on the part +of this youth’s parents: they took him to their home, confined him +to the house, and had him carefully watched for several days. The +youth, however, contrived to escape, and instantly went to Mirzapore; +but as the friends of that Institution were, for every reason, +anxious not to make converts by stratagem, it was decided that a +temporary residence should be provided for the youth, and a Brahmin +provided to dress his food, that he might not lose caste. But before +a residence could be obtained, the youth was again captured by his +relations, and subjected to the treatment which the Archdeacon’s +letter relates. So soon, therefore, as ever the youth found himself +rescued from the unnatural violence of his parents, he earnestly +desired to be baptized. And as there was no doubt respecting his +fitness for baptism, so far as concerned his knowledge of the Gospel, +and the sincerity of his faith in its promises, there seemed, at +first, to be no reason for disappointing his desire; especially as +baptism would effect a complete separation of the youth from his +relatives, and thus prove a certain protection against their future +persecution. To prevent, however, any suspicion that so solemn a rite +had been hastily administered, or that the Missionaries had acted +from unworthy motives, it was considered better that the baptism of +the youth should be deferred. But in the meanwhile the father of +the youth obtained a writ of _Habeas Corpus_ from the Supreme Court +in Calcutta, calling upon Bannerjee to produce Brijonaut Ghose, +and to shew cause why he was detained at Mirzapore or elsewhere. +Bannerjee, of course, appeared in Court with the youth, and stated, +through the Advocate General, all the circumstances connected with +the youth’s history. The Court, however, decided that the parents +were the natural guardians of their children, and the youth was +therefore ordered to be delivered up to his father. It was in vain +that the youth personally expressed his unwillingness to return +home, and alleged his dread of the repetition of the violence which +he had already experienced: the Court did not feel called upon to +interfere until the dreaded violence had been actually offered; and +consequently reiterated the order for the boy to be given up to the +father. The poor fellow was then seized hold of by his father; but +it required considerable exertion to get him out of court. He wept +most bitterly, repeated his appeals to the judges, seized hold of the +table at which the barristers were seated, and was only dragged away +inch by inch. + +This unusual scene gave rise, as it will be concluded, to much +discussion, and in its probable consequences was of no ordinary +importance: it occurred on the day on which the Archdeacon left +Calcutta; who in announcing his intended journey to his brother, +observes:-- + + “My visitation out and home, will embrace a circle of + between 2000 and 3000 miles. I have no fear as to health; + and for the rest, I have the word of truth, ‘I will be with + thee in all places whithersoever I shall lead thee.’” + +Full particulars of the Archdeacon’s proceedings are contained in his +letters to the present Bishop of Calcutta, and in his correspondence +with Mrs. Corrie: it is from both these sources that the following +information is derived;-- + + “On the 13th July, 1833, I went to Chinsurah, and found + dear B. on the steps of the Church to receive me. Passed + a peaceful day on the 14th with him. Having been less at + ease for want of repose, I enjoyed Saturday as much bodily + as mentally. On Sunday morning I preached to the soldiers: + and in the evening B.; there was a collection made both + times for the Church Missionary Society of about 100 Rs. + The church in the evening was nearly as full as in the + morning. Captain J. came up to see a friend, and passed an + hour on Sunday with me; he breakfasted with us on Monday + morning; and he and B. came on with me to Bandel. I thought + much of the many partings we have had in these places. + Beloved Mr. Brown came up with Martyn and Parsons and me + to Forsyth’s here in 1806;[163] and again with Parsons and + me in November of that year. M. and Miss C. and I paid F. + a visit here in 1812. Now where are most of these? Their + place others fill. Yet the work of the Lord goes forward! + + “I consider my journey now commenced. The weather is + favourable; the wind fair and steady till toward evening, + but not strong; and very cloudy. + + “Reached Santipore, July 16th, and expected to be at Culna + by breakfast time. Arrived at Culna by nine. Mr. A. came + down to the boat, and we afterward went up to the Mission + bungalow and staid till evening. Their mode of life is just + what people at home fancy of Missionary life in India; the + house was clean and airy; the children are kept in such + order as Christian children should be, playful yet obedient. + + “I was nearly a day sooner than was expected; only two of + the four schools were sent for to be examined, and of them + only the first classes, and a few of the second. There were + forty-one boys: they read with great correctness the 6th of + St. Matthew: and generally gave correct explanations from + notes supplied to each school by Mr. A., explanatory of + what they read. They read with equal correctness Ellerton’s + Dialogues, 5th Ch:, and are expert in their explanations; + the whole of this book the boys had read; it is a great + favourite among the scholars; and a few days since four + youths, who had been educated in these schools, came to Mr. + A. and requested a copy of each of the Dialogues for their + private use. + + “Mr. A. has a school of sixteen girls in one of the rooms + of the bungalow; one of them a few months since was, with + her mother’s consent, baptized. There is also an English + class of about thirty; their proficiency was not so + manifest. The teacher is a Mahomedan, who learned English + at some school in the Chitpore road. Mr. A. speaks of a + great and favourable change in the respectable natives + towards him. This appears among other things, in some + wealthy people, who had set up a school in opposition to + one of the mission schools, having, after some conversation + with him on Christianity, given up their school, and sent + the boys to his. Culna is a great mart for grain, so that + tracts are carried from this to many distant parts of the + country, and Mr. A. speaks of strangers, who come to the + market, as desirous of obtaining tracts to carry away with + them. In the evening twenty-one of the native Christians + attended for worship. Mr. A. leads the psalmody with his + violin, just loud enough to keep them in tune; the effect + was very pleasing. + + “July 18th.--We crossed the river, after leaving the + mission house, for freer air. Mr. A. came with me. It + reminded me of our visit with the late Bishop, when he had + in like manner crossed the river with us. We spoke of him + with much affection, and especially of the good judgment + displayed in his remarks on Missionary operations. In the + night there was much rain; but yesterday the wind was + fair, and steady without rain, as far as Nuddea. I staid + at the mouth of the Jellinghee an hour, expecting that Mr. + R. might have come from Krishnaghur to the neighbouring + factory to meet me, as I had written to him about my plans + from Chinsurah. He was not come, nor is it of consequence, + as I could not have gone at that time to see the Nuddea + school. We proceeded very slowly, yet reached a point + near the factory with the upper-roomed house. There was + a fine plain covered with growing rice. A clever-looking + young brahmin, in part owner of the field, came up to + make salaam. I engaged him in conversation by setting + the young baboo to ask him questions; no good seemed to + follow; but on the passage “_Come unto me, all ye that + labour and are heavy laden_,” &c. being read, I observed, + that if the brahmin would admit, that sin is a burden, + it would make him uneasy; so that I feared he would put + away the invitation. He became thoughtful, and left us a + little seriously. The 18th passed rather uncomfortably. I + had called the moonshee, and had just commenced reading + the 1st of Acts with him, when we began to move round and + round! The river had made on both sides a deep indent into + the bank; and the water was boiling like a whirlpool. + After some time the dandies made the side; but the river + ran a perfect sluice. I got on shore, and after two or + three trials the pinnace was dragged with much difficulty + out of this situation. But for a mile, the river ran + with like violence; and I had to walk all that way; the + day was clear and the heat great; I had a chattah, and + walked no faster than the dandies, who were bending to + the earth almost in their endeavour to drag the pinnace + on. I abstained from water though exceedingly thirsty; + and only moistened my mouth with a wet towel, and after + an hour’s repose felt no inconvenience. The river still + ran very strong, and has been very tortuous since passing + the Jellinghee. About twelve a heavy fall of rain came on; + the men fastened the pinnace slightly to the bank; and + all came on board for shelter. This continued till three, + when we set off again, and a strong wind springing up, we + made head against the torrent. The rush through the water + was by no means pleasant; but we were mercifully brought + to a quiet resting-place about half-past-six, P. M.; the + wind died away and we had a cool refreshing night. During + the day at intervals, I had much conversation with the + moonshee on points of religion in which he is interested. + We read also two chapters of the Acts, and conversed much + on the contents. There is little expectation left of our + reaching Berhampore on the 20th, which I much regret. It + is His pleasure, however, who is the God of Providence, as + well as of Grace. The river is now rising rapidly; and as + it has not yet overflowed its banks, we have to contend + against the whole strength of the stream, especially at + every turning. On the 19th our progress was small. About + eight A. M. heavy rain came on, so as quite to obscure the + horizon: this detained us till near noon. We tracked when + the wind lulled; small rain fell till near four P. M., when + the wind rose, but not fair for us. At length at Dewan + Gunge the course became fair, when we fell again upon a + whirlpool; but the wind carried us slowly through, and with + some exertion we reached a point near Cutwa. + + “I was here strongly reminded of my first visit in 1806, + when I walked through the sun from Dewan Gunge to visit + Chamberlain.[164] The matted bungalow, his first wife’s + tomb, visible as we sat at table, and the delicate little + girl, the daughter of that wife, sitting by him, and his + mourning for the recent loss of his second wife, and + the melancholy all these circumstances cast upon our + conversation, were vividly called to my mind. Then his + primitive mode of living, vegetable curry, and spring + water, gave me a feeling of veneration for his character. + I well remember too how in the evening Parson’s lively + conversation cheered him and he came on the next day with + us to Plassey. At parting we sang Chamberlain’s much used + hymn, “O’er the gloomy hills of darkness, &c.” I well + remember the energy with which he used to sing. He is now + singing the ‘new song’ in livelier strains, and his work + has not fallen to the ground. The moonshee could not come + on, on account of the rain. It is subject of much regret + to find myself on the evening of the 20th ten coss from + Berhampore by land, and not less than fifteen distant by + water. But I am not conscious of having lost an hour since + I left Chinsurah. If I could have foreseen the obstacles, + which have arisen from the winding course and strength + of the stream and failure of wind, I might have passed + without visiting Culna, but these reflections are now in + vain. May I but have wisdom and strength to improve such + opportunities as may present themselves at Berhampore! + + “I arrived at Berhampore in the forenoon of the 22nd July, + and called on the chief military person and made known my + purpose of remaining over the following Sunday. + + “On Tuesday forenoon I inspected with Col. T. the place + newly appropriated for divine service. It is fitted up with + pews for seventy or eighty of the upper classes, and with + benches for the private soldiers. It is supplied also with + two chandeliers of eighteen lights each, and abundance of + wall shades for evening service. + + “On Wednesday I examined all the classes in the regiment + school, consisting of sixty boys and forty-two girls. + The upper classes read their scripture lesson with + distinctness and propriety, and were pretty ready in + Crossman’s Catechism: this was their chief attainment. + In the regimental library there are between 300 and 400 + volumes of a miscellaneous kind; few treating of religious + subjects. To keep up the library, sergeants subscribe four + annas a month, corporals and privates one. There are 213 + subscribers. The Christian Knowledge Society’s library is + confined chiefly to the hospital. On Thursday forenoon I + called on some of the Civil servants, and on Friday visited + the hospital, and read to and exhorted the more dangerously + sick. Mr. M. arrived to-day; but went at once, being very + poorly, to Mr. P’s house, which is about two miles from the + barracks. On Saturday morning I made some preparation for + the following day. At half-past-six A. M. on Sunday, (the + 28th of July) the regiment was marched to church. There are + in the whole 700 men, of whom about half are Protestants, + and some of these being on duty, those who attend are very + sufficiently accommodated, which was by no means the case + in the place formerly used for their assembling. Mr. M. was + too unwell to assist, so that I had the morning service + on my hands, and the sacrament, of which notice had been + circulated: twenty persons attended. At half-past-three + P. M. about thirty convalescent out of the forty-two sick + assembled in the ward of the hospital. In the evening Mr. + M. read prayers. There were about 150 soldiers present; and + all the pews were occupied as in the morning. + + “These are the principal events in the way of duty which + occupied me at Berhampore. A station school would be very + desirable for the many poor Christian children, unconnected + with the army; but in the absence of a chaplain, and from + my own inability to endure the exertion, and indeed from + want of time, nothing was done towards such an object. I + had much pleasure in renewing acquaintance with several I + had known up the country; but could benefit them little, + being always made unwell by the morning’s exertion. The + wind has almost quite failed these two days, which renders + the heat more oppressive. + + “There is a mission here of the London Society. Mr. H. has + been at Berhampore several years, and is much respected. + The success among the natives has been very limited; but + he is very diligent in endeavouring to make the truth + known, preaching once or twice a day in their bazaars and + villages.” + +In a letter to Mrs. Corrie dated “on the Ganges,” August 1st. the +Archdeacon, after having given a detailed account of his equipments, +&c. adds:-- + + “Now for my companion. He is a baptized Hindoo, of + respectable, though not wealthy connections; was educated + at Mr. Hare’s school; attended first Mr. Derosario, and + afterwards Mr. Duff: became a teacher in Mr. Duff’s school, + and was finally baptized in the Scotch congregation. He is + now on the way to Futtyghur; R. is Judge, and a pious young + doctor M. with him have established a school, and wish for + a native christian teacher. Well: this youth, by name, + Gopy Nath Mundee, was recommended as a schoolmaster; and + to go with me, was thought by pious friends in Calcutta, + a favorable opportunity. A place in the baggage-boat was + assigned him, together with a learned Mahommedan enquirer, + who will thus, I conclude, get a free passage to the upper + provinces. He is reputed wealthy, and asks nothing but a + passage from me. The other youth finds the pinnace more + comfortable than the baggage-boat, (i. e. the boat laden + with scriptures and tracts, for I have no baggage) and the + second night he coolly proposed sleeping on my couch in + the outer cabin. This I told him would be inconvenient to + me, but that he might sleep in my _palkee_,[165] on the + top; and there ever since has been his domicile. He is up + as soon as I am, and at first his want of acquaintance + with the peculiarities of our habits was trying to me, + but I had to deal with a christian, and must not offend + him. By degrees we became intimate, and I begin to explain + to him our ideas of propriety. He _is_, I have reason to + believe, a christian; has taken my observations in good + part, and now I find little to interrupt my comfort, + beside what the constant presence of any except my beloved + family would occasion. I find him especially deficient in + scripture knowledge, and in doctrinal divinity. Hence, of + late, every morning exercise is a lecture on some point of + scripture. We, to-day, commence for morning-worship the + Psalms.... About ten the Molwee comes when he can; and he + has also found out the comfort of the Pinnace; so that he + now comes daily. He reads the scripture in Hindoostanee, + with me first, then he and the Baboo mutually instruct each + other. The Baboo learns Hindoostanee from the Molwee, and + the latter English from the former: but here I am often + appealed to by both. I must add that the Baboo (his age is + twenty) has begun in consequence of previous conversations, + to read the scriptures in Bengalee to the dandies. He + offered to instruct Ameer,[166] but he said tauntingly, ‘O + no: I failed once, and I’ll have no more to do with it.’ + To-day we entered the troublous Ganges. A squall came on + soon after we entered; then a lull, which left us on a + sand-bank in the middle of the river.” + +In a letter to the same, dated Aug. 7th, he writes: + + “Yesterday being very anxious respecting the objects of my + journey, I looked into Bishop Heber’s journal; and I see + more clearly what I have to do. His being a Bishop, his + lively conversations, and especially his coming to confirm, + raised an interest wherever he went, which I can have no + pretension to expect. But at Berhampore, notwithstanding + my inability to go amongst the people privately, all the + station attended Divine service, and instead of ten or + twelve as usual at the Lord’s Supper, twenty attended. For + this encouragement I feel thankful, and trust, as health + returns, I may at the station before me be the means + of quickening attention to the things which belong to + salvation. 8th. Stationary in a jungle, the weather cool, + the night again stormy, the wind still contrary. I had an + interesting conversation after breakfast with the Baboo, + explaining to him the subject of the annual Atonement and + year of Jubilee of the Israelites. We read the xvith and + xxvth of Leviticus, and the corresponding passages in the + Hebrews. It is gratifying to observe the pleasure these + discourses give him, and truly, + + Israel in ancient days + Not only had a view + Of Sinai in a blaze, + But saw the gospel too. + + I have these few days been studying the Levitical Institutions + with renewed interest and benefit. + + “August 9. Yesterday evening, about ten of the dandies were + led to sit down by us on the top of the Pinnace; and by + keeping the Baboo to interpret what I said to them, they + were detained for an hour, conversing on the subject of a + mediator. By degrees they were led to see that Jesus was + more worthy than their prophet, and they appeared very + serious in their manner. + + “I have been engaged with the Molwee and Baboo in new + arranging the words in the Persian Litany, which is nearly + accomplished. In the evening, four of the dandies again + seated themselves near to us on the poop, and by degrees + they were led again to the subject of a mediator, who + could pay our debt of sin, and procure for us pardon and + acceptance with God.” + + “Reached Monghir on the 17th, in time to give notice for + divine service the next day. Mr. W., the Commissioner, + had returned home only the evening before. His return was + favorable, as he opened his house as on former occasions, + and at half past ten, all the Christians at the station + assembled. At Boglipore, there are not above twenty + Christian residents; at Monghir there are seventy or + eighty, it being a favorite station for invalids to take + up their abode. In reference to the country and climate, + the station would be one of the most desirable on this side + of India, the opportunities of doing good are many. On the + opposite side of the river, is the district of Purneah, + where many Indigo Planters are settled, and visits to that + district at suitable seasons might be made very profitable + to the residents. Mr. W. told me that those invalids who + have families are gradually leaving Monghir, in order to + settle where their children can have gratuitous, or cheap + education. A Baptist Mission has been established here many + years. Their Hindoostanee congregation consists of about + sixty of all ages; only fifteen of these adults have given + up caste for christianity; the remainder are of mixed race. + Mr. L. who principally officiates in Hindoostanee, has + a chapel also near the large bazaar, and, though he had + no regard to the court-house when the chapel was built, + the suitors in the court attend in great numbers. He has + sometimes 400 hearers; on Sunday last about 150 were + present. Mr. M. the other Missionary, in conjunction with + his brother-in-law, receives pupils, both boys and girls. + At this time they have twenty-one boys, and eleven girls. + These are most of the particulars which will I think be + interesting to you. On Monday morning early, a wind from + a favourable quarter sprang up, and carried us round the + fort, and we are proceeding not rapidly, but on the whole + favorably. This sudden change of wind prevented me from + writing from Monghir. I hope to send this from Patna by the + end of the week. I have looked over the route I have to + take, with the respective distances of stations. I shall + send a sketch of the journey by land soon. + + “Mr. L. mentioned that he some time ago met at Boglipore, + with one of the hill-men who understands Hindoostanee; and + wishing to know something of the hill language, he engaged + this man to teach him. After a time, he began to attend + seriously to the New Testament, which they read together; + and he seems to have experienced a decided conversion. This + man is very anxious to impart the knowledge of Christianity + to the hill-men, and is preparing to return as a missionary + among them. He has been once, accompanied by a native + Christian; and on giving his people an account of the new + life on which he is entered, was not rejected, but invited + to return and tell them more of this way. + + “On Thursday the 22nd August, we arrived at Patna about + half past one P. M. As my stay would be short, I thought it + better to remain in the boat. At that station I found much + to gratify, and to lead to expectation of good, if proper + means are devised. The Chaplain came to see me on arriving, + and I dined with him in the evening; the conversation was + on subjects connected with our work. He spoke of Wolff’s + visit here, and the impression it had made on several; his + own mind was much stirred up to the consideration of the + spread of the Gospel. + + “There is no appropriate place of worship at Patna. Divine + service once in the forenoon, in the court-house, is all + the public duty performed, there being no place fitted for + evening service. A gentleman who has an appointment in the + opium department maintains a boys’ school of about thirty + scholars near his house, in which the Gospels are read by + the more forward boys. He entertains also a pious Christian + youth, educated by Mr. Wilkinson, who assembles his + servants and others for worship on Sundays. The collector’s + lady has two boys’ schools of about thirty each, and a + girl’s school in which about the same number are taught. + I examined the girl’s school; and besides the junior + classes, who are instructed in catechism, and elementary + reading, there were five who read fluently in any part of + the four gospels (Nagree character):--they repeated the + ten Commandments, the Creed, and the Lord’s Prayer, and + gave as good an account of the fall of man, the promise of + a Saviour, the life and sufferings of the Son of God, and + the purpose of his death, as most children in a Christian + school might be expected to do. These instructions are + given in a great measure by the collector’s lady herself. + + “When leaving Patna on Saturday morning the Church + missionary teacher brought a petition signed by about + thirty householders, Mahommedans, praying for a school. + If an efficient teacher could be supplied by any of the + church societies, here is a fine opening. The population + is immense, and several of the English residents at Patna + would willingly countenance the undertaking. I trust + the matter will not rest till a school be established. + I was told by more than one, that since Mr. Wolff’s + conference with the Mahommedans here, much attention + has been manifested by many of them to the subject of + Christianity. Wolff’s chief disputant is very desirous + of obtaining a work in Persian or Hindoostanee on the + evidences of Christianity, to meet the enquiry excited + among the natives. He frequently comes to a friend in + the opium department, and converses on the subject. This + gentleman obtained subscriptions, and sent to Calcutta for + copies of the Persian Pentateuch, which have been read + by the learned natives, and many copies in Hindoostanee + have been taken from the catechist. He speaks of several + respectable Mahomedans, who occasionally attended the + Sunday morning worship conducted by the native Christian; + and the attention he meets with generally, when he goes + out to speak to the people and distribute tracts, is very + encouraging. Some of the families here meet on Thursday + evenings, at each others’ houses to read a chapter, a + sermon, and prayer. + + “A scheme was on foot lately to commence a native college; + but funds are not forthcoming. + + “On the 24th I came from Patna to Dinapore. On arriving + I received a very civil note from General O’H, and soon + after called upon him; he kindly invited me to take up my + abode with him; but I am engaged to Mr. R. At Dinapore + the chaplain labors almost beyond his strength. On Sunday + morning I preached to a large congregation from the text + Matt. xxv. 13. In the evening also the attendance was good, + and I preached again. Next day I was very weary and staid + at home, consulting with R. on some alterations in the + church, and on forming a Church Missionary Association. + On Tuesday morning I examined the regimental schools, + consisting of forty two boys, and nearly as many girls: and + afterwards the station school of forty one boys and girls + of all ages and descriptions, as you may judge from there + being five sepoys among them, one Irishman also belonging + to the artillery. We did not get home till near ten, having + commenced soon after six, both a good deal fagged. Mr. S. + from Patna, and Mr. L. the Commissioner, had come up to see + us. Wilkinson too was come from Goruckpore for change of + air. He has had a severe illness, and the doctors say he + must visit England in order to complete recovery. I fear + the change recommended is quite necessary. His congregation + amounts to 130, and he speaks of his assistant as quite + competent to the charge of them, and worthy of confidence. + If a new missionary should arrive, he might go there to + learn the language; and he could attend to the one English + service on Saturday. I trust some arrangement of the kind + may be accomplished should Mr. Wilkinson’s departure be + unavoidable. + + “They lately lost a little boy of seven months who seems + to have been a very precious child: he was carried off in + twenty-four hours: there was no doctor in the station. + + “On Wednesday at half past 6 A. M. we assembled in the + Baptistry, and formed a Church Missionary Association. + There were six officers present and many privates and + others. You will see the particulars in the _Christian + Intelligencer_. There are about 200 natives professing + Christianity at Dinapore. At present Mr. R. employs a pious + Drummer, an East Indian, who assembles them on Thursday + evening; from thirty to fifty attend. + + “After breakfast on Wednesday I came away, being commended + to God in prayer. The wind blew fair and strong and we + reached Chuprah by night. S. and his wife are at Chuprah at + present. I wrote him a note, not intending to go up, but he + constrained me to promise to breakfast with them the next + day, which I did; and the affection manifested by them was + very gratifying to me. + + “On the 30th (August 1833,) the day was oppressively hot, + and the night exceedingly close, so that no relief could be + found any where. I rose weary to a degree. By 4 o’clock, it + being full moon, I set the people off: and when they were + gone, I had a bathe on the deck, and never experienced the + force of the expression so sensibly, _As cold water to a + thirsty soul_; the refreshment was indescribable. I thought + the next morning to have had a similar enjoyment; but the + night was cool, and the morning breeze made me shiver, and + I was glad to escape from the water. Such are the changes + in this climate! + + “We could not make Buxar on Saturday: but Sunday, + Sept. 1st, we arrived at mid-day. At 4 P. M. I went to + Hindoostanee service, the catechist read the prayers: there + were twenty women and three men present, besides Mrs. M. + and her child; she reads the Scriptures to the women, + when her husband goes on Missionary journies. But few of + the Europeans attend English service in the forenoon: and + the numbers in the Hindoostanee congregation are filled + up as its members are removed by death or otherwise. It + is reported that the station is to be abolished as a + Government post. About twenty children, male and female, + of European invalids are taught to read and write by a + sergeant, who officiates as clerk, for which he has twelve + rupees a month from Government, and the children pay eight + annas a month. Their proficiency was very moderate. The + mission as far as I could judge, languishes at this place, + as at Patna, for want of superintendence by an English + Missionary. A few of the old faces were there; among them + Mary Caroll, an interesting character. She came to my boat + this morning, and enquired after Mem Sahib, and whether I + had taken the pension, and were going from the country, + as she heard. She said if Mem had been here, she should + have got some tea; so I gave her a tea-cup full to take + home with her. She is feeble and failing, but never misses + service, and responded cordially to my remarks on the end + of time, and the love of the Saviour in preparing a place + for his people. At 6 P. M. the little chapel was full for + English service, when I officiated to about eighty. + + “After evening service I went across the river with M. S. + and the doctor, and enjoyed a cool refreshing night in + his quiet bungalow. This morning early (the 2nd) I came + over to the pinnace and had much conversation with M. + on the affairs of the Mission, and gave such advice as + circumstances seemed to call for. I left him such books and + translations as I had brought and could spare, of which + he was in great need. I saw also an interesting young + convert, baptized three years ago at Lucknow by Mr. Bowley. + His answers to my questions, on his views of Christian + truth, were very satisfactory. As usual he is forsaken by + his Mahomedan friends, a brother and mother. He teaches + a school here of fifteen Mahomedan boys, who receives + Christian instruction from him. M. came over at 8 A. M. and + we went to breakfast with Colonel Bird. I feel as if my + visit here was very opportune. May the Lord, even our God, + grant his blessing, Amen! I know not how I have omitted + to notice a shock of an earthquake which occurred on the + night of the 26th August, between 11 and 12. The motion + continued for hours, and exceedingly alarmed the whole + country. At 20 minutes before 12 it was most violent; when + every window shook, and many houses cracked: some of the + native houses at Patna are thrown down, and some European + so damaged as to require being rebuilt in part. No shock of + so long continuance has occurred in the memory of man. All + were roused, and most left their houses for the open air. I + did not leave my cot; but Mr. R. came and stood by me for + half an hour, occasionally going to comfort his wife and + mother. + + “On the evening of September 3rd, a gale came as we reached + Ghazepore. It blew fresh all the night, but being from the + east we suffered nothing. Mr. T. kindly asked me up; and, + after breakfasting with the Chaplain on the 4th, I came to + his splendid abode. It rained hard all the 4th and 5th: in + the night my cook and baggage-boats were swamped at the + ghaut opposite the mausoleum. All the school-books and the + Scriptures, which I was taking up the country, are spoilt. + Of my own I lost nothing; but am detained over Sunday to + get another boat. I have visited the school and shall + preach on Sunday. + + “On the morning of the 7th, I examined the regimental + school. There are above 100 boys and girls in one large + room: the greater part are boys, and the girls who + attend are of tender age. The exhibition was on a low + scale in scripture reading and catechism and accounts. + The commanding officer told me he was aware of the + comparatively low attainments of the school-master + sergeant; but he had no one of equally good conduct whom + he could substitute, and he thought good example of great + importance to the children. There are but few sick in + hospital at present; the chaplain told me he visited them + weekly, and from cot to cot. I had the whole service on the + morning of the 8th, Mrs. R. being unwell. In the evening I + preached also, and the attendance was very considerable, + as I was told is very usually the case. + + “I arrived at Benares about midday on the 10th; and on + the 11th early went to the Missionaries of the Church + Missionary Society to inspect the endowed school in + the city. There are 149 boys; of these fifty receive + instruction in English. We began to examine them at six, + and continued engaged with them till nine. I enclose a + list[167] of the boys, exhibiting their progress; and in + respect of the English I have much pleasure in reporting + most favorably. The pronunciation of the youths is better + than I have found in any other native school; and the first + class is really proficient in the subjects enumerated + opposite their names. A box of books for schools entrusted + to me by Lady W. Bentinck, supplied some very useful + rewards, and the youths seemed much gratified with them. I + regret that from the extreme heat I was unable to attend + equally to the other department of the school. I merely + enquired into the nature of the instruction they are + receiving. They all read the scriptures in the languages + they learn, and the Hindoostanee teacher would not be + satisfied without our waiting to hear his class repeat a + part of the Christian catechism in use. The school is under + the immediate charge of Mr. S., and the Rev. Mr. Smith has + till within the last month frequently given instruction + in the week. The Rev. Mr. Leupolt has now undertaken that + charge. + + “On the morning of the 12th I visited the female school. + There are eighty in usual attendance; but here I was from + the heat obliged to confine my attention to the first + class. This consists of eighteen, of whom thirteen were + present. These read in two places of St. Matthew’s Gospel + with readiness in Hindee. They read also in Genesis, and + in a small abridgment of Scripture History. They answered + questions on the subjects they read intelligently, and + shewed a fair acquaintance with the leading truths of + revelation. They repeated with accuracy the Scripture + catechism in use, and finished with singing together a + Christian hymn. This it seems they at first objected + to learn; but now they are fond of this part of the + school-exercises. Specimens of marking both in English and + Hindee were exhibited, which shew much proficiency. + + “Mr. Smith collected the scholars of the three Hindee + schools at the Mission premises: but from the excessive + heat I was able to attend to only one school. In this + about half the number, (fifteen) are reading portions of + our Scriptures; but the schools have not long been in + operation, and the proficiency of the boys was accordingly + small. In consequence of the detention at Ghazepore, I + was unable to give a Sunday both to Benares and Chunar. + It was agreed therefore that I should preach a Missionary + Sermon at Benares on Sunday. I went by land to Chunar and + am happy to say I found Mr. Bowley perfectly restored to + health, and capable of his usual labours, after having for + several years seemed decaying. There have been no additions + of late to the native congregation, though there have + been several enquirers. Mr. Bowley is at present engaged + in a correspondence with the chief Molwee at Lucknow, + who having, as he concluded, discomfitted Mr. Wolff in + argument, sent his statements to Mr. Bowley, challenging + him to answer them if he could. It is remarkable that he + heads his pamphlet (not printed) _Testimonies to Mohammed + contained in the Christian Scriptures_;--literally, Glad + tidings of Mohammed from the Prophets and the Gospel. The + misapplication of his quotations is glaring; but the fact + of our Scriptures being read, though not quite new, is thus + confirmed. + + “On the morning of the 14th we visited the boys’ and girls’ + school; in the former are above forty, and I was glad to + find that some fine lads, whom I saw here in 1830, have + found provision at the neighbouring stations as writers, + &c. The present school consists of rather small boys. In + the girls’ school are upwards of sixty; these are much + attended to by the lady of the Adjutant, and exhibited a + very satisfactory proficiency in Scripture knowledge and + the Catechism; besides being well instructed in needle + work. Mr. E. catechises both boys and girls on Sunday + mornings in Church before divine service, when some of + their friends are also present. + + “The Church Missionary Association is in beneficial + operation; they raise funds for the support of (I think) + three readers of the Scriptures, and two native schools. + On the whole my mind is much set at rest on some points, + respecting the Mission at Chunar by this visit. The Lord + grant his blessing! + + “On Sunday, the 15th September I preached for the Church + Mission at Benares, and 156 Rs. were collected after the + sermon. This, considering that the Chaplain raises about + 130 Rs. monthly for the support of the native female + school, was beyond expectation. To faithful labours and + consistent character much of the success of the plans for + assisting the Mission, both here and at Chunar, is to be + attributed. The state of English society, both at Ghazepore + and Benares, is very favourable to Christian projects. May + God raise up, as in due time He no doubt will, suitable + instruments for extending the knowledge of His saving name! + On Tuesday morning I passed an hour at sunrise with the + Missionary brethren in reading and prayer, and came away to + Juanpore in the evening. + + “At this place is a pretty little Church in the Gothic + style. There are three principal residents, by whom + chiefly the funds have been raised. Lady William it seems + kindly said to Mr. B. at Allahabad, when told of this + undertaking, that she would pay for glazing the windows; + this has been done and 120 Rs. are owing, besides which + 220 Rs. were due for partial pewing. On Sunday, September + 22nd, I officiated in this pretty building. The advantage + of having an appropriate place for divine service was + never more manifest than here. In the morning the whole + Christian community assembled, in number thirty-five; of + these fourteen remained to partake of the Lord’s Supper. + In the evening there were twenty present, and about this + number usually assembled on Sundays twice a day, when the + judge, collector, and commanding officer officiate in turn, + reading the service of the Church, and a printed sermon. + These three families meet also for social worship at each + other’s houses on Thursday evenings. There is a Catechist + of the Church Missionary Society at Jaunpore. His name + is Mirza Yusuf Bukir, a son of the celebrated traveller, + Abu Talib Khan. This man resided at Allahabad when Mr. W. + Bird was there, and obtained from him a New Testament in + Persian, and occasionally asked of Mr. Bird explanations + of passages. This led to his conversion. He now instructs + the Christians connected with the native regiment at + Jaunpore, and reads the scriptures to the servants of two + families. Mr. Brown derives assistance from him also in + translating tracts for circulation, when his public duties + allow him any leisure, which is seldom. I had the pleasure + to baptize Mirza’s wife on the 24th, after several years + of refusal to receive the Christian religion. This shews + his perseverance; and all the friends at the station bear + testimony to his consistent piety; though it is thought + he has not sufficient employment where he is, and I wrote + to Dr. C. at Patna on the subject of his being employed + there, to which Mirza perfectly agrees. A youth taught in + the Church Missionary school at Benares will, I expect, + be entertained in the native college at Jaunpore as a + teacher of English. It was at one time in contemplation to + have placed him in a school in connexion with the Church + Missionary Society; but there not being sufficient funds at + disposal, it was determined to have English taught in the + native institution, for here, as every where, the people + are desirous of education in English. + + “My bodily strength is considerably renewed; but the + confinement of the boat, equally with _dawk_ travelling, + has prevented my deriving all the benefit I trust I may now + hope for, at least on reaching Cawnpore. I am preparing a + different route to that which we talked of together. By the + one then proposed I could, if health held out, by scarcely + intermitting a day of travelling or visiting schools, reach + Bombay by the middle of March, and then, if a ship be ready + to sail, reach Calcutta by the end of April or early in + May. But unless duty called, Bombay would be out of my way; + and I cannot but own that the spirit of enterprise has much + departed from me. I shall now propose to go from Cawnpore + to Saugor (not included in the former plan) expecting + to be there the second Sunday in November; at Mhow the + first Sunday in December; Neemuch the third in December; + Nuseerabad at Christmas; Agra the first or second Sunday in + January; then Muttra, Delhi, Meerut, Kurnaul, and to the + snowy mountains during April, May and till the middle of + June; return by Meerut, Fettyguhr, and the Ganges, so as + to reach Calcutta in July, or early in August. This would + not make my absence from Calcutta above three months longer + than in the former scheme, and would keep me upon my own + ground; and in the hills I should have useful employment. + But in the view of such a journey I cannot but feel how + appropriate the language of the Apostle is, If the Lord + will? I do trust my resolves are all formed in that spirit, + and I often do feel that a reconciled God is near at hand. + If the Bishop could but make this tour I should expect God + would greatly bless his visits. I find every where some who + seem waiting for the kingdom of God, and a few who love and + live on the Gospel of our Saviour. A marvellous change in + public feeling has certainly taken place among the upper + classes of our countrymen, in respect of the disposition + to favour good plans. It seems a pity that their means + of supporting such plans should be shortened just now. I + was expecting the society of a valued young friend from + Cawnpore to Mhow, when behold! the youth has found for + himself a wife; and the lady cannot travel such long stages + as I must make. I must therefore proceed alone, with my own + thoughts to keep me company. I leave this, D.V. on Monday + evening by land, having left my pinnace here: I intend to + stay over the heat of Tuesday at a staging bungalow; go + forty miles to Futtypore, where are Christian friends; stay + with them till Thursday evening, and proceed to Cawnpore so + as to arrive by Friday to breakfast. + + “On the 25th September, I arrived at Allahabad, and on the + 26th went to breakfast with the Chaplain; and afterwards + with him visited and examined the school in the fort. + There are twenty boys and eight or ten girls receiving + instruction: of these eight or ten are orphans, and their + schooling is paid for out of the sacramental and other + collections: and also paper, pens, and books are supplied + to the school. The other children pay three and half + Rs. each a month, as remuneration to the teachers. The + proficiency of the children was very moderate, except in + the Church Catechism, in which about twelve of them gave + ready and intelligent answers to questions. There, as at + other stations, the reward-books supplied to me by Lady + William were gladly received. On the 28th, I was unwell, + and obliged to lie by. On the 29th, towards evening I + examined the native girls’ school, where several ladies of + the station met me. By the care of friends here a large + compound close upon the bazaar has been obtained, and a + very commodious school-room erected from funds raised on + the spot. This was the first time the school was used, + nineteen girls were present, all children of Mahomedans! It + is expected that the number of children will not increase. + Of those present ten read with fluency any part of the + Hindoostanee New Testament, and repeated correctly the + Hindoostanee catechism in use. The school is under the + care of an officer’s widow, assisted by a poor woman, who + teaches the lower classes. + + “A catechist of the Church Missionary Society is also + stationed here, named David Batavia, originally from + Ceylon. He reads prayers with the Native Christians in the + invalid lines, amounting to from ten to fifteen; and also + to about the same number of christians of the same class + in the fort. He goes about from time to time distributing + tracts, and conversing with the natives about Christianity. + His piety and benevolence are admitted by all who know + him, but no extensive good has yet appeared to result from + his labours. He resides in a house which was given to the + Church Missionary Society, by the Rev. Mr. Crauford, when + he was Chaplain here. The house is well situated for a + Missionary’s residence. On Sunday morning we had Divine + Service in the garrison at six. There is now only one + Company of Artillery here, and of these many are Roman + Catholics; so that only about forty were present: but the + conductors and others connected with the magazine, who + with their families reside in the fort, exceed sixty; and + with a few from cantonments made a congregation of about + 100. I preached in the morning, and in the evening at the + circuit bungalow, where upwards of thirty attended. The + partition-wall in this bungalow is about to be removed, + when it will be much more commodious for public worship + than in its present state, and it is expected more will + attend. On Sunday evening last--those who came late could + with difficulty be seated. The situation of the ground + about the fort is below the level of the Ganges during the + rains. The river is kept out by an embankment, which was + this year in danger of giving way. The ground is thus low + for a distance of about two miles from the fort, where on + a rising ground the Military Cantonments and Civilians’ + houses are situated. No Church could therefore be erected + nearer than about two miles from the fort. A vacant space + may there be found close to the circuit bungalow, the + nearest point to the fort. So that there must always be two + congregations at this station. Mr. R. Bird has informed you + of the numbers and growing importance of Allahabad; as a + Missionary station it is become of very great importance. + A numerous and wealthy population reside in the bazars, + engaged extensively in trade; and the town being at the + junction of the rivers Ganges and Jumna, will increase in + proportion as the country is prosperous. The numbers who + now resort to the Board of Revenue and to the Sudder Court + will give opportunity of circulating the glad tidings over + all upper India; and Mr. L’s experience at Monghir has led + me to build much on this resort of strangers. + + “Futtypore, October 3rd. At this station there are only + four government servants; and only one of them married. + The judge and doctor are old acquaintances of mine, and I + am staying a day to break the journey to Cawnpore, where I + hope to arrive to-morrow morning. A school is maintained + by these few residents here, the medical man giving a good + deal of his time to it, and also to a hospital where many + sick poor are attended to: the expense of this is also + maintained by friends on the spot. The population being + to a considerable extent Mohamedan, the school is not so + well attended as is desirable. I visited it this morning: + there were thirty boys present; of these six have made some + proficiency in English under a native, educated in the + school at Cawnpore. His proficiency is very moderate, and + his scholars accordingly come on slowly. They were reading + the 3rd chapter of St. Matthew, having with much patience + and good management been brought to read our Scriptures. At + first much opposition was made to their introduction. They + are aware, they say, that from reading these books people + become Christians. Here as every where the field is open + for Missionary labour. + + “I have here met with an officer who has travelled the + route I mentioned a few days since by Saugor to Mhow, + Neemuch, Nuseerabad, and Agra. I was apprehensive that + there might be dense jungle to pass through, and danger + from malaria; but he tells me the country is pretty well + cultivated, and that there is no jungle to speak of; that + the aspect of the country, moreover, is interesting, much + beyond these level plains. I seem therefore fixed in that + plan. I shall be ready to leave Cawnpore, I conclude, by + the last week in October; and will send before I proceed, a + detailed account of the progress I expect to make. + + “I leave here the young Baboo who accompanied me, and whose + conduct has been uniformly Christian and correct. + + “I arrived at Cawnpore on the morning of the 4th October. + From the wish not to lose time, I had left my boat at + Allahabad and proceeded _dawk_, as I had to that place from + Benares, via Jaunpore. + + “This mode of travelling made me very unwell, and prevented + for a whole week my taking so active a part as I otherwise + might have done. I was also prevented visiting Lucknow, + which I could have done only by _dawk_. I wrote however + to Mr. Greenwood for information. He also came over for a + day to Cawnpore, and represented his situation at Lucknow + as pleasant and his prospects as encouraging. He receives + every attention and aid which Christian kindness can + devise, from the chief authorities there. + + “October 6. I attended Divine service at the church + bungalow, and stood up once more in Martyn’s pulpit. The + place is a little enlarged, by adding the portion where + the communion-table stood, to the body of the building, + and adding another space to which the communion-table has + been removed: and also a small vestry. I was rather late + from the distance of Mr. W’s. bungalow, and this prevented + my mind, in going, from dwelling on the well-known scene, + and by-gone experience. The congregation was full and + attentive, and my mind a good deal solemnized by the + service. So that on returning, the remembrance of Martyn, + and the Sherwoods and Mary, with the occupations of that + period, came powerfully to my recollection, and I could not + prevent the tears from flowing rather plentifully. They + were not, however, tears of regret altogether, for joys + departed. A sense of much short-coming in duty mixed in my + feelings; and the forgiving love of God, with the prospect + of all joining in thankful adoration in the realms of + bliss, greatly preponderated. I almost involuntarily began + to sing:-- + + “Thy mercy, my God, is the theme of my song.” + + “The two Chaplains at Cawnpore perform their public service + on Sundays at the riding-school of the Lancers, where the + horse and foot Artillery also attend, and at the church + bungalow, where H. M. Infantry regiment attends, and the + civil servants and other inhabitants of the station. This + duty the Chaplains take alternately. Evening service is + always held in the church bungalow at half an hour after + sun set; and this duty the Chaplains divide between them. + Besides this there is an evening service on Tuesdays + at the Magazine, for the families connected with that + department; on Wednesday evening in the small chapel on Mr. + W’s premises, where many of the riding-school congregation + attend, and on Thursday evening in a large room near the + Infantry barracks. On Sunday evening also there is evening + service in the chapel of Mr. W’s premises. + + “The attendance on these occasions is generally full, + especially at the church bungalow on Sunday evenings, when + a very considerable number of the upper classes, as well + as others, are regularly present. I officiated at all + these places, except the riding-school: being prevented + by illness from going out the Sunday I was at liberty for + that service. On Sunday, the 20th, I preached in the church + bungalow in behalf of the mission here, when 695 Rs. were + collected and 100 Rs. sent afterwards, besides some blank + tickets, which would make the collection upwards of 1000 + Rs. + + “There is an establishment at Cawnpore called the Free + School, established and partly maintained by private + contributions; and to which Government allows 400 Rs. a + month. In this there are at present seventy-two children + learning English, of whom eighteen are christians who + are boarded and clothed also from the funds. There is a + Persian class, and also a Sanscrit class. Those who learn + English all learn together according to their proficiency. + Several native youths have become qualified in this school + for public offices, and have obtained situations of + considerable emolument. + + “Connected with the mission are four schools, superintended + by different friends, who take an interest in them. These + have each an English class, as well as scholars who learn + Hindoostanee or Persian. About 250 of these boys assembled + in the church bungalow on the morning of the 12th. I was + obliged to confine the examination to the English classes, + which occupied us from sunrise till after nine. The first + class of the Free School boys had made the greatest + progress, and their pronunciation of English was very + correct; but the best boys had been provided for in various + ways lately, so that those present had not advanced far. A + few of them had some knowledge of grammar, and could point + out with readiness the position of countries and remarkable + places on the globe. The boys of the magazine school were + next in proficiency, and a class in Hindoostanee read + with admirable accuracy and readiness portions in the + Hindoostanee New Testament, which they at the same time + translated. The Rev. Mr. C. officiates in Hindoostanee at + the church bungalow, at 4 P. M. on Sundays and Thursdays. I + attended on one occasion; there were six men and six women, + which constitute the chief of his regular congregation. A + catechist, brought up by Mr. Bowley, has been stationed + here about three years. He goes into the bazaar almost + daily to converse with his countrymen on the important + subject of religion. He is spoken of as maintaining a + steady christian character. He officiates as clerk to Mr. + C. and reads the chapter, which Mr. C. expounds after + prayers. + + “I examined the school of H. M. 44th, which is in the + best condition by far of any school I have seen during + this journey: the general reading and knowledge of the + English language, the acquaintance with English history, + and accuracy in dates, the proficiency in geography and + arithmetic of the first class of the boys, consisting of + seven, was exceedingly pleasing. Three of them also read + Hindoostanee. The first class of girls also were very + well instructed, and these classes, as well as the lower + ones, were all well acquainted with the Church Catechism. + There were 100 of both sexes. The school of the Lancers + consists of about seventy; their proficiency was not so + good, having been interrupted by sickness. The mortality of + this station has been great this year, beyond most other + seasons. The heat both for intenseness and continuance + has this year been unusual. The register between July and + September exhibits a list of 224 buried. The children of + the regiments have been carried off to a great amount. On + account of this sickness the duty of visiting the hospital + came heavily upon the chaplains, especially on Mr. W., as + these visits were mostly made during the day, when his + colleague was unable to go out in the heat. A considerable + seriousness has been wrought in the minds of the generality + at the station by the mortality around, in connection with + the labors of the chaplains. The attendance at the Lord’s + Table, one of the Sundays I was there, amounted to 115, of + whom ten were native Christians; and it was said not to be + a large communion. + + “The collections on these occasions are liberal, beyond + what is found at most other stations. The subject of + missions for several years past has been brought frequently + to the notice of the congregation, and a box with two + openings is carried round to collect the offerings at + the communion;--one marked _Missionary_, the other + _Charitable_. The collection is usually about 200 Rs. + and stated congregational collections are also made. A + charitable committee has been formed some time; also a + Missionary committee. The charitable committee relieves + weekly between 400 and 500 poor: the Missionary committee + have in hand now about 10,000 Rs. + + “It is not decided what kind of Missionary Institution + shall be established, or in what manner it is proposed to + conduct it. The want of schoolmasters qualified to teach + English is, however, becoming manifest, and any plan which + would supply this want would be deserving of warm support. + It is not in the first instance a Missionary, so much as + a schoolmaster, that is called for in a variety of places + at this time: men who would teach grammatically on a small + allowance. The free-school at Cawnpore might serve as the + lower branch of such an establishment. At present, as soon + as qualified to earn from 20 Rs. a month and upwards, the + scholars leave school. A plan must therefore be adopted + to retain promising youths till they become sufficiently + instructed to instruct others. + + “I was requested by the Chaplain to state particularly the + condition of the station libraries. During his Government, + Lord Hastings induced the Court of Directors to send + out a library to each station of European troops. These + were mostly supplied according to a list Lord Hastings + himself sent home, and are generally speaking of a useful + tendency. No additions have, however, been made to the list + first supplied, and some additional supplies are greatly + needed. In the Infantry regiment the commanding officer + has encouraged the resort of the soldiers to the reading + room, and a considerable spirit of reading and improvement + prevails in H. M. 44th. The soldiers, assisted by the + officers, have added, I believe, to the Government stock; + and many of the soldiers’ wives have benefitted also by + the Library:--a circumstance too unusual hitherto in the + army. The appointment of Librarian, and also the care of + the books, was originally assigned by Government to the + Chaplains of stations, but this order has not been properly + attended to. + + “In the Cavalry Corps at Cawnpore, the public library has + not been encouraged, and on Government determining to + erect a new reading-room, the Chaplains were not consulted + as to the site or dimensions. The situation of the new + reading-room is not considered favorable for the resort + of the soldiers, and no less than 6000 Rs. have been + expended, when a room of half the cost would have equally + answered the purpose. If Government were to republish + the order placing the station libraries under the charge + of the Chaplains, and to order that in all arrangements + respecting the libraries and schools and the rooms for + them, the Chaplain should be of the Committee, it would + conduce greatly to the efficiency of these institutions; + and if either from public or private sources a few suitable + books were from time to time added to the existing stock, + it would tend greatly to keep up a spirit of reading among + the soldiers.” + +From Cawnpore, the Archdeacon proceeded to Banda. He arrived at +that place on the evening of Saturday, Oct. 26, and on the Monday +following received letters from the Bishop of Calcutta, informing him +that it was the intention of the authorities in England, to appoint +him to the Bishopric of Bombay, which an act passed this year for the +renewal of the East India Company’s Charter, had enabled his majesty, +King William IV., to erect. The directions of the Bishop also were, +that the Archdeacon should forthwith return to the presidency, +preparatory to his proceeding to England. The intelligence which +the Bishop of Calcutta conveyed, was altogether unexpected by the +Archdeacon, and occasioned him some embarrassment. The calls upon +his pecuniary resources had of late been many, what with the charges +attendant on the education of his children, and his wife’s voyages +to England, added to some loss by the failure of a house of agency. +Unless, therefore, government should provide for the expenses, which +a voyage to England, for consecration, would entail upon him, he +could scarcely avoid contracting some debt for the time; and that +he felt would scarcely be right for him to risk, at his period of +life. These, and other considerations which were likely to affect +the future welfare of his family, the Archdeacon candidly stated to +the Bishop of Calcutta in a letter from Banda, in which he further +observes:-- + + “I turn my face toward Calcutta to-morrow, D.V. I had + reached just the border of my former local knowledge, and + should have been very unwilling to give up the prospect + before me had I proceeded much further. I had taken no + measures directly or indirectly towards the attainment of + the honor and responsibility in question; and trust I may + hope that God will guide and second my poor endeavours to + serve the Church according to His will. If then I say I + turn toward Calcutta with some reluctance, it is merely + lest what I have stated should prevent my going to England. + If prevented going, the omission of visiting the remaining + stations would be in vain, and the loss sustained for no + good purpose. For, little as I feel capable of effecting, + yet good will I am persuaded follow these passing visits. + + “Our Church goes on her way, doing what she can; too + secure, perhaps, that her endeavors are generally known + and appreciated. Those who separate from us tell all + they do, and seem sometimes to make much of little. To + those at a distance they however seem the only people at + work, and in consequence are applied to for books and for + information on missionary subjects, and for missionaries + and school-masters. Mr. D. for instance, has been applied + to, to supply a teacher at Allahabad; and at Banda he was + applied to in the first instance to supply a teacher at + Futtypore. In visiting the stations, I see almost every one + who is disposed to take an interest in missions, schools, + &c. They have almost all been educated in Church-of-England + principles and modes of worship, and would all prefer + receiving aid from us, and remaining connected with the + Establishment. These visits bring them acquainted with what + is doing among their own friends. They will learn where to + look for help, such as they can in all respects approve. In + this way some, who were inclined to good, are led to come + forward openly, and the cause of truth and righteousness + gathers strength. The disposition to establish schools is + increasing everywhere; and if half a dozen teachers could + be got at once, they might be set to work. With reference + to this subject the High School might become an important + Institution, and would be well employed in educating some + of the best boys with the expectation of being useful as + school-masters. + + “I must travel to Allahabad by land, which will occupy + about ten days; and then I shall hire a boat to proceed + downwards. A letter is ten days reaching Calcutta from + this; so that a few lines, if you see cause for changing my + course, would meet me at Benares. I could even then return + to Saugor by a more direct route, and pursue the plan + before intended with the loss of not more than a month. I + have made observations in my progress with reference to + future visitations, which I intend to commit to writing + with a view to aid in enabling to do more good.” + +To the same prelate he writes:-- + + “Nov. 12th, 1823, near Gazeepore. On arriving at Benares + yesterday morning, I found your favor of the 5th inst. + + “At Benares I was not less than 200 miles from the point + whence I returned; I should therefore, had I delayed at + Benares, have been able to march straight to the hills, + without time to accomplish any thing at intermediate + stations. I think therefore you will approve of my coming + on at once to Calcutta, as I am now doing. I could not have + borne so long a journey by _dawk_. I passed Sunday last at + Chunar, and took part of the duty with Mr. E.; Mr. Smith + officiated twice at Benares. + + “I am happy to state that Messrs. Knorpp and Leupolt are + such proficients in Hindoostanee, as already to be able to + undertake the duties of the native Christian Chapel.” + + + [162] The Native Christian master of the Mirzapore school, + and the person who had formerly been ejected from + house and home for editing the Enquirer. + + [163] See above pp. 54, 55. + + [164] See _Martyn’s Letters and Journals_. October 23rd, + 1806, for one or two notices which will illustrate + what is here said. + + [165] Palanquin. + + [166] One of the attendants. + + [167] From this list it appears, that the first class (of + 9 boys) could read, spell, and translate Goldsmith’s + History of England to p. 77, and Scripture Lessons, + on the History of Joseph to p. 14. They committed + to memory the 117th No. on Agriculture, and 248th + No. on Astronomy, of Blair’s Preceptor. They + worked exercises on the 14th Rule of Syntax of + Lennie’s Grammar; the Rule of Three; 13th Problem + on the terrestrial globe of Goldsmith’s Grammar of + Geography, and were committing to memory the 2nd + part of Watts’ Catechism a second time. + + + + + CHAPTER XX. + + DELAY IN HIS NOMINATION TO THE BISHOPRIC--NARROW ESCAPE + FROM DEATH--SUMMONED TO ENGLAND--VISITS THE CAPE AND ST. + HELENA--HIS CONSECRATION--INTERVIEW WITH THE KING--ARRIVAL + IN MADRAS--VISIT TO TANJORE AND TINNEVELLY. + + +The Archdeacon arrived in Calcutta, from his visitation, on the 30th +of November 1833. He there learned, it seems, that his probable +destination had been changed; for in writing to Mr. Sherer, he +observes-- + + “You are aware of the intention of those in power, + respecting my being appointed to Madras. I have not sought, + and may therefore, I trust, receive the appointment as from + God, and expect Him to guide and uphold me in the duties + of it. To have gone home without so public a designation, + would, in some sense, have been more agreeable to me; + expecting, as I must, to be often called before the public: + but to have taken ‘sweet counsel’ once more with you and my + family would have been a great gratification. Should the + appointment take place here, it will be like taking a final + adieu of you all, as it respects the life that now is.” + +It appears, however, that for several months he received no further +communications on the subject of the Bishopric. Thus he writes + + TO HIS WIFE. + + “Feb. 6, 1834. + + “I have received several letters from various quarters on + my rumoured preferment. In the mean time, I hear no more + on the subject. I am not, however, in the least anxious. I + am _sure_ whatever be God’s will must be best. I have no + reluctance to remain here.” + +The Archdeacon was now, in fact, on board a pilot-schooner, cruising +in the bay of Bengal, with a view to recover himself from the effects +of a bad cold. From thence he writes + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “The renewal of the East India Company’s Charter promises + great and important changes for this country. They are all + intended by the framers of the Bill; without any regard + to religion in any form. How far God will overrule this + proceeding in rulers professedly Christian, remains to be + seen. Certain it is that great changes have already taken + place, in both European and Native Society. In the latter, + any real good has been effected through God’s blessing on + missionary exertions. To this, Government in former days + was opposed; now it is not so: and we require only men and + support, to spread the christian knowledge far and wide; + and we do hope Divine Providence is favouring the purpose, + and will supply the means. As to our European Society, a + friend who was with us lately from Madras, says, that in + all the Society, chiefly mercantile, he came in contact + with whilst with me, he saw or heard nothing in general + offensive to christian feeling. This from a stranger, and + one capable of judging, speaks well for Calcutta. Indeed, + at this time, every pulpit in Calcutta, and the adjoining + stations, is supplied with a faithful preacher; and the + example of our beloved Bishop makes even the timid bold ‘to + declare the whole counsel of God.’” + + + TO HIS SISTER. + + “March 4, 1834. + + “Before this reaches you, my destination will be fixed. + If not removed from this presidency, it is probable my + residence henceforth will be at Agra, the seat of the new + residency, as next in authority to the Bishop, who will + continue at Calcutta. In either case, the prospect of you + and I meeting again, is removed to a distance I do not + like to let my mind dwell upon. When I recur to Stoke, + a thousand overpowering recollections crowd upon me.... + For myself, my days have passed as a dream. I have had + much enjoyment, but seem not to have accomplished any one + thing as I might have done. I was beginning to anticipate + much enjoyment in the society of Sherer and my brothers, + but that seems to be deferred for a season, if it ever + arrive. The anxieties attendant on domestic life have been + comparatively few. The loss of children I now contemplate + as a gracious appointment, fixing by a process at the time + painful, two olive-branches in the Paradise of God; and + if it please God, that Eliza and the children reach me in + safety, no earthly care will more, I think disturb me. Yet + I know cares will arrive, but as my day is, strength will + be vouchsafed.” + +In the month following the date of the foregoing letter, Archdeacon +Corrie had a narrow escape from death by drowning. The circumstances +attending the danger to which he was exposed, are thus related by +himself in a letter + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “Calcutta, May 6, 1834. + + “I may mention that on the 22nd ult. J. Jackson and I set + off to go to Ishipore, or the Government powder-mills. + Through the kindness of a friend in the Military Board, the + use of a house there had been assigned me, for two months, + near to our valued friend Major Powney; and we were going + to take possession. We proceeded in a _bholiah_,[168] with + a fair wind, and had reached opposite the grove, when an + alarm was given that the _Bore_[169] was coming in. John + and I had just time to get from under the cover, when, sure + enough, a foaming breaker was close astern. The first wave + the boat surmounted, but then ‘broaching to,’ as sailors + say, the second wave turned her bottom upwards. John and + I and all the people, ten in number, were plunged into + the deep. I for some time could not rise, and swallowed a + good deal of water, when I providentially became involved + in the sail, by the aid of which I reached the surface; + and my servant (Wahid) who was swimming in search of me, + presently seized my arm and drew me towards the boat, which + was floating up with the tide; and by degrees I got upon + her keel. John had some difficulty also, in reaching the + boat; and we were picked up by a friendly Indigo-planter, + who himself narrowly escaped. He gave me a blanket, which + prevented cold, and at Tittagur, we got from Mr. Bateman, + at the Bishop’s country-house, a change of clothes, and + in the evening we returned by land without suffering any + inconvenience whatever. The news somehow got abroad, and I + have received much sympathy, and more tokens of interest in + my fate than I expected. The danger was imminent, but was + over in a few minutes.” + +In a memorandum penned on the day following that on which this +accident occurred, after reciting the foregoing particulars +respecting it, the Archdeacon adds:-- + + “On finding myself below the flood the thought occurred, + ‘Is my end come?’ But I do not recollect that any + ejaculation or any cry for help escaped me. Afterward in + Mr. P’s boat there appeared danger from the roughness of + the weather, when I did refer myself to God, to be disposed + of according to His will, without reservation. I have this + morning before day, solemnly called my ways to remembrance + before God, and have solemnly ‘received the Atonement,’ + if I never received it before; desiring to receive Christ + as my sanctification, as well as my righteousness; having + proof even since this event, that unless He sanctify as + well as justify me, I shall remain unholy still.” + +During the month of July, Mrs. Corrie and her daughters reached +Calcutta in safety, and in the meanwhile the Archdeacon had received +directions to proceed to England for consecration. He observed in a +letter addressed, on the 24th of June + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “A few days, since, I received from Mr. Grant an official + notice of my nomination as Bishop of Bombay, and + desiring me to come home for consecration at my earliest + convenience. I have received a verbal consent from the + chiefs in authority here also, to send me home on service + with the same allowance I now have, till I enter on my new + appointment.... I will say nothing of the prospect before + me, but that I feel rather depressed than elevated by it. + Bombay is as new to me as it would be to you, except that I + know what it is to bear this climate and people.” + +It was found, however, that the Indian authorities had no power to +allow the Archdeacon to receive his present stipend until he should +enter on his new appointment. The reason indeed why the Government +at home could give no definite instructions until now, respecting +the Archdeacon’s movements was, that although the provisions of the +new charter allowed of his appointment to one of the additional +bishoprics, it decided also that his stipend as Archdeacon should +thereupon cease, and that his allowance as Bishop should not commence +until he actually landed in India, to exercise the duties of his +office there. But as under such circumstances he felt called upon +to decline the office, it was in contemplation to send out a bishop +from England who, in conjunction with the bishop of Calcutta, should +consecrate the third bishop in India. The difficulty alluded to +having however been surmounted, the Archdeacon writes + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “August 4, 1834. + + “I am happy in the prospect of enjoying your society for + a season again. I think we shall correspond with more + intimate, though I scarcely conceive we can with warmer, + feeling than before. My heart has always clung to the idea + of brothers and sister as, next to wife and children, the + strongest tie to earth: and my visit home will, I am sure, + only strengthen this feeling. I wrote to H. in May, of + my expectation of coming home in September. Some rumours + had led me lately to conclude that I might be spared the + journey and voyage; but last week I received a notification + from the Commissioners for Indian affairs, that His Majesty + has granted me a pension of £800 a year, to be drawn only + when deriving no emolument from ecclesiastical preferment + in India. This we conclude Mr. Grant meant as a supply for + the expences of visiting England for consecration. It is + all he can do; and the Court of Directors are altogether so + opposed to the increase of [the number of] Bishops, that + they will afford no aid whatever.... I expect to embark in + October. It was in October last that I was first informed + of the preferment intended for me, but till June last, had + no certainty: and now the difficulties by sea and land, and + especially the separation from family, render the prospect + far from cheering. I do not pretend to be insensible to + the distinction implied in being a bishop, though heartily + glad that no ‘Lordship’ is connected with it in this + instance.[170] I know Indian society well; and know that + from the familiarity with which all in the service mix, + from the Ensign or Writer of six months standing, to the + General or grave Judge of the Circuit, that a man coming + with a title is viewed with much jealousy: and unless, like + Heber, he make himself one with them, whilst every sentence + he utters proves his mental superiority, he will rather be + shunned than sought. As it is, whilst I seek not theirs’ + but them, I may, as in time past, be permitted to do a + little good in my way.” + +Archdeacon Corrie had made every preparation for proceeding to +England, intending that Mrs. C. and his daughters should remain +in India; but the health of his wife began so decidedly to fail +again, that the medical men peremptorily decided that her only human +chance of recovery was from a voyage to the Cape. This unforeseen +domestic trial prevented the Archdeacon from embarking so soon as +was originally arranged; but on the 12th of November he quitted the +shores of Bengal in the ship “Exmouth.” It pleased God to grant him +a prosperous voyage to the Cape, where he arrived with his family +on the 13th of January 1835. After a stay there of some days, the +Archdeacon embarked for England, taking with him his eldest daughter, +the rest of his family remaining at the Cape. In a memorandum dated +Feb. 13th. he remarks:-- + + “We left St. Helena yesterday evening about 7 o’clock, and + have thus far had a fair and favouring wind. On the 11th + I went with Anna to visit Napoleon’s grave. The spot is + sequestered, and might well attract his notice in life. + He used frequently to retire, and read under the trees + which now overshadow his tomb. Great was the kindness + of the English Government towards him; but his restless + mind could take pleasure only in troubled scenes. He was + a great instrument in breaking down old barriers to the + progress of Divine truth. May God in mercy supply the means + of establishing His truth, on the Continent of Europe + and in all the earth! I received much civility from the + Governor, His Majesty’s Commissioners and others. Only + one Chaplain in the island, and he sickly. The population + is about 5,000. There is a good deal doing in the way of + schools. A Free-school contains one hundred and twenty + boys; Plantation day-school fifty-five boys, and twenty-two + girls. Four evening schools ninety-two: four girls’ + Day-schools, fifty-seven: Hutsgate, twenty-six. In all, 512 + children, of whom sixty-nine are supported by Government, + and sixty-eight boys, and twenty-five girls by the + Benevolent Society. There are about 300 Chinese settlers; + industrious, but ignorant. For these a school-master is to + be recommended by His Majesty’s Commissioners. Mr. Brook, + however, told me, that they have families by the race of + mixed blood, and that their children go to school and + become identified with their mother’s class. The labours + of the Chaplain are too much for his health: another is + greatly needed.” + +On Tuesday April 7, the Archdeacon and his daughter landed at Dover +from the ‘Exmouth,’ slept at Canterbury, and proceeded the next day +to London, where he was cordially welcomed by Mrs. Wilberforce Bird, +the daughter of his valued friend, the late Rev. David Brown. He +remarks in a memorandum, dated April 12th.-- + + “I have been prospered hitherto in all my expectations. + I have endeavoured to pray for pardon and grace to guide + me--all that I have aimed at hitherto, has succeeded. + May I be enabled to receive the good, so as not to be + elated and so grieve the Holy Spirit to leave me to + darkness and corruption.... The views on the way to town + were enlivening on all sides. Multitudes of small, most + comfortable dwellings, well deserving the name of ‘The + happy homes of England;’ besides the stately houses + scattered up and down: whilst increasing buildings at every + place, indicate high prosperity, and give an appearance of + comfort that goes to the heart. But comfort is inseparable + from duty, and my duty seems to call me away from these + fair scenes to a literally and spiritually, ‘dry and barren + land.’ May God but go with me, for he can open springs in + the desert.” + +In obedience, therefore, to the calls of duty, the Archdeacon did not +consider himself at liberty to remain in England longer than might +be absolutely necessary for accomplishing the object of his voyage. +Within a few days, therefore, of his arrival in London, he waited +upon the Archbishop of Canterbury, to receive his Grace’s directions +respecting such matters as might be preliminary to consecration. +The Melbourne administration having, however, just at that time +returned to power, the unsettled state of things consequent upon a +change of Ministry, occasioned some delay in the preparation of the +official documents connected with the defining of the boundaries &c. +of the diocese of Madras, to which see the Archdeacon had ultimately +been nominated. In the meanwhile, the Archdeacon took occasion +to communicate with the Committees of the religious Societies in +connection with the Church; and had the happiness to receive from +all, the assurance of their willingness to aid him to the utmost +of their power, in furthering his plans for the good of his future +diocese. All the time that was not taken up by such necessary +occupations as these, he spent with his surviving relations and +friends. His oldest and most valued friend, Mr. Buckworth, he was not +permitted again to meet on earth; for that servant of God died during +the very week, in which the Archdeacon reached the shores of England. + +It was whilst visiting his relatives that Archdeacon Corrie writes + + + TO HIS WIFE. + + “June 5, 1835. + + “I have now to tell you that the Archbishop has fixed + Trinity Sunday, as the day for my consecration. On the 14th + instant, I expect, therefore, if the Lord will, to be set + apart as Bishop of Madras. This news I received yesterday; + and I awoke this morning with such an oppressive feeling + of the case, as to compel me to arise and pray for relief. + The Saviour’s grace can render me even an instrument of + good; and in this consideration alone I find any thing like + repose.” + +Before returning to London, the Archdeacon visited Cambridge, and was +there admitted to his Doctor’s degree, by royal mandate, on the 11th +of June. He proceeded to London on the following day. + +The day appointed for his consecration having arrived, he was +admitted to the episcopate by the Archbishop, assisted by the Bishops +of Lichfield, Carlisle, and Bangor; the preacher on the occasion +being the Rev. Josiah Pratt. In a memorandum, in which Dr. Corrie +noted down the particulars of the service in which he had been +engaged, he remarks:-- + + “I awoke in the morning at four o’clock, and set myself to + prayer. I then read in the Epistles to Timothy,[171] and + the Hebrews, with a view to the service before me, and was + enabled to realize in a small degree the pardoning mercy + of God, and to hope for grace in all time to come. I then + asked for mercies suited to my apprehension of my present + state; for relatives and friends; and for the Church of + God at large. During the service at Lambeth, I entered + with some fixedness, into the sentiments expressed in the + prayers; and intend to review them frequently, to bring my + vows to remembrance. When having the robes put on me, the + language of the Church in Isaiah came to my mind, and I + prayed to be clothed with the garments of Salvation, and + the robe of righteousness. + + “Whilst standing before the table in my rochet, I thought + of Latimer, led to the stake in his long shirt; and, I + trust, desired to be found faithful unto death.... On the + whole, I bless God for the grace vouchsafed to me this day, + and only desire that the impression may remain; which past + experience teaches me will not be the case, unless Thou, + O Lord, carry on that, I trust, Thou hast began. ‘Forsake + not the work of Thine own hand,’ for Jesus’ sake, Amen and + Amen.” + +Soon after his consecration, Bishop Corrie remarks in a letter to his +wife, as he notes also in a memorandum:-- + + “I am not yet reconciled to my change of signature. The + meaning of the change I understand to be, that those + who are appointed to rule in the church of Christ, take + the name of that portion of His body (He being Head and + Bridegroom of the Church) to which they are, in the + language of Scripture, ‘married.’ If my new name do not + remind me of allegiance, and tend in some degree, to bind + me to obedience, it will not operate as it ought to do. I + find, however, the same old nature still within me, and + that it changeth not with a name. May a new nature, as well + as a new name, be wrought in me!” + +On the 18th of June, the Bishop had, by special appointment, a +private audience of the king. The account of this interview with King +William IV. was recorded at the time by Bishop Corrie, and is too +characteristic of that kind-hearted sovereign to be omitted:-- + + “I went to St. James’ at four o’clock,” observes the + Bishop, “and had an interview with the king alone. On + entering his closet, his Majesty came forward, offered + his hand which, kneeling on one knee, I kissed. He then + desired me to sit down; and detained me about half an hour. + Asked, Where I was educated? Where born? How long I had + been in India? My income? Pension? How long I was going + out for? My motives in going? Whether I had any relatives, + &c. Saying, amongst other things, ‘that the Indian Bishops + ought to have a house: that he did not like the cutting + down of salaries; feared it would bring back the old + abuses; expressed a high opinion of the Indian servants + of government, and much interest in the welfare of India; + wished me health and strength to perform my duties; told + me not to remain in India, if my health failed; and said + he should be happy to hear of a Bishop’s appointment to + Bombay. He then most graciously dismissed me.” + +On Friday the 18th, the Bishop attended the Committee of the +Society for the Propagation of the Gospel. The Bishops of Lichfield +and Bangor were present; and at the request of the meeting, the +last-named prelate drew up a resolution congratulatory of Dr. C. on +his appointment to Madras, and expressive of the good wishes of the +society towards him; after which he took his leave. + +The next day, the Bishop and his daughter went on board a steamer at +the Tower-stairs and joined the “Exmouth,” which was then lying in +the Downs, and in which they had secured a passage to Madras. At four +o’clock that evening, the anchor was raised, and the ship got under +sail for her destination. During the following week, however, they +did not make much way, for on the 26th of June, the Bishop writes + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “Off Plymouth. + + “The wind has been contrary, as you will conclude from + the date of this. It is still contrary, but having now + sea-room, the pilot is about to leave us. Farewell, + then, to England, probably for ever; though I have no + presentiment or resolve on that head. And farewell to + beloved relatives. How happy are we in the prospect of + dwelling together in the ‘city which hath foundations!’ + In this, surely, we who have lately met are favoured; and + truly thankful am I for this communion with you. + + “We’ll praise God for all that is past, + And trust Him for all that’s to come.” + +There were on board the Exmouth, several passengers; among whom were +the Rev. M. Wilkinson and his family, returning to their missionary +labours in India. Besides passengers, were one hundred recruits, +with their officers, proceeding to join H. M. 16th regiment of +foot. On Sundays, as the weather permitted, the Bishop was in the +habit of celebrating divine service on deck, and of admitting daily +to family-prayer in his cabin, as many as chose to attend; whilst +Mr. Wilkinson collected from among the soldiers, a Bible-class of +sixteen, with whom he read the Scriptures every day. In the evening +of the 6th of September, the Exmouth reached the Cape of Good Hope, +where the Bishop had the comfort of finding his wife’s health greatly +recruited. As, also, the Chaplains at the Cape were in expectation +of Bishop Corrie’s return, they had prepared their young people for +Confirmation, and he accordingly administered that rite on the 12th +of September, to 150 candidates. On that day also, his youngest +daughter was married to Mr. George Bird, of the Madras civil service. +On the 13th, the Bishop with his wife and daughter sailed from +Simon’s bay, and reached Madras on the 24th of October. On the same +day, previously to landing, he recorded the following memorandum:-- + + “After several days of very slow progress, we are now, + through God’s goodness, in sight of Madras, but unable + to go in, until the sea-breeze springs up. Uninterrupted + mercies have followed me through the voyage home and + hitherto. Much favour has been shewn to me by many of + the excellent of the earth. Persons in authority have + manifested great civility. Supplies forthcoming in the most + ready manner, and from unlooked-for sources. I trust some + knowledge on various subjects has been acquired by me, and + some increased attention to the holy Scriptures. New duties + now await me, and the prospect often oppresses me, lest I + fail. Keep thy servant from presumptuous sins, and enable + me to walk humbly with thee. Let no elation, on account of + outward circumstances, find place in me; nor depression + on account of conscious inefficiency, prevail to hinder + me from doing what I can! May I be enabled to order my + household in a becoming manner. Prepare my ways, O Lord, + with those in authority; and enable me to act in all things + as the servant of Jesus Christ!” + +Bishop Corrie having landed at Madras on Saturday Oct. 24, was +installed at St. George’s Church, during the morning-service, on the +following Wednesday. Archdeacon Robinson officiated on the occasion. +For the first few weeks after his arrival in Madras, the Bishop +occupied himself almost exclusively in making himself acquainted with +the state of things around him. Thus on the 15th of December, he +writes + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “I have been taken up hitherto in exchanging visits of + civility. I have preached, indeed, in all the churches, + of which we have six in Madras, and one at the Mount, six + miles distant. I have, also, visited some of the schools, + and been making myself acquainted with the state of things + here as to religion. It is low enough with respect to the + descendants of Europeans. A district Visiting Society is + much on my mind, as a means of getting at individuals, in a + more direct way than has been attempted hitherto. I think + I begin to see my way in this matter; but feel often much + oppressed. We have several good men amongst the Chaplains; + but I am not yet familiarly acquainted with them, and our + communications are consequently somewhat stiff. + + “Madras is not at all like Calcutta; we live in houses + surrounded by large gardens. Ours stands in between two or + three acres, and is quite private, though in the centre of + the place, and about three miles from the landing-place. + The surf which breaks on the shore all along the coast, is + constantly sounding, and at first attracted our notice; but + it is now become a common thing. + + “The Missions in the south are in much confusion, in + Tanjore, from the caste question; in Tinnevelly from + Rhenius’s separation. I am requested to visit them next + month.” + +The question of caste here alluded to, was in truth none other in +principle than that which troubled the Church in the first ages, +(Gal. ii. 3, &c.) and in like manner had created divisions and +heart-burnings among the native Christians at Tanjore. Scarcely had +Bishop Corrie arrived in Madras, before he received a long petition +from some of the native priests, native catechists, schoolmasters +and other native Christians in Tanjore and its vicinity, requesting, +among other things, that the injunctions left by the Bishop of +Calcutta respecting the total abolition of caste, might be somewhat +relaxed. It was with reference to that circumstance, that the Bishop +addressed the following letter to the senior native catechist at +Tanjore:-- + + “Madras, Dec. 29, 1835. + + “I lately received a letter in the Tamul language, which + has been translated for me, and purports to be from several + Christians, inhabitants of the villages over which you + were formerly Catechist. They express great regret on + account of your removal, and complain of those who are at + present placed by the Rev. Missionaries to instruct them. + It is my purpose, “if the Lord will,” to visit Tanjore + about the middle of January, when I will endeavour to + ascertain what is the true character of the Catechists + complained of, and will take such measures respecting them + as the case may require. In the mean time, you will be so + good as to make known this my purpose to the parties who + wrote the letter. I wish at the same time, to beg of you, + who have so long been a teacher of the mercy of God to + others, to consider anew the question of caste. Can you + hold it as a Christian principle that God is a respecter + of persons, and that those who are high-born, can, on that + account, claim to come first to the table of the Lord? + No man of any caste, who is an unbeliever, or an immoral + person, or profane breaker of any of the commandments of + God, ought to be permitted to come at all to the Lord’s + Supper; and I am certain that due respect will always be + shewn to respectable Christians, by true Christians who + may be inferior to them in temporal circumstances. But + you will not, I think, wish to maintain that any one can + claim precedence in spiritual things, merely on account + of natural birth or any outward distinction. I need not + quote to you the scriptures, that in the Lord Jesus, “there + is neither circumcision, nor uncircumcision, Barbarian, + Scythian, bond nor free;” but “as many as received Him, to + them gives he power to become the sons of God.” + + “I pray God that you and others, who are leaders in + the Lord’s army, may candidly consider this point in a + purely Christian view, and without reference to any past + proceedings. I desire to come among you as a peace-maker, + and restore harmony among you if I can. I greatly lament + the distress which many, I hear, are suffering; and if + you, who are leaders, will meet me in the spirit of + Christian love, some of the distress may be removed. Not + only, therefore, in regard to the purity of the Christian + doctrine, but from love, also, to your countrymen and + fellow-christians, I hope you will be for peace.” + +The separation of Mr. Rhenius at Tinnevelly, from the Church +mission at that place, had occurred before Bishop Corrie reached +Madras. It appears that early in 1835, Mr. Rhenius had most +unjustifiably published a tract for the purpose of impugning the +government, ritual, and discipline, of the Church of England, +notwithstanding that he stood connected as a missionary with the +Church Missionary Society. However painful it might therefore be, +to that Society, to dissolve their connection with a person who had +for twenty years zealously laboured as a missionary, yet, under +the circumstances of the case, they felt bound in consistency, as +conscientious members of the Church of England, to declare that the +relationship which had hitherto subsisted between Mr. Rhenius and +the Society was at an end. In this decision Mr. Rhenius readily +acquiesced, and quitted Tinnevelly in June 1835, having previously +delivered over all the concerns of the Church-mission there, to the +Society’s representative. Within a few months, however, Mr. Rhenius +thought proper to return to Tinnevelly, at the invitation of some +dissatisfied catechists; and the natural consequence was, that the +whole mission at that place underwent a change from a state of +organization and peace, to a scene of strife and disorder. It was +with the hope that some remedy might be suggested for this lamentable +state of things, that the Bishop thought it of importance that he +should ascertain personally what might be done for peace and order. + + “I go,” he observes, in a Letter to his brother, “at much + personal and pecuniary inconvenience. It will cost me £100; + but my instructions are called for, and I cannot direct in + the dark. I go with much fear and distrust of myself; but + by calm investigation, and taking no hasty steps, I trust I + may effect some good.” + +In a memorandum which the Bishop made January 2, 1836, in the +prospect of the journey, he states:-- + + “I have examined the Madras Asylum, both male and female; + and the high school at Vepery. Examined also, the native + girls’ school of the Church Missionary Society. In all of + them a very considerable knowledge of Scripture is found. I + have received Mr. Hickey, as a Missionary to the Portuguese + congregation of the Vepery Mission; and am endeavouring to + bring about a district Visiting Society for Black Town, and + to have the Church-building fund confined to this Diocese; + which seems agreeable to all I have met with, who wish well + to the object. I have taken steps towards issuing marriage + licences. In all this, there is all the prosperity I could + desire: yet never at one period have my trials been so + great. The experience of that Pope, who is said to have + doubted of his salvation, more and more, as he advanced in + the Orders of his Church, till having gained the highest + step, he utterly despaired, sickened and died, has been + much on my mind.... Frequently I awake in the night with a + feeling of dismay inexpressible, as to what may be the end + of myself, and in respect of the objects contemplated by + my office. Intending to visit Tanjore and Tinnevelly, I am + at a loss utterly how to proceed, or what to attempt. I am + indeed oppressed: O Lord, undertake for me. I will still + thank God, through Jesus Christ our Lord!” + +It was on the 11th of January 1836, that Bishop Corrie left Madras on +his mission of peace. The incidents connected with this journey are +related in the following correspondence with his wife and family, or +in occasional memoranda:-- + + “Sadras, Jan. 12, 1836. I arrived here at 4 o’clock this + morning, just 11 hours after the Palkee left home, and this + included the passage of the river after I left you, and + the delay at the first stage of nearly half an hour. The + bearers therefore, travel faster here than in our country: + they do not change shoulders so often, but go generally a + swinging step, which is very uneasy. The road lay all the + way within sound of the surf, and here the Bungalow is not + above a gun-shot from the sea. There is one old fort, and + many descendants of Dutch, all very poor; the Bungalow + is in very nice order, and has accommodation for three + parties. A Colonel, his wife, and some children, with an + Ayah,[172] came in about 7; they have two rooms, and I + one, but we see nothing of each other. Notwithstanding the + noise of the bearers, and the jolting of the Palkee, I + slept a good deal, and had a nap after arriving, although a + disturbed one. Fish and eggs were provided for breakfast, + and I am as comfortable as I can be from home; but I feel + much a stranger and very lonely. My thoughts are often with + you all, and heavy thoughts also arise as to the result of + my journey. The more the state of the Tanjore people is + enquired into, the more difficult it appears to deal with + them. Their teachers have countenanced much that is wrong + among them, by administering among them, without reproving + their errors; from which they at length have concluded + themselves blameless; and in looking over the list of + charges urged against them, many seem matters of choice, + which we all observe or not according to taste. May He in + whom alone is wisdom and strength, give me both to perceive + and to know what things I ought to stipulate for, and grace + faithfully to fulfil the same; and may He ‘turn the hearts + of the disobedient’ among them, ‘to the wisdom of the + just!’” + + “Myaveram, Jan. 14. I arrived here at half past six, and + having changed my clothes and reposed a little, purpose + giving you a brief sketch of my journey thus far. I am in + the house of Sir Henry Montgomery, the deputy Collector + of Tanjore, but have not yet seen him or his lady. The + whole way I have come is, as to country, not only without + interest but very dreary; partly I suppose, that being + along shore, the sea air is unfavourable to vegetation. + The road was to Sadras firm and good, after that to + Pondicherry, partly sandy, and partly lakes of water, + and partly on the very brink of the sea. Since leaving + Cuddalore, at first sandy and heavy, then stiff soil, but + no made road; and it took twelve hours to travel about + thirty-six miles. We crossed four pretty broad rivers + during last night; two of them branches of the Coleroon, a + name renowned in Orme’s account of Hindoostan, and which I + little expected ever to behold. On two of the rivers are + ferry boats, provided by Government, good and substantial; + but all the other boats I have been obliged to use are + both comparatively small and very fragile. The water has + nowhere been deep, though enough to give a good ducking. + The Coleroon even might have been passed by wading, but + the bearers professed fear of Alligators. The song of the + bearers continues the same all the way as at Madras. + + “One mode of adorning their temples, is peculiar to this + part of India. Near a Hindoo Pagoda on this side Sadras, + I observed a colossal figure of a man seated on a throne. + For a time I could not make out what it could be. Yesterday + morning, the same kind of figure presented itself with + a spearman on each side standing by it, and in front a + huge figure of a horse. Yesterday evening, passing near a + shady grove there seemed to be a row of tigers guarding + the entrance, which in the gloom of the twilight appeared + at first very formidable: and just before I reached my + present position, a row of elephants, and figures of men on + horseback, seemed to guard the entrance to a temple; and + behind were figures as of a flock of sheep. This is all I + have seen new on my way. This place is like a garden in + not quite a wilderness, for the country seems fertile, but + irregularly cultivated; and a pretty lawn with a variety + of flowers in front, gives a lovely appearance, to my + eye, which has seen nothing like it since leaving Madras. + I must not, however, disparage Cuddalore; but it is an + old regularly formed town, with 300 European pensioners + scattered about it, besides the gentry, civil and military. + I passed yesterday from half past 9 till half past 4, + gaining useful information on missionary matters. Contrary + to my former experience on this point. I sleep a good deal + during the night, so as to require no sleep during the day. + + “Twelve o’clock. At breakfast, met Sir Henry and his lady. + They are nice young people, and both seem very happy + and intelligent. They have been here five years, quite + sequestered: he has been eleven years in the service, but + looks considerably younger, with fine speaking eyes. They + go home next year on furlough. They make me very welcome, + and I have a nice apartment, all in the bungalow style. + Tanjore forty miles: I am to be driven part of the way + in the evening. The christian Catechist, and some of his + people have been to see me; about 600 young and old are + under christian instruction. + + “I am not yet half on my way; the distance looks at times + dreary, and the old idea of dragging a lengthened chain, + applies a little to my case. May duty prevail as it ought, + and my chains will feel proportionably lighter! Think of me + when on your knees! + + “Tanjore, January 17. Intending to proceed at bedtime + to Trichinopoly, I leave this for to-night’s post; as + otherwise several days would intervene before you hear + of me again--the distance to Trichinopoly is thirty-six + miles. On Friday I had a busy day with the Missionaries, + ascertaining the number and state of their congregations, + accounts of their proceedings &c. Yesterday I was occupied + almost the whole day with the Nonconformists: at one + time, and for about two hours, the room was quite full of + them. It was a time of great anxiety to me, hearing their + objections, and answering them. The task was not difficult, + but the point I stood upon was the duty of attending the + Lord’s Supper, without regard to who else might be present. + I stated that the bread represents our Lord’s body, and + the wine his blood, which he offered on the cross for our + redemption. In communicating, we are to think only of the + Saviour, whose memorial is before us; and in receiving + the bread and wine, we receive Christ as the author of + our salvation. But if I refuse to receive the emblems + of the Saviour because another has partaken before me, I + lose sight of the Saviour, and treat the bread and wine as + common food. This they could not get over, and I am led + to hope, most of them will yield this point, and if so, + I shall have to thank God for having come. If not I have + done what I could in this matter. Through God’s goodness + I am quite well to-day and preparing to preach in English + at half-past ten; and to attend family service at four P. + M.--Evening. The congregation in the morning was about + fifty, besides many natives, who understand English. I + have been addressing the native congregation through Mr. + Coombes: may a blessing follow from above! + + “January 19th. I received yours of the 15th, yesterday, + at Trichinopoly, and sat down to answer it, but was + interrupted. I wrote you from Tanjore most of the + particulars of my visit there. There is nothing to see + but the fruits of Swartz’s labours in two Churches, and + the many called by the name of Christ among the natives. + Mr. Coombes is invaluable there from his knowledge of + Tamil, and the right spirit he manifests. I arrived there + yesterday morning soon after six: every thing was done for + my comfort. I went before breakfast to the Church, which + was near, and saw Heber’s grave, which will long render + Trichinopoly a place of interest. + + “Trichinopoly is a large station, with good roads about it. + Both at Tanjore, and there, the chief city is within the + Fort, which at Trichinopoly encompasses a pyramidical hill, + on the top of which is a house of imposing appearance, a + kind of monastery of Brahmins. I write this at a staging + bungalow, half way to Madura. I have here an invitation + from Mr. Blackburn the Judge of Madura; and the Cutwal has + been ordered to shew me all attention. On arriving I was + saluted with the rattling of tom-toms, and four or five + native hautboys and the Tahsildar[173] came after breakfast + to wait upon me with like state. The bungalow stands in a + valley surrounded by irregular hills, something like those + at Chunar. The climate is cool, and at night cold. The + cause of so much coolness in this latitude, must rise from + the sea on the east, and the ghauts on the west. I am now + forty miles from the sea, having been verging inland ever + since leaving Cuddalore. + + “Madura, Wednesday morning. I arrived here at two this + morning, and have had some hours quiet sleep in a fine + upper room. I have not yet seen Mr. Blackburn, but every + thing around is in the most comfortable style of an Indian + Judge. The country all around is flat, with a continuation + of irregular detached hills as yesterday. The night + travelling quite unhinges my frame, as the hand-writing + shews. I shall become more steady after a meal. This place + is worth describing, but the post goes to Madras at eight, + so I have not time. + + “Jan. 21. I am now through God’s goodness within sixty + miles of Palamcottah; another night’s run will, proceeding + as I have done, bring me to my journey’s end, outward + bound. I yesterday sent off a letter for you from Madura. + The collector, Mr. Blackburn, was as kind as possible. He + invited the other three civilians to tiffin. There were + two officers with a detachment, at some distance, and four + American missionaries whom I did not see. The Judge has an + infant, whom I am to baptize on my way back, and there are + children of writers, &c., desirous of the same. None of our + Bishops came so far south; so that I am the first who has + visited these parts. Alas, how inadequate to meet public + expectation! + + “Mr. Blackburn’s house is one of the best in the country. + To the south of it is a large sheet of water, and a small + island in the midst, with a truly picturesque temple upon + it. Madura is famous in Hindoo Mythology. A grand festival + is to be held on 1st February, when the idol will be + brought from the temple at some distance, and take a sail + on the lake and visit the summer-house on the island. + About a lac of people generally collect on the occasion. I + have seen several temples, all in the style of Juggernauth + for size. + + “At Madura, as at Trichinopoly, the temple is within the + fort, and the town is there. The country all along very + interesting, and the population very scanty. In the rains, + the face of the country must be covered with water, it + is so flat; and now there are little streams and rills + constantly occurring. These are fed by the water from + the hills to the westward, and for six years the supply + has been very scanty. This year the rain has fallen + plentifully, and crops of all kind, but principally rice, + are abundant. The people are beginning to gather in the + rice. They are at work in a threshing-place close to the + staging bungalow. I feel very lonely to-day, though in much + peace--my mind has been much with you all during the night. + + “Palamcottah, Friday.--At the end of my journey. I now + begin to look back, and the way seems not so long as did + the distance I have come. I was going on as usual, and had + fallen asleep when the Palkee was set down at two, and I + was told Mr. Tucker was come. He had kindly come out about + ten miles; we returned about two miles, when the whole + body of catechists were standing on each side the way, and + received us with a song of praise. I got out and thanked + them for their congratulations, expressing my wishes for + their prosperity. We then came on a tumultuous cavalcade, + and reached the mission-house at twenty minutes past four. + Mr. Tucker prayed, and I went to rest for two hours. We + breakfasted at eight, after family worship. After that, + ten divisions of catechists and schoolmasters, came in + rotation to make _salaam_. They marched in, singing a verse + of praise. Flowers were scattered on my head, and gold and + silver stars; some of which I made Joseph gather, when + all were gone, to bring to Anna. The English residents + have been to see me also; you know that bustle rather + upsets than gratifies me. My feelings have rather been + blunted than pleased by all this; and a feeling of my own + utter worthlessness before God keeps me low, as also of + unprofitableness towards men. + + “January 25th. My purpose is to stay here over Sunday next, + to be at Madura on Tuesday; Trichinopoly on Thursday; and + at Tanjore, till the Sunday evening following. On the + Monday, Mayaveram; Tuesday, at Porto Nova; Wednesday at + Cuddalore. Perhaps stay there till Monday evening. Friday, + at Sadras; and on Saturday, February 12th, at _Dulce + Domum_. Such is my purpose: may God of his goodness dispose + accordingly! + + “Yesterday we had morning service in English, and in the + afternoon, in Tamil. I preached both times, the latter you + will judge, by an interpreter--the native congregation + about 500. Mr. Rhenius’s proceedings are of the most + injurious kind. He is either blinded by self-love, or most + miserably misinformed, which must be his own fault; but + I have not time to-day for particulars. We are all going + to dine with Mr. and Mrs. Prendergast; Mr. P. is also + here. Till this moment I have been occupied with about 200 + catechists and school-masters.” + +The following remarks on the state of the Tinnevelly Mission, occur +among the Bishop’s private memoranda:-- + + “Palamcottah, Jan. 28, 1836. + + “I have been here now seven days, and have been + endeavouring to form a distinct idea of the circumstances + of this Mission. It appears, that from the first, + expectations of redress of wrongs have been held out to + such natives as sought aid from the Missionaries. Hence + a Vakeel[174] has been employed at the charge of the + mission, to ascertain particulars of complaint, and to + make representations accordingly to the Tahsildars and in + the cutchery[175] of the collector. And this practice + has so increased, that Mr. Pettitt is chiefly occupied + in hearing and arranging the temporal affairs of native + applicants. The consequence has been that whole villages, + or the greater part of the inhabitants of some villages, + have “come over,” as the expression is, at once, to put + themselves under Christian instruction ostensibly, but at + the same time, to enjoy the protection referred to. Of + the many thus reported, comparatively few have received + baptism. In one village of 600, only forty are baptized. + + “On enquiring of the assembled inspecting Catechists + to-day, ‘How it came to pass, that of so many reported + under Christian instruction, for several years, so few were + really baptized?’--the answer given was, ‘Partly from the + inattention or bad example of the Catechists; partly, that + many being disappointed in their expectations of worldly + benefit, drew back to heathenism; or, having obtained their + object, became satisfied, and were not desirous of baptism.’ + + “It appears that little or no distinction is observed + in the treatment of the baptized, and unbaptized. The + Catechist marries the unbaptized when called upon, and also + the baptized. In both cases a charm is put on the neck + of the female, instead of a ring on the finger. The same + services are observed at the burial of the baptized and + unbaptized; except that in the former case, going to the + house of the deceased, and more ceremony is observed. Some + do not use the Church service over the unbaptized, but pray + extempore. Mr. Rhenius in the early part of his Mission, + used the service of the Church of England in baptism; and + confirmed some young persons by the imposition of hands, + as directed in our Confirmation-service; but afterwards + omitted our forms altogether. + + “The children of converts seem not to have been attended + to, after the Scripture rule. Some persons having families, + were reported, by a Catechist, as baptized seven years + ago. Their children, neither then, nor since baptized. + It seems that Mr. Rhenius has sent to all his Catechists + and School-masters to come and pay their respects to the + Bishop; and accordingly a considerable number came after + breakfast. On Mr. Dent having called, I explained that I + was the Inspector of the Church of England’s Missions; and + that they having left it, what had I to do with them? One + very plausibly answered, ‘That they worshipped the same + Lord, and held the same faith, and preached the same Gospel + as before.’ I asked if nothing was said in Scripture of + the sin of schism? They answered, ‘Yes.’ I then said, ‘Was + there no sin, that when one man in a village beat the drum + to call the people to prayers, another should beat the + same drum? When one began to pray, another should begin to + pray?’ They owned this was wrong; but attempted to lay the + blame on the Church Missionary Society’s catechists: but I + observed from the case of the young man who came before me + the other day, (a catechist of Mr. Rhenius’) that he had + owned that he held public worship, at the same time with + the Church Missionary catechist. A long examination of + persons followed, which, with information before received, + led me to address the party as follows:--‘That for fifteen + years past, the word of God had been made known, and spread + abroad in these parts by means of the Church Missionary + Society. That many had become enlightened with the light + of life. That Mr. Rhenius had been supplied during that + time, with funds as a Missionary of the Church Missionary + Society. That having separated from the Society, he left + the place; and that during his absence all was peace in + the mission. That the young man present, who wrote the + letter, stating that the congregations were wishing for + his return, admitted that he did not of his own knowledge + write thus, but that the catechists, who signed the letter, + told him so. That some of the Head-men whose names were + affixed to the letter, told me, ‘that they knew not that + it was a letter of recal, but [thought it] only a friendly + letter of congratulation on his arrival at Arcot. That one + of the inspecting catechists (then present, and now in + Mr. Rhenius’ employment) had confessed having expressed to + Mr. Tucker his sorrow for having signed the letter to Mr. + Rhenius; and that he did not know that it was an invitation + to come back, having read only a part of it; and was not + aware how bad a man David Pillay is:--That a head-man + present, had confessed just now, that if Mr. Pettit would + have let him the land, and the palmyra-trees at Dobnavoor, + for the money he wished (viz. four Rs. instead of ten Rs.) + he would not have joined Mr. Rhenius:--That several other + of Mr. Rhenius’ people present, had owned [to] having been, + at different times, convicted of delinquencies:--That Mr. + Rhenius had been told of the deceits practised upon him, + but he would not believe it of those who invited him back. + These things, in my presence, had been confessed by them: + but he had come back, and all this division had followed. + The Society would therefore never receive Mr. Rhenius + again. That, for myself, I could not but grieve to think, + how, in this way, Satan had prevailed to hinder the success + of the gospel. That now the heathen laughed, and said, ‘The + preachers of the Gospel of Peace, are quarrelling amongst + themselves.’ That for those present, who by deceiving Mr. + Rhenius, and bringing him back, had been the occasion + of this evil, I should pray that God would give them + repentance, that they might seek the pardon of this their + great sin, and not finally perish among the unbelievers.” + +The Bishop adds:-- + + “In one case of ninety-nine families, in two adjoining + villages, only three families are baptized; and in some + congregations not an individual is baptized.” + +Two days after the date of this memorandum, the Bishop prepared to +leave Palamcottah. He writes + + + TO HIS WIFE. + + “Jan. 30, 1836. + + “My _dawk_ is ordered for to-morrow evening, so that + I begin to think of myself as on my way home again. I + know not well whether any good has been accomplished by + my visit, except convincing the people that the Church + Missionary Society will not abandon the mission. The agents + of Mr. R. had circulated far and wide that such would be + the case. There is no end to the falsehoods propagated by + his agents, and to which he gave indirect occasion. + + “I have seen nothing of the country around, but from just + a little evening’s drive; yet towards the west it is said + to be interesting as to scenery, being towards the Ghauts. + I am no hand at drawing, as you know, but this sketch will + give you some idea of this station.” + + + “Feb. 1, Stageing Bungalow. + + “Fifty-two miles on the way to Madras, and in good health. + Thanks be to God! The dreariness of this place answers very + well to my state of mind, and gives opportunity for looking + back.... Mr. Peet and Mr. Bailey came over from Travancore. + + “After the Bishop of Calcutta had been there and had + plainly spoken out what reforms were considered necessary + for the clergy, the two Metrans collected a hasty synod + of their Church, and voted in a violent manner that they + would have no reform, nor anything further to do with the + missionaries. In consequence the labors of twenty years + seem come to nothing. It is now, I believe, intended that + the missionaries shall teach and preach as opportunity + offers. If any of the clergy reform, of which they have now + some hope, their way will be plain; but it remains to be + seen. It had become necessary for Mr. Tucker to go over to + see the Resident, and consult with him as to the protection + it may be in his power, or be right for him to afford, to + those who may turn from their errors to the truth. Mr. T. + will not be above a week or ten days after me at Madras. + + “Yesterday, I ordained John Devasagayam, priest. Mr. Tucker + preached, and Messrs. Blackman, Pettitt, Peet, and Bailey, + with Mr. Tucker, joined in the imposition of hands. The + service was all new to me; I had to look out my places, + which took my attention too much off from the sentiments + expressed in the service. It was, however, on the whole a + day of seriousness, and I hope of blessing. John preached + in the evening in Tamil; his text was appropriate, + Ephesians vi, 18, 19. I was told he gave a sketch of his + training under Dr. John, the colleague of good Dr. Rottler + at Tranquebar; and related the circumstances of his + conversion, desired the congregation to pray for him, &c. + + “After social prayer with the mission family and the + catechists, I came away at half-past-eight. I arrived here, + fifty-two miles, by nine this morning. By this you will + judge how well these bearers carry; they go three before + and three behind, and their stages are generally about + twenty miles and sometimes thirty; which they accomplish + without seeming at all distressed. To-morrow, d. v. I have + some children to baptize at Madura, and then onward in the + evening towards Trichinopoly, from whence I purpose writing + again.” + + + “Verully Malay, Feb. 3, 1836.[176] + + “I am to-day at a stageing Bungalow in the Tondeman’s + country,--the title of an independent prince who retains + his paternal inheritance independent of the Company, in + name, and he is wise enough to be quiet, collect his own + revenue, and live at peace with the lion. Yesterday, I + sent off a letter to your beloved mother from Madura, and + which I hope is before me; but am not certain, as I have + come on pretty quick. I mentioned, in going from hence, + a beautiful lake with a very tasty summer-house, on an + Island in the middle of it,--in front of the Collector’s + house at Madura. Yesterday was the annual Festival of + the Idol at Madura; a float, with a very splendid temple + erected upon it, was prepared on the lake. A gentleman + present said it was like the Chinese Temples erected + in St. James’s Park, when the allied Sovereigns were + in England. The Idol was brought with great noise, and + amidst a large concourse of people, from the Temple in + the fort, above a mile distant, and placed on the float, + which was then drawn by ropes, from the shore, twice round + the lake. After a rest, the float was drawn towards the + Island, where the Idol was to pass the evening, and the + Temple and the entire bank of the lake to be illuminated + at night. Vast crowds were going towards Madura, as I + came away, to see the illumination; and all the Europeans + were to be at Mr. Blackburne’s to view the sight. I felt + no inducement to stay. Colonel Maclean was there with the + Tondeman, as resident. Two American missionaries who were + settled at Madura, came to breakfast, and staid till 11 + o’clock conversing on missionary subjects. They are very + self-denying and persevering in their labours: I was much + taken with them. Two others of their party were gone to + Ceylon for change, having lost their wives at Madura, + within three months of their landing. I baptized a child + of Mr. Hooper, the Judge, and saw the catechist of the + Propagation Society. There is a branch of the Tanjore + mission here, which has been much neglected of late + years,--the Lord’s Supper has not been administered during + two years past. I saw Mr. Rosen, the missionary of that + Society in Tinnevelly. His sphere of labour is about 20 + miles distant from Palamcottah. He came hither to see me, + and brought me a statement of his mission. He is a Dane by + nation, and a good man, but is deaf and quite inadequate + to be alone.... The people of Tanjore are in a deplorable + state of apathy, and want of spiritual life. I came away + from Madura before 5 P. M., and reached my halting-stage + by five this morning, when the bearers being ready, I + came on hither, and am only 20 miles from Trichinopoly. I + expect to be there by nine this evening, and to enjoy a + comfortable bed at Mr. Blair’s, which I rather anticipate; + for three disturbed nights add considerably to the natural + tremulousness of my frame.” + + + “Trichinopoly, Thursday morning. + + “I arrived here last night just at gun-fire. Mrs. Blair + is, it seems, so much better as to have gone to the + neighbourhood for change of air, and Mr. B. is with her; + but everything was ready for me here, and I was glad to go + at once to bed. This morning early, I was roused by the + sweet sound of ‘fairy-like music:’ though, to be sure, + the great drum rather dissipated the idea of fairies. The + European barrack is, I find, near; but the most joyous + event, is a letter this morning from Mr. Bainbridge, saying + you are all well.” + + + TO HIS WIFE. + + “Tanjore, Feb. 6, 1836. + + “You will know, I passed the whole of Thursday and + yesterday, at Mr. Blair’s at Trichinopoly; he seems a very + valuable man. There are fifteen families or so, who meet + together on Tuesday evenings for religious improvement; + and among the soldiers there is a Wesleyan, and a Church + of England Society. In the latter, there are several of + the officers of H. M. Regiment, who meet the men, and + read prayers and a sermon. Finding there were so many + pious people at the Station, I told the Chaplain we would + have service last night. Accordingly, at a quarter past + 6, we assembled in the church: there were not so few as + 100 soldiers, and the church appeared filled, though + not crowded, with officers and their families. My text + was Psalm cxxx. 4. A chair was placed for me by the + Communion-table, upon Heber’s grave. I was tired in body, + and could feel nothing on any subject; but it was a very + solemn occasion to me, that he, one of the flowers of human + nature, should have been cut down so seemingly prematurely, + and I, a withered stalk, left and put into his place. + Surely God’s ways are not as man’s ways! From Heber all + good of which man is capable, might have been expected, + whilst I can only say, ‘my desire is to the remembrance of + Thy name.’--He perfects strength in human weakness, and + by things foolish in the eye of carnal reason, humbles + man’s pride, and causes it to be acknowledged that the + ‘excellency of the power is of Himself.’ This is my only, + but--blessed be God!--my sufficient consolation in my + office. May God make manifest his strength in my weakness! + + “Did I tell you I went one evening to the Fort at + Palamcottah, and had service with the few artillerymen? + They seemed most attentive, and some of them much moved; + and last Sunday some of them came to Church, though not + ordered, and knelt in prayer, and appeared very attentive. + Who knows but the arrow, shot at a venture, may fix a + saving conviction in them? May it prove so!” + + + “Tanjore, Feby. 7th, 1836. + + “I have had a very fatiguing morning. At half-past seven + we went to Tamil service; after morning prayer I preached + on the latter part of 1 Cor. xi. Mr. Coombes interpreting + for me. After service the Lord’s Supper was administered + to upwards of 200 Native christians. Among them were three + of the hitherto nonconformists, the most intelligent of + the whole christian community; Pakianaden the native + judge, Warswasyanaden, the native priest; and Thomas, + head catechist. What effect their conformity will have + on the rest, remains to be seen; but my object in coming + hither at this time seems gained. Thanks to God! There + is a disposition, I fear, to require personal apologies + from them: if this is done, more inconvenience will + arise; and surely we should be content, if the _principle_ + of caste be yielded by them. The service was not over + till after eleven. I feel that if I were to attend the + afternoon-service, and preach as intended, I should + probably have fever; and, with the journey before me, I + remain at home all the afternoon. + + “Monday. The country generally is uninteresting and thinly + peopled, but all last night we seemed passing through a + town: the fertility of the Tanjore country is proverbial. + Soon after day, we arrived at a village where all was + bustle and activity: it is their Idol festival. A car very + much decorated, and much more in the style of a triumphal + car than any they have in the north, was being dragged + through the street, with frequent discharges of heavy + pieces, or fireworks. The bearers took me down a lane + to avoid the crowd, or perhaps that my _feringee_[177] + presence might not offend the god. I am staying over the + day on the border of the Tanjore country. In the evening + cross the Coleroon, and shall reach Porto Novo by nine + or ten. Last night I slept very little--my thoughts were + much with you. Sir H. Montgomery has sent a peon[178] to + attend me through each of the three stages under him: this + civility saves me trouble, and secures what I may want. + + “Tuesday. Porto Novo. This is a very interesting place, + close on the sea. I proceed to Cuddalore this evening and + from thence, to-morrow, go to Sadras. I shall not probably + write again, as I shall be as soon at Madras as the post.” + +The Bishop reached Madras on the 12th of February, but not without +having suffered from the fatigue inseparable from so long a journey. +He considered himself, however, to have been amply compensated for +all the expence and exhaustion which he had encountered, since, if +no other good should result, his visit to Palamcottah and Tanjore had +brought to light the real state of the missions there. With reference +therefore to that subject, he writes + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “Madras, Feb. 17, 1836. + + “We have many hundred Native christians here, and in the + provinces to the southward, many thousands; but they are + in a most deplorably low state as to true religion.... In + Tanjore, of nearly 5,000 professed christians, scarcely + one is known to be spiritually-minded; and in Tinnevelly, + of the 10,000 reported christians, very few indeed are + really converted to God. Of them all, not above 2,000 men, + women and children included, are baptized, though all are + treated as christians. The old missions in that quarter + are also in a low state; and in the most southern point + 3,000 descendants of the first converts have returned to + heathenism, and are more opposed to attempts at their + conversion than those who never heard of Christ.... + Afflicting as is the state of these people, there is no + room for discouragement. We must endeavour to do them good + with more simplicity and diligence. I have heard here of + a very characteristic remark of Bishop Turner. When asked + what he thought of the Tanjore christians? He answered, + That he thought the best way of dealing with them would be, + to excommunicate them all, and begin the work of conversion + anew.” + +The causes which mainly contributed to this state of things seem +to have been, the worldly advantages and protection connected with +the profession of christianity in Southern India, and the want of +a sufficient number of competent missionaries. Worldly advantages +have always been found to call forth the duplicity of the native +character, and to lead them for unworthy ends to place themselves +under christian instruction.[179] In this case the number of +self-seekers seems to have been so great, that, with every desire +to do so, it became utterly impracticable for a few missionaries to +give adequate attention to every individual native who might offer +himself for instruction. The employment of, and trusting to, native +catechists became thus unavoidable, to a much greater extent than +under different circumstances could have happened. Then, as these in +their turn betrayed the confidence placed in them, by practising as +much deception as the pretended catechumens could do; and as those +who visited these localities on behalf of the missionary societies, +could in most cases hold intercourse with the natives themselves, +only through an interpreter, the inspectors of the mission were +the more easily misled by outward appearances, and interested +representations. It were doubtless no difficult matter to suggest, +that if a greater degree of caution had been used in the first +instance, on the part of the missionaries, some of the evils which +the Bishop found in operation might have been prevented; but it is to +be feared that the blame must ultimately rest on that lukewarmness +in christians, which has never yet supplied missionaries in numbers +at all commensurate with the magnitude of the work to be done; nor +funds adequate to the efficient support of the few missionaries who +have gone forth. + + + [168] A row-boat covered at one end. + + [169] The rush of the spring-tide up the river. The + elevation of the wave thus occasioned, is very + considerable; and the noise and rapidity of the rush + is appalling. + + [170] It was erroneously asserted at the time that the + usual appellation of courtesy was not to be assigned + to the suffragan Bishops of India. + + [171] Mr. Pratt preached from 1 Tim. ii. 1-4; and the + Sermon was afterwards printed by the Archbishop’s + command. + + [172] Native nurse. + + [173] Chief Native Revenue and Police Officer. + + [174] A kind of Law Agent. + + [175] Office. + + [176] Addressed to his daughter. + + [177] European. + + [178] Messenger--servant. + + [179] See above pp. 404, 405. + + + + + CHAPTER XXI. + + CHURCH-BUILDING FUND--SUBSCRIPTIONS FOR THE IRISH CLERGY--THE + MADRAS GRAMMAR SCHOOL--MEMORIAL TO GOVERNMENT--PRIMARY + VISITATION--DEATH OF MRS. CORRIE--ORDINATION--DEATH OF BISHOP + CORRIE. + + +On the return of the Bishop from Tanjore and Tinnevelly, he took +measures for securing that certain subscriptions collected in +Madras, toward the building of churches, and which had hitherto +been transmitted to Calcutta, to the “fund for all India,” should +henceforth be vested in Trustees, and be applied, under the direction +of diocesan and local committees, exclusively to the wants of the +presidency of Madras. The Bishop, also, in addition to his other +occupations, preached every Wednesday afternoon during Lent at the +church in the Fort, and on Friday evenings at the Cathedral. In a +letter which relates these circumstances, the Bishop also observes + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “April 5, 1836. + + “A movement has lately taken place among the East Indian + community which indicates improvement. Arrangements are + being attempted for establishing an Indian Missionary + Society. One rule is to be, that no missionary engaged + by them shall receive above eighty Rs. a month, and as + much less as may be. This, originating with themselves, + looks well, but nothing is yet settled, nor any formal + announcement of the Society.” + +The provisional Committee, however, of this projected Indian +Missionary Society, soon afterwards issued an outline of their plan +of operations, which was of the so-called liberal dissenting caste. + +As the story of the persecutions and sufferings of the Irish clergy, +had by this time reached India, it is scarcely necessary to say that +Bishop Corrie sympathised deeply with those his brethren, in their +afflictions. Thus he writes + + + TO MR. SHERER. + + “Madras, July 4, 1836. + + “I was requested by some friends to call a meeting[180] to + consider on means for relieving the Irish Clergy. A failure + was predicted, but £300 were subscribed in the room, and + sent to the Archbishop of Armagh, by the last ship: £400 + more have been since received by our treasurer; and by the + end of the month we expect to receive in all 10,000 Rs.” + +The Bishop then goes on to state, that + + “What seems of most importance to this place, is the + establishment of a Grammar school. About four years ago I + wrote, or authorised Mr. M. to write, for a master for the + Calcutta High School. Mr. M. and I, when I was at home, + talked over the subject of a master, and he renewed his + enquiries, and found one. Amidst my many new avocations, + the subject had quite escaped me, till I received an + official notice from the High School Committee, that they + did not require a master, and should not receive the one + engaged, nor honour Mr. M’s draft for his passage. At first + I was in trouble, but friends here viewed this refusal + as providential for Madras. The Bishop of Calcutta sent + me 1000 Rs. to pay the passage-money, on the young man’s + arrival in the Juliana. He agreed to remain here, and we + fulfilled all his expectations from Calcutta. On the 1st + inst. the school commenced, near Mr. Tucker’s Chapel, with + thirty-three pupils, and the prospect of not fewer than + 100. But salaries of all grades are lower here than in + Calcutta; and instead of eight Rs. for each boy, as there, + we can only charge four Rs. So that we shall have more to + struggle with here. But the work is, I trust, indeed of + God, and will prosper. The new Roman Catholic Bishop and + his Chaplain, had opened a school near where ours is, and + had about forty boys, most of them sons of Protestants, who + will now come to us again.” + +The school here referred to, is that now called by the Bishop’s name, +and was in fact, the resuscitation of a school known as the “Parental +Academy,” but which had been closed for nearly two years, in +consequence of the inability of the managing Committee to meet with +a suitable master. On its being merged in the Madras Grammar School, +the former laws of the Academy were remodelled, and a general outline +of a course of instruction prescribed; the whole being accomplished +mainly at the suggestion or by the assistance of the Bishop. + +It was also about this time that the attention of Bishop Corrie, was +more particularly occupied by a desire to aid in abating the hardship +which Government imposed on the christian servants of the Company, +both civil and military, by obliging them to attend at the religious +festivals of heathen and Mahommedans; and, in some instances, +by calling upon them to present offerings, and to do homage to +senseless and impure idols. Many had been the representations, to +the authorities in England, of the sinfulness connected with this +direct encouragement of idolatry, and the violence which was thus +done to the consciences and feelings of the public servants of +the Government; not to mention the inconsistency of a compulsory +attendance on an unchristian ceremonial, with that toleration which +Government professed to afford to all their subjects in the East. +Wearied out, as it would appear, by the importunity of the aggrieved +parties, the Court of Directors, in a dispatch to the Indian +Governments early in 1833, ordered, among other things + + “That the interference of British functionaries in the + interior management of native temples; in the customs, + habits, and religious proceedings of their priests and + attendants; in the arrangement of their ceremonies, rites, + and festivals; and generally, in the conduct of their + interior economy, shall cease. + + “That in all matters relating to their temples, their + worship, their festivals, their religious practices, and + their ceremonial observances, our native subjects be + entirely left to themselves.” + +It might have been thought that a dispatch so plain, and direct in +prohibiting any further outrages on the consciences of christians, +would have met with the ready attention of the local Governments +in India; but as regarded Madras, it does not appear that a single +step was taken to carry this positive order into effect. After +submitting, therefore, for three years more to this unaccountable +clinging of Government to Mahommedanism and idolatry, it was resolved +by a numerous body of the clergy, civilians, and military, under the +presidency of Madras, to address the local Government. Accordingly, +a Memorial was drawn up, in which the evils complained of were +enumerated, and the recital of them corroborated by documentary +evidence; and which concluded by respectfully but earnestly praying, +that the instructions of the Court of Directors might be practically +and universally enforced. This document Bishop Corrie was requested +to forward to Government, but in the first instance, he had thought +it better, as a matter of courtesy and good judgment, to submit a +copy of it to the Governor, in his private capacity; and in doing so, +the Bishop pointed out to Sir F. Adam, in what respects the relief +prayed for might, as he thought, be readily conceded. The Governor +was at the time residing on the Nilgherries, but the Bishop’s +courtesy was entirely thrown away, for no notice of any kind was +taken of his communication. In the month of July, therefore, the +Memorial was made public, and signed by about 200 of our countrymen +of all ranks; and on the 6th of August, the Bishop forwarded the +document to the Governor of Madras in Council, accompanied by the +following letter:-- + + “I have the honour to transmit to your Excellency in + Council, at the request of those who have signed it, a + Memorial, together with the original signatures to it, + enumerating instances wherein those whose duty it is to + engage in them, feel themselves aggrieved by practices + and orders which seem to them contrary to the command of + God; thereby subjecting them to the painful alternative of + violating the dictates of their consciences, or incurring + the displeasure of the Government; and praying, that the + same toleration and exemptions, which have been long + granted to their Mahommedan and heathen fellow subjects, + may be extended to the Christian members of this Presidency. + + “It is my duty to state, that I fully concur in every part + of the Memorial, and its prayer: and I earnestly hope, that + it may be thought fitting to concede the full measure of + relief prayed for; and in respect to such part as rests + alone with the Government of India to grant, that your + Excellency in Council will be pleased to transmit the + Memorial to the Right Honorable the Governor General in + Council, with your powerful recommendation in its favour.” + +For a length of time this Memorial, like the Bishop’s former +communication, was not honoured by any reply. Certain rumours, +however, were afloat, to the effect, that angry feelings had been +stirred up in the mind of the Governor in Council. And this proved +to be the case: for (that the whole history of this transaction +may be brought together) it may be stated, that early in October, +the Bishop received a letter from the Chief Secretary to the +Government, reproaching him in very unbecoming terms, for not +“using his influence to allay the zeal of overheated minds;” and +informing him that both the Memorial and a copy of that letter had +been forwarded to the Governor-general. A communication like this +could have no other effect throughout India, than to produce in +all who knew the parties concerned, and retained the feelings of +gentlemen, a blush of shame for the Governor in Council, and the +government Secretary. As regarded the insulted prelate, it had long +been a settled conviction in his mind, that to be truly civilized a +man must be truly a christian; his natural disposition, therefore, +disposed him to pass over this uncalled-for rudeness, as being but a +common-place manifestation of that want of delicacy and refinement +which characterises every modification of heathenism. But, holding +as he did an official station in the country, it seemed to him that +silence under such circumstances might be a compromise of the respect +due to his office; and therefore, as soon as the Bishop learnt that +a copy of this letter to him had been sent to Calcutta, he addressed +the following + + + TO THE RIGHT HON. THE LORD AUCKLAND. + + “On my return to this Presidency a few days since, I first + learnt that the Right Hon. the Governor of Madras in + Council, had, together with a Memorial on the subject of + religious toleration, thought good to send to your Lordship + in Council, a copy of a letter dated October 11, addressed + to me, and which I had concluded was intended only for + the information of the Memorialists. In that letter the + Governor has been pleased to admonish me as to the duty + my office imposed upon me, with reference to the said + Memorial. The authority of Government to dictate to me as + to the performance of my duties, I entirely deny. I hold + myself free to act on my own judgment, as to what is my + duty; and differing entirely as I do from the Right Hon. + the Governor of Madras in Council, both as to the propriety + of granting the toleration prayed for by the Memorialists, + and as to the consequence of deferring to grant the relief + sought, I consider myself to have strictly been within the + line of my duty in forwarding the Memorial to Government. + + “On this point, however, I need not have troubled your + Lordship. + + “My object is to call attention to the fact, that the + Memorial, which I am told I should have used my influence + to suppress, was prepared and in circulation for approval + or correction, at several of the principal stations of this + Presidency, when I arrived at Madras, in the latter end + of October, 1835. Copies had been printed for more ready + circulation, as I afterwards learnt; and in March last, + one of those copies was put into my hands. Observing that + officers were employed on services in which I have never + known Europeans to be employed in the Bengal Presidency, I + took the liberty to forward privately, early in April last, + the copy of the Memorial sent me, to the Right Hon. the + Governor of Madras, then at the Neilgherries, concluding + that he had the power to grant relief to the military; + and would, when he knew the pain the performance of those + duties inflicted, be disposed to take measures to remove + the occasion of complaint. Of this communication no notice + was taken.[181] + + “I observe that some of the Calcutta newspapers accuse the + Memorialists of asking for more toleration than they are + willing to grant to others; and similar opinions may be + held in other quarters. I therefore take the liberty, in + the name of all the clerical subscribers to the Memorial, + expressly to deny this; and I am persuaded that I speak + the sentiments of the lay subscribers also on this point. + If the firing a salute on Christmas day be considered a + claiming from the natives a concession in favour of our + religion, let the salute be discontinued; and if there + be any other ceremony of our religion, on which natives + are required to attend (though I know not of any) let + compulsory attendance be forbidden. + + “If the Memorialists have expressed themselves strongly + respecting the object of some of the ceremonies in which + they are liable to be called upon to take part, they + express only their own repugnance to be associated in such + ceremonies, without the slightest wish to impose restraint + upon the natives, or to interrupt them in the smallest + degree in their own observances. That Protestants may be + exempted from taking part in proceedings, which imply the + violation of their own peculiar principles, is the only + desire of the Memorialists. + + “In the hope that the information now conveyed may reach + your Lordship before the subject of the Memorial is decided + upon in Council, I have the honour &c.” + +This letter was dispatched to Calcutta toward the end of November, +and was courteously acknowledged by Lord Auckland; but before the +official reply to the Memorial was made public in Madras, and in +which the conduct of that Government to the Bishop was faintly +reprehended, the Bishop was beyond the reach of further insult. + +On Friday, Aug. 26, 1836, Bishop Corrie held his primary Visitation +in the Cathedral at Madras. The sermon on the occasion was preached +by the Bishop’s examining Chaplain, the Rev. J. Tucker, Fellow of +Corpus Christi College, Oxford. The Charge, after some preliminary +notices of what had been effected by those prelates who had +previously held Visitations in Madras, proceeded to touch upon the +subject of caste among the professedly Christian natives. On this +point the Bishop stated it to be his decided opinion, that those who +were engaged in missionary labours should require from all natives +desirous of baptism, an explicit avowal, that they regarded all +for whom Christ died as spiritually equal in Christ. The Bishop +adverted also to the subject of education, and spoke of the necessity +of uniting religious instruction with intellectual improvement. He +strongly recommended catechetical instruction, as a means of great +usefulness. As important auxiliaries to ministerial labours, he +mentioned several Societies with approbation; and suggested with +regard to Visiting Societies, whether paid agency might not be +beneficially employed. + +The Bishop then alluded to the prospects of Christianity in India; +and whilst recognizing the good feeling which prompted some persons +to desire that christians of every denomination should unite to +spread the gospel among the heathen, he yet regarded such an union as +impracticable. He noticed, moreover, the subject of admitting persons +into Holy Orders, and expressed it to be his opinion that a competent +degree of learning should be found among the general body of the +clergy. Although there might be circumstances under which a Bishop in +India would have to be content with a lower standard of acquirements +in candidates for the ministry, yet, it was his opinion, that at +the very least a Bishop ought to demand a fair English education, a +thorough knowledge of history, chronology, the prophetical parts of +scripture, and of the evidences by which the Bible is proved to be +the word of God; besides a full acquaintance with the doctrines of +our Church, and a general knowledge of the arguments by which its +polity may be vindicated. + +After referring to the age at which the Bishop wished young persons +to be presented for Confirmation, and mentioning some arrangements +and regulations he hoped to establish respecting the celebration of +marriages, the Bishop concluded his Charge by putting his Clergy in +mind of the great importance of self-devotion to the work of their +ministry. + +With reference to this meeting of his clergy, the Bishop observes in +a memorandum, dated + + “Aug. 30, 1836. On Friday last I held my first Visitation. + Preparing a Charge was a matter of much anxiety; especially + as the Bishop of Calcutta had entered so minutely, in + his Charge of Dec. 1834, into all particulars connected + with ministerial duty, and with the circumstances of this + country. By God’s goodness I accomplished my purpose, and + must leave the result to God. In the evening, the Clergy + dined with me, in number, including some catechists, + twenty. I now desire to consider what may be the proper + objects of my journey to the out-stations. 1st. The + encouragement of the pious, by preaching, conversation, + and joining in religious exercises. 2nd. The examination + of schools, and confirming the young, and exhorting them, + both before and after Confirmation. 3rd. By endeavouring + to set right many points of litigation; and to establish, + if possible, a good understanding between Chaplains and + military Commanders. There is at present much irritation + on that point; and the Government is disposed to act very + arbitrarily towards Chaplains. In all these attempts, may + my sufficiency be of God, and His strength perfected in my + great weakness!” + +The day following the date of this memorandum, the Bishop prepared +to leave Madras for the purpose of visiting some of the out-stations. +The places he purposed to visit were Wallajabad, Arnee, Arcott, +Vellore, to Bangalore; thence to Bellary, Hyderabad, Masulipatam, +returning down the coast to the presidency. The following notices of +his visitation were drawn up, after his return to Madras:-- + + “I left Madras, accompanied by the venerable Archdeacon + Harper, on the evening of August 31st. Our first visit was + to Wallajabad. Every thing appeared well conducted in this + important Institution.[182] The youths, eighty-seven in + number, with the other members of the establishment, were + assembled for Divine service, and the orderly behaviour, + and cheerful appearance of the boys, manifested that Mr. + Hall, the sub-conductor in charge, deserves the good + opinion which has been entertained of him. He deserves also + much credit on account of his attention to the religious + instruction of the boys. + + “All that seems wanting is a good school-master, with + leisure to the boys from their respective drills for two + hours each day, (which at present is not allowed) for + receiving instruction in reading, writing, &c. with a small + suitable library, which might be supplied at very little + expense. The good to be effected by this institution has + already begun to appear in the young men already appointed + to Corps. At Vellore we found a set of the Wallajabad + youths attached to the 25th N. I. of whose general good + conduct the adjutant spoke in high terms. Another set was + at Bangalore, who were also well spoken of, and from the + 26th N. I. the adjutant writes, since my return to Madras, + ‘the sixteen drummers and fifers, all protestants, from the + depôt at Wallajabad, are the most promising youths of the + kind I have ever yet seen. + + “At Arnee there is no place of worship for the soldiers + to assemble in--a temporary place erected by subscription + of the officers and privates, had lately been blown down. + A small building erected at the expense of the pious + soldiers, and capable of holding only 150 or 200 persons, + was used for the services connected with the Confirmation. + The Chaplain of Arcot attends alternate Sundays, there + being no house at Arnee in which he can reside. He had + been indefatigable and successful in preparing candidates + for Confirmation, of whom seventy-one were confirmed; + several being rejected as too young, and some because of + unestablished moral habits. Should a regiment be again + stationed here, a suitable though temporary building should + be erected for public worship. + + “A Temperance Society of about sixty members exists in H. + M. 41st Regiment. + + “At Arcot, the church is small, but in good order. The + interior arrangements are not well done, so that much + room is lost. Thirty-two persons were confirmed, all East + Indians, including a few from Vellore. Here the care of + the Chaplain, as at Arnee, appeared in the intelligence + manifested by the young people of Arcot, beyond those of + Vellore. At Vellore, the whole christian community attended + Divine Service on Tuesday, 6th September. The place used + for Divine service is part of an old palace, which requires + being better fitted up. A school, containing seventy-two + children, including a few natives, is supported by + subscription, raised at the station. At Vellore, is also a + congregation of about 125 natives, including a few families + of European pensioners, who are attended to by a native + Catechist of the Society for the Propagation of the Gospel, + and assemble in a small, but neat chapel, belonging to that + Society. + + “A peon should be allowed here, to take care of the + burying-ground, which was in a neglected state. + + “At Bangalore, I remained from the 9th to the 20th + September. During that time, I found that the schools + and hospitals of the different Corps, had been regularly + visited by the Chaplains. A Temperance Society is in + existence, containing nearly 200 members. A charity-school + for boys, and another for girls, unconnected with the army, + each containing about twelve scholars, (who are boarded and + clothed also,) are supported by voluntary contributions. + A Friend-in-Need Society is also in operation, in which + relief is provided for sick natives, and money weekly + disbursed in small sums to the needy of that class. The + Chaplains have the superintendance of these institutions, + assisted by a Committee of the resident gentlemen. + + “The regular Sunday services are, one at seven, for one of + H. M. regiments, and the Artillery horse and foot with the + Christians connected with the native troops. At eleven, + a service in the barrack of the regiment, for those who + may not have attended in the morning at church--and one + service at eleven in church, and at quarter past six in the + evening for the station generally. The attendance at these + voluntary services is better than at any station in India. + Ninety-eight persons were confirmed, and there were no less + than 104 communicants. + + “From the inconvenient structure of a barrack-room, as + well as from the associations connected with it, much of + the benefit of Divine service is lost to the troops in the + barracks. I, therefore, at the desire of several of the + residents, advocated the erection of another[183] place + of worship, in a situation more convenient also for the + Artillery and Dragoons; and received considerable support + towards the attainment of that end. A place should also be + fitted up in the Fort, where many Christians connected with + the arsenal and public offices reside, and where one of the + Chaplains should officiate one evening in the week. + + “A congregation of about forty native Christians + assemble in the church at nine on Sunday mornings, and + are ministered to by a catechist of the Society for the + Propagation of the Gospel. + + “I remained from 23rd Sep. to Oct. 3rd at Bellary. This + is a large and important field of labour for a clergyman, + but there has been no Chaplain here for about three + years past; and one consequence appeared in the smaller + number of candidates, compared with the population, for + Confirmation. Of the fifty who were confirmed, about one + half were unconnected with the army. Beside the regimental + school, which is well conducted, a charity school of about + forty children is supported by voluntary contributions + at the station, and a Society is in operation for the + relief of poor and sick natives. About 150 rupees a month + are expended in this way. Of the soldiers of H. M. 55th, + I found a few in communion with the missionaries of the + London Missionary Society at Bellary, and about fifteen + or twenty in connection with the Wesleyan Methodists. + Sixty-four persons attended the communion on Sunday, + October 2nd, of whom a considerable number were from the + private soldiers. + + “Since my visit to Bellary, I learn that an officer of + the Brigadier General’s Staff, reads prayers and a sermon + in church on Sunday mornings, and that the attendance is + considerable. The church at this station needs enlarging; + and contributions in aid of the Church-building Fund were + set on foot to assist in meeting the necessary outlay. The + presence of a Chaplain is greatly desired by the residents, + and Ghooty and Cuddapah in this district, should be visited + by him. + + “I remained at Hyderabad and stations dependent on it, + from Oct. 8 to the 25th. Beside the regimental school + at Secunderabad, a station school is maintained by + subscription, in which about forty boys, of whom seven + are entirely maintained by the charity, are educated in + English, Teloogoo, and Hindoostanee--also a large class of + Teloogoo boys, and a few Tamil boys. + + “At Bolaram, in a school, about fifty boys, Christians, + Mahommedans, and Hindoos, are instructed in English, and + nearly an equal number in Teloogoo; the expences of which + are supplied partly by subscription, but chiefly by the + Nizam’s Government. An English school of about twenty boys + is maintained at the Residency. The Scriptures, in their + respective languages, are read in all the classes. + + “There are two services in church at Secunderabad on + Sundays. The church here, as at Bellary, is far too small + for the European congregation. A subscription in aid of the + Church-building Fund was commenced here. A congregation of + native Christians also assemble in the church on Sundays at + 9 A. M.: a native Catechist reads prayers, and a prepared + sermon, in Tamil. This congregation consists of about + ninety members. + + “A Society for the relief of poor natives is also in + operation here. About forty sick are usually entertained at + a time till they get well; and, in all, about 150 rupees + a month, expended on the indigent natives. On Wednesday, + the 16th October, 141 natives, including 16 native + Christians, were confirmed; and, on the following Sunday, + 110 communicants attended at the Lord’s Table. + + “At this station, the services of a second Chaplain are + greatly required. Besides one of H. M. regiments, two + companies of Artillery, and the European details of a + regiment of Cavalry, and of four regiments of Native + Infantry, with their schools and hospitals, are to be + attended to. In addition to which, the Christians connected + with the Residency, and some engaged in mercantile pursuits + on the one hand, and Bolaram with its 180 Christians, all + Protestants, except one family, on the other hand, should + be visited on alternate Sundays. + + “Jaulna, also within this district, is a large station, and + should have a Chaplain appointed to it as soon as possible. + + “At Masulipatam I remained from Oct. 26 till Nov. 8th. + Here, as at Bellary, there has been no resident Chaplain + for several years. The school in the Pettah, founded by Dr. + Roy, is at a stand; and no means of education are supplied + in the Fort, but by a very aged and nearly superannuated + pensioned sergeant. Prayers are read, and a sermon once on + Sundays, in the Fort Church by the Fort adjutant, and in + the Pettah chapel by a Civil servant. + + “The most urgent desire was expressed here, as at Bellary, + by the principal residents, for a resident Chaplain. + + “On Friday, 4th of November, forty young persons were + confirmed, and on the 6th, upwards of forty attended the + Sacrament. A Chaplain is much needed here, not only on + account of the number of Protestants at the Station, but + also on account of the several out-stations in this, and + neighbouring districts. + + “Passed Sunday, the 13th of November, at Nellore. About + sixty persons attended Divine Service in the Court House, + of whom fourteen remained to receive the Sacrament. + Returned to Madras on November 15th. + + “The number of persons confirmed by me at the different + stations, amounts to 430; and since my return to Madras, + I have confirmed in the Cathedral 139,[184] and at the + Poonamalee 48, almost all of the newly-arrived recruits, + making a total of 617; of whom not above twenty were native + Christians. The remainder Europeans, or descendants of + Europeans. + + “Archdeacon Harper rendered me the most efficient + assistance during my visitation, in inspecting the + Registers, and enquiring into the state of the Churches + and burial-grounds at the different Stations, as well as + inspecting schools, and visiting the sick in hospital. At + Bellary and Masulipatam, the labours of the Archdeacon were + very heavy in examining the candidates for Confirmation, + and baptizing many children, and attending several + marriages. Without his aid, my Visitation, imperfect as + this my first essay may have been, would have been far more + defective. + + “I have to acknowledge the most ready and obliging + attentions of all the Authorities, both civil and military, + with whom my duties brought me into connection. + + “In general, I found at each station a considerable + prevalence of true religious feeling and practice, + especially among the soldiers of His Majesty’s regiments, + and the Artillery. Temperance Societies are found to be + greatly aiding towards the moral improvement of the army; + and though from human infirmity the pledge is too often + broken, yet many examples of improvement of character, and + benefit to health, appear connected with these Societies, + and the general good of society is forwarded by them. + + “A farther proof of the prevalence of Christian principles, + is the existence of associations for the relief of the + native poor, connected with the several stations. I should + have noticed in its proper place an association of this + kind at Masulipatam also. I have known considerable sums + contributed at different stations, for the relief of native + poor on particular emergencies; but this permanent care + for the native poor, is a manifest improvement in European + society. + + “These associations have in every case I am acquainted + with, arisen under the care of a Clergyman, and supply + evidence of the benefit that might arise to the country + generally, were the Ecclesiastical Establishment properly + kept up. + + “The deficiency in the number of Chaplains is greatly + felt, and deeply to be lamented. Not only are several + large stations without the means of grace, but smaller + stations are left without occasional visits of Chaplains, + and whole provinces without any appearance of regard by the + Government for their spiritual and eternal good. I would + earnestly request[185] the attention of the Honourable + Court of Directors to this most important subject. + + “Sixteen Chaplains only are at their posts, and two are + sick (the Reverend Messrs. Cubitt and Græme.) Besides + the stations now supplied, and those I have enumerated + as calling for Chaplains, formerly there was a Chaplain + at each of the following stations, Poonamatee, Chittoor, + Vellore, Tellicherry, and Palamcottah. The circumstances of + most of these stations are somewhat altered; but connected + with each of them are other stations, which were visited + occasionally by the Chaplains, nearly all of which are now + without the ordinances of religion.” + +Besides the information which these notices convey respecting the +Bishop’s proceedings on his Visitation, many additional particulars +of a more private nature are contained in his correspondence with his +wife and relatives. In several of his letters, he complains of having +had to undergo excessive fatigue, and from Secunderabad writes to +Mrs. Corrie:-- + + “I am desired by Dr. Meikle to ‘keep quiet’ for a day or + two. He says, I have been over-exerting myself, whilst my + feeling is that I do nothing to purpose. May God glorify + Himself in His very poor servant!” + +The fact was, that in travelling by _dawk_ from the banks of the +Kistoor to Hyderabad, the journey was performed chiefly in the night, +and the Bishop’s rest was consequently disturbed at almost every +stage, by natives of rank, who came to pay their respects to him. +When entreated by the Archdeacon to spare himself, by declining these +civilities, the Bishop’s usual reply was, “When these good people +put themselves to so much inconvenience on my account, how can I +do less than get out of my palankeen, and exchange a kind word with +them?” In a letter, however, which the Bishop on his return to Madras +wrote to Mr. Sherer, he observes, “I must not, if spared, make again +so hurried a journey. Time is doing its work with me.” Yet very soon +after this, all thought of his own health was absorbed in his anxiety +respecting that of his wife, who had become so enfeebled as to render +it necessary that a sea-voyage should be attempted, as the only human +means likely to save her life. But before arrangements could be made +for carrying this object into effect, she became suddenly worse; and +after two or three days of suffering, died on the 21st of December +1836, in the hope of eternal life through our Lord Jesus Christ. + +The Bishop drew up, and printed for private circulation, a short +account of his wife’s last illness. There are contained in that +account, passages of much interest, but which cannot here be +transcribed: the substance of all is contained in a single sentence +of a memorandum, penned by the surviving mourner himself, dated + + “Dec. 24, 1836. When the likelihood of her departure began + to be manifest, the Saviour alone was her only ground of + hope towards God, and that hope sustained her in peace, + though there was nothing of triumph.” + +As regarded his own feelings in connection with this heavy domestic +trial, the Bishop adds:-- + + “My feelings of loneliness are indescribable. All before me + appears blank; I seem cut off from all earthly good. All + this I feel I deserve at the hand of God. He might justly + have cast me into the blackness of darkness for ever. + Just, therefore, art thou, O Lord, in this dispensation + which has laid me so low. Teach me, O Lord, to seek + spiritual improvement in it, and let it prove to me ‘loving + correction!’” + +With reference to this mournful event, the Bishop also observes in +the last letter which he lived to address + + + TO HIS BROTHER. + + “You cannot understand the change it [his wife’s death] has + wrought in every circumstance of my life; and how at every + turn a sense of loss is forced upon me. Yet you have felt + an aching void on the death of our own parents and near + connections, and can judge of the intensity of pain I at + times experience. I will not dwell longer on the subject. I + have everything which Christian faith and hope can supply, + as to the gain my wife has entered upon, but my own sense + of loss prevents, as yet, the consolation I might otherwise + possess.” + +The necessary occupations, however, connected with his official +duties, tended, in some measure, to lessen the Bishop’s keen sense of +his bereavement. Among those duties, not the least engrossing, was an +Ordination of which he had given notice, previously to Mrs. Corrie’s +decease. The Ordination took place on Sunday the 8th of January +1837. The candidates who presented themselves for Holy Orders were +missionaries about to be employed by the Society for the Propagation +of the Gospel--three for Deacon’s Orders and three for Priest’s. +Respecting these candidates the Bishop remarks, in the letter just +quoted, “both Mr. Tucker and the Archdeacon were well satisfied with +their attainments, as they have just cause to be with their piety.” +The Bishop himself preached the Ordination Sermon, from Ephes. iv. +11, 12; and took occasion thence to point out the existence of the +ministry, as a distinctly-instituted Office in the Church of God +throughout all time; explaining, also, the object and end of that +Office, and the solemn responsibility attached to it. + +It is stated by one who was present on the occasion, that the Sermon +was “marked by lucid simplicity, pathos, fervour, and power; mingled +with kindly feelings toward other bodies of professing Christians.” +And as the opportunity for witnessing the admission, at one time, +of so many persons into the Christian ministry, had never before +occurred in southern India, the Cathedral was crowded throughout all +its usual accommodations. + +During this month, also, the attention of the Bishop was a good +deal occupied with the subject of a new Church for _St. Thomè_. In +the preceding June he had addressed a letter to the Society for +promoting Christian Knowledge, stating that + + “At _St. Thomè_, the original European settlement in + this place, is an immense population of all classes; + Hindoos, Mahommedans, Portuguese Christians, and very + many East Indians baptised in the Established Church, + and many connected with the Vepery congregation, distant + four or five miles. Bishop Turner, when here, supplied + money to purchase a piece of ground on which to erect a + place of worship: the purchase was made and the ground + lies waste. No further attempt has been made towards + providing Christian instruction for those hundreds who are + professedly of our communion.” + +He undertook, therefore, to ask the aid of the Society +above-mentioned, toward building a Church for this +spiritually-destitute population; and was so sanguine of the success +of his application, that toward the end of January, he visited +_St. Thomè_, attended by the Archdeacon and the Rev. W. Taylor, +for the purpose of surveying the ground and examining localities. +He afterwards requested Mr. Taylor to prepare the heading of a +subscription-paper, the first name appended to which the Bishop +purposed to be that of “A Friend,” with a subscription of 1000 +rupees; that “Friend” having placed a considerable sum at the +Bishop’s disposal. Meanwhile, the Society in England entered most +readily into his views, contributing from their funds all the sum he +stated to be required: but intelligence of that liberality was not +destined to gladden his spirit, for his earthly career was now fast +drawing to a close. + +The Bishop, as has been observed, had complained of great fatigue +and exhaustion, when on his Visitation; but it appears that when at +Hyderabad, in October 1836, he had suffered also from a pain in the +head, which came on suddenly, and was so acute as to oblige him to +have recourse to medical advice. From that time this pain never left +him; and the constant and peculiar manner in which it affected him, +was only not much noticed because he attributed it all to the anxiety +of mind he had gone through, on account of his wife. During several +weeks, however, the Bishop had been frequently observed to make it a +matter of supplication at family-prayer, that himself and household +“might be prepared for any sudden or unexpected events which might +await them; and might be, moreover, enabled to bear all in a holy +temper of mind.” Nor did his petitions prove to be unseasonable: for +on Tuesday, January 31st, when on his way to the Fort, in company +with the Archdeacon, for the purpose of attending there a meeting +of the Committee of the Society for propagating the Gospel, he was +seized with an unusual giddiness, which prevented him from reading +a paper he had in hand. On reaching the vestry of the Fort church, +he suffered very much from pain in the head, and sickness, and was +altogether so ill that the Archdeacon (who scarcely ever afterwards +left him) had him conveyed home, and medical aid sent for. After +leeches had been applied to the head, the Bishop seemed to recover a +little from the state of stupor in which he was found to be on first +reaching his house; but, except at intervals, he was only partially +conscious throughout the four remaining days of his life. When, +however, he seemed to revive somewhat, he manifested great pleasure +at having passages of scripture read to him. And even on Saturday +Feb. 4th, (the day before he died) when sight and consciousness were +well nigh gone, he yet indicated his cordial assent to different +texts of Scripture which his daughter repeated to him. More +particularly when she read Isaiah xii. “I will say, O Lord, I will +praise thee,” &c. he asked her to recite Cowper’s paraphrase: + + I will praise Thee every day + Now thine anger’s turned away; + Comfortable thoughts arise + From the bleeding sacrifice. + + Here, in the fair gospel-field, + Wells of free salvation yield, + Streams of life, a plenteous store, + And my soul shall thirst no more. + + Jesus is become at length + My salvation and my strength; + And his praises shall prolong, + While I live, my pleasant song. + + Praise ye, then, his glorious name + Publish his exalted fame! + Still is work your praise exceeds + Excellent are all his deeds. + + Raise again the joyful sound + Let the nations roll it round! + Zion shout, for this is He, + God the Saviour dwells in thee: + +and himself repeated “From the bleeding sacrifice.” To the text +“Behold the Lamb of God;” &c. he answered “Yes;” and on her adding +“Him hath God exalted to be a Prince and a Saviour;” the Bishop +remarked, “A Prince and a Saviour on _all_ occasions.” At another +time when his daughter read, “I am the resurrection and the life;” +&c. he asked, “Believest thou this?” Then when 1 John iii. 2, had +been suggested to him, the dying prelate repeated several times “We +shall see Him as He is.” The last Scripture of which he seemed to be +conscious, was Rev. v. 13. “Blessing, and honour, and glory, &c., be +unto the Lamb for ever and ever;” and in this spirit of praise and +thanksgiving he appears to have passed into eternity, for his last +words were, “For ever,”--“For ever.” And so this servant of Christ +entered into rest on the morning of Sunday, Feb. 5, 1837, in the 59th +year of his age. + +The _post-mortem_ examination of the body exhibited a solid +_coagulum_ of blood, of the size of a turkey’s egg, situate on +the right side of the brain, in its substance. The situation and +appearance of the _coagulum_, when taken in connexion with the +circumstance that the Bishop always felt the pain in the same +spot, led the medical men to conclude that the disease was of some +standing: that it originated, in fact, in the fatigue and anxiety +connected with his Visitation. + +The remains of Bishop Corrie were interred in the Cathedral +burial-ground, on the evening of the day of his death. The funeral +procession was led by the scholars of the Madras Grammar School, of +which the Bishop was Patron, and which had been so much indebted to +his fostering care. Then followed Gericke’s scholars, and the pupils +of the Vepery School; and these were succeeded by a train of Native +Catechists. After them, and immediately preceding the coffin, came +the Archdeacon and Clergy. The pall was borne by six gentlemen of +rank; and the Governor of the Presidency followed as Chief Mourner, +supported by the Chief Justice, and the Commander-in-Chief. The +Bishop was deposited by the side of Mrs. Corrie, and within a few +feet of the spot where, six weeks before, he had stood a widowed +mourner over his wife’s remains. + +On Monday, 6th February, the Governor in Council issued an Order +expressive of his sense of “the respect which the unaffected piety, +benevolence and exemplary life” of the deceased Prelate “had +universally inspired.” This order appeared in the Government Gazette +on the 7th February;[186] and, on the following day, a public +meeting, at which the Governor presided, was held in the College +Hall, for the purpose of considering the most appropriate mode of +expressing the feelings with which the late Bishop was regarded by +the inhabitants of the Presidency. This meeting resolved to set on +foot a subscription, in order to raise funds for erecting a monument +in the Cathedral to the Bishop’s memory: and it was further agreed +that any surplus of the funds raised for the monument should be +devoted to the founding of scholarships at the Grammar School, to +be called “Corrie Scholarships.”[187] The Committee of the Madras +Grammar School now resolved also, that their Institution should in +future be designated “Bishop Corrie’s Grammar School.”--Funds having +accordingly been raised sufficient for the purposes specified, a +monument was executed by the skill and good taste of Mr. Henry +Weekes, which is now in the Cathedral of Madras. + +Nor were the Calcutta friends of the deceased Bishop backward +to testify their regard for his worth. For at a public meeting, +which was held on the 16th March, in the Town Hall, Bishop Wilson +being in the chair, it was resolved to solicit subscriptions for +the purpose of erecting marble slabs, both in the old Church and +in the Cathedral, to the memory of the deceased Prelate; and for +the purchase of a Portrait of him. It was, moreover, resolved to +appropriate any surplus funds derived from such subscriptions, to the +founding of scholarships in the Calcutta High School, to be called +“Bishop Corrie’s Scholarships.”[188] And all these tokens of respect +were in due time effected. + +In Ceylon, also, a general meeting was called at the King’s house, +Colombo, by His Excellency the Governor, at which, subscriptions were +entered into for the purpose of erecting a monument to the Bishop’s +memory in St. Peter’s Church, Colombo, and for founding scholarships, +which should bear his name, in the Grammar School at Madras. Both +which objects were accomplished.[189] + +Thus terminated the earthly labours of the first Bishop of Madras, +after a brief but not unimportant episcopate, if a judgment may be +formed from the amount of good effected, from the general gloom which +the Bishop’s decease cast over the whole Presidency, and the respect +with which his memory was cherished. To those who were intimately +acquainted with Bishop Corrie, it will not excite surprise that his +death should have called forth all the public manifestations of +sorrow and respect, which have here been recited. For after making +every abatement for that human sinfulness and infirmity from which he +was not exempt, there still remained to him more than an ordinary +share of natural kindness of heart, benevolence of disposition, and +warmth of affection; so that he could not but be generally beloved. +Nor will the reader of these pages be disposed to question that +Bishop Corrie will long be remembered in India, as the man of God, +through whose instrumentality originated much of the moral good +which, since his time, has been slowly spreading itself over that +land of darkness and superstition.[190] But chiefly, it is believed, +will his name he held in honour throughout our Eastern Empire, as +one of that small band of heroic spirits who, in self-devotion to +Christ and zeal for the extension of the Redeemer’s kingdom, manfully +struggled against difficulties and discouragements of which we can +form but an inadequate estimate:--who never suffered themselves to +doubt but that the cause they had by grace espoused would still go +on and prosper, until “at the name of Jesus every knee should bow, +and every tongue confess that He is Lord, unto the glory of God the +Father.” + + + [180] The meeting was held in the College Hall, at Madras, + on the 6th of June. + + [181] The following was the communication here mentioned: + “The accompanying [Memorial] was brought to me a + few days since with a request that I would join in + a representation to Government on the subject of + its contents. I have always abstained from taking + part in such representations, being aware that + Government may have good reasons for measures, + which the public cannot be acquainted with; and, in + respect of interference with Pagodas, &c., I have + the fullest confidence that Government will pursue + the course which appears wise and proper. But with + reference to the Christian military servants of the + State, who are occasionally compelled to do honour + to the superstitions of the country, I am persuaded + you will not take amiss my bringing the case to + your notice. I have marked the statements in the + printed paper which seem to require relief, with + the instances cited in the Appendix, assured that + your own benevolent regard for the feelings of the + Christian soldiery will bring them all the relief + that is desirable.” + + [182] A school for country-born children, who received a + Christian education, and became fifers, &c. to the + Company’s Native troops. The school was afterwards + removed to Arcot. + + [183] About 1000 rupees were, in consequence, collected + toward another building; but it does not appear that + since the Bishop’s time any Church has been erected + there. + + [184] The Confirmation in the Cathedral was held on + Wednesday, Nov. 30, 1836. + + [185] It is satisfactory to know that this request has + been attended to. + + [186] See Appendix I. + + [187] See Appendix II. + + [188] See Appendix III. + + [189] See Appendix IV. + + [190] See Appendix V. + + + + + CORRIGENDA. + + + Page 39 line 21, for enable, _read_ unable. + -- 48 -- 5, at Chunar--at Berhampore, _read_ to Chunar-- + to Berhampore. + -- 59 -- 33, for Scirptures, _read_ Scriptures. + -- 149 note, -- Jounarain, -- Joy Narain. + -- 176 -- -- Tumna, -- Jumna. + -- 298 line 15, -- point, -- points. + -- 304 -- 21, -- exeeeding, -- exceeding. + -- 311 -- 32, -- Narian, -- Narain. + -- 519 -- 2, -- Culcutta, -- Calcutta. + + + + + APPENDIX. + + + I. + +The following notice appeared in the Government Gazette of Feb. 7th, +1837:-- + +“With feelings of unfeigned sorrow, the Right Honorable the Governor +in Council, records the demise of the Right Rev. the Lord Bishop of +Madras. The Venerable Prelate expired at half past three o’clock, on +the morning of Sunday last. As a tribute of respect to his memory, +the flag of the garrison was hoisted half-staff-high during the day, +and on the funeral procession leaving his Lordship’s late residence, +fifty-nine minute guns, corresponding with the age of the deceased, +were fired from the Fort battery. + +“His Lordship’s remains were attended to the grave by the Right +Honorable the Governor, the Judges of the Supreme Court, His +Excellency the Commander-in-chief, the members of Council, all the +principal civil and military functionaries at the Presidency, and +an immense concourse of all classes of the community; desirous of +manifesting the feeling of respect which the unaffected piety, +benevolence and exemplary conduct of the Bishop, had universally +inspired. + +“Published by order of the Right Honourable the Governor in Council. + + “(Signed) H. Chamier, Chief Secretary.” + + + II. + +On Wednesday evening, Feb. 8th, 1837, a public meeting was held at +the College, for the purpose of considering the fittest mode of +testifying the regard and respect entertained for the character of +the late Bishop Corrie. + +The Right Honourable the Governor in the chair. The following +resolutions were proposed and carried unanimously:-- + + 1st. That a subscription be entered into for the purpose + of erecting a monument in the Cathedral at Madras to the + memory of the Right Rev. the late Lord Bishop of the + Diocese. + Proposed by Sir F. Adam. + Seconded by Sir. R. Comyn. + + 2nd. That after setting aside a sum sufficient to defray + the expences of the monument, the residue form a fund + for the endowment of scholarships, to be called, “Bishop + Corrie’s scholarships,” in Bishop Corrie’s Grammar school. + Proposed by Sir P. Maitland. + Seconded by Mr. Sullivan. + + 3rd. That a Committee be formed for the purpose of carrying + the above resolutions into effect, and that it be composed + of the following gentlemen: Sir P. Maitland, Mr. Sullivan, + the Archdeacon, and Col. Cadell. + Proposed by Sir E. Gambier. + Seconded by + + 4th. That Messrs. Arbuthnot and Co. be requested to + undertake the office of Treasurers. + Proposed by the Archdeacon. + Seconded by Captain Dalrymple. + + 5th. Thanks to the Chairman (for his kindness in taking the + chair and for his able conduct in it) having been proposed + by Brigadier General Doveton, and seconded by Colonel + Waugh, the meeting was dissolved. + + + III. + + At a public Meeting of the friends of the late Bishop of + Madras, held at the Town Hall, [Calcutta] on March 16, 1837. It + was resolved, + + 1st. That this Meeting has heard with the deepest regret of + the demise of the Bishop of Madras, and consider it a duty + which they owe to the Church of which he was so distinguished a + member, to raise some token of regard to his character at this + Presidency, which was the scene of his arduous labours, and his + preeminent example for almost thirty years. + + 2nd. That Subscriptions be solicited for the purpose of + erecting a Marble Slab in the Old Church, near those of his + revered friends Brown, Martyn and Thomason, and a similar one in + the Cathedral; and for painting a likeness of the late Bishop, + to be hung up in the Old Church Rooms. + + 3rd. That the surplus which may remain after defraying the + expenses of the Monuments and the Portrait, be appropriated + for the purpose of endowing Scholarships in the Calcutta High + School, to be called “Bishop Corrie’s Scholarships,” and + that especial regard be had in the nomination, to eventual + preparation for Missionary labour. + + 4th. That a Committee be formed of the following Gentlemen, + to see these objects carried into effect, viz. to nominate the + Trustees for the above purposes. + The Venerable Archdeacon Dealtry, + Rev. H. Fisher, + H. M. Pigou, Esq. + Major G. Hutchinson, + John Dougal, Esq. + A. Beattie, Esq. + C. W. Brietzcke, Esq. + Rev. R. B. Boswell, Secretary. + + 5th. That Messrs. Gisborne and Co. be appointed Treasurers, + and those who are friendly to the above design, be requested + to forward their Subscriptions to those Gentlemen as early as + possible. + + +Resolution of Committee on 6th April, 1837. + +The Committee, understanding that an excellent likeness of the late +Bishop is in the possession of his friends in England, + +Resolved that the Secretary be authorised to write to the Rev. George +Corrie, of Catharine Hall, Cambridge, and request him to obtain a +copy of this likeness, executed in the best possible way, and to have +the same suitably framed and transmitted to India with as little +delay as possible. + + + IV. + +At a General Meeting held at the King’s house, Colombo, on March +the 3rd, and again by adjournment on March the 7th, called by His +Excellency the Right Honourable Sir R. W. Horton, Governor of Ceylon, +who presided; it was resolved, + + + 1st. On the motion of the Rev. B. Bailey, seconded by C. E. + Layard, Esq. + That this Meeting cordially approves the objects + contemplated by the Madras Meeting as recorded in their + first two Resolutions. (See above p. 632.) + + 2nd. On the motion of J. Steuart, Esq., seconded by the Rev. + Joseph Marsh. + That the following gentlemen form a Committee, to + correspond with the Madras Committee, viz. + The Honourable Mr. Serjeant ROUGH, Chief Justice. + The Rev. B. BAILEY, SENIOR Colonial Chaplain. + The Rev. J. H. DE SARAM. + C. E. LAYARD, Esq. + and that the Rev. JOSEPH BAILEY, be Treasurer and Secretary. + + 3rd. On the motion of C. E. Layard, Esq., seconded by the + Rev. J. Bailey. + That a plain marble Tablet to the Memory of the Right + Rev. DANIEL CORRIE, LL.D. Late Bishop of Madras and + Ceylon, be placed in St. Peter’s Church, Colombo, at an + expense not exceeding thirty pounds; and that the balance + of the subscriptions raised in Ceylon, in excess of such + sum, be transmitted to the Madras Committee. + + 4th. On the motion of the Rev. J. H. De Saram, seconded + by the Rev. J. Marsh. + That the Secretary be requested to correspond with the + Reverend the Clergy at the out-stations of Galle, Kandy, + Trincomalee, and Jaffna, on the objects of this Meeting. + + 5th. On the motion of the Rev. B. Bailey, seconded by C. + E. Layard, Esq. + That the thanks of the Meeting be given to His Excellency + the Governor, for the information he has just given, + [respecting the proceedings in 1825, connected with + the founding of a Singhalese Scholarship in Bishop’s + College, Calcutta] and that he be requested to transmit + any further information he may obtain on the subject, to + the members of the Committee, for the regulation of their + proceedings with respect to CORRIE’S Scholarships. + + 6th. On the motion of J. Steuart, Esq., seconded by C. E. + Layard, Esq. + That the thanks of this Meeting be given to His + Excellency the Governor, for the interest he has taken + in the general objects of this Meeting, and for his able + conduct in the chair. + + + V. + +The preceding pages bear sufficient testimony to the zeal and +activity of Bishop Corrie, in forwarding every plan for securing +a Christian education to the youth of India. But it is well +known among the deceased Prelate’s friends, that he was in the +habit of translating and compiling school-books for the use of +such Hindoostanee schools as more immediately came under his own +superintendance. It is a matter of regret that the many enquiries +which the Editors of these Memoirs have made, with a view to +obtaining a definite list of the books in question, have been but +partially successful. It may, however, be mentioned that besides +translating into Hindoostanee, Sellon’s Abridgment of Scripture, +Watts’ Catechism, The Assembly’s Shorter Catechism, portions of +Milner’s Church History, &c., the Bishop drew up in English, “A +general Outline of Ancient History,” for the use of the Hindoostanee +youth. A third Edition of this “Outline” was going through the press +at the time of the Bishop’s death; and other Editions have since +then been printed. Among his papers was found, also, a manuscript +translation into Hindoostanee of a brief Church History, by the Rev. +E. Sims, entitled “Christian Records.” + + + + + THE END. + + + + + LEONARD SEELEY, THAMES DITTON, SURREY. + + + + +Transcriber’s Note: + +Words may have inconsistent hyphenation in the text. Obsolete and +alternative spellings were left unchanged. Typographical errors noted +in the Corrigenda were not corrected in the referenced text. Other +misspelled words were corrected. + +Words and phrases in italics are surrounded by underscores, _like +this_. Footnotes were renumbered sequentially and were moved to +the end of the chapter. Obvious printing errors, such as partially +printed or missing letters and punctuation, were corrected. +Extraneous punctuation was deleted. Duplicate letters at line endings +were removed. + +The following were changed: + + changed “56” to “65” in the Table of Contents. + added “to” ... be so good as to order it ... + added “of” ... on this side of India. + changed “not” to “than” ... not less than ... + added “to” ... reduce the present number of Chaplains to seven ... + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 75863 *** |